Order Number: MGCS090201C0

H21

Digital Color Imaging Systems

DP-C406 / C306 / C266

[ Version 1.1 ]

WARNING
This service information is designed for experienced repair technicians only and is not intended for use by the general public.
It does not contain warnings or cautions to advise non-technical individuals of potential dangers in attempting to service a product.
Products powered by electricity should be serviced or repaired only by experienced professional technicians. Any attempt to service
or repair the product or products dealt within this service information by anyone else could result in serious injury or death.

© Panasonic Communications Co., Ltd. 2009.

Unauthorized copying and distribution is a violation of law.
 General Annotations
1. Panasonic Communications Company of North America, and other Panasonic Sales
Companies reserve the right to change any information enclosed herein without prior
notification. (This includes, but is not limited to, parts pricing, availability, and text)

2. Electrical parts supplied may include previously used components.

3. Important Safety Notice

Components identified by a mark, have special characteristics important for safety.
When replacing any of these components, use only manufacturer’s specified parts.

4. In New Parts column, “N” indicates part is used only in DP-C406 Series, “C” indicates
part is used in previous models.

5. In Remarks column, “PM” indicates “Preventive Maintenance Part”.

6. In Remarks column, “RTL” indicates that the Retention Time is limited for this item. After
the discontinuation of this assembly in production, the item will continue to be available for
a specific period of time. The retention period of availability is dependent on the type of
assembly, and in accordance with the laws governing part and product retention.
After the end of this period, the assembly will no longer be available.

7. This “Unit” which includes other itemized parts is provided as “Limited Availability” for your
convenience, and will only be offered for up to 3 years after the production of the unit
ceases. However, the individual contents of the assembly will be available for the
standard period.

8. This Product Uses Lead (Pb) Free Solder Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs).
Information regarding Lead-Free (PbF) solder;

Distinction of PbF PCB:

PCBs (manufactured) using lead free solder will have a mark following the PCB
part numbers in a label on the PCB.
Caution:
• Pb free solder has a higher melting point than standard solder; typically the melting
point is 50 - 70 °F (30 - 40 °C) higher. Please use a soldering iron with temperature
control and adjust it to 700 ± 20 °F (370 ± 10 °C). Exercise care while using higher
temperature soldering irons, do not heat the PCB for too long to prevent solder
splash or damage to the PCB.
• Pb free solder will tend to splash when heated too high (about 1112 °F/600 °C).
• ECO SOLDER M705 (available from Senju Metal Industry Co., Ltd.;
URL: http://www.senju-m.co.jp/en/index.html) is recommended when repairing PbF
PCBs.

2
 General Annotations
9. Important Notice
(Especially for countries belonging to the European Union):

This product is fully compliant with the national laws transposed from the EU Directive on
the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances (RoHS) in electrical and
electronic equipment, effective July 1, 2006 in the EU countries.

In order for the product to comply with the RoHS Directive, the six particular substances
(lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls, and
polybrominated diphenyl ethers) have been either totally eliminated or limited to the
concentration level below maximum allowed. Consequently spare parts have been
changed to RoHS-compliant parts where applicable.

Due to spare parts application of RoHS legislation, non-compliant spare parts cannot be
used to repair compliant products put on the EU market on or after July 1, 2006.
Therefore, please make sure to order and use only RoHS-compliant spare parts listed in
this manual.

The contents of this Manual, and the Specifications are subject to change without
notice.
Panasonic Communications Co., Ltd. reserves the right to make improvements in the
product design without reservation, and without notice.
Published in Japan.

3
Important Notice

4
Wichtiger Hinweis

5
For PB and Other Destinations, not for PU (USA/Canada)

Unpacking Caution
Caution:
The Scanner Unit weights approximately 85.8 lb (39 kg). To prevent injuries, use
the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift the
Scanner Unit out of the box.
Do not lift the Scanner Unit by the Control Panel/Cord/Harness as it may cause
damage and/or bodily injury.

Note:
Refer to the Installation Instructions (in the 2nd Paper Tray) when installing the
machine.

6
 Unpacking Caution
Do not lift the Paper Transport Unit by the PC Board, as
damage to the PC Board will occur.
Make sure to lift the Paper Transport Unit as shown in the
illustrations below.

Note:
Refer to the Installation Instructions when installing the Unit.

7
Precautions
For Your Safety
To prevent severe injury and loss of life, read this section carefully before servicing the Panasonic machine to ensure proper
and safe operation of your machine.
Please ensure that the machine is installed near a wall outlet and is easily accessible.
• This section explains the Warnings and Cautions used in the machine and/or this manual.

WARNING: Denotes a potential hazard that could result in serious injury or death.

CAUTION: Denotes hazards that could result in minor injury or damage to the machine.

• This section also explains the Warnings and Cautions used in the machine and/or this manual.

These symbols are used to alert operators to a specific operating procedure that must not be
performed.

These symbols are used to alert operators to a specific operating procedure that must be
emphasized in order to operate the machine safely.

This symbol is used to alert operators to a heated surface that may cause burns and requires close
attention.

WARNING

Power and Ground Connection Cautions

Ensure that the plug connection is free of dust. In a damp environment, a contaminated connector can draw a
significant amount of current that can generate heat and eventually cause fire if left unattended over an extended
period of time.
Always use the power cord provided with your machine. When an extension power cord is required, always use a
properly rated cord.
• 120 V/15 A or AC 220 - 240V/10 A
If you use a cord with an unspecified current rating, it may be underrated, and the machine, or plug may emit smoke,
or become hot to the touch.
Do not attempt to repair, pull, bend, chafe or otherwise damage the power cord. Do not place a heavy object on the
cord. A damaged cord can cause fire or electric shocks.

Never touch a power cord with wet hands. Danger of electric shock exists.

If the power cord is damaged, or insulated wires are exposed, contact the authorized Panasonic dealer for a
replacement. Using a damaged cord can cause fire or electric shocks.

Stop operation immediately if your machine emits smoke, excessive heat, unusual noise, or abnormal smell, or if
water is spilt onto the machine. These conditions can cause fire.
Immediately switch Off and unplug the machine, and contact the authorized Panasonic dealer.
Do not disconnect or reconnect the machine while the power switch is in the On position.
Disconnecting a live connector can cause arcing, consequently deforming the plug and cause fire.

When disconnecting the machine, grasp the plug instead of the cord. Pulling on a cord forcibly can damage it, and
cause fire, or an electric shock.

When the machine is not used over an extended period of time, switch it Off and unplug it.
If an unused machine is left connected to a power source for a long period, degraded insulation can cause electric
shocks, current leakage or fire.

8
 Be sure to switch Off, and unplug the machine before accessing the interior of the machine for cleaning, maintenance
or fault clearance. Access to a live machine's interior can cause an electric shock.

Once a month, unplug the machine and check the power cord for the following. If you notice any unusual condition,
contact your authorized Panasonic dealer
• The power cord is plugged firmly into the receptacle.
• The plug is not excessively heated, rusted, or bent.
• The plug and receptacle are free of dust.
• The cord is not cracked or frayed.

Operating Safeguards
Do not touch areas where these caution labels are attached to, the surface may be very hot and may cause
severe burns.

Do not place any liquid container such as a vase, or coffee cup on the machine. Spilt water can cause fire or
shock hazard.

Do not place any metal parts such as staples or clips on the machine. If metal and flammable parts get into the
machine, they can short-circuit internal components, and cause fire or electric shocks.

If debris (metal or liquid) gets into the machine, switch Off and unplug the machine immediately.
Operating a debris-contaminated machine can cause fire or electric shock.

Do not try to alter the machine configuration or modify any parts. An unauthorized modification can cause smoke or
fire.

Consumable Safeguards
Never dispose of toner, Toner Cartridge or a Toner Waste Container into an open flame. Toner remaining in the
cartridge can cause an explosion, burns, and/or injuries. For disposal or recycling information, contact your local
authorities, or your local waste officials.
Keep SD Memory Card/button battery/stamp out of the reach of children. If an SD Memory Card/button battery/stamp
is swallowed accidentally, get medical treatment immediately. For battery disposal or recycling information,
please contact your local authorities or your local waste officials.

Notice: California only:

This product contains a CR Coin Cell Lithium Battery which contains Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply.
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

CAUTION

Installation and Relocation Cautions

Do not place the machine near heaters or volatile, flammable, or combustible materials such as curtains that may
catch fire.

Do not place the machine in a hot, humid, dusty, or poorly ventilated environment. Prolonged exposure to these
adverse conditions can cause fire or electric shocks.

Place the machine on a level and sturdy surface that can withstand the weight of the machine. Refer to the
Specifications section for the weight of the machine.
If tilted, the machine may tip-over and cause injuries.
When relocating the machine, remove the toner and/or developer, and pack the machine with proper packing
materials for shipping.

When moving the machine, be sure to unplug the power cord from the outlet. If the machine is moved with the power
cord attached, it can cause damage to the cord which could result in fire or electric shock.

9
Operating Safeguards
Do not place a magnet near the safety switch of the machine. A magnet can activate the machine accidentally,
resulting in injuries.

Do not use a highly flammable spray, or solvent near the machine. It can cause fire.

When copying a thick document, do not use excessive force to press it against the scanning glass. The glass may
break and cause injuries.

Never touch a labelled area found on, or near the heat roller. You can get burnt. If a sheet of paper is wrapped around
the heat roller, do not try to remove it yourself to avoid injuries or burns. Switch Off the machine immediately, and wait
until it cools down.
Do not use conductive paper, e.g. folding paper, carbon paper and coated paper. When a paper jam occurs, they can
cause a short circuit and fire.

Do not place any heavy object on the machine. An off-balance machine can tip-over, or the heavy object can fall,
causing damage and/or injuries.

Keep the room ventilated when using the machine for an extended period of time to minimize the ozone density in the
air.

When copying with the document cover open, do not look directly at the exposure lamp.
Direct eye exposure can cause eye fatigue or eye injury.

Pull the paper trays out slowly to prevent injuries.

When removing jammed paper, make sure that no pieces of torn paper are left in the machine. A piece of paper
remaining in the machine can cause fire. If a sheet of paper is wrapped around the heat roller, or when clearing a
jammed paper that is difficult or impossible to see, do not try to remove it by yourself. Doing so can cause injuries or
burns. Switch Off the machine immediately, and wait until it cools down.
If accessing the inner components of the machine to clear misfed paper, etc., exercise care not to touch heated
areas, or you may get burned.

Consumable Safeguards
Be sure to use the specified type of batteries only.

Ensure that batteries are installed with correct polarity. Incorrectly installed batteries can burst or leak, resulting in
spillage or injuries.

Caution on Toner Use

• Avoid ingestion, inhalation, eye or skin contact.
• If ingestion occurs, drink several glasses of water to dilute stomach contents.
• If inhalation occurs, exit the area immediately into the fresh air.
• If skin contact occurs, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
• If eye contact occurs, flush thoroughly with water.
• In all cases, seek medical treatment if adverse symptoms occur.
• When the toner cartridge is at the end of its life, do not dispose of it into a fire. It can cause an explosion and you can get
burnt.
• Keep the toner cartridge out of children’ s reach. Store in a cool and dry place (low humidity). Do not unseal the toner
cartridge unless you are ready to use it.

10
Others
• The machine has a built-in circuit for protection against lightning-induced surge current. If lightning strikes in your
neighborhood, maintain ample distance from the machine and do not touch the machine until the lightning has stopped.
• If you notice flickering or distorted images or noises on your audio-visual units, your machine may be causing radio
interference. Switch it Off and if the interference disappears, the machine is the cause of the radio interference. Perform
the following procedure until the interference is corrected.
• Move the machine and the TV and/or radio away from each other.
• Reposition or reorient the machine and the TV and/or radio.
• Unplug the machine, TV and/or radio, and replug them into outlets operating on different circuits.
• Reorient the TV and/or radio antennas and cables until the interference stops. For an outdoor antenna, ask your local
electrician for support.
• Use a coaxial cable antenna.

11
Für Ihre Sicherheit
Um schwere Verletzungen, möglicherweise mit Todesfolge, zu vermeiden, lesen Sie diesen Abschnitt sorgfältig durch,
bevor Sie den Panasonic verwenden, um richtige und sichere Verwendung Ihrer Maschine sicherzustellen.
Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Warnungen und Vorsichtsmaßregeln, die in dieser Bedienungsanleitung verwendet werden.

WARNUNG: Weist auf eine potenzielle Gefahr hin, die zu schweren Verletzungen oder Tod führen kann.

VOLSICHT: beschreibt Gefahren, die zu leichten Verletzungen oder Schäden an der Maschine führen können.

Dieser Abschnitt erklärt auch die grafischen Symbole, die in dieser Bedienungsanleitung verwendet werden.

Diese Symbole werden verwendet, um Bediener auf spezifische Bedienverfahren hinzuweisen, die
vermieden werden müssen.

Diese Symbole werden verwendet, um Bediener auf spezifische Bedienverfahren hinzuweisen, die
genutzt werden müssen, um die Maschine sicher zu betreiben.

Diese Symbole werden verwendet, um Bediener auf spezifische Bedienverfahren hinzuweisen, die
genutzt werden müssen, um die Maschine sicher zu betreiben.

WARNUNG

Vorsichtsmaßregeln zu Strom-und Erdungsverbindungen

Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Steckerverbindung staubfrei ist. In einer feuchten Umgebung kann ein verschmutzter
Secker eine beträchtliche Menge Strom aufnehmen, die Hitze erzeugen und nach längerer Zeit in diesem Zustand
zu Bränden führen kann.

Verwenden Sie immer das mit dem Gerät mitgelieferte Netzkabel. Wenn ein Verlängerungskabel erforderlich ist,
verwenden Sie immer ein Kabel mit geeigneter Stärke.
AC 220-240V 10A
Wenn Sie ein Kabel mit einer nichtspezifizierten Stromstärke verwenden, kann die Maschine Rauch abgeheben
oder sich außen stark erhitzen.

Versuchen Sie nicht, das Netzkabel zu modifizieren und vermeiden Sie Ziehen, Biegen, Scheuern oder
anderweitige Beschädigung. Stellen Sie keine schweren Gegenstände auf das Netzkabel. Ein beschädigtes
Netzkabel kann zu Bränden oder elektrischen Schlägen führen.

Niemals ein Netzkabel mit nassen Händen berühren. Dabei besteht die Gefahr elektrischer Schläge.

Wenn das Netzkabel beschädigt ist oder isolierte Drähte freiliegen, wenden Sie sich wegen Ersatz an Ihren
Panasonic-Fachhändler. Verwendung eines beschädigten Netzkabels kann zu Bränden oder elektrischen Schlägen
führen.

Sofort den Betrieb stoppen, wenn Ihre Maschine Rauch, starke Hitze, ungewöhnliche Geräusche oder Geruch
abgibt, oder wenn Wasser auf die Maschine geschüttet wurde. Durch diese Bedingungen können Brände
verursacht werden. Schalten Sie die Maschine sofort aus, ziehen Sie den Stecker ab, und wenden Sie sich an
Ihren Panasonic-Fachhändler.

Versuchen Sie nicht, die Maschine abzutrennen oder neu anzuschließen, während der Netzschalter auf Ein steht.
Durch Abziehen eines stromführenden Steckers kann ein Lichtbogen entstehen, durch den Verformungen und
Brände verursacht werden.

Beim Abtrennen des Netzsteckers immer am Stecker und nicht am Kabel ziehen. Wenn ein Stecker gewaltsam
abgezogen wird, kann er beschädigt werden und Brände oder elektrische Schläge verursachen.

Wenn die Maschine längere Zeit über nicht verwendet wird, schalten Sie sie aus und ziehen den Netzstecker ab.
Wenn eine nichtverwendete Maschine längere Zeit an einer Stromquelle angeschlossen bleibt, kann
beeinträchtigte Isolierung zu elektrischen Schlägen, Stromlecks oder Feuer führen.

12
 Schalten Sie die Maschine immer aus und ziehen Sie den Stecker ab, bevor Sie auf das Innere der Maschine
zugreifen, um Reinigung, Wartung oder Fehlerbehebung auszuführen. Zugriff zu Teilen im Maschineninneren kann
zu elektrischen Schlägen führen.

Einmal im Monat die Maschine vom Netz trennen und das Netzkabel auf Folgendes prüfen. Wenn ein
ungewöhnlicher Zustand vorgefunden wird, wenden Sie sich an Ihren Panasonic-Fachhändler.
Das Netzkabel ist fest in die Steckdose eingesteckt.
Der Stecker ist nicht stark erhitzt, verrostet oder verbogen.
Stecker und Steckdose sind frei von Staub.
Das Kabel ist nicht gerissen oder aufgefasert.

Bedienungs-Schutzmaßnahmen
Berühren Sie nicht Bereiche, wo diese Vorsichtsaufkleber an der Oberfläche angebracht sind, da diese sehr heiß
sein können und zu schweren Verbrennungen führen können.

Stellen Sie keine Flüssigkeitsbehälter wie eine Vase oder Kaffeekanne auf die Maschine. Verschüttetes Wasser
kann zu Bränden oder elektrischen Schlägen führen.

Legen Sie keine Metallgegenstände wie Heft- oder Büroklammern auf die Maschine. Falls Metall-oder brennbare
Teile in die Maschine geraten, können sie zu Kurzschlüssen an internen Bauteilen führen und Brände oder
elektrische Schläge verursachen.

Falls Fremdkörper (Metall oder Flüssigkeiten) in die Maschine geraten, sofort ausschalten und den Stecker
abziehen. Den Panasonic-Fachhändler anrufen. Bedienung einer durch Fremdkörper verschmutzten Maschine
kann zu Bränden oder elektrischen Schlägen führen.

Versuchen Sie nicht, die Maschinenkonfiguration zu ändern oder Teile zu modifizieren. Eine unbefugte Modifikation
kann zu Rauch oder Bränden führen.

Sicherheitsvorkehrungen bezüglich des Verbrauchsmaterials

Werfen Sie Toner, Tonerkartuschen oder den Toner-Auffangbehälter nicht in offenes Feuer. Tonerreste in der
Kartusche können eine Explosion, Verbrennungen und/oder andere Verletzungen hervorrufen. Informationen zur
Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung erhalten Sie von den zuständigen Stellen vor Ort.

Die SD-Speicherkarte, USB-Flash-speicher, Knopfbatterien und der Stempel müssen außerhalb der Reichweite
von Kindern aufbewahrt werden. Wenn versehentlich eine SD-Speicherkarte/ein USB-Flash-speicher/eine
Knopfbatterie/ein Stempel verschluckt wurde, wenden Sie sich sofort an einen Arzt. Informationen zur Entsorgung
oder Wiederverwertung der Batterie erhalten Sie von den zuständigen Stellen vor Ort.

VORSICHT

Vorsichtsmaßregeln zu Aufstellung und Transport

Platzieren Sie die Maschine nicht in der Nähe von Heizkörpern oder flüchtigen, entflammbaren oder brenbaren
Materialien wie Vorhänge, die Feuer fangen können.

Stellen Sie die Maschine nicht in einer heißen, feuchten, staubigen oder schlecht belüfteten Umgebung auf.
Längerer Betrieb unter diesen Bedingungen kann zu Bränden oder elektrischen Schlägen führen.

Die Maschine auf eine ebene und feste Oberfläche stellen

Wenn sie geneigt wird, kann die Maschine umkippen und Verletzungen verursachen.

Beim Aufstellungsänderung des Geräts wenden Sie sich an Ihren Panasonic-Fachhändler.

Beim Transport der Maschine ziehen Sie den Netzstecker von der Steckdose ab. Wenn die Maschine bei
eingestecktem Netzkabel und -stecker bewegt wird, kann das Netzkabel beschädigt werden, was zu Bränden oder
elektrischen Schlägen führen kann.

13
Bedienungs-Schutzmaßnahmen
Bringen Sie keinen Magneten in die Nähe des Sicherheitsschalters der Maschine. Ein Magnet kann die Maschine
versehentlich aktivieren, was zu Verletzungen führen kann.

Verwenden Sie keine leicht entflammbaren Sprays oder Lösungsmittel in der Nähe der Maschine. Dadurch können
Brände verursacht werden.

Beim Kopieren eines dicken Originals nicht starke Kraft verwenden, um es gegen das Originalauflageglas zu
drücken. Das Glas kann brechen und Verletzungen verursachen.

Niemals den markierten Bereich in der Nähe der Heizwalze berühren. Dabei besteht die Gefahr von
Verbrennungen. Wenn ein Blatt Papier um die Heizwalze gewickelt ist, versuchen Sie nicht, es selber zu entfernen,
um Verletzungen oder Verbrennungen zu vermeiden. Schalten Sie das Gerät sofort aus und wenden Sie sich an
Ihren Panasonic-Fachhändler.

Verwenden Sie kein leitendes Papier, wie z.b. Faltpapier, Karbonpapier oder beschichtetes Papier. Wenn ein
Fehleinzug auftritt, kann dies zu Kurzschlüssen und Bränden führen.

Stellen Sie keine schweren Gegenstände auf die Maschine. Eine unbalancierte Maschine kann umkippen, oder
schwere Gegenstände können herunterfallen, was zu Schäden und/oder Verletzungen führen kann.

Halten Sie den Raum gut gelüftet, wenn Sie die Maschine längere Zeit über verwenden, um die Ozondichte in der
Luft zu minimieren.

Beim Kopieren mit offener Originalauflage-Abdeckung nicht direkt in die Belichtungslampe blicken. Direkte
Bestrahlung des Auges kann zu Augenermüdung oder sogar zu Augenschäden führen.

Die Papierfächer langsam ziehen, um Verletzungen zu vermeiden.

Beim Entfernen von fehleingezogenem Papier achten Sie sicher, dass keine abgerissenen Papierreste in der
Maschine verbleiben. Ein in der Maschine verbleibendes Stück Papier kann Feuer fangen. Wenn ein Blatt Papier
um die Heizwalze gewickelt ist oder wenn ein besonders schwieriger Papierfehleinzug behoben werden muss,
versuchen Sie nicht, es selber zu entfernen. Dabei besteht die Gefahr von Verletzungen oder Vebrennungen.
Schalten Sie das Gerät sofort aus und wenden Sie sich an lhren Panasonic-Fachhändler.

Wenn Sie auf Komponenten im Inneren des Geräts zugreifen, um gestautes Papier usw. zu entfernen, achten Sie
darauf, keine heißen Bereiche zu berühren. Sie könnten Verbrennungen erleiden.

Sicherheitsvorkehrungen bezüglich des Verbrauchsmaterials

Verwenden Sie ausschließlich den angegebenen Batterietyp.

Setzen Sie die Batterie korrekt ein (beachten Sie die Polarität). Nicht korrekt installierte Batterien können bersten
oder lecken, was zum Austritt von Flüssigkeit oder zu Verletzungen führen kann.

Vorsichtmaßnahmen beim Umgang mit dem Toner

Vermeiden Sie das Verschlucken und Einatmen von Toner sowie den Kontakt mit Augen oder Haut.
Wenn Sie Toner verschluckt haben, trinken Sie mehrere Gläser Wasser, um den Mageninhalt zu verdünnen.
Wenn Sie Toner eingeatmet haben, gehen Sie unverzüglich an die frische Luft.
Wenn Toner mit Ihrer Haut in Berührung gekommen ist, waschen Sie ihn gründlich mit Wasser und Seife ab.
Wenn Toner mit Ihren Augen in Berührung gekommen ist, spülen Sie sie gründlich mit Wasser.
Lassen Sie sich in jedem Fall ärztlich untersuchen, wenn Krankheitssymptome auftreten.
Wenn die Tonerkartusche leer ist, werfen Sie sie nicht ins Feuer. Dadurch könnte eine Explosion hervorgerufen werden
und Sie könnten sich verletzen.
Tonerkartuschen müssen für Kinder unzugänglich aufbewahrt werden. Lagern Sie die Tonerkartuschen an einem kühlen
und trockenen Ort (mit geringer Luftfeuchte). Entfernen Sie das Siegel auf der Tonerkartusche erst, wenn sie in das Gerät
eingesetzt werden soll.

14
Weitere Modi
Das Gerät verfügt über einen integrierten Überspannungsschutz gegen Stoßstrom bei Blitzschlag. Schalten Sie das
Gerät bei Gewitter aus. Ziehen Sie den Netzstecker des Geräts aus der Steckdose, und stecken Sie ihn erst wieder ein,
wenn das Gewitter vorbei ist.
Wenn bei Ihren Fernseh- und Radioempfangsgeräten Störungen auftreten (flackernde oder verzerrte Bilder,
Tonstörungen), könnte es sein, dass das Gerät Funkstörungen verursacht. Schalten Sie das Gerät in diesem Fall aus.
Wenn die Störungen nicht länger auftreten, ist das Gerät die Ursache der Funkstörungen. Führen Sie folgende Schritte
aus, um die Störungen zu vermeiden.
Vergrößern Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Gerät und dem Fernseh- und/oder Radiogerät.
Stellen Sie das Gerät und das Fernseh-und/oder Radiogerät an einer anderen Stelle auf.
Ziehen Sie die Netzstecker des Geräts und des Fernseh- und/oder Radiogeräts. Stecken Sie sie in Steckdosen
unterschiedlicher Stromkreise.
Richten Sie die Antennen des Fernseh-und/oder Radiogeräts neu aus, bis keine Störungen mehr auftreten. Wenn
Sie eine Außenantenne installieren möchten, wenden Sie sich an einen Elektriker.
Verwenden Sie eine Koaxial-Kabelantenne.

15
memo

16
 Table of Contents

Specifications Table .............................. 19 3.16. LEDs on the EC PCB ........................... 225

1.1. Copy Function.........................................19 3.17. Adjusting Scanner Skew ..................... 226
1.2. Fax, Printer and Internet 3.18. LSU Replacement and Color Skew
Fax Functions .........................................28 Adjustment Instructions ........................ 227
1.3. System Combination 3.19. IT Belt Replacement ............................ 229
for DP-C406 Series.................................38 3.20. IT Belt “Cleaning Unit” Replacement ... 230
1.4. Options and Supplies 3.21. 720K PM Kit (DQ-M40Z72 /
for DP-C406 Series.................................39 DQ-M35S72 / DQ-M32N72) ................. 233
1.5. Options and Supplies 3.22. Signal Waveform .................................. 260
for DP-C405 Series.................................42
1.6. Options and Supplies Troubleshooting .................................. 426
for DP-C354/C322 Series .......................45
4.1. Initial Troubleshooting Flowchart ......... 426
1.7. External View for DP-C406 Series..........50
4.2. Improper LCD Display .......................... 427
1.8. Control Panel for DP-C406 Series..........54
4.3. Printed Copy Quality Problems ............ 428
1.9. Fans........................................................54
4.4. Troubleshooting the LAN Interface ...... 446
1.10. Sensors...................................................55
4.5. Error Codes (For Copier) ..................... 453
1.11. Motors.....................................................56
4.6. Information Codes Table
1.12. Clutches and Switches ...........................57 (For Facsimile) ..................................... 485
1.13. PC Board ................................................57 4.7. Diagnostic Codes (For Facsimile) ........ 491
4.8. Troubleshooting (For Printer) ............... 499
Disassembly Instructions ..................... 58
2.1. General Disassembly..............................58 Service Modes ..................................... 501
2.2. Disassembly Instructions ........................59 5.1. Service Modes (For Copier) ................. 501
2.3. Hardware Identification Template .........181 5.2. Service Modes (For Facsimile) ............ 569

Maintenance, Adjustments and System Description ............................. 595

Check Points ........................................ 184 6.1. Mechanical Operation .......................... 595
3.1. Preventive Maintenance .......................184 6.2. Inverting Automatic Document
3.2. Required Tools .....................................186 Feeder (i-ADF) ..................................... 597
3.3. Preventive Maintenance Points ............187 6.3. Printer Mechanism ............................... 599
3.4. Preventive Maintenance Check List .....188 6.4. Printing Process ................................... 605
3.5. Resetting the P/M (Preventive
Maintenance) Counter ..........................191 Installation (For PU) ............................ 613
3.6. Lubrication Point ...................................193 7.1. Precautions During Set Up................... 613
3.7. Easy Maintenance 7.2. Unpacking ............................................ 615
(DP-C406/C405 Series)........................193 7.3. Installation Procedure .......................... 616
3.8. Counter / Parameter Auto Backup........207 7.4. Setting .................................................. 621
3.9. Counter / Parameter Backup to 7.5. Adjustment ........................................... 623
SD Card/USB Memory in the
Front Slot ..............................................208 7.6. Service Notes ....................................... 625

3.10. Customized Screen (F9-24)..................209

Installation (For PB and others) ......... 627
3.11. Power on Display Change (F9-19) .......210
8.1. Precautions During Set Up................... 627
3.12. Updating the Firmware
(DP-C406 Series) .................................211 8.2. Unpacking ............................................ 629

3.13. Adjusting Copy Quality .........................219 8.3. Installation Procedure .......................... 631

3.14. Adjusting the Printer Registration, 8.4. Setting .................................................. 640

LSU Image Side to Side, 8.5. Adjustment ........................................... 642
Color Registration .................................223 8.6. Service Notes ....................................... 644
3.15. Calibrating the LCD ..............................225

17
 Table of Contents

Options and Supplies.......................... 646 Finisher Options .................................. 747

9.1. Installing the Fax Communication 12.1. DA-FS405W / FS405 / FS356 /
Board (DA-FG401)................................646 FS325, DA-SP41.................................. 747
9.2. Installing the Printer Controller 12.2. DA-FS402W / DA-FS402 / FS350 /
Module (DA-MC401) ............................655 FS320................................................... 840
9.3. Installing the Page Memory 256MB
(DA-PMV56) .........................................661
9.4. Installing the Accounting Software
(DA-WA10) ...........................................663
9.5. Installing the SD Memory Card
(64 MB up to 32 GB).............................664
9.6. Installing the System Console 1
(DA-DS400) and System Console 2
(DA-DS401) .........................................666
9.7. Installing the Paper Transport Unit
(DA-FK350W) .......................................673
9.8. Installing the Exit Tray (Outer)
(DA-XT320W) .......................................677
9.9. Installing the 1 Bin Finisher
(DA-FS402W) .......................................679
9.10. Installing the 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch
Finisher (DA-FS405W) .........................684
9.11. Installing the Punch Unit
(DA-SP41) ............................................692
9.12. Installing the ADF Handle
for Accessibility (DA-UD321) ................700
9.13. Installing the Mechanical Counter
(PJWEF2170PU) ..................................702
9.14. Installing the Dehumidifier Heater Kit
(PJZEF217NPU)...................................705
9.15. Installing the Coin Vendor Harness Kit
(PJZEF3310PB)....................................725
9.16. Replacing the OPC Drum .....................732
9.17. Replacing the Toner Waste
Container ..............................................732

Network Information............................ 733

10.1. Remote Entry........................................733
10.2. Error Messages Generated during
Remote Entry........................................741

Schematic Diagram ............................. 743

11.1. General Circuit Diagram
(DP-C406 Series) .................................743
11.2. General Circuit Diagram
(DP-C405 Series) .................................744
11.3. General Circuit Diagram
(DP-C354 Series) .................................745
11.4. General Circuit Diagram
(DP-C322 Series) .................................746

18
 DP-C406/C306/C266

1 Specifications Table
1.1. Copy Function
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Multi Function
1 Copy Function Yes
2 Printer Function Std : PCL6 / Option : PS3
3 Scanner Function (Network
Yes
only)
4 Facsimile Function (Mono) Option
5 Internet Fax Function (Mono) Yes
Basic Specifications
1 Type Semi Console
Paper Transport Vertical Paper Path
Paper Feed Position Center
Paper Output Face Down
2 Platen Fixed
Original Platen Left/Rear/Face Down
Position i-ADF Left / Center / Face Up
3 Copy Process Dry Electrostatic System
4 Copy Resolution 600 dpi
5 Copy Mode
Printed Yes
Text
Pencil Yes
Photo Paper Yes (Error Diffusion)
Text/
Laser Printed Yes (Error Diffusion)
Photo
Commercial Yes (Error Diffusion)
Photo Paper Yes (Error Diffusion)
Photo Laser Printed Yes (Error Diffusion)
Commercial Yes (Error Diffusion)
Map Yes
Other
Tracing Paper Yes
Types
Newspaper Yes
6 Developing System Dry Dual Component, Trickle
Drum Organic Photo Conductor (OPC)
Toner Recycling No
7 Scanning Method 3 Line Color CCD
8 Fusing System Induction Heating (IH) System
9 Max Original Size LDR (11 x 17 in) / A3 (297 x 420 mm)
10 ADF
USA/Canada etc.
100 sheets (LTR / A4) LTR : 20 lb (75 g/m2)
Paper Capacity (Original)
70 sheets (Except LTR / A4) Other Destinations
A4 : 80 g/m2
Original Exchange Speed
Mono Up to 45 cpm LTR/A4
Color Up to 45 cpm LTR/A4
Collation Stack Yes

19
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
11 Paper Size
LTR For USA/Canada etc.
Paper Tray 1 A4 For EU
A4, B5 For Other Destinations
LDR, LGL, LTR, LTR-R, INV-R For USA/Canada etc.
For EU
Paper Tray (2/3/4) A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, FLS
FLS = 8 x 13 in, 8.5 x 13 in
A3, B4, A4, A4-R, B5, B5-R For Other Destinations
12 x 18 in, LDR, LGL, LTR, LTR-R,
For USA/Canada etc.
INV-R
Sheet Bypass For EU
A3, A4, A4-R, A5, A5-R, B4, FLS
FLS = 8 x 13 in, 8.5 x 13 in
A3, B4, A4, A4-R, B5, B5-R, A5 For Other Destinations
Bypass Envelope Yes
12 Warm-up Time
Color 68 °F (20 °C)
Approx. 15 sec. From Sleep Mode / Power
Mono
Saving Mode
13 First Copy Time
Color From Platen / LT / A4 Portrait /
Approx. 10.3 sec. Yes 1st Paper Tray. Period
between Start Key is pressed,
Mono
and Paper exits to the Inner
Approx. 6.2 sec. DP-C406 DP-C405 tray.
Approx. 6.7 sec. DP-C306 DP-C305 When LSU is ready.
Approx. 7.3 sec. DP-C266 DP-C265
14 Multi-Copy Speed Continuous Copy
Color
LT / A4, from Paper Tray exit to
Up to 30 cpm DP-C406/C306 DP-C405/C305
Inner Tray
Up to 26 cpm DP-C266 DP-C265
Mono
Up to 40 cpm DP-C406 DP-C405 LT / A4, from Paper Tray exit to
Up to 30 cpm DP-C306 DP-C305 Inner Tray
Up to 26 cpm DP-C266 DP-C265
15 Tone Scale
Color 256 steps (Each Color)
Mono 256 steps
16 Color Mode Selection Auto / Black / Full Color / 2 Color / 1 Color
17 Color Balance 7 steps (Each Color)
18 Color Tone Adjustment
Lively Yes
Bright Yes
Warmer Yes
Cooler Yes
19 Background Removal Yes
20 Bleed Through Prevention Yes
21 Sharpness (Lower <-> Higher) Yes

20
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
22 Zoom
Enlargement Selected Copy size
Reduction Select Copy size
Zoom 25 - 400% 1% Step
23 Maximum Tray Capacities
Paper Tray Front Loading USA/Canada etc.
Capacity 550 sheets x 2 LTR : 20 lb (75 g/m2)
4 steps Other Destinations
Low Level Warning A4 : 80 g/m2
(0% and Less than 10%, 50%, 100%)
Sheet Bypass
Capacity 100 sheets LTR : 24 lb/A4 : 90 g/m2
Auto Size Setting Yes
Paper Capacity
(Std. Configuration = Tray 1 1,200 sheets USA/Canada etc.
+ 2 + Sheet Bypass) LTR : 20 lb (75 g/m2)
Paper Capacity Other Destinations
(Max. Configuration = Std. + 2,300 sheets A4 : 80 g/m2
Tray 3 + 4)
24 Acceptable Paper Weight
Paper Tray 64-169 g/m2 / 18-45 lb (Bond Paper)
55-256 g/m2 / 15-40 lb (Bond Paper) /
Sheet Bypass
90-140 lb (Index / Coated Paper)
64-256 g/m2 / 18-40 lb (Bond Paper) /
Duplex
90-140 lb (Index)
25 Multi Copy Range 999 sheets
26 Memory
Main Memory
Std.(SC PCB) 512 MB
Max. 512 MB (Std.)
Page Memory
Std.(SC PCB) 512 MB
768 MB
Max.
(256 MB Page Memory : Option)
Sort Memory
Std.(SC PCB) 12 GB (Note) 29 GB Note:
Less memory is required by
Max. 12 GB (Note) 29 GB improving data compression
and memory management.
Fax Memory
Std. 3 MB
Max. 32 MB (64 MB) 32 MB (64 MB)
(w/size of SD Card on SC 96 MB (128 MB - 96 MB (128 MB -
PCB) 32 GB) 4 GB)
Hard Disk Unit
Capacity 160 GB 80 GB
27 Paper Stack Capacity
Inner Tray LTR : 24 lb / A4 : 90 g/m2
Std. 250 sheets These figures may vary with
the kind of paper used and/or
With Paper Transport (Opt.) 150 sheets ambient conditions by
detecting Paper Full Sensor.
21
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Outer Tray 250 sheets LTR : 24 lb / A4 : 90 g/m2
Over Flow Sensor Detection Yes Inner Tray
28 Dimensions
26.1 x 30.5 x 36.7 in 26.1x32.5x36.7 in
(W x D x H)
(664 x 774 x 933 mm) (664 x 826 x 933 mm)
29 Operating Space
37.7 x 30.5 in 37.7 x 32.5 in Includes Sheet Bypass Paper
(W x D)
(957 x 774 mm) (957 x 826 mm) Tray
30 Weight
Scanner/ i-ADF pre-installed
354.9 lb (161 kg) 360.8 lb (164 kg) USA/Canada only
Model
Scanner & i-ADF 85.8 lb (39 kg)
Printer Unit 268.3 lb (122 kg) 275 lb (125 kg)
Options
1 Paper Feed System
System Console 1 (Tray 3) Yes
Paper Size Detection Manual (Control Panel)
DA-DS400 / DS320
4 steps (550 sheets x 1)
Low Level Paper Warning
(0% and Less than 10%, 50%, 100%)
Weight 58.3 lb (26.5 kg)
System Console 2 (Tray 3 / 4) Yes
Paper Size Detection Manual (Control Panel)
DA-DS401 / DS321
4 steps
Low Level Paper Warning (550 sheets x 2)
(0% and Less than 10%, 50%, 100%)
Weight 60.4 lb (27.4 kg)
2 1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher DA-FS405W DA-FS405
Weight 81.4 lb (37 kg)
3 Punch Unit for DA-FS405W /
Yes DA-SP41
FS405 / FS356 / FS325
4 1-Bin Finisher DA-FS402W DA-FS402
Weight 23.4 lb (10.6 kg)
5 Exit Tray (Outer) Yes Not available with Finisher.
Number of Bins 1
Face Up/Face Down Face Down
Bin Capacity 250 sheets LTR / A4
Multi Tray Function Yes 2 way
To be used for Exit Tray
6 Paper Transport Unit Yes
(Outer) and Finisher.
7 Counter
Key Counter Capability No
Supplied as a Service Part for
Mechanical Total Counter Yes
USA/Canada etc.
8 Memory
Page Memory 256 MB 128 MB x 2
For Fax/Internet Fax Memory,
SD Memory Card 32 MB (64 MB) 32 MB (64 MB)
Counter & Parameter Backup.
(w/size of SD/SDHC Card on 96 MB (128 MB - 96 MB (128 MB -
Use Genuine SD Memory
SC PCB) 32 GB) 4 GB)
Cards only.

22
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Features
1 Automatic Features
Auto Magnification Selection Yes
Auto Paper Selection Yes
Auto Paper Tray Selection Yes
Reservation while Power On
Auto Start No
Initializing
Energy Saver
Standby Mode No
Power Saving Mode Yes (75 W)
Turns Off the Heater Power
Sleep Mode Yes (15 W) Yes (35 W)
Off Mode Copying No
Requires the Fax option.
Remote Diagnostic Yes
(DA-FG401 / FG320)
2 Additional Features
Photo Mode Yes 256 steps
Manually overridden when
Original Detection Release Yes
using the Original Size keys.
Edit/Effects
Book Mode Yes
Edge Mode Yes
Margin Mode Yes
X-Y Zoom Yes 25 - 400%
Stamping
Available only when using the
Page, Date, Issue Yes
ADF.
2-Sided Copy Yes
Inverse Mode (Negative/
Yes B/W mode only.
Positive)
Centering Mode Yes With Digital Sky Shot
Mirror Mode Yes
Image Overlay Yes (Max. 12 Images)
Image Repeat Yes With Digital Sky Shot.
Others (Inverting ADF & ADU)
LDR → LTR x 2
2-Page Copy Mode Yes
(A3 → A4 x 2, B4 → B5 x 2)
2 in 1 Yes
4 in 1 Yes
6 in 1 Yes For USA/Canada, etc.
8 in 1 Yes For EU and Other Destinations
Copy from four 1-Sided pages
to 1 Booklet Mode sheet.
Booklet Mode Yes
It is available 2-sided original.
(For DP-C406 Series)

23
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Duplex Copy Yes
1→2 Yes
2→1 Yes
2→2 Yes
Book→2 Yes
1st Page BLANK Yes 1 → 2/2 → 1/2 → 2
1st Page IMAGE Yes Book → 2
Image Rotation (90 °) Yes
Electronic Sorting Yes
Rotation Sorting Yes
Insertion Job Yes
Cover Mode Yes
Page Insertion Mode Yes Available when using the i-ADF
OHP Interleave Mode Yes
Presentation Mode No
Department Counter Yes 1,000 Departments
Security Enhancement Option Default Password: 00000000
No
(Common Criteria EAL2) (DA-SC04) Data Security Kit Option
ADF
Same Paper Width; LDR and
Multi Size Feed Yes LTR, LGL and LTR-R, A3 and
A4, B4 and B5, A4-R and A5
JOB Build and SADF Mode Yes
Job Memory Yes 10 Jobs in Memory
Job Time Display Yes
Concurrent Copy Yes 12 Concurrent Copy Jobs
Tandem Copy Mode No
Remote Copy Mode No
Job Completion Notice Yes
Proof Copy Mode Yes
Function Mode Yes
Interrupt Yes
Electronic Counter Yes
Digital Sky Shot Mode Yes
Manual Skyshot Mode Yes
3 Control Panel
Color WVGA TFT Color VGA Touch
Display
Touch Panel LCD Panel LCD
GREEN : Data & Active
Status Lamp Yes RED/Yellow: Caution &
Warning
Key
Energy Saver Yes
Copy Yes
Fax Yes
Scan/Email Yes
Print Yes
Interrupt Yes

24
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Function Mode Yes
Reset Yes
Keypad Yes
Start Yes
Stop Yes
Clear Yes
Copier / Printer / NW Scanner /
Mode Change Yes
Fax and Internet Fax Mode
LCD Main Indication
English For USA/Canada, etc.
Message Language (Default)
Specified Language For EU and Other Destinations
Original Size/Image
Yes (without Image)
Indication
Paper Size/Image
Yes (without Image)
Indication
Paper Tray Selection Yes
Selected Paper Tray /
Yes
Tray Status
Original Mode Selection Yes Text / Text-Photo/Photo
Copy Density Selection Yes
Setting Confirmation Yes
Function Classification Yes
Zoom Magnification Yes
Number of Copies Yes
JOB Build and SADF /
Yes
Multi Size Feed Mode
Error Code Yes
Finishing Yes
Warning Indicators Yes
Add Toner Yes (Each Color)
Drum Yes (Each Color)
Toner Waste Container Full Yes
0% and less than 10%, 50%,
Paper Indicator Yes
100%
Add Paper (Under 50
No
sheets)
Paper Jam Indication Yes
Paper Jam Location Yes
Service Alert Call Yes
User Error Yes
Machine Error Yes
History of Jam Errors Yes
4 Main Unit
Mechanical Counter: Supplied
Total Counter Yes (Electronic) as a Service Part for USA/
Canada, etc.
Max. Weight of Documents
11.02 lb (5 kg)
on the Platen Glass

25
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
ADF with Document Guide Yes
Clip Pocket No
Operating Instructions Pocket No
Warning/Caution Label Specified Language
5 Optical System
Original Detection Method Reflective Photo Sensor Type
Scanning Method 600 dpi CCD
Mechanical Multi Copy Mode No
6 Process System
Toner
33 k (Note 1) Note 1:
28 k / 5 k (Note 2)
Black 28 k (Note 2) ISO/IEC 19798
(Continuous Print)
(Continuous Print) See Supplies Section 1.4. for
additional details.
30 k (Note 1)
20 k / 5 k (Note 2) Note 2:
Color: C, M, Y 20 k (Note 2)
(Continuous Print) Image Coverage 5%, LT / A4
(Continuous Print) See Supplies Section 1.5. for
additional details.
Drum Life
Black 59 k (Green) 39 k (Brown) Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8,
Color: C, M, Y 54 k (Green) 36 k (Brown) LT / A4, 4 pages/job.
Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8,
Toner Waste Container 28 k Image Coverage 5%, LT / A4, 4
pages/job.
Developer Life 480 k Change as Developer Unit
Efficiency
1 Productivity
ADF Productivity (LTR/A4)
i-ADF 100%
ADU Copy Productivity
(LTR/A4)
Transport Method Stack less
1→2 (Color)
DP-C406/C306 DP-C405/C305 Throughput
40% or more 40% or more When exiting to lower Inner
1 copy
DP-C266 DP-C265 Tray; paper supplied from 1st
50% or more 50% or more Tray, and LSU is ready.
DP-C406/C306 DP-C405/C305
70% or more 70% or more
5 copies
DP-C266 DP-C265
80% or more 80% or more
DP-C406/C306 DP-C405/C305 Throughput
77% or more 77% or more When exiting to lower Inner
10 copies
DP-C266 DP-C265 Tray; paper supplied from 1st
87% or more 87% or more Tray, and LSU is ready.

26
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
PM Cycle
1 PM Cycle
Major PM 120 k
Minor PM (Cleaning) N/A
2 Product Life 5 years or 1200 k (720 k PM Kit)
Packing Configuration
1 Packing Dimension (W x D x H) Including the Shipping Pallet
Scanner/ i-ADF pre-installed 30.1 x 39.0 x 45.4 in
USA/Canada only
Model (765 x 990 x 1153 mm)
29.8 x 35.8 x 21.3 in
Scanner & i-ADF Unit
(758 x 910 x 540 mm)
30.1 x 35.6 x 34.6 in
Printer Unit
(765 x 903 x 878 mm)
2 Packing Weight
Scanner/ i-ADF pre-installed
407.9 lb (185 kg) USA/Canada only
Model
Scanner & i-ADF Unit 127.9 lb (58 kg)
Printer Unit 313.1 lb (142 kg)
3 Accessories
Process Unit Yes
Developer Yes
Toner No
Toner Waste Container Yes
Outer Tray No Option
Operating Instructions Yes
Power Supply
110V, 120V, 60 Hz Single phase 100 VAC Power Supply
1 Power Requirement
220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz Single phase 220 VAC Power Supply
2 Power Consumption Less than 1500 W
Ambient Conditions
1 Temperature 50 - 86 °F (10 - 30 °C)
2 Relative Humidity 30 - 80%
UL60950-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 For USA/Canada etc.
3 Safety
EN60950-1 For EU and Other Destinations
4 Energy Saver Energy Star Compliant
Class A computing device in FCC
For USA/Canada etc.
Rules Part 15 and 18
5 EMI (EMC)
EN55022 / EN55024 /
For EU
EN61000-3-2, -3
This Product uses Lead Free (PbF) Refer to the Parts Manual for
6 Lead Free Solder (PbF)
PCBs details

27
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.2. Fax, Printer and Internet Fax Functions
1.2.1. Fax Function
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Main Specifications
1 Compatibility G3 ITU-T Std. & Non-Std.
2 PSTN Line Port Yes 1-Line only
3 Leased Line Port No
4 V.24 Line Port No
T.30 / V.34 / V.17 / V.29 /
5 Modem Speed 33.6 - 2.4 kbps
V.27ter
6 Coding Scheme MH / MR / MMR / JBIG
Conforms to ITU-T Rec. T.30
7 ECM Yes
ECM
8 Short Protocol Yes (B, D)
ITU-T Image No. 1
9 Transmission Speed Approx. 2 sec
(A4, Std. Resolution)
Transmission
Std. 203 x 98 (8 x 3.85)
Fine 203 x 196 (8 x 7.7)
S-Fine 203 x 391 (8 x 15.4)
406 x 391 (16 x 15.4)
600dpi 600 x 600 dpi 600 dpi communication is only
10 Communication Resolution
available between T.30
dpi x lpi (dot/mm x lines/mm) Reception compliant machines.
Std. 203 x 98 (8 x 3.85)
Fine 203 x 196 (8 x 7.7)
S-Fine 203 x 391 (8 x 15.4)
406 x 391 (16 x 15.4)
600dpi 600 x 600 dpi
Scanner Mechanism
1 Scanning Device CCD (ADF / Platen)
2 Scanning Speed (ADF)
Resolution
Vertical Horizontal
dpi x lpi (dot/mm x lines/mm)
Std. : 203 x 98 (8 x 3.85)
1.0 sec 0.7 sec A4, Scanned in Vertical or
Fine : 203 x 196 (8 x 7.7)
S-Fine : 406 x 391 (16 x 15.4) Horizontal Direction.
2.0 sec 1.4 sec Excluding Initializing Time, and
600dpi : 600 x 600 dpi
ADF slipping factor.
3 Scanning Speed (Platen)
Resolution Vertical Horizontal
600dpi: 600 x 600 2.0 sec 1.4 sec
Std. 203 x 98 (8 x 3.85)
Fine 203 x 196 (8 x 7.7)
4 Scanning Resolution
S-Fine 203 x 391 (8 x 15.4)
dpi x lpi (dot/mm x lines/mm)
406 x 391 (16 x 15.4)
600dpi 600 x 600 dpi
5 Document Size (Max.) ADF : LDR/A3

28
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
LDR : 10.8 in (274 mm)
6 Effective Scanning Width
A3 : 292 mm
7 A3 Size TX/RX Yes Conforms to ITU-T A3
8 Reduction XMT Yes A3 to B4 / A3 to A4 / B4 to A4
9 Collation Stack Yes Face Down
Printer Mechanism
1 Recording Method LP
2 Recording Resolution 600 x 600 dpi
Invoice
Not supported.
LDR size is transmitted as A3
size for N. American models.
3 Recording Paper Size LDR / LGL / LT / A3 / B4 / A4 / A5
If A3 is received, approx. 1"
of image on both edges are not
printed on the LDR size paper.
Conforms to ITU-T A3
4 Effective Printing Width 11.4 in (289 mm) Conforms to ITU-T A3
5 Recording Paper Capacity 1,150 sheets Optional max. 2,250 sheets
6 Collation Stack Yes Face Down
Fax Memory
1 Standard Memory 3 MB Flash ROM
2 Optional Memory (Max.) 32 MB (64 MB) 32 MB (64 MB)
Use Genuine SD Memory
(w/size of SD/SDHC Card on 96 MB (128 MB - 96 MB (128 MB -
Card.
SC PCB) 32 GB) 4 GB)
Dual Operation
1 Multi Task Operation Yes
2 Direct XMT Reserve Yes
3 Memory XMT Reserve Yes
4 Number of Memory Job Files Yes Max. 50 files
Dialing/Telephone Features
1 Auto Dialers 1000 Stations
2 Phone Book Directory
Yes
Search Dialing
200 Address Book + 70 Full
3 Total Auto Dialers 270 Stations
Number Dialing
4 Program Dials 15
5 Max. Tel Number Digits 36
6 Max. Station Name
15
Characters
7 Full Number Dialing
Yes Max. 70 stations
(Buffered Dialing)
8 Direct Dialing
Yes Voice mode
(Monitor Dialing)

29
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Default setting is up to 5 times
at 3 min. intervals, however, if
a busy line is not detected, it
9 Automatic Redialing Yes will redial only 1 time.
(USA/Canada etc. only)
(See Fax Service Mode 1,
Parameter No. 043 & 044)
Pressing the REDIAL / PAUSE
10 Manual Redialing Yes
button
11 Line Monitor Speaker Yes
12 Chain Dialing (Hybrid Dial) Yes In Monitor Dialing mode only
13 Pulse / Tone Dialing Yes 10 pps/DTMF
14 Pulse to Tone Change Yes
15 Flash Key Yes Specified Destinations.
16 Handset No
Transmission Features
1 Direct Transmission Yes
2 Memory Transmission Yes Page Retransmission
3 Quick Memory Transmission Yes
4 Multi-Station Transmission
Yes Max. 270 stations
(Sequential Broadcasting)
5 Direct Deferred Transmission No ADF Deferred Transmission
6 Deferred Transmission Yes
7 Deferred Multi-Station
Yes
Transmission
8 Priority Direct Transmission Yes 1 File
9 Priority Memory Transmission No
10 Batch Transmission Yes Real Time (up to 5 Files)
11 90 Degree Rotation
Yes
Transmission
12 Cover Sheet Yes
13 Confidential Mail Box No
14 Multi-Copy Transmission No
FAX : Back-up with Flash
Memory
15 Memory Back-Up Yes
Copy / Printer : No Back-up
with D-RAM
16 Duplex Scanning Yes
17 Multi-Station Selection
Yes
Prohibition
18 Confirmation of Selected
Yes
Station
19 Direct Dial Prohibition Yes
20 Direct Dial Re-entering Yes
Reception Features
1 Substitute Reception Yes
LTR / A4 / LGL : 70 - 100 % (in
2 Fixed Reduction Yes
1 % Steps), Top & Left Alignment
LTR / A4 / LGL : 70 - 100 % (in
3 Auto Reduction Yes
1 % Steps), Top & Left Alignment

30
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
4 Overlap Printing Yes Page End Approx. 0.51 in (13 mm)
5 Receive to Memory Yes
6 Distinctive Ring Detector
No
(DRD)
7 90 Degree Rotation Reception Yes
8 Duplex Printing Yes LT/A4 Only.
9 Junk Fax Reception Filter Yes TSI Max. 30
Polling
1 Polling Yes
2 Turnaround Polling No
3 Multi-Station Polling Yes Max. 270 stations
4 Deferred Polling Yes Max. 50 timers
5 Deferred Multi-Station Polling Yes Max. 50 timers/270 stations
6 Direct Polling Tx No
7 Memory Polling Tx Yes 1 File
8 Preset Polling Password Yes
9 Temporary Polling Password Yes
10 Continuous Polling Yes
Convenience
1 Panel Display Wide Touch Panel Display
2 Voice Contact No
3 Edit File Mode Yes With View Mode
4 Incomplete File Save Yes With View Mode
5 Automatic Cover Sheet Yes
Certainty
1 Verification Stamp Yes
2 Header/Total Page Print Yes
200 Transactions/with View
3 Transaction Journal Yes
Mode
4 Comm. Journal Yes With Image Data
5 Last Ind. XMT Journal Yes
List Printouts
1 One-Touch List -
2 ABBR. No. List -
3 Program List Yes
4 Address Book Search List Yes Auto Dialer List
5 Fax Parameter List Yes
6 File List Yes With View Mode
7 Ind. XMT Journal Yes
8 Directory Sheet No
Identifications
1 Logo Yes 25 Characters
2 Multiple Logo No
3 Character ID Yes 16 Characters
4 Numeric ID Yes 20 Digits
Special Communications
1 Password XMT / RCV Yes
2 Selective Reception Yes TSI Check

31
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
3 Relay XMT Request No
4 Relay XMT Center No
5 Confidential XMT / Polling No
6 Confidential Center No
7 Mailbox XMT / Polling Yes
8 Mailbox Center Yes
9 File XMT No
10 Fax Forward Yes Received File Transfer
11 Sub-Address XMT Yes
12 Sub-Address RCV Yes Sub-Address.Routing
13 OMR-XMT No
Standards
FCC Part 68: Industry Canada
1 PSTN For USA/Canada etc.
No. CS-03: Issue 9
Others
1 Fax Access Code Yes
2 PIN Code Access Yes
3 Intelligent Redial (AI) Yes 5 Files
4 Department Code Yes 1000 Departmental Codes
5 Power Saver Mode Yes
6 Self Diagnostic Function Yes
7 Remote Diagnostic Function Yes
8 Check & Call Function Yes
9 V.24/Encryption Interface No

1.2.2. Printer Function

Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Interface
1 Centronics Parallel I/F No
Ethernet 10Base-
Ethernet 10Base-
2 LAN (Network) T / 100Base-TX
T / 100Base-TX
/ 1000Base-T
USB 2.0 High / Full Speed
3 USB Port Yes
Support
4 IEEE-1394 No Firewire
Printer Function
LDR, LGL, LTR, LTR-R, INV-R For USA/Canada etc.
1 Printing Size A3, A4, A4-R, A5, A5-R, B4, FLS For EU
A3, B4, A4, A4-R, A5, A5-R, B5, B5-R For Other Destinations
2 Sheet Bypass Yes
3 Stapling Yes Requires Optional Finisher
4 Printing Resolution (dpi)
Black & White 600 x 600 / 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200: Requires
Color 600 x 600 / 1200 x 1200 Optional Page Memory
5 Monochrome Printing
Yes
without Color

32
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
6 Direct Print from SD Memory
Card
TIFF Yes (Color, Black & White)
JPEG Yes
Image PDF Yes Does not require PS Option
PDF Yes Requires PS Option
Requires Memory Card Print
Word, Power Point Yes
Utility downloaded from the Web
7 Direct Print from PCMCIA/
3.3 V Type only
PC Card Adapter
Yes (Color, Black
TIFF No
& White)
JPEG No Yes
Image PDF No Yes Not require PS Option
PDF No Yes Requires PS Option
Word, Power Point No
8 Direct Print from USB Memory
Yes (Color, Black
TIFF No
& White)
JPEG Yes No
Image PDF Yes No Not require PS Option
PDF Yes No Requires PS Option
Word, Power Point No
Windows 2000 / XP / Server 2003 /
9 OS MAC 8.6 - 10.5 is PS Only.
Vista / Server 2008 / MAC 8.6 - 10.5
10 PCL6 Yes
11 PS3 Yes Requires PS Option
Custom Size / Postcard Size is
12 Duplex Printing Yes
not available.
13 Collation Stack Yes
14 Status Monitor No
15 Network Printing Yes
16 Network Status Monitor Yes
17 Smoothing No
18 Applicable PC IBM PC, AT or Compatible, MAC MAC is PS only.
19 Multi-Task Operation
Printing while Fax-XMT from
Yes
Memory
Printing while Fax-RCV into
Yes
Memory
Fax-XMT from Memory while
Yes
Printing
Fax-RCV into Memory while
Yes
Printing
20 Output to a separate tray for
Yes
Printing, Fax, Copy
21 Font Yes

33
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
22 Mailbox
Check then Print Max. 100 Users.
Max. 100 Jobs (mailboxes) for
Mailbox Yes
each User ID.
Secure Mailbox

Note:
1. PCL6 is a Page Description Language of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
2. PS/PS3 is a Page Description Language of the Adobe Systems Incorporated.

1.2.3. Network Scanner Function

Description Remarks
Items
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Interface
1 Centronics Parallel I/F No
Ethernet 10Base-
Ethernet 10Base-
2 LAN (Network) T / 100Base-TX
T / 100Base-TX
/ 1000Base-T
3 USB Port No
4 IEEE-1394 No Firewire
Network Scanning Function
1 Scanning Device Color CCD Using the i-ADF / Platen
2 Coding Scheme MH / MR / MMR / JBIG / JPEG
TIFF file can be converted to a
Multi-page TIFF (Black & White only) /
3 File Format PDF file with the PDMS
JPEG / PDF/High compression PDF
Software
4 Tone Scale
Black & White 256 steps
Color 256 steps / each Color
5 Max. Document Size LDR, A3
Selectable, 600 dpi Optical
6 Scanning Resolution (dpi) 200 / 300 / 400 / 600
Scanner
Windows 2000 / XP / Server 2003 /
7 OS
Vista / Server 2008
8 2-Sided Scanning Yes
9 PC Scan (TWAIN)
Local No
Network Yes No
10 Completion Notice Yes Auto Pop-up on the PC Screen
11 Protocol TCP/IP, Non-Std.
Network Scanner Address Features
1 Network Registration
(Using Panasonic Document Independent additional 180
120
Management System CD addresses for Network
Communications Utility) Scanner. (Scan to PC)
2 Touch Panel Registration 60

34
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.2.4. Internet Fax Function
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Main Specifications
1 Communication Protocols SMTP / POP3
2 Max. Modem Speed N/A
3 Coding Scheme MH / MR / MMR / JBIG
4 File Format TIFF
Ethernet 10Base-
Ethernet 10Base-
5 LAN (Network) T / 100Base-TX
T / 100Base-TX
/ 1000Base-T
Scanner Mechanism
1 Max. Document Size LDR, A3
LDR : 10.8 in (274 mm)
2 Effective Scanning Width
A3 : 292 mm
Std. 203 x 98 (8 x 3.85) LAN: 600 dpi, 16 x 15.4 (dot/
Fine 203 x 196 (8 x 7.7) mm x lines/mm)
3 Scanning Resolution
S-Fine 203 x 391 (8 x 15.4) Scanning Resolution is
dpi x lpi (dot/mm x lines/mm)
406 x 391 (16 x 15.4) available with Parameter
600dpi 600 x 600 dpi setting
Printer Mechanism
1 Printing Resolution 600 dpi
2 Effective Recording Width 11.4 in (289 mm)
Transmission Features
Simultaneous operation of G3
1 Multi-Task Operation Yes
Fax and LAN is available.
2 Memory Transmission Yes
3 Sequential Multi-Station
Yes
Transmission
4 Simultaneous Multi-Station Max. 270 stations
Yes
Transmission (200 Address Book + 70)
5 Sender Selection Yes
6 G3/Email Mixed
Yes
Broadcasting
7 Deferred Transmission Yes
8 Fax Forward Yes
9 Mail Header
Subject Line Random Entry
LAN Features
A3 Communication is available
1 Internet Fax Communication Yes
with Parameter setting.
2 Internet Mail Reception Yes
Email Header Print Selection Yes “All” or “From/To/Subject” only
3 Internet Fax Server Features
Internet Fax → Internet Fax →
Internet Fax Relay XMT Yes
G3 Fax
Email Relay XMT Yes PC → Internet Fax → G3 Fax
Received Fax/Email Forward Yes Local print available
PC to FAX Transmission No
Using Sub-Address Local print
Inbound Routing Yes
available

35
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Description
Items Remarks
DP-C406 Series (DP-C405 Series)
Phone Book Registration
Yes Via Email
from PC
4 Internet Fax Parameters
Yes
Registration via Email
5 Internet Delivery
Yes With MDN
Confirmation
6 Network Scanning Yes 600 dpi
7 DHCP Client Yes
Lightweight Directory Access
8 LDAP Yes
Protocol
9 TIFF Viewer Yes Selectable, PDMS / TIFF Viewer
Certainty
Email from RCV side to
1 Comm. Journal (w/Image) Yes
Panasonic Internet Fax's only
ID
1 Email Address Yes

1.2.5. SD Memory Card on the SC PCB (Not the Front Slot)

SD Memory Card Formatting Structure and Partitioning by Function
SD Memory Card Formatting Structure
128 MB - 32 GB for DP-C406 Series
SD Memory Size 96 MB 128 MB - 4 GB for DP-C405 Series
128 MB - 1 GB for DP-C354/C322 Series
Max. Number of Pages 2,300 6,900
Memory Partition Usage by Function
128 MB - 32 GB for DP-C406 Series
Function 96 MB 128 MB - 4 GB for DP-C405 Series
128 MB - 1 GB for DP-C354/C322 Series
G3 Fax/Internet Fax Yes
Counter/Parameter Auto Back up Yes for DP-C406/C405 Series
Counter Auto Back up Yes for DP-C354/C322 Series
Note:
1. This function is available only when an SD Memory Card is installed on the PCB (Not in the Front Slot),
and is used for G3 Fax/Internet Fax, etc.
2. The SD Memory Card is formatted automatically for the Fax/Internet Fax memory when the Power
Switch is turned ON. This format is not compatible with the PC's memory.
3. Max. Number of Pages is based on ITU-T Image No.1 (A4, Standard Resolution).
4. Max. XMT file management number (G3 Fax/Internet Fax) = Max. 255 pages/file, Max. 50 Files.
5. Max. RCV file management number (G3 Fax/Internet Fax) = Max. 999 pages.
6. Max. page number may differ depending on the manufacturer of the SD Memory Card. (Recommended
Card Size is 128 MB or Higher).
7. The Color Image is stored into the Hard Disk Drive Unit.
8. When the SD Memory Card is formatted by the machine, it can not be used for the PC's memory. If the
Card needs to be used on the PC again, it must be reformatted by using a PC tool which is available
from the Web site below.
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/sd/download/sd_formatter.html

36
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.3. System Combination for DP-C406 Series

Inverting ADF (i-ADF)

ADF PC Board

Scanner Unit
SCN PC Board

Color Panel
(PNL PC Board) Main PC Board
(SC PC Board) Network Scanner Module
<On the SC PCB>
Card Reader
SD
(SDI PC Board)
- USB Interface Internet Fax/Email Module Card
<Front Slot>
- 10/100/1000 Ethernet Interface Used for Fax &
USB Memory Internet Fax,
- PCL 6 Controller Coin Vender Counter & Parameter
Used for Print and Auto Backup
Harness Kit
Scan Data, Firmware
Update,Counter & Hard Disk Drive Unit
Param Backup Mechanical Counter
PU : Option
Main Memory PB : Standard
512 MB
Used for SD Print, Scan (On Board)
SD Fax Communication
Data, Firmware Update,
Card Board Option
Counter & Param Backup Page Memory
128 MB x 2
Printer Controller
Module (PS3) Option

Paper Transport Unit

Exit Tray TRU PC Board
(Outer)

1-Bin Finisher
EC PC Board Automatic Duplex Unit

Punch Unit
Tray 1 (550 Sheet Paper)

1-Bin
Saddle-Stitch
Finisher Tray 2 (550 Sheet Paper)

System Console 1 (550 Sheet Paper x 1)

or

System Console 2 (550 Sheet Paper x 2)

CST PC Board

Standard Configuration

Option

37
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.4. Options and Supplies for DP-C406 Series
1. Options
Option Name Option Number Remarks
System Console 1 (Tray x 1) DA-DS400
System Console 2 (Tray x 2) DA-DS401
1-Bin Finisher DA-FS402W
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher DA-FS405W
Page Memory 256MB (128 MB x 2 pcs) DA-PMV56
Printer Controller Module (PS3) DA-MC401
Paper Transport Unit DA-FK350W
Punch Unit for DA-FS405W/FS405/
DA-SP41
FS356/FS325
Exit Tray (Outer) DA-XT320W
Fax Communication Board (G3 Fax) DA-FG401
Document Distribution System DA-WR10
Accounting Software DA-WA10 Accounting Function
Remote Operation Panel Software DA-UD320 For USA only
Up to 32 GB
SD/SDHC Memory Card ---- Using Genuine SD/SDHC Memory Cards is
recommended.
PU : Option
Mechanical Counter PJWEF2170PU
PB : Standard
Coin Vender Harness Kit PJZEF3310PB
Note:
1. PCL6 is a Page Description Language of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
2. PS3 is a Page Description Language of the Adobe Systems Incorporated.
3. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.
4. Genuine SD Memory Cards depict an SD Logo on their label. (Panasonic's 1GB, 4GB and 32GB
Samples are shown below).

38
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Supplies
Remarks
Part Name Part Number PB and Other
PU (USA/Canada)
Destinations
DQ-TUW28K DP-C406
33K
DQ-TUV28K DP-C306/C266 N/A
Toner Cartridge (Black) (See Note: 2)
DQ-TUY28K N/A DP-C306/C266
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) DQ-TUV20C
30K
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) DQ-TUV20M DP-C406/C306/C266 DP-C406/C306
(See Note: 2)
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) DQ-TUV20Y
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) DQ-TUY20C
30K
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) DQ-TUY20M N/A DP-C266
(See Note: 2)
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) DQ-TUY20Y
OPC Drum Unit (Black) 59K (Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, LT/A4, 4 pages/
DQ-UHU54
OPC Drum Unit (Color) 54K job)
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, 5% coverage,
Toner Waste Container 28K DQ-BFN45
LT/A4, 4 pages/job)
- FQ-SS32 Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS402W
Staple Cartridge
- DQ-SS35 Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS405W
Supplied as a Service Part, refer to the Parts
Verification Stamp - ----
Manual
Note:
1. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.
2. The yield of a Toner Cartridge varies depending on the coverage, temperature, humidity, media, etc.
Therefore, declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.

39
 Option Configuration (DP-C406/C306/C266)
Sort Memory (Additional)

Internet FAX Accounting DDS Software

Module Software DA-WR10
Fax Communication Board 1000 Address Book DA-WA10
3. Option Configuration

DA-FG401
1000
Address
Book
i-ADF
Network
Scanner
Scanner

Paper
Transport HDD Unit
Exit Tray (Outer) A Direct print of PDF
Unit D Main
DA-XT320W

40
DA-FK350W U Memory Font Expansion
Printer Printer
Controller
(512MB) Module
(On Board) DA-MC401
SD/SDHC
Memory
1-Bin Finisher Card Fax / Internet Fax
Memory (Additional)
DA-FS402W
(64MB-32GB)
Standard Configuration Page Memory
256MB
Mechanical (128MB 2 pcs)
Punch Unit Counter x 2
DA-SP41 DA-PMV56
DA-DS401 DA-DS400 PJWEF2170PU
For 1200dpi Printing
PU : Option
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher System Console 2 System Console PB : Standard
DA-FS405W
550 x 2 550 + Cabinet Coin Vender Coin Vender
Note : DA-UD320: Remote Operation Panel Software (PU only) Harness Kit IC Reader
PJZEF3310PB (Not supply)
DP-C406/C306/C266
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.5. Options and Supplies for DP-C405 Series
1. Options
Option Name Option Number Remarks
System Console 1 (Tray x 1) DA-DS320
System Console 2 (Tray x 2) DA-DS321
1-Bin Finisher DA-FS402 For DP-C405/C305/C265, and downward
compatible with DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher DA-FS405
C213 with updated firmware.
Page Memory 256MB (128 MB x 2 pcs) DA-PMV56 For DP-C405/C305/C265
Printer Controller Module (PS3) DA-MC400 For DP-C405/C305/C265
Data Security Kit DA-SC04 (Specified Destinations)
For DP-C405/C305/C265, DP-C354/C323/
Paper Transport Unit DA-FK350 C264/C263/C213, and downward compatible
with DP-C322/C262
Punch Unit for DA-FS405/FS356/
DA-SP41
FS325
Exit Tray (Outer) DA-XT320
Fax Communication Board (G3 Fax) DA-FG320
Document Distribution System DA-WR10
Accounting Software DA-WA10 Accounting Function
Remote Operation Panel Software DA-UD320 For USA only
Up to 4 GB
SD Memory Card ---- Using Genuine SD Memory Cards is
recommended.
PU : Option
Mechanical Counter PJWEF2170PU
PB : Standard
Coin Vender Harness Kit PJZEF3310PB
Note:
1. PCL6 is a Page Description Language of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
2. PS3 is a Page Description Language of the Adobe Systems Incorporated.
3. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.
4. Genuine SD Memory Cards depict an SD Logo on their label. (Panasonic's 1GB and 4GB Samples are
shown below).

41
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Supplies
Remarks
Part Name Part Number PB and Other
PU (USA/Canada)
Destinations
28K DQ-TUW28K
DP-C405
5K* DQ-TUW05K
28K DQ-TUV28K
Toner Cartridge (Black) DP-C305/C265 N/A
5K* DQ-TUV05K
28K DQ-TUY28K
N/A DP-C305/C265
5K DQ-TUY05K
20K DQ-TUV20C
Toner Cartridge (Cyan)
5K* DQ-TUV05C
20K DQ-TUV20M
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) DP-C405/C305/C265 DP-C405/C305
5K* DQ-TUV05M
20K DQ-TUV20Y
Toner Cartridge (Yellow)
5K* DQ-TUV05Y
20K DQ-TUY20C
Toner Cartridge (Cyan)
5K DQ-TUY05C
20K DQ-TUY20M
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) N/A DP-C265
5K DQ-TUY05M
20K DQ-TUY20Y
Toner Cartridge (Yellow)
5K DQ-TUY05Y
OPC Drum Unit (Black) 39K DQ-UHS36K
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, LT/A4, 4 pages/job)
OPC Drum Unit (Color) 36K DQ-UHS30
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, 5% coverage, LT/A4, 4
Toner Waste Container 28K DQ-BFN45
pages/job)
Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS402/FS350/
- FQ-SS32
FS320
Staple Cartridge
Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS405/FS356/
- DQ-SS35
FS325
Verification Stamp - ---- Supplied as a Service Part, refer to the Parts Manual
Note:
1. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.
2. The yield of a Toner Cartridge varies depending on the coverage, temperature, humidity, media, etc.
Therefore, the average yield cannot be guaranteed (5% coverage, LT/A4, Continuous Print).
3. 5K* is not available in USA.

42
 Option Configuration (DP-C405/C305/C265)
Sort Memory (Additional) Data Security Kit
DA-SC04

Internet FAX
Fax Communication Board 1000 Address Book Module Accounting DDS Software
Software
3. Option Configuration

DA-FG320 DA-WR10
1000 DA-WA10
Address
Book
i-ADF
Network
Scanner
Scanner

Paper
Transport HDD Unit
Exit Tray (Outer) A Direct print of PDF
Unit D Main
DA-XT320

43
DA-FK350 U Memory Font Expansion
Printer Printer
Controller
(256MB) Module
DA-MC400
SD/SDHC
Memory
1-Bin Finisher Card Fax / Internet Fax
Memory (Additional)
DA-FS402
(64MB-4GB)
Standard Configuration Page Memory
256MB
Mechanical (128MB 2 pcs)
Punch Unit Counter x 2
DA-SP41 DA-PMV56
DA-DS321 DA-DS320 PJWEF2170PU
For 1200dpi Printing
PU : Option
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher System Console 2 System Console PB : Standard
DA-FS405
550 x 2 550 + Cabinet Coin Vender Coin Vender
Note : DA-UD320: Remote Operation Panel Software (PU only) Harness Kit IC Reader
PJZEF3310PB (Not supply)
DP-C406/C306/C266
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.6. Options and Supplies for DP-C354/C322 Series
1. Options
Option Name Option Number Remarks
System Console 1 (Tray x 1) DA-DS320
System Console 2 (Tray x 2) DA-DS321
1-Bin Finisher DA-FS350
For DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher DA-FS356
For DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213, and
Paper Transport Unit DA-FK350
downward compatible with DP-C322/C262
1-Bin Finisher DA-FS320
1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher DA-FS325 For DP-C322/C262
Paper Transport Unit DA-FK320
Punch Unit for DA-FS356/FS325 DA-SP41
Exit Tray (Outer) DA-XT320
Fax Communication Board and
DA-FN350 G3 Fax, and Internet Fax/E-Mail
Internet Fax Module
Fax Communication Board DA-FG320 G3 Fax (For DP-C322/C262 only)
Internet Fax/E-Mail
Internet Fax Module DA-NF320
(For DP-C322/C262 only)
Printer Controller Module (PS3) DA-MC350 For DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
Printer Controller Module (PS3) DA-MC320 For DP-C322/C262
DDS Unlock Module DA-UK10 For DP-C354/C264
For DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
Data Security Kit DA-SC02
(Future Option for Specified Destinations)
Network Scanner/Email Module DA-NS320 For DP-C323/C263/C213
Network Scanner/Email Module for For DP-C322/C262
DA-NS321 (The 128MB Scan Memory Board is included.)
Document Distribution System
Hard Disk Drive Unit DA-HD32
Page Memory 256MB DA-PMN56 128 MB x 2 pcs
Main Memory 256MB DA-EMN56 256 MB x 1 pcs
Document Distribution System DA-WR10
Accounting Software DA-WA10 Accounting Function
Remote Operation Panel Software DA-UD320 For USA only
ADF Handle for Accessibility DA-UD321 For DP-C322/C262
Up to 1 GB
SD Memory Card ---- Using Genuine SD Memory Cards is
recommended.
Note:
1. PCL6 is a Page Description Language of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
2. PS3 is a Page Description Language of the Adobe Systems Incorporated.
3. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.
4. Genuine SD Memory Cards depict an SD Logo on their label. (Panasonic's 512 MB Sample is shown
below).

44
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Supplies
Part Name Part Number Remarks
DP-C354/C323/C264/C263
Toner Cartridge (Black) 28K DQ-TUS28K
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) 20K DQ-TUS20C (Yield is based on 5% coverage, LT/A4, Continuous
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) 20K DQ-TUS20M Print)
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) 20K DQ-TUS20Y
DP-C213
Toner Cartridge (Black) 20K DQ-TUT20K
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) 14K DQ-TUT14C (Yield is based on 5% coverage, LT/A4, Continuous
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) 14K DQ-TUT14M Print)
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) 14K DQ-TUT14Y
DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
OPC Drum Unit (Black) 39K DQ-UHS36K
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, LT/A4, 4 pages/job)
OPC Drum Unit (Color) 36K DQ-UHS30
DP-C322/C262
Toner Cartridge (Black) 28K DQ-TUN28K
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) 20K DQ-TUN20C (Yield is based on 5% coverage, LT/A4, Continuous
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) 20K DQ-TUN20M Print)
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) 20K DQ-TUN20Y
OPC Drum Unit (Black) 39K DQ-UHN36K
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, LT/A4, 4 pages/job)
OPC Drum Unit (Color) 36K DQ-UHN30
DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213 and DP-C322/C262
(Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, 5% coverage, LT/A4, 4
Toner Waste Container 28K DQ-BFN45
pages/job)
- FQ-SS32 Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS350/FS320
Staple Cartridge
- DQ-SS35 Staple Cartridge Refills (3) for DA-FS356/FS325
Verification Stamp - ---- Supplied as a Service Part, refer to the Parts Manual
Note:
Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail.

45
 Option Configuration (DP-C354/C264)
Option Configuration
Fax Communication Board & Internet Fax Module Sort Memory
DA-FN350 (Additional)
Accounting
Software DDS Software
DA-WA10 DA-WR10
3. Option Configuration

1000 Address Book

Data Security Kit

DA-SC02 Network DDS Unlock Module
i-ADF
Scanner DA-UK10
Scanner DA-NS320

Paper HDD Unit

46
Exit Tray (Outer) Transport A Main Direct print of PDF
Unit D DA-HD32 Memory Font Expansion
DA-XT320
DA-FK350 U 256MB Printer
Printer
Controller
DA-EMN56 Module
DA-MC350
SD
Memory
1-Bin Finisher Card
Fax / Internet Fax
DA-FS350 (64MB-1GB) Memory (Additional)
Standard Configuration
Page Memory
256MB
Punch Unit (128MB 2 pcs
DA-SP41 DA-DS321 DA-DS320 DA-PMN56

1-Bin Saddle-Stitch System Console 2 System Console For 1200dpi / Long

Finisher Size Doc. Printing
DA-FS356 550 x 2 550 + Cabinet
DP-C406/C306/C266
 Network Scanner/Email Module
Option Configuration
Option(DP-C323/C263/C213)
Configuration DA-NS320
Image Network
Fax Communication Board & Internet Fax Module Sort Memory Memory Scanner
DA-FN350 (Additional) 128MB (Hardware Key)
Accounting
Software DDS Software
DA-WA10 DA-WR10
Network
1000 Address Book
Scanner/Email
Module for DDS
Data Security Kit DA-NS321
DA-SC02 Image Network
i-ADF
Memory Scanner
128MB +DDS
Scanner

Paper HDD Unit

47
Exit Tray (Outer) Transport A Main Direct print of PDF
Unit D DA-HD32 Memory
DA-XT320 Font Expansion
DA-FK350 U 256MB Printer
Printer
Controller
DA-EMN56 Module
DA-MC350
SD
Memory
1-Bin Finisher Card
Fax / Internet Fax
DA-FS350 (64MB-1GB) Memory (Additional)

Page Memory
256MB
Punch Unit (128MB 2 pcs
DA-SP41 DA-DS321 DA-DS320 DA-PMN56

1-Bin Saddle-Stitch System Console 2 System Console For 1200dpi / Long

Finisher Size Doc. Printing
DA-FS356 550 x 2 550 + Cabinet
DP-C406/C306/C266
 Network Scanner Module
Option Configuration (DP-C322/C262)
Option Configuration DA-NS320
Image Network
Memory Scanner
Sort Memory 128MB (Hardware Key)
Internet Fax/Email Fax Communication Board (Additional)
Module DA-FG320 DDS Software
DA-NF320 Accounting DA-WR10
Software
1000 Address Book DA-WA10 Network Scanner
Module for DDS
DA-NS321
Image Network
i-ADF
Exit Tray (Outer) Memory Scanner
DA-XT320 128MB +DDS
Scanner

Paper HDD Unit

48
Transport A Main Direct print of PDF
Unit D DA-HD32 Memory Font Expansion
DA-FK320 U 256MB Printer
Printer
1-Bin Finisher Controller
DA-FS320 DA-EMN56 Module
DA-MC320
SD
Memory
Card
Fax / Internet Fax
Punch Unit (64MB-1GB)
DA-SP41 Memory (Additional)

1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Page Memory

Finisher 256MB
DA-FS325 (128MB 2 pcs
DA-DS321 DA-DS320 DA-PMN56
System Console 2 System Console For 1200dpi / Long
Size Doc. Printing
550 x 2 550 + Cabinet
DP-C406/C306/C266
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.7. External View for DP-C406 Series
1. Standard Configuration

(For USA Only)

Complies with FDA radiation
performance standards, 21 CFR
Subchapter J

Manufacturer's Name and Address Factory ID

Top View

36.7 in (933 mm)

26.1 in (664 mm) 30.5 in (774 mm)

Left View Front View Right View Rear View

For USA, Canada and Europe For Other Destinations

49
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. With Optional System Console and Finisher Configuration

1-Bin Finisher (DA-FS402W)

Top View

14.84 in
(377 mm)

10.51 in (267 mm)

47.24 in (1200 mm)

Left View Front View Right View Rear View

1-Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher (DA-FS405W)

Top View

26.38 in (670 mm)

47.24 in (1200 mm)
10.51 in (267 mm)

Left View Front View Right View Rear View

50
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3. Space Requirements With Options
Main Unit
3.94 in (100 mm)

37.99 in
(965 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)
47.64 in (1210 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

45.87 in (1165mm)

Main Unit + Exit Tray (Outer)

3.46 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(88 mm)
10.83 in 37.99 in
(275 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

60.15 in (1528 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Finisher

9.88 in 14.84 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(251 mm) (377 mm)
37.99 in
3.94 in (100 mm)

(965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)
55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

70.59 in (1793 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher

3.94 in (100 mm)

11.81 in 26.38 in 37.99 in

(300 mm) (670 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

84.05 in (2135 mm)

51
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.7.1. Serial Number Contents
The contents of the 11-digit Serial Number is as follows:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Sequential Production Number

5-Digit Sequential Production Number
00001 ~ 99999 = 1 ~ 99,999 units
A0001 ~ Y9999 = 100,000 ~ 329,976 units
(Letters "I" and "O" are skipped)

Model Number and Destination Code (Main Unit)

3-Digit number or alphanumeric representation
(Except Letters "I" and "O")
For Example:
(For USA and Canada) (For UK)
6JM = DP-C406-PU 6JJ = DP-C406-PB
6JL = DP-C306-PU 6JH = DP-C306-PB
6JK = DP-C266-PU 6JG = DP-C266-PB
6BB = DP-C405-PU 6BE = DP-C405-PB
6BA = DP-C305-PU 6BD = DP-C305-PB
5AZ = DP-C265-PU 6BC = DP-C265-PB
509 = DP-C354-PU 505 = DP-C354-PB
508 = DP-C323-PU 50F = DP-C323-PB
507 = DP-C264-PU 504 = DP-C264-PB
50E = DP-C263-PU 503 = DP-C263-PB
506 = DP-C213-PU 502 = DP-C213-PB

Production Facility
Production Year
Startingwith Year 2001, the last 2-digits of the year is
represented as: A ~ T
A: 01 (2001) K: 11 (2011)
B: 02 L: 12
C: 03 M: 13
D: 04 N: 14
E: 05 O: 15
F: 06 P: 16
G: 07 Q: 17
H: 08 R: 18
I : 09 S: 19
J: 10 (2010) T: 20 (2020)

Production Month

A: January G: July
B: February H: August
C: March I : September
D: April J: October
E: May K: November
F: June L: December

52
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.8. Control Panel for DP-C406 Series

Note:
Model availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for details.

53
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.9. Fans

Toner Bottle Fan (4008)

IH Driver Fan (4008)

Pressure Roller Fan (4801)

IH Fan (4804)
LVPS Fan (4103)
Right Cover Fan (2214)
LSU Fan (4302)

1.10. Motors
ADF Paper Feed Motor (925)
ADF Feed Motor (926)
Scanning Motor (1713)

Drum Motor 1 (5901)

FTR and LSU Shutter
Motor (3706)
Paper Transport Unit Fuser Motor (6116)
Motor (7208)
Belt Motor (5904) Drum Motor 2 (5903)
Developer Motor 1 (5902) Paper Feed Motor (6126)
Developer Motor 2 (5905)

Toner Cartridge
Motor (5302) STR Motor (3706)
Lift Motor (Tray 1) (2001)

Lift Motor (Tray 2) (2001)

Lift Motor (Tray 3) (2001)

Optional Paper Feed
Motor (6808)
Lift Motor (Tray 4) (2001)

54
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.11. Sensors
ADF Original Length Sensor 2 (401-03) Platen Cover (ADF) Angle Sensor (401-11)
ADF Original Length Sensor 1 (401-04) Platen Cover (ADF) Open Sensor (401-12)
ADF Original Width Sensor 2 (401-01) Fuser Unit Sensors (See Figure A)
ADF Original Width Sensor 1 (401-02) Paper Path Sensor (ADU 0) (1819-38)
ADF Exit Sensor (401-10) Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39)
ADF Original Sensor (401-05) Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor
ADF Cover Open Sensor (401-16) (1819-32)
ADF Registration Sensor 3 (401-09) Paper Full Sensor (1919)
ADF Registration Sensor 1 Paper Path Sensor (ADU 1)
(401-06) (1819-31)
Fuser Entrance Sensor (1819-43)
ADF Registration Sensor 2
(401-08) Right Cover Open Sensor
(1819-06)
Home Position Sensor
(401-13) Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01)
(DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only)
ADF Selection Sensor
(401-07) Registration Sensor 1
(2110 : ROHP PCB)
Paper Size Sensor
(1722, 1723) OHP Film Sensor
(2110 : ROHP PCB)
Paper Path Sensor (1819-21)
Intermediate Roller Sensor (2130)
Outer Exit Sensor (1819-20) (DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only)
Paper Transport Cover Open Paper Path Sensor (ADU 2)
Sensor (1819-42) (1819-07)
Intermediate Transfer Belt
Initial Point Sensor Sheet Bypass Size Sensor
(3709 : Initial Point Sensor PCB) (1819-33/34/35/36)
Sheet Bypass NP Sensor
LSU Shutter Sensor (1819-37)
(4610 : Sensor Holder Assy)
Upper Limit Sensor (Tray 1)
Toner Registration Sensor (401-15)
(Right) (3820-01)
NP Sensor (Tray 1) (401-14)
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock
Detection Sensor (1819-40) Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor
(1819-01)
FTR Cam Sensor (1819-08/09)
Paper Path Sensor (Tray 1) (1919)
Temperature & Humidity Sensor (3819)
Toner Density Registration Sensor Upper Limit Sensor (Tray 2)
(3821) (401-15)
NP Sensor (Tray 2) (401-14)
Drum Unit Detection Sensor (5414)
Paper Path Sensor (Tray 2) (1919)
Toner Registration Sensor (Left)
(3820-02) Optional Intermediate Roller Jam
Sensor (1819-03)
Toner Waste Container Full Detection
Sensor (4406 : WST PCB) Upper Limit Sensor (Tray 3)
(401-15)
Toner Waste Container Detection
Sensor (4406 : WST PCB) NP Sensor (Tray 3) (401-14)
STR Cam Sensor (1819-10/11) Paper Path Sensor (Tray 3) (1919)
Paper Tray Sensor (Tray 1) (1819-04/05) Upper Limit Sensor (Tray 4) (401-15)
Paper Tray Sensor (Tray 2) (1819-04/05) Paper Path Sensor (Tray 4) (1919)
Paper Tray Sensor (Tray 3) (1819-04/05) NP Sensor (Tray 4) (401-14)
Paper Tray Sensor (Tray 4) (1819-04/05) Right 3rd/4th Cover Open Sensor (1819-41)

55
 DP-C406/C306/C266
< Figure A >
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 (1819-17)
IH Core Sensor 1 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 (1819-16)
(DP-C322 Series)
IH Core Sensor 2
(DP-C322 Series)

Thermistor (HR1)

Fuser Entrance Sensor (1819-43)

Thermistor (HR3)
(DP-C322 Series)

Thermistor (HR2)
Thermistor (PR) (5031)

Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 1 (1819-19)

Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 (1819-18)

1.12. Clutches and Switches

Control Panel Power Switch (1412)
Right Upper Cover Interlock
ADF Inverting Roller Clutch 2 (1010) Switch 2 (4209)
Right Upper Cover Interlock
ADF Inverting Roller Clutch 1 (1010) Switch 1 (4202)
ADF Paper Feed Roller Clutch (901) Right Upper Cover Detection
ADF Exit Roller Clutch (802) Switch (4213)
2 WAY Ordinary Roller
ADF Registration Clutch (2731)
Roller Clutch 1 (824)
2 WAY Inverting Roller
ADF Registration Clutch (2731)
Roller Clutch 2 (801) ADU Paper Guide
ADF Pinch Solenoid (615) Solenoid (3212)
ADF Inverting Roller Solenoid (621) Right Lower Cover Interlock
Paper Exit Guide Solenoid (1917) Switch 2 (4209)
Paper Transport Unit ADU Roller Clutch 1 (2313)
Roller Clutch (1947) STR Paper Guide
Right Lower Cover Interlock Solenoid (2533)
Switch 2 (4213) ADU Roller Clutch 2 (2731)
Right Cover Detection Paper Feed Roller
Switch 1 (4209) Clutch (3021)
Front Cover Detection (Sheet Bypass)
Switch (4209) Pickup Roller Solenoid (3018)
Main Power Switch (4116) (Sheet Bypass)
Registration Roller Clutch (1923) Pickup Roller Solenoid
(Tray 1) (1917)
Front Cover Right Detection Paper Feed Roller Clutch
Switch (4207) (Tray 1) (1947)
Front Cover Interlock Switch (4209) Pickup Roller Solenoid
Intermediate Roller Clutch (2313) (Tray 2) (1917)
Paper Feed Roller Clutch
Intermediate Roller Clutch (2313) (Tray2) (1947)
(DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only)
Pickup Roller Solenoid
Optional Intermediate Roller Clutch (2313) (Tray 3) (1917)
Paper Feed Roller Clutch
(Tray 3) (1947)
Pickup Roller Solenoid
(Tray 4) (1917)
Paper Feed Roller Clutch
(Tray 4) (1947)

56
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1.13. PC Board
SCN PCB (6502)
CCD PCB (1631)
ADF PCB (6503) AFE PCB (1630)
PNL3 PCB (1332)
SC PCB (6401)
PNL Battery PCB (1343)
SDI PCB (1217) (DP-C406 Series)
TRU PCB (6604) PNL1 PCB (6505)
Inverter PCB (1612) PNL2 PCB (1331)
IH PCB (4020) LCD Inverter PCB (1326)
MOTDRV PCB (6504)
PNL4 PCB (1333)
EC PCB (6402)
DX PCB (7704)
HVPS2 PCB (4015)
Connect PCB (3922) ADU PCB (6501)
HVPS1 PCB (4014) DC PCB (6602)

NFL PCB (4116) PCL PCB (4502)

DC PCB (6602)
RLB PCB (6617) HDD (4018)
Optional LVPS
PCB (6605) FCB PCB (6603)
LVPS PCB (4017) CST PCB (6601)
HVPS1 PCB (4014)

57
 DP-C406/C306/C266

2 Disassembly Instructions
2.1. General Disassembly
Pertinent Disassembly Instruction sections are shown below.
Caution:
When reassemble the parts, follow the procedures in reverse order.
Some parts, related to the Product liabilities, Safety and/or Electromagnetic interference (EMI)
regulations, are assembled under strict factory control.
If the procedures are marked with Caution, follow the instructions carefully, and making sure that all
parts are properly installed to conform the regulations.

i-ADF
STR Unit and 2.2.1.
Intermediate
Transfer (IT) Unit Scanner Unit
2.2.10. 2.2.2.

Process Unit Control Panel Unit

2.2.11. 2.2.3.

LSU Fuser Unit

2.2.12. 2.2.4.

Paper Feed Module IH Unit

2.2.13. 2.2.5.

System Console ADU

2.2.14. 2.2.6.

Paper Exit
Transportation
2.2.7.

PC Boards, HVPS, Lower Right Side

HDD Cover Unit
2.2.15. 2.2.8.

Drive Unit Sheet Bypass Unit

2.2.16. 2.2.9.

LVPS Unit
2.2.17.

58
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.2. Disassembly Instructions
2.2.1. Inverting-Automatic Document Feeder (i-ADF) Unit
[1. Replacing the Guide Sheet]
(1) Open the ADF Cover.

(2) Replace the Guide Sheet (628).

[2. Roller Assembly]

<Cleaning the Exit Roller>
(1) Lift the Original Tray Assembly.
(2) Clean the Exit Roller (814).

<Cleaning the Pickup Roller, Paper Feed Roller,

Separation Roller and Registration Roller 1>
(3) Open the ADF Cover.
(4) Clean the Pickup Roller (511), Paper Feed Roller
(508), Separation Roller (610) and Registration
Roller 1 (817) with a soft cloth, saturated with water.

59
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Paper Feed Roller>

(5) Remove the Snap Ring (H6).

(6) Remove the Paper Feed Roller Shaft Assembly by

pulling in the arrow direction.

(7) Remove the Paper Feed Roller (508).

<Pickup Roller>
(8) Move the Pickup Bracket.
(9) Remove 2 Snap Rings (H7).

60
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Remove the Pickup Roller Shaft (510).

(11) Remove the Pickup Roller (511).

<Separation Roller Assembly>

(12) Remove 3 Screws (F10).
(13) Remove the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide 1
(601).

(14) Remove the Separation Roller Assembly.

(15) Remove the Snap Ring (H6).

61
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
When reinstalling, make sure that the Snap Ring is
installed properly as illustrated.

(16) Remove the Separation Roller Shaft (607).

(17) Remove the Separation Roller (610).
Note:
When reassembling the Separation Roller, make sure
that the Yellow Tooler's Die on the side of the roller is
positioned as illustrated (facing the Front Frame).

<Cleaning the Inverting Roller>

(18) Lift the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide 2
Assembly.
(19) Clean the Inverting Roller (809) with a soft cloth,
saturated with water.

<Registration Roller 2>

(20) Open the ADF Unit.
(21) Remove 2 Screws (H5).
(22) Remove the ADF Front Cover (418).
(23) Close the ADF Unit.

62
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
Release 3 Latch Hooks to remove the ADF Front
Cover.

(24) Remove 1 Screw (J2).

(25) Loosen 3 Screws (S6).
(26) Lift up the Original Tray Assembly.
(27) Remove the ADF Rear Cover (627).

For DP-C406 Series Only : Skip to step (31)

For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only :
Follow the steps below
(28) Remove 3 Screws (5M).
(29) Remove the Front ADF Gear Bracket Assembly.

(30) Remove the 16T Gear (825).

63
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(31) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(32) Remove the Shaft Mounting Bracket (622).

(33) Release the ADF Cover Arm (624).

(34) Remove the ADF Cover Assembly.

Note:
When reinstalling the ADF Cover Assembly, make sure
that the Vibration Guide Sheet 1 and 2 are reinstalled
properly as illustrated.

Note:
When reinstalling the ADF Cover Assembly, make sure
that the lever is positioned on the inside of the ADF
Cover.
The illustration on the left shows the incorrect lever
position.

64
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(35) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(36) Remove the Registration Guide 2 (721).

(37) Clean the Registration Roller 2 (818).

(38) Remove the Snap Ring (G6).

(39) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(40) Loosen 1 Screw.
(41) Remove the Registration Limiter Bracket (829) as
illustrated.

65
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(42) Remove the Limiter Joint (828).

(43) Remove the Registration Roller Torque Limiter
(827).
(44) Remove the Registration Joint (826).

(45) Remove 2 Snap Rings (G6).

(46) Remove the Clutch 2 (801).

(47) Remove 2 D8 Bearings (822).

(48) Remove the Registration Roller 2 (818).

66
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(49) Remove 2 Registration Guide Sheets 1 (1119) and 2

Registration Guide Sheets 2 (1120).
Caution:
Do not remove the illustrated 3 Screws.

Note:
When reinstalling the Registration Guide Sheet 1 and
2, make sure that the Sheets are placed on the marks
as illustrated.

Mark

Double Coated Registration

Adhesive Tape Guide Sheet

<Cleaning the Transport Roller>

(50) Open the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide
Assembly.
(51) Lift the Original Tray Assembly.
(52) Lower the Inverting Guide Assembly.

67
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(53) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(54) Remove the Inverting Guide Assembly.

(55) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(56) Remove the Lower Exit Guide (716).

(57) Clean the Transport Roller (816).

2.2.2. Scanner Unit

[1. Cleaning (Scanner/ADF)]
(1) Open the ADF.

68
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<White Reference Sheet and Scanning Pad>

(2) Clean the White Reference Sheet and Scanning
Pad with a soft cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol.

<Scanning (S) Glass and Platen (L) Glass>

(3) Clean the Scanning (S) Glass and Platen (L) Glass
with a soft cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol.

[2. Inverter PC Board Assembly]

(1) Open the ADF.
(2) Remove 2 Screws (S6).
(3) Remove the Right Platen Cover (104).

(4) Remove the Glass Assembly.

69
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(5) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(6) Remove 2 Screws (X3).
(7) Remove the Heat Sink Plate (1608).

(8) Move the Scanning Lamp to a position where it can

be easily replaced.
(9) Remove 3 Screws (X5).
(10) Release the Harness from the Clamp.

(11) Remove the Scanning Lamp.

(12) Turn the Inverter PC Board Case upside down.

(13) Disconnect the Flat Harness on the Inverter PC
Board.
(14) Remove the Inverter PC Board Assembly.

70
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(15) Disconnect the Lamp Harness.

(16) Remove the Scanning Lamp (1615).

(17) Remove 2 Screws (F10).

(18) Remove the Inverter PC Board (1612).

Note:
Ensure that the Scanning Lamp Harness is reinstalled
properly as illustrated.

[3. CCD Unit]

(1) Remove the Inverter PC Board Assembly. (Refer to
[2. Inverter PC Board Assembly])
(2) Remove 8 Screws (X5).
(3) Remove the CCD Cover (1627).

71
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the CCD PC Board.

(5) Remove 2 Screws (Y23).

(6) Remove the CCD Unit (1631).

Important:
Before proceeding, make a note of the position of the
alignment pointer. If the CCD is not reinstalled at the
same position, it will affect the copy quality.

72
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[4. AFE PC Board]

(1) Remove the Inverter PC Board Assembly. (Refer to
[2. Inverter PC Board Assembly])
(2) Remove the CCD Unit. (Refer to [3. CCD Unit])
(3) Remove 2 Screws (PU/PT : Y3, Except PU/PT : Y31,
DP-C354/C322 Series : X5).

For DP-C406/C405 Series Only

For PU/PT : Skip to step (5)
For PB and Other Destinations (Except PU/PT) :
Follow the steps below
(4) Remove 2 Metal Clamps on the AFE PC Board.

(5) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the AFE PC Board.

(6) Remove 4 Screws (PU/PT : Y3, Except PU/PT : Y31,

DP-C354/C322 Series : X5).
(7) Remove the AFE PC Board (1630).

73
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[5. Paper Size Sensor]

(1) Remove the Inverter PC Board Assembly. (Refer to
[2. Inverter PC Board Assembly])
(2) Remove the CCD Unit. (Refer to [3. CCD Unit])
(3) Remove the AFE PC Board. (Refer to [4. AFE PC
Board])

For PU/PB and Other Destinations Only

(Except PK/PT) : Follow the steps (4) - (9)
For PK/PT Only : Skip to step (10)
(4) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(5) Disconnect 2 Harnesses from the Sensor.
(6) Remove 2 Multi Beam Sensor 1 (1722).
Note:
1. Do not touch the surface of the Sensors with your
hands.
2. Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab.
3. Do not use Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol.

(7) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(8) Disconnect the Harness from the Sensor.
(9) Remove the Multi Beam Sensor 2 (1723).

For PK/PT Only

(10) Remove 1 Screw (X5).
(11) Disconnect 1 Harness from the Sensor.
(12) Remove 1 Multi Beam Sensor 2 (1723).
Note:
1. Do not touch the surface of the Sensors with your
hands.
2. Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab.
3. Do not use Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol.

(13) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(14) Disconnect the Harness from the Sensor.
(15) Remove the Multi Beam Sensor 2 (1723).

74
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Cleaning the Mirror>

(16) Clean the Mirror 2 (1621) with a soft cloth.

(17) Clean the Mirror 1 (1602) with a soft cloth.

Note:
1. Do not touch the surface of the Mirrors with your
hands.
2. Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab.
3. Do not use Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol.

[6. SCN PC Board]

(1) Remove 2 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Center Scanner Cover (102).

(3) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the SCN PC Board.

75
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Remove 4 Screws (Y3).

(5) Remove the SCN PC Board (6502).

[7. Scanning Motor]

(1) Remove the Center Scanner Cover. (Refer to [6.
SCN PC Board])
(2) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(3) Remove the ADF Harness Holder (1517).

(4) Disconnect the ADF Harness.

Note:
When reinstalling the ADF, take note of the connector
position, and its keys. Insert it gently, and do not force
the connector if it is facing the wrong way.

(5) Open the ADF Unit.

(6) Remove 2 Screws (P4).
(7) Loosen 2 Screws.
(8) Remove the ADF Unit.

76
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 4 Screws (S6).

(10) Remove the Rear Platen Cover (101).

(11) Unhook, and remove the Motor Spring (1708).

(12) Disconnect the Harness.

(13) Remove 2 Screws (Y21).
(14) Remove the Motor Bracket Assembly.

(15) Remove the E-Ring (J7).

(16) Remove the Reduction Gear (1711).

77
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(17) Remove 2 Screws (Y16).

(18) Remove the Scanning Motor (1713).

[8. Sensor]
<Home Position Sensor>
(1) Remove the Motor Bracket Assembly. (Refer to [7.
Scanning Motor])
(2) Disconnect the Harness.
(3) Remove the Photo Sensor (401-13).

<Platen Cover (ADF) Angle Sensor, Platen Cover (ADF)

Open Sensor>
(4) Disconnect the 2 Harnesses.
(5) Remove 2 Photo Sensors (401-11, 401-12).
Note:
Ensure that the Sensor Harnesses are reinstalled
properly as illustrated.

2.2.3. Control Panel Unit

[1. Replacing the Battery]
(a) For DP-C406 Series
For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series : Skip to Section (b).
(1) Adjust the Control Panel to the 4th position.
(2) Remove 1 Screw (F10).
(3) Remove the Battery Holder (1306).

78
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Replace the Battery (1330).

(5) Reinstall the Battery Holder, and fasten it with 1
Screw.

(b) For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series

(1) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(2) Remove the Battery Holder (1306).

(3) Replace the Battery (1330).

(4) Reinstall the Battery Holder, and fasten it with 1
Screw.

79
 DP-C406/C306/C266

! CAUTION
Denotes hazards that could result in minor injury or damage to the machine.
* THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM BATTERY. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENT TYPE.
IMPROPER USE OR REPLACEMENT MAY CAUSE OVERHEATING, RUPTURE OR EXPLOSION RESULTING IN
INJURY OR FIRE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS OF YOUR LOCAL
SOLID WASTE OFFICIALS AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
Note: The service life of the Battery is approximately 1 year under normal use.

* Notice: California only:

This product contains a CR Coin Cell Lithium Battery which contains Perchlorate Material - special handling
may apply.
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

! Avertissement
CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE AU LITHIUM. REMPLACEZ UNIQUEMENT AVEC LE MÊME TYPE DE PILE
OU UN TYPE ÉQUIVALENT. UNE UTILISATION OU UN REMPLACEMENT IMPROPRE POURRAIT CAUSER
UNE SURCHARGE, UNE RUPTURE OU UNE EXPLOSION RÉSULTANT EN DES BLESSURES OU UN
INCENDIE. DÉBARASSEZ-VOUS DES PILES USÉES EN RESPECTANT LA RÉGLEMENTATION LOCALE SUR
LA MISE AU REBUT DES DÉCHETS SOLIDES.

[2. Control Panel Unit]

(a) For DP-C406 Series
For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series : Skip to Section (b).
(1) Open the ADF.
(2) Open the SD Cover (1202).
(3) Remove 4 Screws (S6).
Note:
This allows the removal of the Control Panel Unit in the
following steps.

(4) Adjust the Control Panel to the 4th position.

(5) Loosen 1 Screw (Y47).

80
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Loosen 1 Screw (Y47).

(7) Remove the Back Panel Cover (1206).

(8) Adjust the Control Panel to the 2nd position.

(9) Remove the Control Panel Unit by pulling the
Release Lever as illustrated.

(10) Disconnect the Harness on the PNL1 PC Board.

(11) Turn the Control Panel Unit upside down.

(12) Remove 1 Screw (F10).
(13) Remove the Battery Holder.
(14) Remove 1 Screws (X5).
(15) Remove the Release Lever (1305).
(16) Remove 5 Screws (X1, X5).
(17) Remove the Lower Panel Cover (1304).

81
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(18) Release all Harnesses from all Harness Clamps.

(19) Disconnect all Harnesses on the PNL 1 PC Board,
INV PC Board and the PNL Battery PC Board.

Caution:
When reinstalling the Touch Panel Harness must be
positioned over the PNL1-PNL4 Harness as illustrated.

(20) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(21) Remove the INV PC Board (1342).
(22) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(23) Remove the PNL 1 PC Board (6505) from 2 Spacers.
(24) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(25) Remove the BTR PC Board (1343).
(26) Remove 3 Screws (F10).
(27) Remove the Panel Base and Guide Assembly
(1303).

Caution:
When reinstalling the Panel Base, make sure that the
Harnesses are reinstalled properly.
Example : INV-LCD Harness

82
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(28) Remove 1 Screw (F10).

(29) Remove the PNL 4 PC Board (1333).
(30) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(31) Remove the PNL 3 PC Board (1332).
(32) Remove 4 Screws (F10).
(33) Remove the PNL 2 PC Board (1331).
(34) Remove 4 Screws (F10).
(35) Remove the LCD Module (1326).
(36) Remove the Touch Panel (1325).

(b) For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series

(1) Open the ADF.
(2) Remove 4 Black Screws (1218).
Note:
This allows the removal of the Control Panel Unit in the
following steps.

(3) Adjust the Control Panel to the 4th position.

(4) Loosen 1 Screw (Y47).

(5) Loosen 1 Screw (Y47).

(6) Remove the Back Panel Cover (1206).

83
 DP-C406/C306/C266

For PU only : Skip to step (8)

For PB and Other Destinations : Follow the steps below
(7) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(8) Adjust the Control Panel to the 2nd position.

(9) Unhook, and remove the Damper Spring (1208).

(10) Remove the Control Panel Unit by pulling the

Release Lever as illustrated.

(11) Disconnect the Harnesses on the PNL1 PC Board.

84
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(12) Turn the Control Panel Unit upside down.

(13) Remove 1 Screw (F10).
(14) Remove the Battery Holder (1306).
(15) Remove 1 Screw (X5).
(16) Remove the Release Lever (1305).
(17) Remove 2 Screws (X1).
(18) Remove the Lower Panel Cover (1304).

(19) Release the Harnesses from the 2 Harness Clamps.

(20) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the PNL 1 PC Board,
and INV PC Board.

(21) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(22) Remove the INV PC Board (1327).
(23) Remove 4 Screws (X5).
(24) Remove the PNL 1 PC Board (6505).

(25) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(26) Remove the Panel Base, and Guide Assembly
(1303).

85
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(27) Remove 1 Screw (F10).

(28) Remove the PNL 4 PC Board (1333).
(29) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(30) Remove the PNL 3 PC Board (1332).
(31) Remove 4 Screws (F10).
(32) Remove the PNL 2 PC Board (1331).

(33) Remove 4 Screws (F10).

(34) Remove the LCD Module (1326).

(35) Remove the Touch Panel (1325).

[3. Scanner Front Cover Assembly]

(a) For DP-C406 Series
For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series : Skip to Section (b).
(1) Remove the Control Panel Unit. (Refer to [2. Control
Panel Unit] Section (a))
(2) Remove the Scanner Front Cover Assembly (1201).

86
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
When reinstalling the Scanner Front Cover Assembly,
hook the Right side to the Latch first.

(3) Disconnect the USB Cable on the SDI PC Board.

For PU only : Follow the steps (4) - (5)

For PB and Other Destinations only : Skip to step (6)
(4) Remove 4 Screws (X5, Y3).
(5) Remove the SDI Cover (1203) and SDI PC Board
(1217).

For PB and Other Destinations only

(6) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(7) Remove the SDI Cover.

87
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(9) Remove the Shield (F) (1229) and the Shield (R)
(1230).
(10) Remove 2 Screws (Y3).
(11) Remove the SDI PC Board (1217).

Caution:
When reinstalling, make sure that 2 Shields are
installed properly as illustrated.

(b) For DP-C405/C354/C322 Series

(1) Remove the Control Panel Unit.
(Refer to [2. Control Panel Unit] Section (b))
(2) Remove the Scanner Front Cover Assembly (1201).

(3) Disconnect the USB Cable on the SDI PC Board.

88
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Remove 4 Screws (X5, Y3).

(5) Remove the SDI Cover (1203) and SDI PC Board
(1217).

[4. Reinstalling the Control Panel Unit (For DP-C406

Series Only)]
(1) To lock the Damper Spring as illustrated.
(2) Adjusting the Panel Guide Bushing to Panel Guide
Bracket rail as illustrated, and mounting the Control
Panel Unit with sliding.
(3) To unlock the Damper Spring, using the Screw driver
as illustrated.

2.2.4. Fuser Unit

[1. Fuser Unit]
(1) Open the Right Side Upper Cover.

89
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(2) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(3) Remove the Harness Cover 2 (4813).

(4) Disconnect the Harness.

(5) Loosen 2 Screws.

(6) Remove the Fuser Unit (4815).

(7) Unhook 2 Pressure Springs (5006).

Caution:
Don't use a plier for unlocking the Springs, Not to
damage the spring. Ensure the Pressure Springs are
unlock position when replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

90
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
To unlock the Pressure Springs: Press the Energy
Saver, and then turn off the Power Switch on the Left
side of the machine.

[2. Fuser Belt Unit]

(a) For DP-C406/C405/C354 Series
For DP-C322 Series : Skip to Section (b).
(1) Remove the Fuser Unit. (Refer to [1. Fuser Unit])
(2) Disconnect 1 Harnesses.

(3) Remove 3 Black Screws (Y41).

(4) Remove the Shaft Plate (4916).

(5) Remove 3 Black Screws (Y41).

(6) Remove the Shaft Plate (4916).

91
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Remove the worn-out Fuser Belt Unit (4926).

(b) For DP-C322 Series

(1) Remove the Fuser Unit. (Refer to [1. Fuser Unit])
(2) Remove 1 Black Screw (Y41).
(3) Remove the Harness Cover 3 (4921).

(4) Disconnect 3 Harnesses.

(5) Remove 3 Black Screws (Y41).

(6) Remove the Shaft Plate (4916).

92
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Remove 3 Black Screws (Y41).

(8) Remove the Shaft Plate (4916).

(9) Disconnect 2 Harnesses.

(10) Remove the worn-out Fuser Belt Unit (4926).

[3. Replacing the Fuser Belt Unit]

(a) For DP-C406/C405/C354 Series
For DP-C322 Series : Skip to Section (b).
(1) Remove all the tapes, and shipping material from the
new Belt Unit.
(2) Remove the 2 Bands.

93
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Remove the Protective Paper and Shipping

Materials.
(4) Remove 2 Pins.

(5) Install the New Fuser Belt Unit on the Fuser Main
Unit.

(6) Hook 2 Pressure Springs.

Caution:
Don't use a plier for unlocking the Springs, Not to
damage the spring. Ensure the Pressure Springs are
unlock position when replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

(7) Reinstall 2 Black Screws.

(8) ReInstall the Shaft Plate.
(9) Reinstall 1 Black Screw.

94
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Reinstall 2 Black Screws.

(11) Reinstall the Shaft Plate.
(12) Reinstall 1 Black Screw.

(13) Remove the Shipping Cover.

(14) Connect the 1 Harnesses.

Note:
When connecting, exercise care not to touch the Fuser
Belt.

95
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
Ensure that the Harnesses are reinstalled properly as
illustrated.

(b) For DP-C322 Series

(1) Remove all the tapes, and shipping material from the
new Belt Unit.
(2) Remove the 2 Bands.

(3) Remove the Protective Paper and Shipping

Materials.
(4) Remove 2 Pins.

(5) Install the New Fuser Belt Unit on the Fuser Main
Unit.

96
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Hook 2 Pressure Springs.

Caution:
Don't use a plier for unlocking the Springs, Not to
damage the spring. Ensure the Pressure Springs are
unlock position when replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

(7) Reinstall 2 Black Screws.

(8) ReInstall the Shaft Plate.
(9) Reinstall 1 Black Screw.

(10) Reinstall 2 Black Screws.

(11) Reinstall the Shaft Plate.
(12) Reinstall 1 Black Screw.

(13) Connect 2 Harnesses.

Note:
Ensure that the Sensor Harnesses are reinstalled
properly as illustrated.
Red Harness : “R” Carved Sensor
Black Harness: “BK” Carved Sensor

97
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(14) Remove the Shipping Cover.

(15) Connect the 3 Harnesses.

Note:
When connecting, exercise care not to touch the Fuser
Belt.

Note:
Ensure that the Harnesses are reinstalled properly as
illustrated.

98
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(16) Reinstall the Harness Cover 3 (4921).

(17) Reinstall 1 Black Screw.

[4. Install the Fuser Unit]

(1) Install the Fuser Unit.
(2) Secure 2 Screws.
(3) Connect the Harness.
(4) Reinstall the Harness Cover 2 (4813).
(5) Reinstall 1 Screw.
(6) Close the Upper Right Side Cover.
Note:
When reinstalling the Fuser Belt Unit, reset the PM
Counter.
Perform “F8-26” Fuser Belt Counter Reset. (F7-02-65/
85/86 Fuser Belt Remain Count is also initialized by
this operation)

[5. Replacing the Complete Fuser Unit]

(1) Remove all tapes and cushioning materials.
(2) Remove the Shipping Cover.

(3) Remove the Protective Paper and Shipping

materials.

<Installing the Complete Fuser Unit>

See the installation steps in this section.
Note:
When reinstalling the Complete Fuser Unit, reset the
PM Counter.
Perform “F8-26” Fuser Belt Counter Reset, and “F8-
27” Fuser Main Counter Reset. (F7-02-65/85/86 Fuser
Belt Remain Count, and F7-02-66/87/88 Fuser Main
Remain Count are also initialized by this operation)

99
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.2.5. IH Unit
[1. The Paper Transport Unit Option is installed]
Note:
If the Paper Transport Unit Option is installed, remove
the Paper Exit Unit by following the steps below.
(1) Remove 5 Screws (X5, X9, Y61).
(2) Remove the Bracket Assembly by lifting up the
Paper Transport Unit.

(3) Remove 1 Screw (X5) by pushing the Flap downward

as illustrated.
(4) Remove the Front Cover (7112).

(5) Disconnect the Harness from the machine's

connector.

(6) Remove the Paper Transport Unit by pulling the Lock

Lever as illustrated.

100
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[2. CONE PC Board]

(1) Remove 11 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(3) Remove 1 Screw (Y3).

(4) Remove the CONE PC Board (3922).

[3. SC PC Board Assembly]

(a) For DP-C406/C405 Series : PU / For DP-C354/C322
Series
For DP-C406/C405 Series PB and Other Destinations :
Skip to Section (b).
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the SC PC Board
(6401).
(3) Remove the Harnesses from 5 Clamps.
(4) Remove 12 Screws (X5).
(5) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting, and
turning to the left as illustrated.

(b) For DP-C406/C405 Series : PB and Other

Destinations
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Remove 1 Screw (X5), and Harness with the Metal
Clamp.

101
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Remove 1 Screw (X5), and Harness with the Metal

Clamp.

(4) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the SC PC Board

(6401).
(5) Remove the Harnesses from 4 Clamps.
(6) Remove 13 Screws (X5).
(7) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting, and
turning to the left as illustrated.

[4. IH Fan Assembly]

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly. (Refer to [3.
SC PC Board Assembly])
(3) Remove 6 Screws (X5).
(4) Remove the Harness from 3 Harness Clamps.
(5) Remove the SC PC Board Bracket (Left) (3906).

102
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the MOTDRV PC

Board (6504).
(7) Remove the Fan Harness from 2 Clamps.
(8) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(9) Remove the IH Fan Assembly.

(10) Remove 5 Screws (X5).

(11) Remove the IH PCB Bracket (4004).

(12) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(13) Remove the IH Fan Assembly.

(14) Disconnect 4 Harnesses on the IH PC Board (4020).

103
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(15) Remove the Harness from 3 Mini Clamps, and 6

Clamps.

(16) Remove 2 Screws.

[5. Paper Exit Unit]

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly. (Refer to [3.
SC PC Board Assembly])
(3) Remove the IH Fan Assembly. (Refer to [4. IH Fan
Assembly])
(4) Remove the Right Side Rear Cover (205). (Refer to
sect. 2.2.6.)
(5) Open the Right Side Upper Cover. (Refer to sect.
2.2.4.)
(6) Remove the Fuser Unit. (Refer to sect. 2.2.4.)
(7) Remove 2 Screws (S6).
(8) Remove the Top Cover (207).
(9) Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the ADU PC Board
(CN401, and CN402), and the intermediate connector.

104
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Remove the Harness from 6 Clamps.

(11) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(12) Remove the Paper Exit Unit.

[6. Front Cover, Inner Rear Cover, Mechanical Counter

Cover and Front Right Cover]
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly. (Refer to [3.
SC PC Board Assembly])
(3) Remove the IH Fan Assembly. (Refer to [4. IH Fan
Assembly])
(4) Remove the Paper Exit Unit. (Refer to [5. Paper Exit
Unit])
(5) Pull Tray 1, and Tray 2 half way out.
(6) Open the Front Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.11.)
(7) Remove 2 Screws (Y13).
(8) Remove the Inner Stack Cover (203).

105
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 2 Screws (S6).

(10) Release the Lever Arm.

(11) Unlock 2 Front Cover Attachment Pins (220) by

turning them in the upward direction, and sliding to the
right.
(12) Remove the Front Cover.

(13) Remove 2 Screws (S6).

(14) Remove the Inner Rear Cover (201).

(15) Remove 1 Screw (S6).

(16) Remove the Mechanical Counter Cover (210).

106
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(17) Remove 4 Screws (S6).

(18) Remove the Front Right Cover (209) by releasing the
Latch on the Exit Cover (202).

(19) Loosen 1 Thumb Screw.

(20) Remove 1 Screw (S6).

(21) Lift the Scanner Unit slightly, and remove the Exit
Cover (202).

(22) Remove the Bracket.

107
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[7. IH Unit]
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to [2.
CONE PC Board])
(2) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly. (Refer to [3.
SC PC Board Assembly])
(3) Remove the IH Fan Assembly. (Refer to [4. IH Fan
Assembly])
(4) Remove the Paper Exit Unit. (Refer to [5. Paper Exit
Unit])
(5) Remove the Front Cover, Inner Rear Cover,
Mechanical Counter Cover and Front Right Cover.
(Refer to [6. Front Cover, Inner Rear Cover,
Mechanical Counter Cover and Front Right Cover])
(6) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(7) Remove the IH Unit.
Caution:
When removing the IH Unit, pull it out gently. To
prevent damaging the Harness, carefully guide it
throughout the side of the frame.

108
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Remove the IH Brackets>

(8) Remove 2 Screws from both sides.

Caution:
When reinstalling the IH Unit, make sure that the IH
Fan Duct is positioned inside of the IH Sheet.

2.2.6. Auto Duplex Unit (ADU)

[1. ADU]
<Jam Cover, Sheet Bypass Tray, Right Side Cover
(Front/Rear) and Upper Right Side Cover>
(1) Open the Jam Cover.
(2) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.

(3) Remove 2 Screws (S6).

(4) Remove the Right Side Front Cover (206).
(5) Remove 3 Screws (S6).
(6) Remove the Right Side Rear Cover (205).

109
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Open the Upper Right Side Cover.

<Cleaning the ADU 2nd Roller, Feed Roller and Exit

Roller>
(8) Clean the ADU 2nd Roller, Feed Roller, and Exit Roller
with a soft cloth, saturated with water.

<Lower Right Side Cover>

(9) Disconnect 3 Harnesses on the ADU PC Board
(CN403, CN404, CN405)
(10) Release 3 Harnesses from the Edge Saddle.

(11) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(12) Remove the Lower Dumper Bracket (2114).

110
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Remove the Dumper (2116).

(14) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.

(15) Remove 1 Snap Ring (G6).
(16) Remove the Hinge Pin (2103).
Note:
When installing the Hinge Pin, take care not to hold it
by its side.

(17) Remove the ADU.

111
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
When reinstalling the ADU, make sure that the
Harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated.

[2. Fuser Exit Guide]

(1) Remove 1 Screw (Y31).
(2) Remove the Exit Guide Bracket (2308).

(3) Remove 1 Screw (Y31).

(4) Remove the Exit Guide Bracket (2308).

112
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(5) Remove 3 Screws (F10).

(6) Remove the Fuser Exit Guide (2307).

[3. Sensor]
<Paper Path Sensor (ADU0)>
(1) Remove the ADU. (Refer to [1. ADU])
(2) Remove the Fuser Exit Guide (2307). (Refer to [2.
Fuser Exit Guide])
(3) Disconnect the Harness.
(4) Remove the Photo Sensor Assembly.

<Cleaning the ADU 1st Roller>

(5) Remove 3 Screws (F10).
(6) Remove the ADU Upper Guide (2207).

(7) Clean the ADU 1st Roller with a soft cloth, saturated
with water.

113
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Paper Path Sensor (ADU1)>

(8) Remove 1 Screw (X3).

(9) Remove the Cover Knob (2202).

(10) Remove 9 Screws (F10).

(11) Remove the Coating Clip (2219).

(12) Remove the Harness Clamp (2218).

114
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
Make sure to reinstall the Harness Clamp properly as
illustrated.

(13) Remove the ADU Cover (2201).

(14) Remove 5 Screws (F10).

(15) Remove the Cover Plate (2203).
(16) Remove the Spring Ground (2208).

(17) Remove 1 E-Ring (J7).

(18) Remove the Latch (2210).
(19) Remove the Left Latch Spring (2211).
(20) Remove the Bushing (2213).
(21) Remove the Latch Lever Shaft (2209) Assembly.

115
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(22) Release the Harness from the Clamps.

(23) Remove 2 Screws (X4).
(24) Remove the Right Cover Fan (2214).
(25) Disconnect the Harness.
(26) Remove the Photo Sensor (1819-31).

Note:
When reinstalling the ADU Plate Assembly to the ADU
Cover, pull up the notch as illustrated.

Caution:
When reinstalling the Cover, do not pinch the Harness
with the Steel Plate.

Note:
When reinstalling the Cover, make sure that the
harness band is reinstalled properly as illustrated.

116
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.2.7. Paper Exit Transportation
[1. Paper Exit Unit]
(1) Open the Right Side Upper Cover. (Refer to sect.
2.2.4.)
(2) Remove the Fuser Unit. (Refer to sect. 2.2.4.)
(3) Remove 2 Screws (S6).
(4) Remove the Top Cover (207).

(5) Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the ADU PC Board

(CN401 and CN402), and the intermediate connector.

(6) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(7) Remove the Paper Exit Unit.

Note:
If the Paper Transport Unit Option is installed, remove
the Paper Exit Unit by following the steps below.
1. Remove 1 Screw (X5) by pushing the Flap
downward as illustrated.
2. Remove the Front Cover (7112).

117
 DP-C406/C306/C266

3. Move the Paper Transport Unit slightly to the left by

pulling the lock lever as illustrated.
4. Remove the Paper Exit Unit (see the previous
step).

[2. Sensor]
<Paper Full Sensor>
(1) Remove 1 Screw (X5).
(2) Disconnect the Harness.
(3) Remove the Photo Sensor (1919).

(4) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(5) Remove the Harness Guide (3216).
(6) Disconnect the Harnesses.

(7) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(8) Remove the Clutch Bracket Assembly.

118
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove the Arm Spring (3227).

(10) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(11) Remove 2 Screws (Y16).
(12) Remove the Clutch Bracket (3226).

(13) Remove the DZ27M1 Gear (3224).

(14) Remove the Clutch Shaft (3225).

<Inner Exit Sensor>

(15) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(16) Remove the Sensor Cover Assembly.

(17) Disconnect the Harness.

(18) Remove the Photo Sensor (1819-39).

119
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[3. Cleaning the Exit Roller, Upper Pinch Roller and

Lower Pinch Roller]
(1) Remove 1 Screw (Y1).
(2) Remove the Exit Guide (227).

(3) Clean the Exit Roller (3302), and Upper Pinch Roller
(3208), Lower Pinch Roller (3301) with a soft cloth,
saturated with water.

2.2.8. Lower Right Side Cover Unit

[1. Lower Right Side Cover Unit]
(1) Remove the Right Front Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(2) Remove the Right Rear Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(3) Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray Cover. (Refer to
sect. 2.2.9.)
(4) Open the Lower Right Side Cover. (Refer to sect.
2.2.10.)
(5) Remove the Snap Ring. (Refer to sect. 2.2.10.)
(6) Remove the Cover Stay. (Refer to sect. 2.2.10.)
(7) Disconnect the Harness on the ADU PC Board
(CN406).
(8) Release the lock lever by pushing it in the direction
shown by the arrow.

120
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit by

pushing the lock lever in the direction shown by the
arrow.

Note:
When disassembling, exercise care not to damage the
Second Transfer Roller (STR).

<Cleaning the OHP Detection Reflector>

(10) Clean the OHP Detection Reflector with a soft cloth,
saturated with isopropyl alcohol.

Note:
When reinstalling the Lower Right Side Cover Unit,
pull the lock lever to the locked position in the direction
illustrated by the arrow.

121
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[2. Sensor, Roller and STR Unit]

<Right Cover Open Sensor>
(1) Remove 3 Screws (X5).
(2) Remove 2 Screws (Y24).
(3) Remove the Gear Assembly.

Note:
When reinstalling the Gear Assembly, make sure that
the convex part of the gear bracket, and clutch are
properly positioned as illustrated.

(4) Disconnect the Harness.

(5) Remove 1 Screw (Y24).
(6) Remove the Sensor Bracket (2825) Assembly.

(7) Remove the Photo Sensor (1819-06).

122
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<STR Unit>
(8) Remove 2 Screws (Y16).
(9) Remove Guide Bracket Assembly.

(10) Remove the STR Unit (2535) as illustrated.

(11) Remove 1 Screw (F10).

(12) Remove the Plate Cover Bracket (2734).

(13) Turn the Lower Right Side Cover Unit upside down.
Note:
Before turning the Unit upside down, make sure to
remove the STR Unit, or the STR may get damaged.

(14) Open the Lower ADU Door.

(15) Remove 1 Screw (Y1).
(16) Remove the ADU Cover Arm (2746).

123
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(17) Remove the ADU Door Assembly as illustrated.

<Cleaning the ADU 4th Roller>

(18) Clean the ADU 4th Roller with a soft cloth, saturated
with water.

<Paper Path Sensor (ADU2)>

(19) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(20) Remove the ADU Guide 2 (2824).

(21) Disconnect the Harness.

(22) Release the Harness from 2 latches.

124
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(23) Remove 2 Screws (F10).

(24) Remove the ADU Sensor Base (2821) Assembly.

(25) Remove the Photo Sensor (1819-07).

<Cleaning the Registration Sensor 2 and Intermediate

Roller Sensor>
For DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only :
Follow steps below
For DP-C266/C265, DP-C354/C322 Series :
Skip to step (27)
(26) Clean the Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) and
Intermediate Roller Sensor (2130) with a Dry Cotton
Swab.

<Registration Unit>
(27) Disconnect the Harness on the ADU PC Board
(CN407).

125
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(28) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(29) Remove the Registration Unit.

For DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only :

Follow steps (30) - (38)
For DP-C266/C265, DP-C354/C322 Series :
Skip to step (39)
(30) Remove 5 Screws (F10).
(31) Remove the Regist Plate (2132).

(32) Disconnect the Harness on the ROHP PC Board.

(33) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(34) Remove the ROHP PC Board (2110).
(35) Disconnect 2 Harnesses.
(36) Remove the Harness from 2 Clamps.
(37) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(38) Remove the RI Sensor Plate (2131).

For DP-C266/C265, DP-C354/C322 Series

(39) Disconnect the Harness.
(40) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(41) Remove the ROHP PC Board (2110).

126
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[3. Cleaning the ADU 3rd Roller]

(1) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.
(2) Open the Lower ADU Door.
(3) Clean the ADU 3rd Roller with a soft cloth, saturated
with water.

[4. Cleaning the Registration Roller]

(1) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.
(2) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.
(3) Clean the Registration Roller with a soft cloth,
saturated with water.

2.2.9. Sheet Bypass Unit

[1. Sheet Bypass Assembly]
(1) Open the Jam Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(2) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(3) Remove the Right Front Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(4) Remove the Right Rear Cover. (Refer to sect. 2.2.6.)
(5) Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray Cover (2918) as
illustrated.

(6) Release the Harness from the 7 Clamps.

127
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Disconnect 2 Harnesses (CN408, and CN410).

(8) Remove 2 Screws (Y19).

(9) Remove the Sheet Bypass Assembly.

(10) Lift the Sheet Bypass Tray as illustrated.

(11) Remove the Tray Spring (2916).

(12) Remove 1 Screw (F10).

(13) Remove the Tray Plate Shaft (2917).

128
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(14) Remove the Tray Assembly.

Note:
When removing the Tray Assembly, carefully separate
as illustrated.

[2. Roller]
<DFP Roller>
(1) Remove the Tray Assembly. (Refer to [1. Sheet
Bypass Assembly])
(2) Turn the Sheet Bypass Assembly upside down as
illustrated.
(3) Remove 4 Screws (F10).
(4) Remove 1 Screw (X5).
(5) Remove the Ground Plate (3023) and Sheet Bypass
Tray Base (3120).
(6) Remove 2 Screws (F10).
(7) Remove the Arm Bracket Assembly.

(8) Remove the DFP Roller (3111).

<Cleaning the DFP Roller>

(9) Clean the DFP Roller with a soft cloth, saturated with
water.

129
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Pickup Roller>
(10) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(Remove 3 Screws for DP-C354/C322 Series)
(11) Remove the Upper Plate Assembly.

(12) Remove 1 Screws (X5).

(13) Remove the Upper Guide (3034).

DP-C406/C405 Series : Follow steps (14) - (16)

DP-C354/C322 Series : Skip to step (17)
(14) Remove 2 Snap Rings (H6).
(15) Remove the Front Pickup Roller (3005).
(16) Remove the Rear Pickup Roller (3012).

DP-C354/C322 Series
(17) Remove 2 Snap Rings (H6).
(18) Remove 2 Stoppers (3007).
(19) Remove 2 Spacers (3006).
(20) Remove the Front Pickup Roller (3005).
(21) Remove the Rear Pickup Roller (3012).

<Cleaning the Pickup Roller>

(22) Clean the Pickup Roller with a soft cloth, saturated
with water.
Caution:
When reinstalling the Pickup Rollers, position the
bushing so that the Black color is facing the Front side,
and the White color is facing the Rear side.

130
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Paper Feed Roller>

(23) Remove 1 Snap Ring (H6).
(24) Remove the Paper Feed Roller (3003) and the
Timing Belt (3004).

<Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller>

(25) Clean the Paper Feed Roller with a soft cloth,
saturated with water.

2.2.10. STR Unit and Intermediate Transfer (IT) Unit

[1. STR Unit]
(1) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.
(2) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.
(3) Remove 2 Screws (Y16).
(4) Remove the Guide Bracket Assembly.

(5) Remove the STR Unit (2535).

[2. IT Unit]
(1) Remove the STR Unit. (Refer to [1. STR Unit])
(2) Remove the Snap Ring (2714).

131
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Remove the Support Arm Assembly.

(4) Push on the STR Guide to lock it in the down position.

(5) Remove 2 Screws (Y45).

(6) Push down the white latches on both sides, and pull
on them to release the IT Unit from the locked
position.

132
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) While holding the IT Unit by the center as illustrated,

slide it out until it stops.

(8) While holding the IT Unit on both sides, release the

lock by pushing the lever to the right.

(9) Carefully pull the IT Unit (3420) out of the machine

while holding it by both sides.

Caution:
Pull it out Straight and Leveled
Pull the IT Unit out straight and leveled (horizontal), or
the IT Belt may get damaged, and the printing quality
will be affected.

IT Unit

Back side of the machine

133
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Cleaning the Initial Point Sensor>

Clean the Initial Point Sensor with a dry cotton swab.
Note:
When cleaning, wipe the surface of the sensor with a
dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated.

<Cleaning the Toner Density Registration Sensor and

the Toner Registration Sensor (Right/Left)>
1. Slide the Sensor Cover toward the front as illustrated.
2. While holding it in the open position, wipe the surface
of the Toner Registration, and Toner Density Sensors
through the frame holes.
Note:
When cleaning, wipe the surface of the sensors with a
dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated.

[3. Replacing the Cleaner Unit, IT Belt, FTR and Brush

Assembly]
(1) Remove the STR Unit. (Refer to [1. STR Unit])
(2) Remove the IT Unit. (Refer to [2. IT Unit])
(3) Place a clean sheet of paper (i.e. Ledger or A3) under
the IT Unit to catch any spilled toner.
(4) Remove 2 Black Screws (Y29).
(5) Remove the Cleaning Unit (3418).

(6) Remove 2 Black Screws (Y29).

(7) Remove the Lower Paper Guide (3412).

134
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Remove 2 Black Screws (Y29).

(9) Remove the Upper Paper Guide (3411).

(10) Unhook 4 Link Arm Springs (3408).

(11) Set 4 Link Arms to the locked position as illustrated.

(12) Remove 4 Black Screws (Y29) from the right side.

135
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Remove 4 Black Screws (Y29) from the left side.

(14) Remove the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly.
Caution:
When Removing and Installing the Handle Plate
Bracket Assembly, hold both side of the Bracket as
illustrated, and don’t touch the IT Belt.

Upper Cover

IT Belt IT Unit

(15) Remove 1 Black Screw (Y29).

(16) Using a pair of pliers as illustrated, remove the Right
Position Plate (3417).

(17) Remove 1 Black Screw (Y29).

(18) Using a pair of pliers as illustrated, remove the Left
Position Plate (3416).

136
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(19) Place the IT Unit on its side with the side that has the
belt position mark facing upward.
(20) Bend the IT Unit at the bending point up to maximum
bending position.
Caution:
Confirm that the IT Unit is at the maximum bending
position for removing the IT Belt.

(21) Remove the IT Belt (3419).

Caution:
When Removing and installing the IT Belt, hold the
side band of the belt as illustrated. Don’t touch the
center of the belt, or the printing quality will be affected.
Note:
While removing the IT Belt, exercise care not to snag
the belt projections onto the frame of the IT Unit.

(22) Straighten the IT Unit.

(23) Remove 4 Snap Rings (3545) securing the FTR by

turning over the Protect Sheet as illustrated.

(24) Remove 4 FTR (3546) by turning over the Protective

Sheet as illustrated.

137
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Cleaning the Tension Roller and Tension Shaft>

(25) Clean the Tension Roller and Tension Shaft with a soft
cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol, then clean
them with a soft dry cloth.

(26) Turn the IT Unit upside down.

Note:
When turning it upside down, hold properly by both
sides as illustrated.

(27) Remove 2 Black Screws (Y29).

(28) Remove the Drive Roller Brush Assembly (3635).

<Cleaning the Bias Roller, Initial Point Sensor Roller,

Adjustment Roller and Drive Roller>
(29) Clean the Bias Roller, Initial Point Sensor Roller,
Adjustment Roller, and Drive Roller with a soft cloth,
saturated with isopropyl alcohol, and then wipe them
with a soft dry cloth.
Note:
Before cleaning the Drive Roller, make sure to remove
the Drive Roller Brush Bracket (see the previous step).
Note:
When replacing the IT Belt, make sure to clean these
Rollers, especially the Bias Roller at the same time.

138
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(30) Remove the Snap Ring (3613).

(31) Remove the Adjustment Roller (3612).

(32) Remove 2 Adjust Bushings (3419).

Note:
Use the Adjustment Bushings enclosed with the new IT
Belt to accommodate for the belt length variations.

(33) Install 1 (new) Adjustment Bushing (3419) to the

Right Side.

139
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(34) Install 1 (new) Adjustment Bushing (3419) to the Left

Side.

Snap Ring (35) Reinstall the Adjustment Roller, and the Snap Ring
(Roller BKR Cap) 3 (Roller BKR Cap) as illustrated.
2 1

Adjustment
Roller

Adjustment Bushing
IT Unit Frame

Note:
When reinstalling the Snap Ring, use a pair of pliers as
illustrated.

(36) Reinstall the 4 FTR.

Note:
Reinstall the FTR by turning over the Protective
Sheet.

140
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Snap Ring Note:

3 When reinstalling the FTR, the direction is not critical,
(Roller FTR Cap)
2
1 and it can be installed in either direction as illustrated.

(37) Bend the IT Unit at the bending point up to the

FTR
Snap Ring maximum bending position.
3 (Roller FTR Cap)
2
1

Left Side FTR Right Side

(38) Carefully install the new IT Belt.

Caution:
When installing the new IT Belt, follow the description
of the label on the Unit’s frame.
Caution:
When Removing and installing the IT Belt, hold the
side band of the IT Belt as illustrated. Don’t touch the
center of the belt, or the printing quality will be affected.
Caution:
When installing the IT Belt, align the position of roller
steps, and belt projections as illustrated.

141
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(39) Straighten the IT Unit to its original shape as

illustrated.
Note:
Take your time during the installation, and proceed
cautiously.
1. Reinstall the Left Position Plate.
2. Reinstall the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly.
3. Hook 4 Springs.
4. Reinstall the Upper Paper Guide.
5. Reinstall the Lower Paper GUide.
6. Reinstall the Cleaning Unit.

(40) Using a pair of pliers as illustrated, reinstall the Right

Position Plate (3417).
(41) Reinstall 1 Black Screw (Y29).

142
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(42) Using a pair of pliers as illustrated, reinstall the Left

Position Plate (3416).
(43) Reinstall 1 Black Screw (Y29).

(44) Reinstall the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly.

(45) Reinstall 4 Black Screws (Y29) from the left side.
Caution:
When Removing and Installing the Handle Plate
Bracket Assembly, hold both sides of the Bracket as
illustrated, and don’t touch the IT Belt.

Upper Cover

IT Belt IT Unit

(46) Reinstall 4 Black Screws (Y29) from the right side.

143
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(47) Release 4 Link Arms from the locked position as

illustrated.

(48) Hook 4 Link Arm Springs (3408).

(49) Reinstall the Upper Paper Guide (3411).

(50) Reinstall 2 Black Screws (Y29).

(51) Reinstall the Lower Paper Guide (3412).

(52) Reinstall 2 Black Screws (Y29).

144
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(53) Reinstall the Cleaning Unit (3418).

(54) Reinstall 2 Black Screws (Y29).

[4. Reinstalling the IT Unit]

(1) Maintain the IT Unit leveled by holding it on both sides
while installing it into the machine.
Note:
When installing, ensure that the STR Bracket locks in
place.

Note:
Slide the IT Unit along the guide rails on both sides.

(2) Push on both sides until the 2 white levers lock the IT
Unit into place.

145
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Unlock the STR Guide.

Caution:
When unlocking, exercise care not to pinch your
fingers with the STR Guide.

(4) Install the STR Unit.

Note:
During the installation ensure that the hook is properly
attached.

(5) Reinstall the Guide Bracket.

Note:
When reinstalling, make sure that the convex is in the
hole as illustrated.

(6) Reinstall the Support Arm Assembly.

(7) Reinstall the Snap Ring.
(8) Close the Lower Right Side Cover.
(9) Close the Sheet Bypass Tray.

[5. Resetting the PM Counters]

(1) Perform “F8-29 Transfer Belt Life Count Down”.
(F7-02-51 Transfer Belt Life CountDown is also
initialized by this operation)
(2) Perform “F8-32 STR Life Count”. (F7-02-52 STR Life
Count is also initialized by this operation)
(3) Perform “F8-30 Color Registration”.

146
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.2.11. Process Unit <Replacing the Developer Unit >
[1. Replacing the Developer Unit]
Note:
The procedure below describes how to replace the
Developer Unit for the Cyan Color.

(1) Open the Front Cover.

Caution:
When the windows shown by the arrow are Yellow,
close all of the doors, and turn the Main Power Switch
OFF, and ON again. After the machine completes the
warm-up routine, turn the Main Power Switch OFF, and
confirm that the windows are BLACK prior to removing
Drum Unit.

(2) Remove the Toner Waste Container.

Note:
Exercise care not to incline the container, or Toner may
spill out.

(3) Turn the Toner Cartridge (Cyan) counterclockwise.

(4) Pull the Toner Cartridge (Cyan) out.

147
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(5) Unlock the Drum Units (Cyan and Magenta) by

turning the Drum Release Knob counterclockwise.
Note:
To remove the Hopper Unit in “[2. Cleaning] Step (10)”,
the Drum Unit(s) relevant to the Developer Unit being
replaced must be unlocked, and removed first. (See
the Table below)

Developer Unit Unlock

Drum Unit(s)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Cyan Cyan and Magenta
Black Black and Cyan
Magenta Magenta and Yellow
Yellow Yellow only

(6) Pull out the Drum Units (Cyan and Magenta).

Caution:
Exercise caution not to scratch the surface of the Drum
Unit, and not to touch it with bare hands.
Drum Unit (Color)
DP-C406 Series : Green
DP-C405/C354/C322 Series : Brown

Caution:
The Drum is very sensitive to light. To prevent optical
exposure problems, do not expose the Drum to direct
sunlight, or bright light.
Even if it is a fluorescent lamp of approximately 1000
lm/m2 (1000 lx).

(7) Cover the Drum with 4 sheets of white paper, and a

sheet of Black paper as illustrated, or use a Black
Plastic Bag.
Note:
Copied Black paper can also be used, and inserted in
any position.

(8) Remove 2 Screws (Y13).

(9) Remove the Inner Stack Cover (203).

148
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[2. Cleaning]
<Toner Supply Cylinder>
(1) Open the Front Cover.
(2) Remove the Toner Waste Container.
(3) Remove the Inner Stack Cover. (Refer to [1.
Replacing the Developer Unit])
(4) Clean the Toner Supply Cylinder with a Vacuum
cleaner.

(5) Remove 6 Screws (Y33).

(6) Remove the Pipe Cover (4421).

(7) Place a clean sheet of paper (i.e. Ledger or A3) on

top of the Front Cover to catch any toner spill.

(8) Lock the Drum Unit by turning the Drum Release Knob
clockwise.
Note:
This step eases the removal of the Hopper Unit in the
next step.

149
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 1 Screw (Y13).

(10) Remove the Hopper Unit as illustrated.

Note:
Pull the bottom portion out by clasping with the left
forefinger.

<Supply Cylinder>
(11) Clean the Supply Cylinder with a Vacuum cleaner.

(12) Clean the Toner Entrance with a Vacuum cleaner.

150
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Release the Lever Arm.

(14) Remove 2 Screws (Y1).

(15) Remove the WTC Lower Cover (4401).

(16) Release 2 Harness Clamps.

(17) Disconnect the Developer Harness.

(18)Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(19)Remove the Developer Front Bracket (4422).

151
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Developer Front Bracket>

(20) Clean the Developer Front Bracket (4422) with a
Vacuum cleaner.

(21) Pull the Developer Unit (Cyan) (5443) out.

Note:
Do not open the shutter, or Toner will spill out.
Note:
Ensure the Lever Arm is at the maximum down
position, or Drum may get damaged.

[3. Developer Unit]

<Installing the new Developer Unit>
(1) Remove the new Developer Unit out of the box.
(2) Remove all the Shipping materials.

(3) Gently peel the Tape off in the direction of the arrow.

152
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Remove 2 Screws (F10).

(5) Remove the Developer Cover (5401) by releasing 4
latches.

<Replacing the Developer>

Note:
Only if a problem occurs, perform the step below.
If there is no problem, skip to the step (7).

(6) Turn the Developer Unit upside down over a suitable

waste container or a sheet of paper, and dump the
used Developer and Toner by rotating the gear
counterclockwise.

<Pouring the Developer>

Caution:
1. Place the Developer Unit Horizontally as illustrated,
and then carefully pour the developer.
2. If it is placed on a slope or is slanted, the developer
will not pour evenly causing the Cover to bulge when
closed, or the developer may spill.
Then the Cover of the developer touches the
Intermediate Transfer Belt, causing abnormal White
Blank Vertical Lines on the printed image.

(7) Shake the Developer Bottle a few times to loosen its

contents.
(8) Carefully pour the developer evenly into the developer
unit while turning the Gear as illustrated. Make sure to
empty the bottle.
(9) Reinstall the Developer Cover.
(10) Install the new Developer Unit.
(11) Connect the Developer Harness.
(12) Hook 2 Harness Clamps.

153
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Reinstall the Developer Front Bracket.

Note:
When reinstalling the Developer Front Bracket,
exercise care not to pinch the Harness with the Cover.

(14) Reinstall the Hopper Unit.

Note:
1. When reinstalling, make sure that the 2 projections
on the Hopper Unit are seated in the 2 Holes firmly,
and at the same time, the supply cylinder is properly
positioned as illustrated.
2. If the Hopper Unit are not seated firmly, it may cause
the problem U13 (No Toner or Low Toner).

(15) Reinstall the WTB Lower Cover.

(16) Reinstall the Pipe Cover.
(17) Reinstall the Inner Cover.
(18) Remove the papers covering the Drum.
(19) Hook the Lever Arm.
(20) Reinstall the Drum Unit.
(21) Lock all the Drum Units by turning the Drum Release
Knob clockwise.
(22) Remove the sheet of paper.

(23) Turn the Toner Cartridge upside down as illustrated,

then reinstall the Toner Cartridge.
(24) Reinstall the Toner Waste Container.

154
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[4. Resetting the PM Counters]

Note:
Do not close the Front Cover.

(1) Plug the AC Power Cord.

(2) Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the
Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the
ON position.
Note:
1. If replacing the Developer Unit, follow step (3).
2. If replacing only the Developer, skip to step (4).

(3) Perform “F8-09 Deve. Unit Count”. (F7-02-40, 41,

42, 43 Deve. Unit Count, and F7-02-45, 46, 47, 48
are also initialized by this operation)
(4) Perform “F8-11 Developer Count”. (F7-02-45, 46,
47, 48 are also initialized by this operation)

2.2.12. LSU
(1) Open the Front Cover.
(2) Pull the 2nd Paper Tray out.

(3) Remove 5 Screws (S6).

(4) Remove the Left Cover.

DP-C406 Series : Follow steps below

DP-C405 Series PB and Other Destinations :
Skip to step (11)
DP-C405 Series PU, C354/C322 Series : Skip to step (13)
(5) Remove 1 Screw.
(6) Remove the Ground Harness.
(7) Loosen 6 Screws.
(8) Remove the Bracket.

155
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Gasket Caution:
Bracket When reinstalling the Bracket, make sure that the
Gasket is facing in the Machine for PB and Other
Destinations.

Machine

(9) Remove 1 Screw (Y33).

(10) Remove the LSU Fan (4302).

DP-C405 Series PB and Other Destinations : Follow

steps below
DP-C405 Series PU, C354/C322 Series : Skip to step (13)
(11) Loosen 4 Screws.
(12) Remove the Bracket.

Caution:
Hole Gasket
When reinstalling the Bracket, make sure that the Hole
is upper side, and the Gasket is facing in the Machine.

Bracket

Machine

156
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Remove 1 Screw (Y45).

(14) Remove the Ground Harness.
(15) Remove 1 Screw (Y33).
(16) Remove the LSU Fan (4302).

(17) Disconnect 3 Harnesses on the LSU PC Board.

Important:
Before proceeding, make a note of the alignment
pointer position. If the LSU is not reinstalled at the
same position, the scanning quality will be affected.
Note:
LSU, and Serial Numbers are printed as illustrated.

(18) Remove 3 Screws (Y33).

(19) Remove the LSU (4303).

<Cleaning the LSU Aperture Glass>

(20) Refer to the Operating Instructions (For Basic
Operations, Maintenance Section).

157
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.2.13. Paper Feed Module
[1. Paper Feed Module (1st/2nd)]
(1) Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray. (Refer to sect.
2.2.9.)
(2) Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit. (Refer to
sect. 2.2.8.)
(3) Disconnect the Harness on the ADU PC Board
(CN408, CN409).

(4) Release the Harness from 2 Clamps.

(5) Pull the 1st Paper Tray out.

(6) Remove 1 Screw (Y19).

(7) Remove the 1st Paper Feed Module.

158
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Remove the Snap Ring (H7) and Pickup Roller

(1926) while pushing the solenoid as illustrated to lift
the shaft of the Pickup Roller, for easy removal.

<Cleaning the Pickup Roller>

(9) Clean the Pickup Roller surface with a soft cloth,
saturated with water.

(10) Remove the Snap Ring (H6).

(11) Remove the DFP Roller (1911).

<Cleaning the DFP Roller>

(12) Clean the DFP Roller with a soft cloth, saturated with
water.

Note:
During reinstallation ensure that the Gears are aligned,
and that the Snap Ring is reinstalled properly as
illustrated.

(13) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(14) Remove the Guide Cover.

159
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(15) Remove the Bushing (1915).

(16) Remove the One Way Clutch (1923).
(17) Remove the Feed Roller (1922).

<Cleaning the Feed Roller>

(18) Clean the Feed Roller with a soft cloth, saturated with
water.

(19) Disconnect the Harnesses.

(20) Remove 2 Sensors (401-14, 401-15).

(21) Remove the Jam Cover.

(22) Pull the 2nd Paper Tray out.

160
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(23) Disconnect the Harness.

(24) Remove 1 Screw (Y19).
(25) Remove the 2nd Paper Feed Module.
Note:
Follow the instructions of steps (8) - (20) for the 1st
Paper Feed Module.

[2. Cleaning the Intermediate Roller]

(1) Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray. (Refer to sect.
2.2.9.)
(2) Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit. (Refer to
sect. 2.2.8.)
(3) Clean the Upper Intermediate Roller with a soft
cloth, saturated with water.

(4) Open the Jam Cover.

(5) Clean the Lower Intermediate Roller with a soft
cloth, saturated with water.

2.2.14. System Console

[1. Paper Feed Module (3rd/4th)]
(1) Open the Jam Cover.
(2) Pull the 3rd Paper Tray out.

161
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Remove 2 Screws (S6).

(4) Remove the Right Side Rear Cover (6704).

(5) Remove 1 Screw (Y19).

(6) Remove the Cover Belt (6715).

(7) Remove the Jam Cover while pushing the release

button.

(8) Disconnect the Harness.

(9) Release the Harness from the clamp.

162
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Remove 1 Screw (Y19).

(11) Remove the 3rd Paper Feed Module.
Note:
Follow the instructions for steps (8) - (20) of the 1st
Paper Feed Module. (Refer to sect. 2.2.13.)

(12) Pull the 4th Paper Tray out.

(13) Disconnect the Harness.

(14) Release the Harness from the clamp.

(15) Remove 1 Screw (Y19).

(16) Remove the 4th Paper Feed Module.
Note:
Follow the instructions for steps (8) - (20) for the 1st
Paper Feed Module. (Refer to sect. 2.2.13.)

163
 DP-C406/C306/C266

[2. Cleaning the Intermediate Roller]

(1) Open the Jam Cover.
(2) Clean the 3rd/4th Intermediate Roller with a soft
cloth, saturated with water.

2.2.15. PC Boards, HVPS, HDD

[1. CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC PC Board]
(1) Remove 11 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(3) Remove 1 Screw (Y3).

(4) Remove the CONE PC Board (3922).

(5) Disconnect all Harnesses on the SC PC Board.

(6) Remove 10 Screws (Y3).
(7) Remove the SC PC Board (6401).

164
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Disconnect all Harnesses on the EC PC Board.

(9) Remove 8 Screws (Y3).
(10) Remove the EC PC Board (6402).

[2. SC PCB Bracket]

(a) For DP-C406/C405 Series : PU
For DP-C406/C405 Series : PB and Other Destinations :
Skip to Section (b).
For DP-C354 / C322 Series : Skip to Section (c).

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove the Harnesses from all Clamps on the SC
PCB Bracket (3901).
(4) Remove 12 Screws (X5).
(5) Remove the SC PCB Bracket (3901).

(b) For DP-C406/C405 Series : PB and Other

Destinations
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove 2 Screws (X5), and Harnesses with 2 Metal
Clamps.

(4) Remove the Harnesses from all Clamps on the SC

PCB Bracket (3901).
(5) Remove 13 Screws (X5).
(6) Remove the SC PCB Bracket (3901).

165
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(c) For DP-C354 / C322 Series

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove the Harnesses from all Clamps on the SC
PCB Bracket (3901).
(4) Remove 12 Screws (X5).
Note: For PB and Other Destinations
Remove the additional 13th Screw (X5), illustrated as
Screw A.

(5) Remove the SC PCB Bracket (3901).

(6) Remove 2 Screws (Y3).
(7) Remove the DC25 PC Board (6506).

[3. EC PCB Bracket]

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove the SC PCB Bracket. (Refer to [2. SC PCB
Bracket])
(4) Remove 3 Screws (X5).
(5) Remove the Left EC PCB Bracket (3909).

(6) Release the Harnesses from all Clamps and all Edge
Saddles on the EC PC Board Bracket (3908) and
Center Bracket (3906).
(7) Remove the Harnesses on the EC PC Board Bracket
(3908) and Center Bracket (3906).

166
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Remove 6 Screws (X5).

(9) Remove the Center Bracket (3906).

(10) Remove 7 Screws (X5).

(11) Remove the EC PCB Bracket (3908).

[4.HVPS]
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove the SC PCB Bracket. (Refer to [2. SC PCB
Bracket])
(4) Remove the EC PCB Bracket. (Refer to [3. EC PCB
Bracket])
(5) Release the Harnesses from all Clamps on the
HVPS2 PCB Bracket.
(6) Disconnect all Harnesses on the HVPS2 PC Board.
(7) Remove 8 Screws (Y3).
(8) Remove the HVPS2 PC Board (4015).

167
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(10) Pull the HVPS1 PC Board Assembly out.

(11) Remove 12 Screws (Y3).

(12) Remove 2 HVPS1 PC Boards (4014).
(A) : For Yellow / Magenta
(B) : For Cyan / Black

(13) Remove 4 Screw (X5).

(14) Pull the HVPS2 PCB Bracket (4003) out.

[5. Motor Assembly]

<Motor Assembly>
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the CONE PC Board, SC PC Board and EC
PC Board. (Refer to [1. CONE PC Board, SC PC
Board and EC PC Board])
(3) Remove the SC PCB Bracket. (Refer to [2. SC PCB
Bracket])
(4) Remove the EC PCB Bracket. (Refer to [3. EC PCB
Bracket])
(5) Remove the HVPS1, HVPS2. (Refer to [4. HVPS])
(6) Open the Front Cover.
(7) Remove the Toner Waste Container.
(8) Turn the Levers counterclockwise.
(9) Pull the Drum Units out approximately 20mm.
Note:
When pulling out the Drum Unit, exercise care not to
expose the Drum to light.

168
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Remove 6 Motor Assemblies according to the

following steps.
Note:
The Motor Assemblies are keyed for their respective
locations; do not force them into an incorrect position
as damage to the Motor Assembly, or machine may
occur.

(11) Disconnect the Harness on the Motor PC Board

Assembly.
(12) Remove 3 Screws (X5).
(13) Remove the Motor Assembly.
Note:
These procedures are for Motor Assemblies No. 1
(5901), No. 3 (5903), No. 4 (5905), and No. 6 (6126)
shown in the illustration of step (10).

(14) Disconnect the Harness on the Motor PC Board

Assembly.
(15) Remove 4 Screws (X5).
(16) Remove the Motor Assembly.
Note:
These procedures are for Motor Assemblies No. 2
(5902), and No. 5 (5904) shown in the illustration of
step (10).

Caution:
When removing the Motor Assembly No. 3, set the
Drum Units for Yellow, Magenta and Cyan color, and
turn the levers clockwise.

169
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
When removing motor assemblies, don’t touch nor
rotate the drive gears shown in the illustration, or the
printing quality will be affected.

<MOTDRV PC Board>
(17) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the MOTDRV PC
Board.
(18) Release 2 Harnesses from 3 Clamps.
(19) Remove the MOTDRV PC Board (6504).
(20) Release 3 PCB Spacers (4006).

<Fan Assembly>
(21) Release the Harness from 2 Clamps.
(22) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(23) Remove the Fan Assembly.

<IH PC Board>
(24) Remove 5 Screws (X5).
(25) Remove the IH PCB Bracket (4004).

170
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(26) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the IH PC Board.

(27) Remove 3 Screws (Y3).

(28) Remove the IH PC Board (4020) from 2 PCB
Spacers (4016).

DP-C406 Series [6. Hard Disk Drive Unit (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)]
(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.
(2) Remove the DC12 Harness and the SATA Harness
from Harness Clamps.
(3) Disconnect the HD2 Harness from the HDD
Connector.
(4) Disconnect the DC12 Harness on the SC PC Board
(CN55).
(5) Disconnect the SATA Harness on the SC PC Board
(CN102 : DP-C406 Series / CN10 : DP-C405 Series).
Caution:
When reinstalling the SATA Harness, take note of the
connector position. Insert it gently, and do not force the
DP-C405 Series
connector if it is facing the wrong way.

171
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Remove 1 Screw (X5) and the Ground Harness.

(7) Remove the DC12 PC Board Assembly.
Caution:
When reinstalling the Ground Harness, make sure that
the Terminal is in a Vertical position as illustrated.

(8) Remove 2 Screws (4026).

(9) Remove the HDD Assembly.
Caution:
Exercise care to prevent the HDD from Shock, and
Vibration damage.

(10) Remove the DC12 Harness and the HD2 Harness

from Harness Clamps.
(11) Disconnect the DC12 Harness on the DC12 PC Board
(CN141 and CN142).
(12) Disconnect the HD2 Harness on the DC12 PC Board
(CN143).
Caution:
When reinstalling 2 Harnesses, the Tie Wrap should be
located on the right side of the Harness Clamp as
illustrated.

(13) Disconnect the SATA Harness from the HDD

Connector.
Caution:
When reinstalling the SATA Harness, take note of the
connector position. Insert it gently, and do not force the
connector if it is facing the wrong way, and exercise
care to prevent the HDD from Shock and Vibration
damage.

172
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(14) Remove 1 Screw, and Ground Harness.

Caution:
When reinstalling the Ground Harness, make sure that
the Terminal is Horizontal position as illustrated, and
exercise care to prevent the HDD from Shock and
Vibration damage.

(15) Remove 4 Screws (4012) from the HDD Bracket

Unit.
(16) Remove the HDD Bracket Unit from the HDD.
Caution:
Exercise care to prevent the HDD from Shock and
Vibration damage.

2.2.16. Drive Unit

(1) Open the Front Cover.
(2) Remove the Toner Waste Container.
(3) Pull all the Drum Units out approximately 20 mm
(0.79 in).

(4) Remove the 2 Screws (X5).

(5) Remove the SC Support Bracket (3903).

173
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Release the Harnesses from 11 Clamps, and the

Drive Unit.

(7) Remove the Main Drive Unit (5811).

(8) Remove 12 Screws (Y19).

(9) Remove 7 Screws (X5).

(10) Remove 1 Screw (Y30).
(11) Remove the Gear Box Cover (5912).

(12) Remove 4 Snap Rings (H6).

(13) Remove the E-Ring (J6).
(14) Remove 6 FTR Coupling Gears (5906).

174
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
When reinstalling, align the Gear holes and Frame
holes as illustrated.

(15) Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp.

(16) Remove the Upper Snap Ring (H6).
(17) Remove the Lower Snap Ring (H6).
Note:
For DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only with the Lower
Clutch.

(18) Remove the Belt (6130).

(19) Remove the Upper Gear (6131).
(20) Remove the Upper Clutch (6129).

(21) Remove the Lower Gear (6131).

DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only : Follow steps below

DP-C266/C265 Only : Skip to step (23)
(22) Remove the Lower Clutch (6128).

175
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(23) Release the Harness from Harness Clamp.

(24) Disconnect the Motor Harness.
(25) Remove 3 Screws (X5).
(26) Remove the Motor Assembly (6126).

(27) Release the Harness from 2 Harness Clamps.

(28) Disconnect the Clutch Harness.
(29) Remove the Snap Ring (H6).
(30) Remove the Clutch (6128).

(31) Disconnect the Lift Up Motor Harness on the SC

PCB.
(32) Release the Harness from 2 Harness Clamps.

(33) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(34) Remove the Lift Up Motor Assembly.

176
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(35) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(36) Remove the Lift Up Motor Bracket Assembly.
(37) Remove 2 Photo Sensors (1819-04, 1819-05).

(38) Remove 2 Screws (Y26).

(39) Remove the Lift Up Motor (2001).

2.2.17. LVPS Unit

(1) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Refer to sect.
2.2.15.)
(2) Disconnect 5 Harnesses; (CN52 and CN53) on the
SC PCB, (CN519 and CN520) on the EC PCB, and
the Intermediate Connector.
(3) Release the Harnesses from 14 Harness Clamps.

(4) Release the Harnesses from 3 Harness Clamps.

177
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(5) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(6) Remove the NFL 2 Bracket (4107).

(7) Disconnect 1 Harness on the NFL PCB (CN132).

(8) Remove 5 Screws (X5).
(9) Remove the LVPS Unit.

(10) Disconnect the Harness.

(11) Remove 2 Screws (X5).
(12) Remove the NFL PCB Assembly (4116).

(13) Release the Harnesses from the Edge Saddle.

178
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(14) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(15) Remove the LVPS Duct Cover (4106).

(16) Release the Harnesses from Harness 5 Clamps.

(17) Remove 6 Screws (X5).

(18) Remove 3 Screws (Y16).
(19) Remove the LVPS Bracket (4102).
(20) Disconnect the Fan Harness.

(21) Release the Harness from Harness Clamp.

(22) Remove 2 Screws (4104).
(23) Remove the LVPS Fan (4103).

179
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(24) Disconnect all the Harnesses on the LVPS.

(25) Remove 6 Screws (Y3).

(26) Remove 4 Screws (Y16).
(27) Remove the LVPS (4117).
Caution:
When reinstalling the LVPS, secure the side Screws
first.

180
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2.3. Hardware Identification Template

Ref No. Part No. Figure Remark

5M XYN3+F4FJ Screw

F10 XTB3+8GFJ Screw

G6 FFPFJ0039B Snap Ring

H5 XTB4+10GFN Silver Screw

H6 FFPFJ0033B Snap Ring

H7 FFPFJ0041B Snap Ring

J2 XTT4+8HFN Silver Screw

J6 XUC3VM E-Ring

J7 XUC4VM E-Ring

J8 XUC7VM E-Ring

K5 XUC5VM E-Ring

K6 XUC6VM Screw

K7 FFPFA01761 Shoulder Screw

K9 FFPFJ0043B Snap Ring

L4 XTN4+34GFJ Screw

N6 FFPFA0161 Shoulder Screw

P4 PF2217P319 Screw

S6 DZPA000086 Screw

X1 XTB3+10GFJ Screw

181
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Ref No. Part No. Figure Remark

X3 XYN3+F8FJ Screw

X4 XTB3+20GFJ Screw

X5 XTB3+6FFJ Screw

X9 XTB3+8FFJ Screw

Y1 XTW3+8PFJ Screw

Y2 XTB3+6FFJ-RP Screw

Y3 XTW3+6LFJ Screw

Y10 XYN4+F6FJ Screw

Y13 XTW3+8LFJ Screw

Y16 XYN3+F6FJ Screw

Y19 XTB4+8FFJ Screw

Y21 XTB4+6FFJ Screw

Y22 XYA3+FF6FJ Screw

Y23 XYN4+F8FJ Screw

Y24 XTB4+10GFJ Screw

Y25 XYN26+F6FJ Screw

Y27 XUC8VM E-Ring

Y28 XTW4+10PFJ Screw

Y29 XSB3+8FJK Screw

Y30 XSB3+6FJ Screw

182
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Ref No. Part No. Figure Remark

Y31 XYA3+FF8FJ Screw

Y33 XTB4+10FFJ Screw

Y34 XTB2+6GFJ Screw

Y35 XTW3+8PFJR Screw

Y36 XTW3+12QFJ Screw

Y37 XTB3+6GFJ Screw

Y38 XYC3+FG10FJ Screw

Y40 XTN5+10FFJ Screw

Y41 XYN3+F8FJK Screw

Y42 XTB3+12GFJ Screw

Y43 DZPA000098 Shoulder Screw

Y45 XYN4+F10FJ Screw

Y46 XTB3+12FFJ Screw

Y47 XST3+4FJ Screw

Y48 XTB3+4FFJ Screw

Y61 XTB3+16FFJ Screw

183
 DP-C406/C306/C266

3 Maintenance, Adjustments and Check Points

3.1. Preventive Maintenance
Preventive maintenance is performed at specific intervals, and consists of machine cleaning, and parts
replacement. It is essential to perform these service activities properly, and at the specified intervals for
customer satisfaction.
The purpose of this service is to maintain machine performance, and image quality.
1. You should prepare the replacement parts, and cleaning tools beforehand.
2. After completing the preventive maintenance, discard the used parts and packaging in accordance with
local regulations, and clean the surrounding area.
3. Before servicing the equipment, turn the power switches Off, and disconnect the power cord from the
wall outlet.
4. Before using solvents such as IPA (Isopropyl alcohol), wear rubber gloves and eye protection.

3.1.1. Timing
Perform the preventive maintenance in accordance with the Preventive Maintenance Check List (refer to
3.4.) in the service manual.

3.1.2. Cleaning the Rollers

1. Rollers should be cleaned with water and a clean cloth.
2. Use the IPA (Isopropyl Alcohol) sparingly.

3.1.3. Precautions for Disassembly, and Adjustment

Caution:
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.
1. After taking the unit apart, do not attempt to operate the machine.
2. When operating the machine with covers removed, be careful and avoid clothing from being caught by
moving components.
3. While the electricity is applied to the unit, do not connect nor disconnect the connectors on any PC
Board.
4. When handling the drum, follow the precautions listed in section 3.3..
5. Ensure to use correct screws.
6. Use toothed lock washers for the installation of ground wires to ensure electrical continuity.
7. To reassemble, reverse the sequence of disassembly, unless otherwise specified.
8. Blown fuses should only be replaced with fuses of the same specified rating.

3.1.4. Precautions for Handling Lasers

The optical laser system employed by this photocopier is completely sealed by a protective housing, and an
external cover. Therefore, the laser beam will not stray, or leak during photocopying operation.
However, when servicing the photocopier, take the following precautions:
1. Do not insert any screwdrivers, or other tools that have high reflective properties into the path of the
laser.
2. Before servicing the photocopier, take off any watches, rings, or other metallic objects that you may be
wearing. (This is to avoid the danger of the laser entering the eye by reflecting off the metallic objects
being worn.)
Since the laser beam cannot be seen with the naked eye, please follow the above precautions for
maximum safety.

184
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.1.5. Data Security Precautions during Maintenance and Disposal
1. The Service Mode Password is essential for maintaining security of the machine.
Service technicians must change the factory default password using the Service Mode “F7-14:
Service Mode Password”, record the new password and store it in a safe place out of the reach of
others. (Refer to the Service Manual Section 5.1.7.)
2. The Service Mode is used by service technicians to perform maintenance and/or repairs, as well as to
maintain security of the machine. Service technicians must not leave the machine in the Service Mode
after servicing the unit.
3. Before servicing, make sure the customer's SD Memory Card or the External Memory is removed from
the machine.
4. Service technicians are required to keep the SD Memory Card or the External Memory including the
Firmware in a confidential and safe place. Make certain to remove the Memory from the machine, if it
was used for updating the Firmware, etc.
5. Before servicing the unit, back up the machine's data to prevent losing the settings.
a. Back up the settings data onto an SD Memory Card or the External Memory using the Service Mode
“F9-11: Param Backup to SD”.
b. Back up the settings data onto a PC via a Network using “Network Configuration Editor”.
c. Print out the Service Parameters / Customer information.
6. Service Technicians are required to keep the SD Memory Card or the External Memory including the
machine and the customer's information confidential and in a safe place.
7. When disposing/transferring this machine, delete all of the customer's information.
Delete the Hard Disk Drive data by initializing the Hard Disk Drive as follows:
a. Press “Function” ->”General Settings” -> “09 Key Operator Mode” -> “65 Hard Disk
Initialize”.
b. Delete the data in the F-ROM using Service Mode “F9-06-03: Shipment Set”.
c. Delete the data in the SD Memory Card on the SC PCB. Physically break the SD Memory Card or
completely delete the data using a data deleting software.
8. To secure the customer's information, make sure the Fax number/E-mail address is set correctly in the
Check & Call feature.
9. Service Manuals and Installation Instructions are essential for maintaining security of the machine.
Service Technicians are required to bring back the Installation Instructions after installation, not leave
at the customer site. Service technicians are required to keep the Service Manuals and Installation
Instructions in a confidential and safe place.
10. When the SC PCB is replaced the MAC address will be different, make sure that the new MAC address
is recognized on the Network.
11. When setting the Remote Registration function, there is a slight possibility of an unauthorized third
party attempt to access your machine's settings using an E-mail function through the Firewall. When
using this function, we recommend configuring your network environment with a switching hub, and
encryption to prevent your device from being wiretapped.
12. When moving the machine for repair, etc. there is a remote possibility that the stored data can be
vulnerable to unauthorized access, or getting corrupted. Convey this to the customer and obtain their
permission to Back up the data onto an SD Memory Card or a PC, and then delete it from the machine.
13. While servicing the machine, it is imperative that the customer's data is maintained in strictest
confidentiality to prevent security breach.
14. Delete the customer's data from the replaced/replacement machine or Hard Disc Drive to maintain
security of the machine.
15. After repairs are completed, restore the customer's back up data and reset the passwords.
16. Delete the customer's data from the SD Memory Card or from the PC to maintain security of the
machine.

185
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.2. Required Tools

No. Tools No. Tools

1 Personal Notebook Computer 10 Pliers
Cables (USB Cable, Crossover LAN
2 11 Nipper
Cable, etc.)
3 SD Memory Card (128 MB - 32GB) 12 Cutter
4 Soft Cloth 13 Vacuum Cleaner
5 Isopropyl Alcohol 14 Cotton Swab
6 Phillips Screwdriver (#2) 15 Brush
KS-660 - Conductive Grease
7 Stubby Phillips Screwdriver (#2) 16 (Available from Shin-Etsu Silicones,
URL: http://www.shinetsu.co.jp)
Molykote EM-50L Grease
8 Slotted Screwdriver (3/32 in) 17 (Available from Dow Corning,
URL: http://www.dowcorning.com)
Color Test Chart
9 Tweezer 18
(P/N PJQRC0119Z : LDR, PJQRC0120Z : A3)

3.2.1. Preventive Maintenance Method

Important
No. Part Description Comments
Action
1. Print the RAM DATA for reference, and as a pre-caution.
1 Memory Data Check 2. After completing the task(s), print and compare the RAM
DATA with the previously printed one.
Clean all Rollers and Separation Rubber with a soft cloth
saturated with water.
Auto Document Check & Note:
2
Feeder (ADF) Clean For stubborn toner accumulation, wipe with a soft cloth
saturated with Isopropyl Alcohol first, then follow up with a soft
cloth saturated with water.
Check & Clean the Scanning Glass, or White Seal Guide with Isopropyl
3 Scanner Unit
Clean Alcohol when required.
1. Do not touch the surface of the Sensors with your hands.
Document Size Check & 2. Clean any dirt, or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab.
4
Sensor Clean Note:
Do not use any type of Alcohol.
Check & 1. Remove any foreign obstacles.
5 Transmitter Unit
Clean 2. Clean the Rollers with Isopropyl Alcohol when required.
1. Do not touch the surface of the Mirrors with your hands.
Check & 2. Clean any dirt, or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab.
6 Mirrors
Clean Note:
Do not use any type of Alcohol.
1. Check the Harnesses.
2. Check the Connectors.
7 Inspection Items Check
3. Check all the Screws.
4. If required, replace consumable parts.
Check &
8 Gears, Rollers Shafts Check, and grease the required Gears and Shafts.
Grease
Check & 1. Check the belts for looseness, or abrasion.
9 Timing Belts
Clean 2. Adjust the Idle Pulley.

186
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.3. Preventive Maintenance Points
3 2 1 7 8

4
5 34
6 32
33
30
29
20
28
9
18
10

11 31
17 16
15
13
24
14
19 25
23
21, 22
41
35
27
12 36
26
52

42
49, 51
37, 38, 39, 40

48
46
50
44
45 43
46 47
44
44
45 45
47
46
44
45

46

No. 35, 36 : DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 only

187
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.4. Preventive Maintenance Check List
The chart outlined below is a general guideline for maintenance.

Replacement/
Cleaning
Adjustment
No. Mechanical Parts Ref. No. Ref. Counter
Cycle Cycle
Method Procedure
(Sheets) (Sheets)
i-ADF Unit
1 Pickup Roller 511 120K Water 1 240K
2 Paper Feed Roller 508 120K Water 1 240K
3 Separation Roller 610 120K Water 1 240K
4 Registration Roller 1 817 120K 1 -
Water Refer to F7-02-12
5 Registration Roller 2 818 120K Water 1 - Sect 2.2.1. ADF Count
6 Transport Roller 816 120K 1 -
Water
7 Inverting Roller 809 120K Water 1 -
8 Exit Roller 814 120K Water 1 -
Fuser Unit
F7-02-65
Fuser Belt
9 Fuser Belt Unit 4926 - - 120K
Remain Count
(Count Down)
F7-02-66
Fuser Main
10 Fuser Main Unit 4927 - - 240K
Refer to Remain Count
Sect 2.2.4. (Count Down)
F7-02-65
Fuser Belt
Complete Fuser Unit
Remain Count
- (Fuser Belt Unit, and 4815 - - -
F7-02-66
Fuser Main Unit)
Fuser Main
Remain Count
Intermediate Transfer Unit
Intermediate
11 3419 - - 240K
Transfer (IT) Belt
First Transfer Roller
12 3546 - - 240K
(FTR)
Drive Roller Brush
13 3635 - - 240K
Assembly
14 Drive Roller 3604 240K Alcohol - F7-02-51
Refer to
15 Tension Roller 3506 240K Alcohol - Belt Life Count
Sect 2.2.10.
16 Bias Roller 3501 240K Alcohol - Down
17 Adjustment Roller 3612 240K Alcohol -
Initial Point Sensor
18 3507 240K Alcohol -
Roller
19 Tension Shaft 3507 240K Alcohol -
Dry Cotton
20 Initial Point Sensor 3709 240K 4 Swab
-

188
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Replacement/
Cleaning
Adjustment
No. Mechanical Parts Ref. No. Ref. Counter
Cycle Cycle
Method Procedure
(Sheets) (Sheets)
Toner Density
Dry Cotton
21 Registration 3821 240K 4 Swab
- F7-02-51
Refer to
Sensor Belt Life Count
Sect 2.2.10.
Toner Registration Dry Cotton Down
22
Sensor (Right / Left)
3820 240K 4 Swab
-
Refer to
Sect 2.2.10.
F7-02-52
23 Cleaning Unit 3418 - - 240K 4 (Replace
STR Life Count
together with
STR Unit)
Automatic Duplex Unit (Lower)
Refer to
Sect 2.2.6.
Second Transfer F7-02-52
24
Roller (STR) Unit
2535 - - 240K 4 (Replace
STR Life Count
together with
Cleaning Unit)
25 ADU 3rd Roller 2723 120K Water 1 -
26 ADU 4th Roller 2722 120K Water 1 - Refer to
OHP Detection Sect 2.2.6.
27 2721 120K Alcohol -
Reflector
Automatic Duplex Unit (Upper)
28 Exit Roller 2401 120K Water 1 -
29 Feed Roller 2402 120K Water 1 - Refer to
30 ADU 1st Roller 2408 120K Water 1 - Sect 2.2.6.
31 ADU 2nd Roller 2304 120K Water 1 -
Paper Exit Transportation Unit
32 Exit Roller 3302 120K Water 1 -
Refer to
33 Lower Pinch Roller 3301 120K Water 1 -
Sect 2.2.7.
34 Upper Pinch Roller 3208 120K Water 1 -
Lower Right Side Cover Unit
Registration Sensor Dry Cotton Refer to
35 1918-01 120K -
2 Swab Sect 2.2.8.
For DP-C406/
Intermediate Roller Dry Cotton
36 2130 120K - C405/C306/
Sensor Swab
C305 only
Developer Unit
37 Y (Yellow) - - 480K
F7-02-40-43
38 M (Magenta) - - 480K Refer to
5443. Deve. Unit
39 C (Cyan) - - 480K Sect 2.2.11.
Count
40 BK (Black) - - 480K
Developer
- Y (Yellow) - - 480K
F7-02-40-43
- M (Magenta) - - 480K Refer to
5445 Deve. Unit
- C (Cyan) - - 480K Sect 2.2.11.
Count
- BK (Black) - - 480K

189
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Replacement/
Cleaning
Adjustment
No. Mechanical Parts Ref. No. Ref. Counter
Cycle Cycle
Method Procedure
(Sheets) (Sheets)
Main Paper Feed Module
41 Registration Roller 2112 120K Water 1 -
Upper Intermediate Refer to
42
Roller
1834 120K Water 1 -
Sect 2.2.13.
Lower Intermediate
43
Roller
1835 120K Water 1 -
Paper Feed Module
Paper Feed Roller
44
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th)
1922 120K Water 1 240K
DFP Roller F7-03
45
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th)
1911 120K Water 1 240K
Refer to 1st/2nd/3rd/4th
Pickup Roller Sect 2.2.14. Paper Tray
46
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th)
1926 120K Water 1 240K Count
Intermediate Roller
47
(3rd/4th)
6801 120K Water 1 -
Sheet Bypass
48 Paper Feed Roller 3003 120K Water 1 240K
F7-03
49 Pickup Roller F 3005 120K Water 1 240K Refer to
Sheet Bypass
50 DFP Roller 3111 120K Water 1 240K Sect 2.2.9.
Count
51 Pickup Roller R 3012 120K Water 1 240K
LSU
When
Toner
Aperture
Waste
52 LSU Aperture Glass - Cleaning - - -
Container
Tool
is
Replaced
720K PM Kit Refer to Sect 3.21.
Note:
1. Clean all Rollers and Separation Rubber with a soft cloth saturated with water.
For stubborn toner accumulation, wipe with a soft cloth saturated with Isopropyl Alcohol first, then follow
up with a soft cloth saturated with water.
2. The Maintenance Cycle is based on the Counter Information for each individual module.
To verify the counter information, print the Total Counter List using the Service Mode: F7 - Electronic
Counter - 00 (List Print).
3. Cleaning, Replacement, and Adjustment Cycle (Sheet) are based on using Panasonic's recommended
standard paper and supplies. Ratio: Color vs. Black = 2 : 8, LT/A4, 1-Sided, 4 pages/job. These cycles
may vary with the kind of paper used, Paper size, orientation, print duty, continuous/interval print and/or
ambient conditions.
4. Improved for the DP-C406 series only.

190
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.5. Resetting the P/M (Preventive Maintenance) Counter
When the machine reaches the preset P/M Cycle, it will show “Call for P/M” on the LCD Display. The PM
Counter can be reset by following the procedures below.
1. Perform the P/M (Preventive Maintenance), refer to sections 3.3. and 3.4.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Press the “8” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F8 Service Mode. (Service Adjustment).
5. Reset the desired Counter(s) on the list below.
6. Press the “Stop” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to
return to standby.

Replace
Ref. Ref. Replace
No. Mechanical Parts Cycle Counter Reset
No. Counter Alarm
(Sheets)
i-ADF Unit
1 Pickup Roller 511 240K PM
2 Paper Feed Roller 508 240K Display Enter the Copy Service Mode F5-
F7-02-12
(Machine 87 (ADF PM Cycle), and change
ADF Count
3 Separation Roller 610 240K Continues to the desired value.
Operating)
Fuser Unit
F7-02-65 119K:
Perform “F8-26 Fuser Belt
Fuser Belt Alarm
Counter Reset”.
Remain
9 Fuser Belt Unit 4926 120K (F7-02-65 Fuser Belt Remain
Count 121k:
Count is also initialized by this
(Count Machine
operation)
Down) Stops
F7-02-66 239K:
Perform “F8-27 Fuser Main
Fuser Main Alarm
Counter Reset”.
Remain
10 Fuser Main Unit 4927 240K (F7-02-66 Fuser Main Remain
Count 241K:
Count is also initialized by this
(Count Machine
operation)
Down) Stops
Perform “F8-26 Fuser Belt
Counter Reset”, and “F8-27 Fuser
Complete Fuser Unit Main Counter Reset”.
- (Fuser Belt Unit, and 4815 - - - (F7-02-65 Fuser Belt Remain
Fuser Main Unit) Count, and F7-02-66 Fuser Main
Remain Count are also initialized
by this operation)
Intermediate Transfer Unit
Intermediate 239K:
11 3419 240K Perform “F8-29 Belt Counter
Transfer (IT) Belt F7-02-51 Alarm
Reset”.
First Transfer Roller Belt Life
12 3546 240K (F7-02-51 Belt Life Count Down is
(FTR) Count 241K:
also initialized by this operation)
Drive Roller Brush Down Machine
13 3635 240K Perform “F8-30 Color Reg”.
Assembly Stops

191
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Replace
Ref. Ref. Replace
No. Mechanical Parts Cycle Counter Reset
No. Counter Alarm
(Sheets)
F7-02-52
23 Cleaning Unit 3418 2 STR Life 240K:
240K
Count Alarm Perform “F8-32 STR Counter
Reset”.
Automatic Duplex Unit (Lower)
(Machine (F7-02-52 STR Life Count is also
F7-02-52 Continues initialized by this operation)
Second Transfer
24
Roller (STR) Unit
2535 240K 2 STR Life Operating)
Count
Perform “F8-29 Belt Counter
Reset”.
(F7-02-51 Belt Life Count Down is
also initialized by this operation)
IT Unit, STR Unit,
- - - - - Perform “F8-32 STR Counter
and Cleaning Unit
Reset”.
(F7-02-52 STR Life Count is also
initialized by this operation)
Perform “F8-30 Color Reg”.
Developer Unit
37 Y (Yellow) 480K 480K: Perform “F8-09 Toner Density
38 M (Magenta) 480K F7-02- Alarm Adj”.
39 C (Cyan) 480K 40~43 (F7-02-40, 41, 42, 43 Deve. Unit
5443.
Deve. Unit (Machine Count, and F7-02-45, 46, 47, 48
40 BK (Black) 480K Count Continues Developer Count are also
Operating) initialized by this operation)
Developer
- Y (Yellow) - <Only in case of Problem>
- M (Magenta) - F7-02- Perform “F8-11 Deve. Counter
- C (Cyan) - 45~48 Reset”.
5445 -
Developer (F7-02-45, 46, 47, 48 Developer
- BK (Black) - Count Count are also initialized by this
operation)
Paper Feed Module
Paper Feed Roller F7-03-
44 1922 240K
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th) 01~04
DFP Roller 1st/2nd/ PM
45 1911 240K
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th) 3rd/4th Display
Pickup Roller Paper Tray only Enter the Copy Service Mode
46 1926 240K Count
(1st/2nd/3rd/4th) F5-70 (PM Cycle), and change to
Sheet Bypass (Machine the desired value.
48 Paper Feed Roller 3003 240K Continues
F7-03-00 Operating)
49 Pickup Roller F 3005 240K
Bypass
50 DFP Roller 3111 240K
Tray Count
51 Pickup Roller R 3012 240K
Note:
1. When replacing the IT Unit, the STR Unit and Cleaning Unit are also replaced at the same time, and
then perform F8-29, F8-32, and F8-30 Service Mode operations.
2. Improved for the DP-C406 series only.

192
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.6. Lubrication Point
Please refer to the Preventive Maintenance (PM) list to ensure the highest degree of reliability. The
inspection interval is usually 120K copies or more, however this interval may be reduced due to
environmental conditions.

3.7. Easy Maintenance (DP-C406/C405 Series)

3.7.1. Outline
This is a new function that stores machine maintenance and machine status history which can be helpful to
Service Technicians when performing service maintenance and/or repairs.
Use this feature to record and print machine maintenance information, such as, the Service Visit Dates and
Service Details.
Machine counter information is collected and can be printed with machine illustrations and graphs, which
helps to keep the machine in good working condition, and enables to easily estimate when parts/supplies
should be changed.
With the Fax Service Mode 8 (Check & Call) also enabled, your will be alerted of machine problems,
maintenance alerts, and when supplies are needed automatically.
To enable this function, the following data input is necessary.
First register the customer's information when the machine is installed.
Then at each service visit, register what Service Action was performed. Refer to the Steps below.

3.7.2. How to Input the Service Information/History, and How to Output the List
Step 1. Only when installing the new machine
Input the Customer’s Information (Refer to 3.7.3. Procedure 3.7.3.1.)
Step 2. When servicing this unit the 1st time of the day
Input the Service History (Refer to 3.7.3. Procedure 3.7.3.2.1.)
Step 3. When re-visiting the customer the 2nd time on the same day
Input the Service History (Refer to 3.7.3. Procedure 3.7.3.2.2.)
Step 4. Printing the Service Information List
Print the Service Information List (Max. 200) (Refer to 3.7.3. Procedure 3.7.3.3.)
Note:
This Function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered.
(This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service
Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation.)

193
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3. Procedure

3.7.3.1. Initial Registration when the machine is installed.

< Stand by >

Stand by

< Press "Function"> + <"Copy"> + <"3"> + <Input Password> to enter the Service Mode

< Installation Date > < Cancel Confirmation > < Service Mode >

<"No"> <"Close">

(Registration is NOT completed)

<"Yes"> <"Cancel">

<Category of Business> Category of Business

• 00 Agricultural
• 01 Bank/Finance
• 02 Communication
• 03 Construction
• 04 Design
• 05 Distribution/Retailer
• 06 Education/Library
• 07 Federal Government
• 08 Fishing
• 09 Forestry
<"OK"> <"No"> • 10 Manufacturing
< Confirm Registration > • 11 Medical
• 12 Mining
• 13 Non Profit
• 14 Post Office
• 15 Public Works
• 16 Real Estate
• 17 Religious/Church
• 18 Restaurant/Hotel
• 19 State/Local Government
• 20 Traffic/Warehouse
• 21 Others
<"Yes">

< Service Mode >

(Registration is completed)

194
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.2. Service History

3.7.3.2.1. Register Service History (Servicing this unit the 1st time of the day)
Register required information before exiting the Service Mode.
• Registration Items: Date of the visit, service details.
• If the unit is visited the 2nd time on the same day, the visit is treated as a Call Back.
• Call Back confirmation screen displays if the initial registration is completed.
- It does not display on the first day of installation.
- Displays when Service History Function is set to “Yes”.
*The Service History data will start collecting the day after the customer's information has been
registered.

< Service Mode > Category of Business

00 Changed Settings 03 Maintenance (PM)
•None •None
•Comp •PM Clean
•Training •Parts
01 New Repair 04 Call Back
•None •None
•Comp •CHK Unit
•Incomp •Comp
02 Adjustment/Cleaning •Rep/NG
•None •Delivery
•Comp
•Incomp
•Cleaning
<"Function"> + <"Clear">

< Register Service Action > < Select Service Action >

Select Service Action

Ex: Adjustment/Cleaning

<"OK"> to Set
<"Cancel"> to return

<"Close">

< Stand by >

Stand by

195
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.2.2. Register Service History (2nd visit on the unit on the same day)

< Service Mode > Register required information before exiting the Service
Mode.
• Confirm that it is a Call Back. If it is a call back, register the
Service Action.
• Register Service Date and Service Action.
• Call Back confirmation screen displays if the initial
registration is completed.
- It does not display on the first day of installation.
- Displays when Service History Function is set to “Yes”.

<"Function"> + <"Clear">

< Confirm Call Back >

<"Yes"> + <"OK"> <"No"> + <"OK">

< Register Service Action > < Select Service Action >

Select Service Action

Ex: Call Back

<"OK"> to Set
<"Cancel"> to return

<"Close">

< Stand by >

Stand by

196
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.2.3. Change Service History

< Service Mode F9 > Check and/or change registered Service History using
Service Mode F9-23-01.
• Up to 200 Service History records can be saved.
• Upon reaching 200 records, as New record is created, the
oldest one is automatically deleted.
• Service History is displayed and printed starting with the
latest first.
• Changed items are marked with an asterisk (*) on the
Maintenance List printout.

Select "Maint. Info.

<"Close">
Manager"
< F9-23:Maint. Info. Manager >

Select "Service
<"Close">
History"
< Service History >

Select "Item from

<"Close">
Service History"
< Register Service Action > < Select Service Action >

Select Item to Change

<"OK"> to Set
<"Cancel"> to return

197
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.3. Maintenance Information List Print

< Service Mode F9 > • Print the list for each maintenance function using Service
Mode F9-22.
• Print the Service History
00 Simulated List: 1 month
01 Simulated List: All
02 Machine Usage List
03 Machine Diagnostic List
04 Maintenance List
• The printout Lists can be selected to be either 1-Sided or 2-
Sided.

Select "Print
<"Close">
Maintenance Info."
< F9-22: Print Maintenance Info.>

Select a Function. <"Close">

< Select Print Format >

( Printing is completed )

Select 1-Sided or 2-Sided + <"OK">

<F9-22: Print Maintenance Info.(Printing) >

198
 DP-C406/C306/C266
<Print Example (Simulated List) >
• Select which list to print; either for the last 1 month or All (Last 6 months)
F9-22-00 : Simulated List : 1 month
F9-22-01 : Simulated List : All
• Print collective data from each month (1st -last day)
• Black and Color printing data is collected separately
• Output paper size and Simulated cover range for A4 or 8.5 x 11" size are counted separately.
• Count for major output paper sizes.
• Simulated Cover Range is incremented by 5 %.
List Contents:
(1) Category of Business, Installation Date, Serial Number
(2) Coverage Range (B/W & Color)
(3) Coverage Range in A4 or 8.5 x 11" size (B/W & Color)
(4) Coverage Range of Last Print

(1)

(2) Color
(2) B/W

(3) Color

(3) B/W

(4)

199
 DP-C406/C306/C266
<Print Example (Machine Usage List) >
• Print Counter Value of Unit using F9 Service Mode
F9-22-02 : Machine Usage List.
• Counter increments by one for each paper feed regardless of paper size.
• Service Mode printouts are also counted.
List Contents:
(1) Category of Business, Installation Date, and Serial Number
(2) Counter Value of Unit (Paper Size, Media Type)
(3) Job Counter (Total, Paper Size)
(4) Print Job Counter (Total Copy Jobs, Usage Ratio)
(5) Average Feed Count

(2)
(1)
(2)
(4) (2)

(3)

(5)

200
 DP-C406/C306/C266
<Print Example (Machine Diagnostic List) >
• F9-22-03 : Machine Diagnostic List
• Print Jam and Machine error.
• Print PM unit usage and its estimate replacement time
List Contents:
(1) Category of Business, Installation Date, and Serial Number
(2) Job Error History Top 10 (Paper JAM, Machine Error)
(3) PM Part Counter, Main PM parts replacement estimate
(4) Service History (MCBV, MCBSC, MTBF, AMV)

(3) (1)
(2)
(4)

201
 DP-C406/C306/C266
<Print Example (Maintenance List) >
• F9-22-04 : Maintenance List
• Print up to 200 Service History Items
List Contents:
(1) Category of Business, Installation Date & Time, Serial Number, Total Number of Visit, Total Number of
Repair
(2) Service Date & Time, Service Action, Counter Data
• If the Service History has been changed, an asterisk (*) is printed before the number.

(1)

(2)

202
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.4. Maintenance Info. Clear

< Service Mode F9 > Initialize Maintenance Information:

• F9-06-08 : Maintenance Info. Clear
• Items initialized : Counter Data, Service History, Initial
Registration

Select "RAM
<"Close">
Initialize"
< F9-06:RAM Initialize >

Select "Maintenance
<"Close">
Info. Clear"
< Confirm Initialize >

( Initialization is completed )

<"Yes"> to <"No"> to Cancel

Initialize and return
< Initialize is in progress >

203
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.5. Maintenance Information Manager

3.7.3.5.1. Change Category of Business

< Service Mode F9 > • Change the Category of Business that was set during the
initial registration using F9-23-03 : Category of Business
• Category of Business is printed on each list.

Select "Maint. Info.

<"Close">
Manager"
< F9-23:Maint. Info. Manager >

Select "Category of <"OK"> to set the Change

Business" <"Cancel"> to return
< Category of Business >

204
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.5.2. Service History Function

< Service Mode F9 > Initialize Maintenance Information:

• Change setting to Yes/No using F9-23-04 : Service
History Function
• When the Service History Function is set to “No”, there is
no prompting for the registration process before exiting
the Service Mode. The screen advances to the default
mode such as Copy Mode (The Service History will not be
recorded).
• The change made to the Service History Function setting
will be recorded in the Service History (Registered
contents cannot be checked or altered).
Select "Maint. Info.
<"Close">
Manager"
< F9-23:Maint. Info. Manager >

Select "Service <"Yes"> + <"OK"> to set

History Func." <"Cancel"> to return
<Setting for Service History Func. >

205
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.7.3.6. Structure of Maintenance Function
The items for Maintenance Function are located in the F9 Service Mode.
• F9 Service Mode (Related Items)
F9 Unit Maintenance
06 RAM Initialize
08 Maintenance Info. Clear
22 Print Maintenance Info.
00 Simulated List: 1 month
01 Simulated List: All
02 Machine Usage List
03 Machine Diagnostic List
04 Maintenance List
23 Maint. Info. Manager
01 Service History
03 Category of Business
04 Service History Func.

3.7.3.7. Limitation
• Some data is not collected if the initial registration has not been completed (MCBV, MCBSC, MTBF,
AMV).
• If the Service History Function is set to “No”, some data may not collect accurately (MCBV, MCBSC,
MTBF).
• If the clock is not set correctly (for example, due to a worn out battery), the data may not collect
accurately.
• It cannot register Service Action if exiting from Service Mode without the Function and Clear buttons
being pressed. (Ex: Sudden loss of power such as Power Failure, or Power Switch turned Off).

206
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.8. Counter / Parameter Auto Backup
The Counter Information can be backed up by installing an SD Memory Card into the SD Card Slot, CN9
(DP-C406/C405 Series), CN70 (DP-C354/C322 Series) on the SC PC Board.
This prevents losing Counter Information due to an error in the System Control (SC) PC Board, or when
replacing the SC PC Board.
The Parameter Auto Backup is the feature for DP-C406/C405 Series.
For DP-C406 Series, the Auto Backup is expanded to the HDD as a new additional feature.
Priority : 1) SD Card on the SC PC Board
2) HDD
<Auto Backup>
The Machine backs up the F7 Counter, and Department Counter information into the SD Memory Card.
A. Every 4 hours, 6 times a day (3:55, 7:55, 11:55, 15:55, 19:55, and 23:55).
B. When turning the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF (DP-C406 Series).
1. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
2. Install the SD Memory Card into the SD Card Slot CN9 (DP-C406/C405 Series), CN70 (DP-C354/
C322 Series)) on the SC PCB. (Not into the Front Slot)
Refer to the section 9.5.
3. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
4. Set the Service Parameter “F5-179 Param/Cnt Auto Backup” to “Yes” (DP-C406/C405 Series).
Set the Service Parameter “F5-179 Counter Backup” to “Yes” (DP-C354/C322 Series).
5. Reboot the machine by cycling the power. (Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the
machine to the OFF ( ) then back to the ON ( I ) position.)
<Restore>
When the SC PC Board is replaced, the machine restores the Counter information from the backed up SD
Memory Card onto the new SC PCB.
1. Replace the SC PCB.
2. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
3. Change the Service Parameter “F5-179 Param/Cnt Auto Backup” to “No” (DP-C406/C405 Series).
Change the Service Parameter “F5-179 Counter Backup” to “No” (DP-C354/C322 Series).
4. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
5. Remove the Backed up SD Memory Card from the replaced SC PCB.
6. Install this SD Memory Card into the SD Card Slot, CN9 (DP-C406/C405 Series), CN70 (DP-C354/
C322 Series) on the new SC PCB.
7. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
8. Perform the Service Parameter “F9-10 Param/Counter Restore” and “00 SC Counter Restore” /
“02 Parameter Restore” (DP-C406/C405 Series).
Perform the Service Parameter “F9-10 Counter Restore” and “00 SC Counter Restore” (DP-C354/
C322 Series).
9. Set the Service Parameter “F5-179 Param/Cnt Auto Backup” to “Yes” (DP-C406/C405 Series).
Set the Service Parameter “F5-179 Counter Backup” to “Yes” (DP-C354/C322 Series).
10. Reboot the machine by cycling the power. (Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the
machine to the OFF ( ) then back to the ON ( I ) position.)
<Backup data>
The Counter information :
“F7-02 : Maintenance Count”, refer to Section 5.1.7. for additional details.
The Parameter information :
“Service Mode: F5/F6”, “Fax Service Mode 1” and “Check & Call”, refer to Section 5 for additional
details.
“User Parameter”, “Fax Parameter” and “Address Book”, refer to the Operation Instructions for
additional details.

207
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.9. Counter / Parameter Backup to SD Card/USB Memory in the Front Slot
The Counter / Parameter Information can also be backed up by installing an SD Memory Card or USB
Memory into the Front SD Card Slot/USB Memory Slot. This prevents losing the Counter / Parameter
Information when replacing the SC/EC PC Board (For DP-C406/C405 Series).
<Backup>
1. Install the SD Memory Card or USB Memory into the Front SD Card Slot/USB Memory Slot.
2. Select the Service Parameter “F9-11 Param Backup to SD”, then select the “Yes” button.
3. After the parameters have been Backed up, press the “Stop” key.
4. Select the Service Parameter “F9-20 Counter Backup to SD”, and select “00 SC Counter Backup”
/ “01 EC Counter Backup”, then select the “Yes” button.
<Restore>
When the SC/EC PC Board is replaced, the machine restores the Counter / Parameter information from the
backed up SD Memory Card or USB Memory.
1. Replace the SC/EC PCB.
2. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
3. Select the Service Parameter “9-12 Param Restore from SD”, then select the “Yes” button.
4. After the parameters have been restored, press the “Stop” key.
5. Select the Service Parameter “F9-21 Counter Restore From SD”, and select “00 SC Counter
Restore” / “01 EC Counter Restore”, then select the “Yes” button.
6. Reboot the machine by cycling the power. (Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the
machine to the OFF ( ) then back to the ON ( I ) position.)
Note:
SD Memory Card only for DP-C405 series.

208
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.10. Customized Screen (F9-24)
To change the Blank Space on the Wide VGA Panel Display, follow the procedure below. This feature is
useful if a Dealer wants to personalize the machine with its own company's Logo or Picture (New feature for
DP-C406 Series).
<Prepare>
Save your selected JPEG image file onto the designated folder in the SD Memory Card or USB Memory
using a designated file name. If both medias are in the slots, the SD Card has a higher priority.
Designated Folder : \private\meigroup\pcc\di\image\ (Default folder for Scan to SD Card/USB Mem)
Designated File : bkg.jpg
Designated File type : JPEG
<Procedure>
1. Install the SD Memory Card or USB Memory into the Front SD Card/USB Memory Slot.
2. Select the Service Parameter “F9-24 Add Customized Screen”, then select “Custom” and the “OK”
button.
3. Select the “OK” button to register the image as an Image 4.

<Operation>
1. Press the “Function” key.
2. Select “General Settings”.
3. Select “09 Key Operator Mode”.
4. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Key Operator Mode (default password is
00000000).
5. Select “89 Customized Screen”.
6. Select “Image”. (Image 1-3 are preregistered, and Image 4 is customized with above steps)
7. Select the “OK” button.
8. Select the “Close” button.
9. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

Note:
1. Use an appropriate sized (160 (W) x 480 (H) pixels) image data to fit into the Display Panel without
cropping or cutting off (up to 127kB).
Example: If the image size is A4 the display will have borders filled in Light Blue.
2. The image file for Custom setting is saved in the F-ROM on the SC PCB.
3. When the SC firmware is updated or RAM Initialize (Shipment Set, Parameter Initialize) is executed,
the Custom image file is deleted, and the display returns to the Original default screen setting.

209
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.11. Power on Display Change (F9-19)
To change the startup Panel Display (when the Power Switch on the Upper Left is turned ON) follow the
procedure below. This feature is useful if a Dealer wants to personalize the machine with its own company's
Logo or Picture (For DP-C406/C405 Series).
<Prepare>
Save your selected JPEG image file onto the designated folder in the SD Memory Card or USB Memory
using a designated file name. If both medias are in the slots, the SD Card has a higher priority.
Designated Folder : \private\meigroup\pcc\di\image\ (Default folder for Scan to SD Card/USB Mem)
Designated File : image.jpg
Designated File type : JPEG
<Procedure>
1. Install the SD Memory Card or USB Memory into the Front SD Card Slot/USB Memory Slot.
2. Select the Service Parameter “F9-19 Power On Display”, then select “Custom” and the “OK”
button.
3. Select the “OK” button to register the image.

Note:
1. Use an appropriate sized (640 x 480 pixels) image data to fit into the Display Panel without cropping or
cutting off.
Example: If the image size is A4 the display will have borders filled in Light Blue.
2. The image file for Custom setting is saved in the F-ROM on the SC PCB.
3. When the SC firmware is updated or RAM Initialize (Shipment Set, Parameter Initialize) is executed,
the Custom image file is deleted, and the display returns to the Original default screen setting.
4. SD Memory Card only for DP-C405 series.

210
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.12. Updating the Firmware (DP-C406 Series)
3.12.1. Firmware Configuration
A. Hardware Configuration
This machine is controlled by a Main CPU which is located on the System Control (SC) PC Board, and
other sub CPUs on the other PCBs. The Firmware of SC PCB, Engine Control (EC) PCB, Scanner
Control (SCN) PCB and Fax Control (FCB) PCB can be updated using a PC, an SD Memory Card, or an
USB Memory.

< Right hand side of the machine > SC PC Board

On Board
(1) Ethernet Port
F-ROM SD Memory Card Slot
PC (2) USB Port CPU 64 MB on the SC PC Board
for G3 Fax / Internet
Fax Image Memory

< In Front of the Machine > SD Memory Card

(3) Memory Port (64 MB up to 32 GB)

SD Memory Card
(128 MB up to 32 GB) Engine Control PC Board

USB Memory F-ROM

CPU Printer Engine Control Program
2 MB

Scanner Control PC Board

F-ROM
CPU Scanner Control Program
1 MB
Panel PC Board
Fax Control PC Board
Panel Control Program CPU F-ROM
CPU Fax Communication
4 MB Control Program

B. SC PC Board Firmware
A total of 64 MB of Program Memory (F-ROM) is integrated on the SC PCB.
C. Firmware Updating Ports
Three (3) types of Ports are available for updating the firmware.
(1) Ethernet LAN Port
The machine's Firmware can be updated using a PC via Local Area Network (LAN) Port. This method is
convenient when the PC, and the machine are already connected to LAN.
Even if the machine is not connected to a LAN, it can be updated by connecting a Crossover Cable to
the Ethernet LAN Port.
Refer to the Firmware Update Operating Instructions and Section 3.12.3. for additional details.
(2) USB Port
The machine's Firmware can be updated using your Notebook PC via an USB Port. This method is
convenient when you brought a Notebook PC into the customer's site for the purpose of updating the
firmware.
Refer to the Firmware Update Operating Instructions, and Section 3.12.4. for additional details.
(3) Memory Port : SD Memory Card / USB Memory (New Method), Convenient Method without a PC
The machine's Firmware can be updated using the Master Firmware SD Memory Card, or USB
Memory in the Slot in Front of the machine (Not on the SC PCB). This method is convenient when you
are visiting the customer's site for the purpose of updating the firmware without a PC.
The Master Firmware Memory can be created by copying the Firmware using the SD Memory Card
Firmware Writing Tool Software, and a PC with Memory Slot, or with the Memory Reader & Writer.
Just a single Master Memory is sufficient to update the SC PCB with the Standard, or with all Optional

211
 DP-C406/C306/C266
configurations (PS and Fax options included), as long as all the necessary firmware codes are stored
onto the card. The easiest way is to use “Auto Mode” for updating all necessary firmware at once.
Refer to the Firmware Update Operating Instructions, and Section 3.12.6. for additional details.
Caution:
The SD Memory Card has a higher priority.
If updating the Firmware using the USB Memory, remove the SD Memory Card from the Slot in Front
of the machine.
Web site (From your sales company's Web Site or the PCC Service Web site)
Firmware Code / SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool.

Download

Create the Master Firmware SD Memory Card or USB

Memory using a PC

Update the Firmware using the Master Firmware SD

Memory Card or USB Memory (Selecting “Auto Mode”
updates all necessary firmware at once.)

3.12.2. Main Unit Firmware Code Updating Instructions

Caution:
Before proceeding with the Firmware Update, clear all Fax or Internet Fax jobs first, or the Firmware will
not update properly. Follow the steps below to perform All Job Clear.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
4. Select “00 FAX Service Mode”.
5. Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
6. Select “09 All Job Clear”, and select the “Yes” button.
After clearing the jobs, the machine reboots automatically, and returns to the standby mode.

3.12.3. Updating through a LAN Port

The firmware code can be easily updated when the main unit is connected to a LAN.
If the unit is not connected to a LAN, the Network Firmware Update Tool can be used by connecting to the
machine using a Cross Cable.
1. Install the Network Firmware Update Tool to your PC
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site.
Please refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.

212
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00). Make sure the unit's
Password (Service Mode F7-01: Application Password) is the same as the tool's password.
Make sure the unit is in an idle state (e.g. not making copies, not printing, etc.).
4. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
Start the Network Firmware Update Tool, and select the following Parent Firmware File Folder in the
C:\Panasonic\Panasonic-FUP\Data folder. The Firmware Type window appears, and proper Firmware
Files are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware Type.
Then follow the display instructions to upgrade the Main Unit's Firmware Codes.
Parent Firmware File Folder Sub Firmware File Folder
\ DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx \ Sc_Std \ CMFP3_SCAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Sc_Ps \ CMFP3_SCDxVxxxxx_xx
\ Fcb \ CMFP1FCBAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C406_C306)
\ Ec \ CMFP7_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C266)
\ Scn \ CMFP3SCNAAVxxxxx
When you select the Parent Folder, the following
Firmware Type window appears. Proper Sub File Folders
are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware
Type.
The transferring order is set up automatically.

5. Confirmation
After the update is completed, the machine reboots itself and returns to standby.
Confirm the F5 & F6 parameters according to the printed lists in Step 3. if the settings are different.
Note:
1. Manual mode must be used, when updating the designated version of the firmware, or changing the
type of the firmware.
Please refer to the Section 2.2, “Setting up the Network Firmware Update Tool, File Selection
Tab” of the Operating Instructions.
2. While updating the firmware code, the display may become garbled, however, it will return to normal
upon completion of the firmware update.
3. If the firmware update fails, and the unit does not boot up, the Network Firmware Update Tool will not
be able to transfer the firmware code. If this occurs, refer to Section 3.12.8. “Firmware Emergency
Recovery”.
4. The suffix “_xx” for the Folder Name, or File Name may not exist depending on the destination
location.

3.12.4. Updating through USB Port

If the device is not connected to the LAN, upgrade the firmware code using the USB Port.
1. Install the Local Firmware Update Tool to your PC
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site. Please
refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.

213
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00).
Important: DO NOT connect the USB Cable yet.
Enter into Service Mode F9-07-01 (Update From USB) to enable the unit to accept the programming
code from the USB Port.
Now connect the USB Cable from the PC to the USB Port located on the right hand side of the
machine.
4. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
Start the Local Firmware Update Tool, and select the following Parent Firmware File Folder in the
C:\Panasonic\Panasonic-FUP\Data folder. The Firmware Type window appears, and proper Firmware
Files are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware Type.
Then follow the display instructions to upgrade the Main Unit's Firmware Codes.
Parent Firmware File Folder Sub Firmware File Folder
\ DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx \ Sc_Std \ CMFP3_SCAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Sc_Ps \ CMFP3_SCDxVxxxxx_xx
\ Fcb \ CMFP1FCBAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C406_C306)
\ Ec \ CMFP7_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C266)
\ Scn \ CMFP3SCNAAVxxxxx
When you select the Parent Folder, the following
Firmware Type window appears. Proper Sub File Folders
are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware
Type.
The transferring order is set up automatically.

5. Confirmation
After the update is completed, the machine reboots itself, and returns to standby.
Confirm the F5 & F6 parameters according to the printed lists in Step 3. if the settings are different.
Note:
1. While updating the firmware code, the display may become garbled, however, it will return to normal
upon completion of the firmware update.
2. The suffix “_xx” for the Folder Name, or File Name may not exist depending on the destination
location.

214
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.12.5. Updating the Firmware using the Master Firmware SD Memory Card / USB Memory
If the Master SD Memory Card / USB Memory includes all necessary firmware as a package.
(A minimum of 128 MB of available memory is required on the SD Memory Card / USB Memory to
accommodate the SC PCB with the Standard, or with all Optional firmware configurations.)
Caution:
1. The SD Memory Card has a higher priority.
If using the USB Memory, remove the SD Memory Card from the Slot in Front of the machine.
2. Install the Master Firmware Memory into the Slot in Front of the machine.
Do not install it into the SD Memory Card Slot on the SC PCB, or the machine will automatically format
the SD Card for the Fax Image Memory.
3. Do not remove the Memory from the Slot in Front of the machine, or turn the power OFF while
Updating the Firmware.
1. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00).
2. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
1. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
2. Install the appropriate Master Firmware Memory into the Slot in Front of the machine.
3. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
4. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
5. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
6. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
7. Perform the Copy Service Mode
F9-07-00 (Update From Card) for the SD Memory Card / USB Memory.
Note:
Do not select F9-07-01(Update from USB), as it is used only for updating through a USB Port (see
Section 3.12.4).
8. The firmware is copied into the machine.
If selecting the “Auto Mode”, copies all the necessary firmware at once, and after the update is
completed, the machine reboots itself, and returns to standby.
9. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
10. Remove the Master Firmware Memory from the machine.
11. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
12. Reprogram the F5 & F6 Parameters according to the lists printed in Step 1. if the settings are other
than factory default.
Caution:
If the unit does not boot up properly in Step 7., refer to Section 3.12.8. “Firmware Emergency
Recovery”.

3.12.6. Creating a Master Firmware SD Memory Card / USB Memory using a PC

1. Install the “SD Memory Cad Firmware Writing Tool” to your PC.
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site. Please
refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.

215
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Master Firmware Memory
1. Insert the Memory (128 MB to 32 GB) into the Memory Slot.
2. Perform the SD Memory Firmware Writing Tool.
3. After all firmware codes are copied, remove the Memory from the Slot.
The Memory is now ready to use for firmware update.
(Refer to the SD Memory Firmware Writing Tool Readme File.)

3.12.7. Notice installing the HDD

After the Hard Disc Drive Unit is installed, to prevent a Disc Scan Function from being performed (similar to
when the power is abruptly interrupted to the PC), it is important to follow the step sequence below when
turing OFF the Power Switches on the machine.
1. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine to the OFF ( ) position first.
2. Wait approximately 10 seconds while the machine writes the closing status onto the Hard Disc Drive
Unit.
3. Turn the Main Power Switch on the back of the machine to the OFF position.
3.12.8. Firmware Emergency Recovery
The easiest method to recover the firmware in an Emergency Recovery routine is to use the Master
Memory Firmware (SD Memory Card / USB Memory) method. (Even the Master Memory Firmware includes
all necessary firmware as a package, only SC PCB Firmware can be recovered.)
If the unit does not boot up properly, follow the steps below:
1. Turn the power OFF.
Before proceeding to the next step, you must create the Master Memory Firmware (read the section
3.12.6. first).
2. Turn the power ON while holding the “Energy Saver” key.
3. When the message “Selected Emergency Firmware Update” is on the LCD display, release the
“Energy Saver” key.
During the recovery mode, the LCD displays “Reading SC Firmware”, “Writing SC Firmware”, and
“SC Firmware updated has been completed”. Then the machine reboots itself, and returns to the
standby mode.
After the SC Firmware recovering, if other firmware for EC, FCB, SCN PCBs, and PS option are
required, use the Master Memory Firmware to update the firmware by selecting the “Auto Mode” to the
required level. Refer to Section 3.12.5. (Updating the Firmware using the Master Firmware Memory).
Note:
After the SC Firmware recovers, if the Error Code E5-12 or E5-13 is displayed, use the Master Memory
Firmware to update the firmware selecting the required firmware, EC, SCN, FCB or PS, refer to Section
3.12.5. In this case, the Network update method can not be used.

216
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.12.9. Firmware Version

SC : CMFP3_SC A A Vxxxxx PU

Destination Code
PU : USA/Canada
PB : UK
etc.
Firmware Version (Vxxxxx)
Language Code
A : A-English, C-French & Spanish
b : English, French & Spanish
etc.
Firmware Type
A : Standard
D : PS Option
Model Number
CMFP1_SC : DP-C322/C262
CMFP2_SC : DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
CMFP25SC : DP-C405/C305/C265
CMFP3_SC : DP-C406/C306/C266
EC : CMFP6 EC A A Vxxxxx

Firmware Version (Vxxxxx)

AA : Fixed
Model Number
CMFP1_EC : DP-C322/C262
CMFP2_EC : DP-C323/C263/C213
CMFP3_EC : DP-C354/C264
CMFP4_EC : DP-C405/C305
CMFP5_EC : DP-C265
CMFP6_EC : DP-C406/C306
CMFP7_EC : DP-C266
SCN : CMFP3SCN A A Vxxxxx

Firmware Version (Vxxxxx)

AA: Fixed
Model Number
CMFP1SCN : DP-C322/C262
DP-C354/C323/C264/C263/C213
CMFP2SCN : DP-C405/C305/C265
CMFP3SCN : DP-C406/C306/C266

217
 DP-C406/C306/C266
FCB : CMFP1FCB A A Vxxxxx AU

Destination Code (FAX)

AU : Overseas
Firmware Version (Vxxxxx)
Language Code
A : Overseas
Firmware Type
A : Standard
Model Number

218
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.13. Adjusting Copy Quality
3.13.1. Manual Copy Quality Adjustment
1. Press the “Function” key.
2. Select “General Settings”.
3. Select “01 Manual Copy Quality Adj”.
4. Select “On” button.
5. Select “OK” button to begin the Manual Copy Quality adjustment.
Note:
Do not touch any keys, or turn the Power Switch Off until the adjustment cycle stops (approximately 1-
2 minutes).
6. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

3.13.2. Exposure (Standard Adjustment)

1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj.”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Black”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Mono Text/ Photo Density.
5. Make a copy of Test Chart 53/54 with gray scale (P/N FQ-SJ1011), and verify the density as shown
below. If it is within specification, skip to step 14.

Text/Photo Text Photo

A Not visible A Not visible A Not visible
.. . .. . ..
. . . . . 1 Hardly visible 1 Not visible 1 Clearly visible
. .
2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible
3 3 3

6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-221 Mono T/P Density(lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “-” (Negative) value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Step 4. to 13. until proper density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-220 : Mono Text Density(lt), F6-222 : Mono Photo Density(lt)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

219
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.13.3. Color Exposure (Special Adjustment for Customer's Requirement)
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj.”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Full Color”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Color T/ P Density.
5. Make a copy of Color Test Chart 101, or the Customer’s Document, and verify the density.
6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-211 Color T/P Density(lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “- (Negative)” value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Step 4. to 13. until desired density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-210 : Color Text Density(lt), F6-212 : Color Photo Density(lt)
<Dark Part Adjustment>
F6-215 : Color Text Density(dk), F6-216 : Color T/P Density(dk), F6-217 : Color Photo Density(dk)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

220
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Color Test Chart 101 (P/N PJQRC0119Z : LDR, PJQRC0120Z : A3)

221
 When the following items are replaced or cleaned, perform the adjustments in the correct order.

General
Adjustment Clean F8 Mode Mech. Image Remarks
Settings

TDC Adjustment TDC Adjustment

(When replacing the (When replacing the
Developer Unit ) Developer only) Auto
Order IT Belt Fuser Fuser
No. Work Toner Toner IT belt STR Print
Belt IT Open Open Length Color Belt Main Color Copy
Reg. / Reg. Counter Counter Image
Optics Initial Metal Front Front Adj. Measu- Reg. Counter Counter Skew Quality
Density Sensors Adj. Close Close Reset Reset Control
Point Rollers Cover, Cover, Toner rement F8-30 Reset Reset Adj. Check
Sensor (L/R) TDC Front Front F8-29 F8-32 (APIC)
then then Density (F8-28) F8-26 F8-27
(F8-09) Cover Cover *1
Part Item Power Power (F8-11)
SW ON SW ON

1 Installation Main 1 2

2 Optics 1 2
3 Toner Reg. / Density Sensor 1 2 3 4
Cleaning
4 Toner Reg. Sensors (L/R) 1 2 3 4
5 Belt Initial Point Sensor 1 2 3 4 5
6 Developer Unit 1 *4 2 3 4 When performing F8-09, APIC is also performed.
7 Developer 1 *4 2 3 4 When performing F8-11, APIC is also performed.
When new Drum is detected, Drum counter is
8 Drum Unit 1
reset, Color Reg. and APIC are also performed.
Developer Unit / Developer / Drum
9 Do not replace the Developer Unit (Developer) & Drum Unit together. Replace one at a time.
Unit

222
10 Toner Reg. / Density Sensor 1 2 3
11 Toner Reg. Sensors (L/R) 1 2 3
12 Toner Density Sensor & Developer 1 *4 2 3 4 When performing F8-11, APIC is also performed.
3.13.4. Copy Quality Adjustment Procedure (Order)

When performing F8-29, APIC and Belt length

13 IT Belt / FTR / Drive Roller Brush 1 *5 2 3 4
Replace measurement are also performed.
When performing F8-32, APIC is also performed.
14 Cleaning Blade Assy & STR Unit 1 2 3
Replace together at the same time.
15 SC PCB 1 *2
16 EC PCB 1 *2 2
17 PNL1 PCB 1 *2
18 To prevent the Serial Number Error from
SC PCB/EC PCB/PNL1PCB Do not replace the SC, EC & PNL1 PCBs together. Replace one at a time.
occurring.
19 LSU 1 *3 2 3
20 Fuser Belt Unit 1 2
21 Fuser Main Unit 1 2
22 Complete Fuser Unit 1 2 3

Note:
*1. Perform Auto Print Image Control (APIC) by following these steps: Press Function, and then select General Settings, 01 Manual Copy Quality Adj., ON, and then OK.
*2. Before replacing any PCBs, print out the F5/F6/F7 Parameter Lists using the F7, and F9 Modes.
*3. After Mechanical adjustment, also adjust the Printer Registration, LSU Image Side to Side, etc.
*4. To perform F8-09 or F8-11, open the Front Cover first before turning the Power SW ON.
*5. When replacing the IT Belt, clean all the Metal Rollers, such as Bias Roller, and Feed Rollers with a soft cloth saturated with Alcohol first. Toner stuck on the Rollers will affect the Print quality, and may reduce the life of the IT.
6. Approximately after printing 100 pages, the machine will self-adjust itself for Copy Quality.
DP-C406/C306/C266
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.14. Adjusting the Printer Registration, LSU Image Side to Side, Color
Registration
After installing the System Console option, the following LSU Image Side to Side adjustment must be
performed. The Printer registration is adjusted at the factory. If copy image is abnormal, adjust it by the
following procedure.

3.14.1. Printer Registration

1. Insert Ledger, or A3 size paper into Tray 2, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size.
Empty or pull out all the remaining trays (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Press the “8” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F8 Service Mode.
5. Perform the Service Modes F8-28 (Belt Length Control).
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F8 Service Mode.
7. Press the “1” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F1 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Modes F1-03 to F1-07 (Print Test Pattern 1 to 5).
9. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the <Figure>)
10. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
11. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
12. Perform the Service Mode F6-000 to F6-007 (F6-002, F6-003, and F6-004 are not used), to adjust the
gap to 5 mm.
13. If the gap is less than 5 mm, input a (-) value. If more than 5 mm, input a (+) value.
14. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

<Figure>
Two lines are printed on the top (Lead edge).
For Ledger or A3, place as Portrait. For Letter or A4, place as Landscape.

Top (Lead edge)

5 mm
Two lines are printed

(5.8 mm) 5.8 1 mm

Two lines are printed

3.14.2. LSU Image Side to Side Adjustment for the Tray

1. Insert paper into Tray 1, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all the
remaining trays out (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Perform the Service Modes F1-03 to F1-07 (Print Test Pattern 1 to 5).
5. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the “3.14.1. <Figure>”)
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Modes F6-040 to F6-044, to adjust the gap to 5.8 mm, for all the trays.
9. If the gap is less than 5.8 mm, input a (+) value. If more than 5.8 mm, input a (-) value.
10. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

223
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.14.3. LSU Image Side to Side Adjustment for the ADU
1. Insert paper into Tray 1, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all the
remaining trays out (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Perform the Service Modes F1-14 to F1-18 (Print Test Pattern 12 to 16).
5. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the “3.14.1. <Figure>”)
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Mode F6-045 to F6-049, to adjust the gap to 5.8 mm, for all the trays.
9. If the gap is less than 5.8 mm, input a (+) value. If more than 5.8 mm, input a (-) value.
10. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

3.14.4. Color Registration

1. Insert paper into the 1st tray and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all
the remaining trays out (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Press the “8” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F8 Service Mode.
5. Perform the Service Mode F8-30.
6. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to
return to standby.

224
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.15. Calibrating the LCD
1. Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position, and leave the Power
Switch on the Upper Left corner of the machine in the ON ( I ) position.
2. Ensure that the SD Memory Card with Firmware Update is not installed in the machine. If the Card is
installed in the machine, remove it.
3. Press and hold the “Energy Saver” and “Copy” keys down simultaneously, then turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back of the machine to the ON position, and continue holding the keys for approximately
30 seconds until the Display becomes stable.
The LCD Display starts blinking, and shows a “+” on the upper left edge of the display.
Note:
If you do not hold the “Energy Saver” and “Copy” keys down long enough, the Display may go OFF.
4. Press the “+” on the upper left edge of the display, press the “+” on the center, and press the “+” on
the lower right edge of the display. Then the display goes to standby.
Caution:
Prevent any damage to the LCD Display by not pressing with Sharp Edged Objects such as a Ball
Point Pen, etc.
5. Reboot the machine by cycling the power. Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to
the OFF then back to the ON position.

3.16. LEDs on the EC PCB

The LEDs are mounted on the EC PCB, which are working properly. The LEDs, and the signal names are
listed below.
D8 : +5V
D12 : +24VM (Voltage for Interlock and Motor drive)
D13 : +24VF (Voltage for Fan)
D9 : +3.3Vp (3.3V pilot)
Note:
1. D8, D12 and D13 will be Off when machine is in Sleep mode.
2. The LED numbers are printed near the IPC PCB connector. (Order from left side)

225
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.17. Adjusting Scanner Skew
Note:
Before adjusting Scanner, proceed the Printer Registration first. Refer to sect. 3.14.
<Leading Edge>
1. Remove the Glass Assembly, refer to Section 2.2.2.
2. When the printed image is skewed to the left as illustrated.
a. Turn Screw (A) Clockwise.
b. Turn Screw (B) Counterclockwise.
Note:
1. Turn both Screws (A), and (B) for each adjustment by the same amount.
2. Amount of adjustment: Half a turn of both screws, adjusts the skewed image by approximately
0.0275 in (0.7 mm).
3. Do not turn 2-3 turns at once.
<Side Edge>
1. Remove the Glass Assembly, and move the Scanner Front Cover, refer to Section 2.2.3.
2. When the printed image is skewed to the left as illustrated.
a. Loosen the Screw (C).
b. Slide the Mirror Frame 2 in the direction illustrated below.
Note:
1. Amount of adjustment: Sliding the Mirror Frame 0.0394 in (1 mm) in the Direction (D), adjusts the
skewed image by approximately 0.0315 in (0.8 mm).
2. Do not slide the Mirror Frame 2-3 mm at once.

Screw (A)
7.87 in (200 mm) Screw (B)
<Leading Edge>
Amount of
Adjustment:
0.0275 in (0.7 mm)
/ Half Turn

11.81 in
(300 mm)
Screw (C)

<Side Edge>

Sliding
Direction (D)
Amount of Adjustment:
0.0315 in (0.8 mm) / 0.0394 in (1 mm) Slide

226
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.18. LSU Replacement and Color Skew Adjustment Instructions
1. Model & Part Number

Model LSU Part Number LSU Number

DP-C406/C306/C266 PJWBF3300PU LPA3623F A
DP-C405/C305/C265 PJWBF3310PU LPA3623F
DP-C264/C263/C213/C262 PJWBF2171PU LPA3622F
DP-C354/C323/C322 PJWBF2170PU LPA3621F

2. Contents
• LSU : 1
• Tool (Jig) ; “PJZXF2170PU” : 1
• Instruction (This Document) : 1
3. Removing the LSU
Remove the LSU by referring to the section 2.2.12.
Important:
Make a note of the alignment pointer position.
If the LSU is not reinstalled at the same position, the scanning quality will be affected.
4. Installing new LSU
a. Install the new LSU at the same position according to the original alignment pointer position (step 3.).
b. Perform F8 Service Mode; “F8-30 Color Registration”. (Approximately 30 sec)
c. Press the “Reset” key on the Control Panel to exit the F8 Service Mode.
d. Make a note of the F6 Service Mode Parameter Values (F6-855 / 856 / 857 : Color Skew Registration
Adjustment).
F6-855 Yellow
F6-856 Magenta
F6-857 Cyan

e. If all the Parameter Values are less than ±10, the LSU replacement is completed.
If any of the Parameter Values is more than ±11, adjust the Skew value according to step 5..
For the majority of applications, the above steps are sufficient to obtain the results most users are
looking for.
However, under particular circumstances fine-tuning the Color Skew Adjustment further may be
required.
If fine-tuning is required:
f. Print the Color Skew Test Chart “F1-19 Pattern 17 Only A3/11x17”, and confirm the alignment of
each individual color (C, Y and M) to the fixed Black reference lines. Adjust each color to obtain the
desired alignment results by following the steps below.

227
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5. Adjustment of Skew
a. Open the Front Cover.
b. Remove the Toner Waste Container.
Locate the 3 adjustment holes for the Yellow, Magenta and Cyan, as illustrated.

c. Insert the Tool (Jig) into the corresponding color's adjustment hole, as illustrated.

d. Turn the Tool to adjust the Color Skew, according to the F6 Service Mode Parameter Values
(F6-855 / 856 / 857 : Color Skew Registration Adjustment) in Step 4.d..
Note:
Each turn of the Tool (Jig) is approximately equal to a value of 10.
Ex: F6-855 New value = 20 → turn Tool Clockwise 2 times.
F6-855 New value = -25 → turn Tool Counter-Clockwise 2.5 times.
e. Reinstall the Toner Waste Container, and close the Front Cover.
f. Perform F8 Service Mode; “F8-30 Color Registration”. (Approximately 30 sec)
g. Press the “Reset” key to exit the F8 Service Mode.
h. Make a note of the F6 Service Mode Parameter Values (F6-855 / 856 / 857 : Color Skew Registration
Adjustment).
i. Repeat the above Steps (a - h) until all values are less than ±10. If all values are less than ±10, the
LSU replacement is completed.
For the majority of applications, the above steps are sufficient to obtain the results most users are
looking for.
However, under particular circumstances fine-tuning the Color Skew Adjustment further may be
required.
If fine-tuning is required:
j. Print the Color Skew Test Chart “F1-19 Pattern 17 Only A3/11x17”, and confirm the alignment of
each individual color (C, Y, and M) to the fixed Black reference lines. Adjust each color to obtain the
desired alignment results by repeating the steps above.

228
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.19. IT Belt Replacement
<Important Notice>
1. When replacing the IT Belt, clean all the Metal Rollers, such as Bias Roller, and Feed Rollers with a
soft cloth saturated with Alcohol first. Toner stuck on the Rollers will affect the Print quality, and may
reduce the life of the IT Belt.
2. When replacing the IT Belt, replace the Adjustment Bushings at the same time.

Use the Adjustment Bushings enclosed with the new IT Belt to accommodate for the belt length
variations.
3. Reinstall the Adjustment Roller, and the Snap Ring as illustrated.
Snap Ring
(Roller BKR Cap) 3
2 1

Adjustment
Roller

Adjustment Bushing
IT Unit Frame

4. After completing the IT Belt replacement, execute the following parameter initialization.
<Counter Reset>
Reset Counter
Maintenance Perform F8-29 Belt Counter Reset F7-02-51
(240k) "F7-02-51" is also initialized by this operation. Transfer Belt Life Count Down
Note:
When replacing the IT Belt, the STR Unit and the Cleaning Unit (120K) should be replaced at the same
time. After their replacement, perform F8-32 (STR Life Count reset).
<Color Registration>
After completing the Maintenance, perform “F8-30 Color Registration”.
For details, refer to the sections 2.2.10., 3.4., and 3.5.

229
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.20. IT Belt “Cleaning Unit” Replacement
(1) Remove the Cleaning Unit.
1. Remove the IT Belt Unit from the Main Unit.
2. Place a clean sheet of paper (i.e. Ledger or A3) to catch
any toner spill.
3. Remove 2 Black Screws.
4. Remove the Cleaning Unit.
Note:
* For details on maintenance procedure, refer to the
section 2.2.10., 3.4. and 3.5.
(2) Open the Box, and confirm its contents.
a. Cleaning Unit
b. Cotton Sheet (2)
c. Setting (HYLAR(R)) Powder* in a plastic bag (You may
also use your own Setting Powder) * Referred to as
Setting Powder hereafter.
d. Instructions (This document)

Note:
* Confirm that the printing is in RED (New type). (The
printing on the Old type is in BLUE)

(3) Prepare the Setting Powder

1. Place a clean sheet of paper (i.e. Ledger or A3).
2. Carefully pour the Drum Setting Powder on the sheet of
paper.
Warning:
Avoid prolonged or repeated breathing of powder dust
particles. In case of inhalation, remove affected person to
fresh air immediately. Avoid eye contact. In event of
contact, flush with water.
Call a physician. Avoid open flames, toxic and corrosive
gases are released during incineration.

230
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Fold one Cotton Sheet to 1/4 as illustrated.

(Save the other Cotton Sheet as a spare)

(5) Lightly pat the Cotton sheet on the powder.

(6) Generously apply the Setting Powder onto the surface of

the IT Belt, by lightly and uniformly patting the Belt from
left to right.
Note:
Insufficient lubrication of IT Belt may reduce it’s, or a
related component's life, or affect its performance.

Note:
* Refer to the illustration on the left for the area of
application.
* Extra setting powder applied to the upper most area as
illustrated on the Left is recommended for best results.

231
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Install the New Cleaning Unit.

(8) Turn the White Drive Gear Clockwise 5 times to make
sure the IT Belt is turning smoothly.
Note:
* Do Not turn it Counter-Clockwise.
* If the IT Belt is Not turning smoothly, remove the
Cleaning Unit, and repeat steps 5 and 6 again.
(9) Reinstall the IT Belt Unit into the main unit.
(10) Perform “F8-30 Color Registration” in the Service
Mode.
(11) Perform “Manual Copy Quality Adjustment”
1. Before starting, ensure that the unit is in standby in the
Copy Mode, and it is not displaying any error codes/
messages.
2. Press the “Function” key.
3. Select “General Settings”.
4. Select “01 Manual Copy Quality Adj”.
5. Select “On”.
6. Select “OK” to begin the Manual Copy Quality
adjustment.
Note:
Do not touch any keys, or turn the Power Switch Off
until the adjustment cycle stops (approximately 1-2
minutes).
7. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings
mode.

232
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.21. 720K PM Kit (DQ-M40Z72 / DQ-M35S72 / DQ-M32N72)

233
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.21.1. Replacement
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine
to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

3.21.1.1. Fuser Unit, Fuser Drive Unit, Intermediate Rollers, and Exit / Feed Rollers
(1) Remove 11 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “3.21.1. Replacement : CAUTION!” once
again.

(3) Remove 1 Screw (Y3).

(4) Remove the CONE PC Board (3922).

(5) Remove 12 Screws (X5).

(6) Disconnect all SC Connectors.
(7) Remove the Harnesses from 5 Clamps.
(8) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting, and
turning to left as illustrated.

234
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.

(10) Remove 3 Screws (S6).

(11) Remove the Right Side Rear Cover.

(12) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(13) Remove the Interlock Assy.

(14) Remove the Interlock Switch Unit.

Caution:
When reinstalling the Interlock Switch Unit, insert the
Lever first as illustrated.

235
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(15) Remove 1 Screw (X5).

(16) Remove the Exit Pulley Plate.
(17) Remove the Belt.

<Replacing the Fuser Unit>

(18) Loosen 2 Screws.
(19) Pull the Fuser Unit out.

(20) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(21) Remove the Exit Roller Assembly.

236
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Replacing the Fuser Drive Unit>

(22) Disconnect the Harness.
(23) Remove 4 Screws (X5).
(24) Lift, and remove the Fuser Drive Unit in the direction
shown by the arrow.

DP-C354 Series / DP-C322 Series

(25) Release the Harness from 9 Clamps, and 1 Edge
Saddle.
(26) Disconnect the Harness from the Stepping Motor
(3706).
(27) Disconnect all the Harness on the MOTDRV PC
Board (6504).
(28) Replacing to the enclosed Harness.

<Replacing the Upper/Lower Intermediated Rollers>

(29) Remove the Fax Box, and/or HDD Unit if installed by
following the steps below.
(30) Disconnect all the Harnesses.
(31) Remove 3 Screws, and remove the Fax Box.
(32) Remove 2 Screws, and remove the HDD Unit.

237
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(33) Remove 1 Screw.

(34) Pull out the Handle.
(35) Lift, and remove the Handle Assembly in the
direction shown by the arrow.

(36) Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp.

(37) Remove the Upper Snap Ring.
(38) Remove the Lower Snap Ring.
Note:
For DP-C406 / C405 / C306 / C305 Only with the
Lower Clutch.

(39) Remove the Belt.

(40) Remove the Upper Gear.
(41) Remove the Upper Clutch.

238
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(42) Remove the Lower Gear.

DP-C406 / C405 / C306 / C305 Only

(43) Remove the Lower Clutch.

(44) Remove 2 Screws (S6).

(45) Remove the Right Side Front Cover.

(46) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.

(47) Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray Cover (2918) as
illustrated.

(48) Release the Harnesses from the Harness Clamps.

239
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(49) Disconnect 6 Connectors (CN406, CN407, CN408,

CN409, CN410 and CN411).
(50) Release the Harnesses from the Harness Clamps.

(51) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.

(52) Remove the Snap Ring.

(53) Release the Latch.

(54) Release the Lock Lever by pushing it in the direction

shown by the arrow.

240
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(55) Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit by

pushing the lock lever in the direction shown by the
arrow.

(56) Remove 2 Screws (X8).

(57) Remove the Tray Cover.

(58) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(59) Remove the Registration Guide.

(60) Remove the Sheet Bypass Unit by pushing the shaft

in the direction shown by the arrow.

241
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(61) Pull Tray 1 and Tray 2 half way out.

(62) Remove 2 Screws.
(63) Release 2 Harness Clamps.
(64) Disconnect the Harness.

(65) Remove the Upper Unit and Lower Unit by turning to

the left.

(66) Open the Front Cover.

(67) Remove 2 Screws.
(68) Remove the Arm Joint by releasing the Latch.

242
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(69) Unlock 2 Levers by turning in the upward direction,

and sliding to the right.
(70) Remove the Front Cover.

(71) Remove 4 Screws (S6).

(72) Remove the Mechanical Counter Cover.
(73) Open the Upper Right Cover, and remove 1 Screw.
(74) Remove the Front Right Cover by releasing the
Latch.

DP-C406 Series / DP-C405 Series

(75) Remove the Upper Snap Ring.
(76) Remove the Upper Ball Bearing.
(77) Remove the Lower Snap Ring.
(78) Remove the Lower Ball Bearing.
Caution:
When reinstalling, make sure that the Ball Bearing
(Not Metal Bearing) is installed properly as same
position (Rear).

DP-C354 Series / DP-C322 Series

(79) Remove the Upper Snap Ring.
(80) Remove the Upper Bearing.
(81) Remove the Lower Snap Ring.
(82) Remove the Lower Bearing.

243
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(83) Pull the Handle out.

<Replacing the Upper Intermediate Roller>

(84) Remove the Snap Ring.
(85) Remove the Bearing.
(86) Remove the Upper Intermediate Roller by sliding to
the left first, and then pulling the right side out.
(87) Remove the Gear.
(88) Replace the Upper Intermediate Roller.
Caution: DP-C406 Series / DP-C405 Series
When reinstalling, make sure that the Bearing (Not
Ball Bearing) is installed properly as same position
(Front).

<Replacing the Lower Intermediate Roller>

(89) Remove the Snap Ring.
(90) Remove the Bearing.
(91) Remove the Lower Intermediate Roller by sliding to
the left first, and then pulling the right side out.
(92) Remove the Gear.
(93) Replace the Lower Intermediate Roller.
Caution: DP-C406 Series / DP-C405 Series
When reinstalling, make sure that the Bearing (Not
Ball Bearing) is installed properly as same position
(Front).

<Replacing the Exit/Feed Rollers>

(1) Open the Right Side Upper Cover.

244
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(2) Remove 3 Screws.

(3) Remove 2 Screws on both sides.

(4) Remove 2 Metal Parts on both sides.

(5) Remove the Fuser Exit Guide.

245
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Remove the Snap Ring.

(7) Remove 2 E-Rings on the front side.

(8) Remove 4 Bushings on the both sides.
(9) Remove the Gears.

<Replacing the Exit Roller>

(10) Remove the Exit Roller by sliding to the Right first,
and then pulling the Left side out.
(11) Replace with the new Exit Roller.

<Replacing the Feed Roller>

(12) Remove the Feed Roller by sliding to the Right first,
and then pulling the Left side out.
(13) Replace with the new Feed Roller.

246
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.21.1.2. IT Drive Gear (Removing the PC Board and the Drive Unit)
<Removing the PC Boards>
(1) Remove 11 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(3) Remove 1 Screw (Y3).

(4) Remove the CONE PC Board (3922).

(5) Remove 12 Screws (X5).

(6) Remove all the Harnesses from the SC PC Board.
(7) Remove 5 Clamps.
(8) Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting, and
turning to the Left as shown by the arrows.

247
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 6 Screws (Y31).

(10) Release the Harness from 3 Harness Clamps.
(11) Remove the Center Bracket.

(12) Remove 4 Screws (X5).

(13) Remove the Left EC PCB Bracket (3909).

(14) Remove the Harnesses from the EC PC Board

Assembly.
(15) Remove 7 Screws (X5).
(16) Remove the EC PCB Assembly by lifting, and pulling
as shown by the arrow.

248
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(17) Remove all the Harnesses from HVPS2 PC Board,

and Bracket.
(18) Remove 4 Screws (X5).
(19) Pull the HVPS2 PCB Assembly out.

(20) Remove 3 Screws (X5).

(21) Pull the HVPS1 PC Board Assembly out.

<Removing the Motor Drive Unit>

(22) Open the Front Cover.
(23) Remove the Toner Waste Container.
(24) Turn the Levers counterclockwise.
(25) Pull all the Drum Units out by approximately 20mm
(0.79 in).
Note:
When pulling the Drum Unit out, exercise care not to
expose the Drum.

(26) Remove 2 Screws (X5).

(27) Remove the SC Support Bracket (3903).

249
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(28) Release the Harnesses from 11 Clamps, and the

Drive Unit.

(29) Remove the Main Drive Unit (5811).

(30) Remove 12 Screws (Y19).

<Replacing the IT Drive Gear>

(31) Remove 1 E-Ring.
(32) Replace the IT Drive Gear (6007).

250
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.21.1.3. VOC Filter (For Germany / Italy only with DQ-M35S72-PM) : DP-C354 Series Only
(1) Loosen 11 Screws (S6).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(3) Remove the IH VOC Filter (3927) by turning to the

right.
(4) Install the New IH VOC Filter.

(5) Remove the Toner VOC Filter (3928).

(6) Install the New Toner VOC Filter.

(7) Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly.

251
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Open the Right Side Upper Cover.

(9) Remove 10 Screws, and 1 Fixing Metal Plate.

(10) Remove the ADU Upper Guide.

(11) Remove 1 Screw.

(12) Remove the Release Lever.

252
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Remove 2 Screws.

(14) Remove the Right Side Cover.

(15) Replace the Exit VOC Filter (234).

(16) Install the Right Side Cover by lifting the Lever up.

253
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(17) Reinstall the Release Lever as illustrated.

Caution:
If NOT reinstalling the Lever, the Cover cannot be
opened.

(18) Secure with 1 Screw.

(19) Reinstall the Harness Fastening Metal Plate as

illustrated.

254
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.21.1.4. STR Unit, and Intermediate Transfer (IT) Unit
(1) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.
(2) Open the Lower Right Side Cover.
(3) Remove 2 Screws (Y16).
(4) Remove the Guide Bracket Assembly.

(5) Remove the STR Unit (2535).

(6) Remove the Snap Ring (2714).

(7) Remove the Support Arm Assembly.

255
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(8) Push on the STR Guide to lock it in the down position.

(9) Remove 2 Screws (Y45).

<Pulling the Intermediate Transfer (IT) Unit out>

(10) Push down the white latches on both sides, and pull
on them to release the IT Unit from the locked
position.

(11) While holding the IT Unit by the center as illustrated,

slide it out until it stops.

256
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(12) While holding the IT Unit on both sides, release the

lock by pushing the lever to the right.

(13) Carefully pull the IT Unit (3420) out of the machine

while holding it by both sides.

Caution:
Pull the IT Unit out straight, and leveled (horizontal), or
the IT Belt may get damaged, and the printing quality
will be affected.

<Cleaning the Initial Point Sensor>

(14) Clean the Initial Point Sensor with a dry cotton swab.
Note:
When cleaning, wipe the surface of the sensor with a
dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated.

257
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Cleaning the Color Registration, and the Toner

Density Sensor>
(15) Slide the Sensor Cover toward the front as illustrated.
(16) While holding it in the open position, wipe the surface
of the Color Registration, and of the Toner Density
Sensors through the frame holes.
Note:
When cleaning, wipe the surface of the sensors with a
dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated.

<Reinstalling the IT Unit>

(17) Maintain the IT Unit leveled by holding it on both sides
while installing it into the machine.
Note:
When installing, ensure that the STR Bracket locks in
place.

Note:
Slide the IT Unit along the guide rails on both sides.

(18) Push on both sides until the 2 white levers lock the IT
Unit into place.

258
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(19) Unlock the STR Guide.

Caution:
When unlocking, exercise care not to pinch your
fingers with the STR Guide.

(20) Install the STR Unit.

Note:
During the installation ensure that the hook is properly
attached.

(21) Reinstall the Guide Bracket.

Note:
When reinstalling, make sure that the convex is in the
hole as illustrated.

(22) Reinstall the Support Arm Assembly.

(23) Reinstall the Snap Ring.
(24) Close the Lower Right Side Cover.
(25) Close the Sheet Bypass Tray.

259
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.22. Signal Waveform
3.22.1. Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations

Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations

Signal Name Function
*A Sub Motor Phase A
*B Sub Motor Phase B
+10V +10V DC Power Supply
+2.5V +2.5V DC Power Supply
+24V +24V DC Power Supply
+24V_1 +24V DC Power Supply
+24V_2 +24V DC Power Supply
+24V_3 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VD +24V DC Power Supply
+24VF +24V DC Power Supply
+24VF_1 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VF_2 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VF_3 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VF_4 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VM +24V DC Power Supply
+24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VM_3 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VM_4 +24V DC Power Supply
+24VS +24V DC Power Supply
+3.3V +24V DC Power Supply
+5V +5V DC Power Supply
+5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
+5V_2 +5V DC Power Supply
+5V_3 +5V DC Power Supply
+5V_4 +5V DC Power Supply
+5VADF +5V DC Power Supply
+5V_HOME +5V DC Power Supply for Belt Home Position Sensor
+5V_LSU_1 +5V DC Power Supply for LSU
+5V_LSU_2 +5V DC Power Supply for LSU
+5V_RR +5V DC Power Supply Signal for OHP Registration Sensor
+5VD +5V DC Power Supply
+5VLSU_IN +5V DC Power Supply
+5VP +5V DC Power Supply
+5VSW_1 +5V DC Switching Power Supply
+5VSW_2 +5V DC Switching Power Supply
100V/200V Output is controlled by the Signal Level (100V/120V : 0V; 230V : 5V)
100V_200V 100V/200V Identifying Signal
24V +24V DC Power Supply
3.3V +3.3V VDC Power Supply
A FTR/STR/Fuser/Sub Motor Phase A
A[0] Address Bus Bit 0
A[1] Address Bus Bit 1
A[2] Address Bus Bit 2

260
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
A[3] Address Bus Bit 3
A[4] Address Bus Bit 4
A[5] Address Bus Bit 5
A[6] Address Bus Bit 6
A[7] Address Bus Bit 7
A0 Address
A1 Address
A10/AP Address
A11 Address
A12 Address
A2 Address
A3 Address
A4 Address
A5 Address
A6 Address
A7 Address
A8 Address
A9 Address
ADFFIFOCLK Serial Interface Clock
ADFFIFODIN Input Serial Data
ADFFIFODOUT Output Serial Data
ADFFIFOENB Serial Interface Enable
ADFFIFOLD Serial Interface Load Signal
ADFFIFOLTH Serial Interface Latch Signal
ADFMMCLK Main Motor Clock
ADFPMCLK Paper Feed Motor Clock
ADUENB ADU Serial Driver Enable Data Signal
ADULD ADU Serial Load
ADULATCH ADU Serial Latch
ADUSICLK ADU Serial Clock
ADUSIIN ADU Serial Data Input
ADUSIOUT ADU Serial Data Output
AGND Analog Ground
APFLD AFP Serial Load
APFLT AFP Serial Latch
APFMCLK APF Motor Clock
APFSICLK APF Serial Clock
APFSIIN APF Serial Data Input
APFSIOUT APF Serial Data Output
ASICRCLK- Reserve Clock -
ASICRCLK+ Reserve Clock +
ATA0 HDD Address Bus
ATA1 HDD Address Bus
ATA2 HDD Address Bus
ATAINT HDD B807 Signal
ATCS0 Second HDD Selection Signal
ATCS1 Primary HDD Selection Signal
ATD0 HDD Data Bus

261
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
ATD1 HDD Data Bus
ATD10 HDD Data Bus
ATD11 HDD Data Bus
ATD12 HDD Data Bus
ATD13 HDD Data Bus
ATD14 HDD Data Bus
ATD15 HDD Data Bus
ATD2 HDD Data Bus
ATD3 HDD Data Bus
ATD4 HDD Data Bus
ATD5 HDD Data Bus
ATD6 HDD Data Bus
ATD7 HDD Data Bus
ATD8 HDD Data Bus
ATD9 HDD Data Bus
ATIORD HDD Data Read Signal
ATIORDY HDDRW Ready Signal
ATIOWR HDD Data Write Signal
ATRST Reset Signal
B Motor Phase B
BA0 Address
BA1 Address
BBA0 Address
BBA1 Address
BDCLK0 L Word Clock
BDCLK1 H Word Clock
BLCNT Back Light Control Signal
BLSN_C Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal C
BLSN_K Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal K
BLSN_M Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal M
BLSN_Y Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal Y
BLUESCLK - Blue AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock - (BLUESCLK-)
BLUESCLK + Blue AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock + (BLUESCLK+)
BMA0 Address
BMA1 Address
BMA10 Address
BMA11 Address
BMA12 Address
BMA15 Address
BMA2 Address
BMA3 Address
BMA4 Address
BMA5 Address
BMA6 Address
BMA7 Address
BMA8 Address
BMA9 Address
BMD0 Data

262
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
BMD1 Data
BMD10 Data
BMD11 Data
BMD12 Data
BMD13 Data
BMD14 Data
BMD16 Data
BMD17 Data
BMD18 Data
BMD19 Data
BMD2 Data
BMD20 Data
BMD21 Data
BMD22 Data
BMD23 Data
BMD24 Data
BMD25 Data
BMD26 Data
BMD27 Data
BMD28 Data
BMD29 Data
BMD3 Data
BMD30 Data
BMD31 Data
BMD4 Data
BMD5 Data
BMD6 Data
BMD7 Data
BMD8 Data
BMD9 Data
BZ+ Buzzer Power Supply
BZCLK Buzzer Clock
C_CLK_CK Bias Charge AC Output Clock (CK)
C_CLK_YM Bias Charge AC Output Clock (YM)
Card_Detect Card Detection Signal
CAS Column Address Select
CB0 No Connection
CB1 No Connection
CB2 No Connection
CB3 No Connection
CB4 No Connection
CB5 No Connection
CB6 No Connection
CB7 No Connection
CBTMCLK Belt Motor Clock
CBTMGAIN Belt Motor Gain
CCDASICLK- CCD-ASIC System Clock -
CCDASICLK+ CCD-ASIC System Clock +

263
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
CD/DAT3 Data
CK0 Clock
CK1 Clock
CK2 Clock
CKE0 Clock Enable
CKE1 Clock Enable
CL1 Latch Signal
CL2 Shift Clock
CLK Clock
CMD Command
CREG_LD_L Left Registration Sensor LED Reference
CREG_LD_M Middle Registration Sensor LED Reference
CREG_LD_R Right Registration Sensor LED Reference
CREG_OT_L Input Left Registration Sensor
CREG_OT_M Input Middle Registration Sensor
CREG_OT_R Input Right Registration Sensor
CSSRXD Input CSS RXD
CSSTXD Output CSS TXD
CT1 Common Terminal 1 Signal
D- Data
D[0] Data Bus Bit 0
D[1] Data Bus Bit 1
D[2] Data Bus Bit 2
D[3] Data Bus Bit 3
D[4] Data Bus Bit 4
D[5] Data Bus Bit 5
D[6] Data Bus Bit 6
D[7] Data Bus Bit 7
D_CLK_CK Bias Charge AC Output Clock (CK)
D_CLK_nCK Bias Charge AC Output Clock (CK)
D_CLK_nYM Developer Bias AC Clock (YM)
D_CLK_YM Developer Bias AC Clock (YM)
D+ Data
D0 Data
D1 Data
D2 Data
D3 Data
D4 Data
D5 Data
D6 Data
D7 Data
DASP HDD Activation Signal
DATA_C Image Data (C) +
DATA_K Image Data (K) +
DATA_M Image Data (M) +
DATA_Y Image Data (Y) +
DATA0 Data
DATA1 Data

264
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
DATA2 Data
DCLKC Data Clock C
DCLKK K Data Clock
DCLKM M Data Clock
DCLKY Y Data Clock
DCS_M Middle Registration Sensor Detection Range Switch
DEV1CLK Developer Motor 1 Clock
DEV1GAIN Developer Motor 1 Gain
DEV2CLK Developer Motor 2 Clock
DEV2GAIN Developer Motor 2 Gain
DGLRST Dongle Reset
DM0 Data Mask
DM1 Data Mask
DM2 Data Mask
DM3 Data Mask
DM4 Data Mask
DM5 Data Mask
DM6 Data Mask
DM7 Data Mask
DM8 Data Mask
DNGL1 Dongle 1 Select
DNGL2 Dongle 2 Select
DNGL3 Dongle 3 Select
DNGLCD1 Presence of Dongle Key 1
DNGLCD2 Presence of Dongle Key 2
DNGLCD3 Presence of Dongle Key 3
DNLDCL Download Clock
DNLDDT Download Data
DQ0 Data
DQ1 Data
DQ10 Data
DQ11 Data
DQ12 Data
DQ13 Data
DQ14 Data
DQ15 Data
DQ16 Data
DQ17 Data
DQ18 Data
DQ19 Data
DQ2 Data
DQ20 Data
DQ21 Data
DQ22 Data
DQ23 Data
DQ24 Data
DQ25 Data
DQ26 Data

265
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
DQ27 Data
DQ28 Data
DQ29 Data
DQ3 Data
DQ30 Data
DQ31 Data
DQ32 Data
DQ33 Data
DQ34 Data
DQ35 Data
DQ36 Data
DQ37 Data
DQ38 Data
DQ39 Data
DQ4 Data
DQ40 Data
DQ41 Data
DQ42 Data
DQ43 Data
DQ44 Data
DQ45 Data
DQ46 Data
DQ47 Data
DQ48 Data
DQ49 Data
DQ5 Data
DQ50 Data
DQ51 Data
DQ52 Data
DQ53 Data
DQ54 Data
DQ55 Data
DQ56 Data
DQ57 Data
DQ58 Data
DQ59 Data
DQ6 Data
DQ60 Data
DQ61 Data
DQ62 Data
DQ63 Data
DQ7 Data
DQ8 Data
DQ9 Data
DQS0 Data
DQS1 Data
DQS2 Data
DQS3 Data

266
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
DQS4 Data
DQS5 Data
DQS6 Data
DQS7 Data
DQS8 Data
ECDI1 SC Data Input 1 Signal
ECDI2 SC Data Input 2 Signal
ECDO1 SC Data Output 1 Signal
ECDO2 SC Data Output 2 Signal
ECPRG Program Download Data
ECRDY Engine Ready Signal
ECRST Reset Signal
ECSTS Engine Status Signal
F1 Shift Register Clock 1
F2 Shift Register Clock 2
F2L Last Stage Shift Register Clock
FAN+24V1 Ground
FAN+24V2 Ground
FAN1SN +24V DC Power Supply
FAN2SN +24V DC Power Supply
FCP Reset Feed Through Level Clamp Clock
FLM Frame Signal
FR Reset Gate Clock
FTG1 Transfer Gate Clock 1
FTG2 Transfer Gate Clock 2
FTRMCLK FTR Motor Clock
FTRMON_C FTR Voltage Monitor C
FTRMON_K FTR Voltage Monitor K
FTRMON_M FTR Voltage Monitor M
FTRMON_Y FTR Voltage Monitor Y
FUMCLK Fuser Motor Clock
FUMREF Fuser Motor Reference
FUROTSN1 Fuser Rotor Sensor 1
FUROTSN2 Fuser Rotor Sensor 2
GAIN Gain Control
GAIN_K Laser Gain (C, K)
GAIN_Y Laser Gain (Y, M)
GLA Green LED Anode Signal
GLK(GND) Green LED Cathode Signal
GND Ground
GND_1 Ground
GND_2 Ground
GND_3 GND
GND_4 GND
GND_5 GND
GND_6 GND
GND_7 GND
GND_8 GND

267
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
GND_9 GND
GREENSCLK- Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock +
GREENSCLK+ Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock +
HSYNCC C Horizontal Synchronized Signal
HSYNCK K Horizontal Synchronized Signal
HSYNCM M Horizontal Synchronized Signal
HSYNCY Y Horizontal Synchronized Signal
HUMISN Humidity Sensor
IH_ROTSN2 Fuser Rotor Encoder Output 2
IHADIN IH AD Converter Data Output
IHADO IH AD Converter Data Input
IHPWR IH Power OWM Output
IO16 16 Bit Block Transfer Control Signal
IPRXD Finisher Serial RXD
IPTXD Finisher Serial TXD
KIN0 Key Input Signal
KIN3 Key Input Signal
KIN4 Key Input Signal
KIN5 Key Input Signal
KIN6 Key Input Signal
KYE No Connection
LD_ERS_C1 Discharge LED C Power Supply 1
LD_ERS_C2 Discharge LED C Power Supply 2
LD_ERS_K1 Discharge LED K Power Supply 1
LD_ERS_K2 Discharge LED K Power Supply 2
LD_ERS_M1 Discharge LED M Power Supply 1
LD_ERS_M2 Discharge LED M Power Supply 2
LD_ERS_Y1 Discharge LED Y Power Supply 1
LD_ERS_Y2 Discharge LED Y Power Supply 2
LDADUDR Right Sub Cover Sensor Power Supply
LDADUPP0 ADU Path Sensor 0 Power Supply
LDADUPP2 ADU Path Sensor 2 Power Supply
LDBL_C Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal C Power Supply
LDBL_K Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal K Power Supply
LDBL_M Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal M Power Supply
LDBL_Y Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal Y Power Supply
LDCST1a Tray 1 Sensor a Power Supply
LDCST1b Tray 1 Sensor b Power Supply
LDCST2a Tray 2 Sensor a Power Supply
LDCST2b Tray 2 Sensor b Power Supply
LDCST3 +5V DC Power Supply
LDCST4 +5V DC Power Supply
LDFTR1 FTR 1 Sensor Power Supply
LDFTRÇQ FTR 2 Sensor Power Supply
LDFUEX Fuser Exit Sensor Power Supply
LDFUIN Fuser Entrance Sensor Power Supply
LDFURT1 Fuser Rotor Sensor 1 Power Supply
LDFURT2 Fuser Rotor Sensor 2 Power Supply

268
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
LDHFL Sheet Bypass Length Sensor Power Supply
LDHFPE Sheet Bypass Tray Paper Detection Sensor Power Supply
LDHFS1 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor Power Supply
LDHFS2 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor 2 Power Supply
LDHFS3 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor 3 Power Supply
LDHV_CK DAC0 Serial Data Latch Signal (CK)
LDHV_T DAC0 Serial Data Latch Signal
LDHV_YM AC0 Serial Data Latch Signal (YM)
LDIHC1 IH Core Sensor 1 Power Supply
LDIHC2 IH Core Sensor 2 Power Supply
LDINRSN Inner Exit Sensor Power Supply
LDJAM Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Power Supply
LDJDR Jam Release Door Sensor Power Supply
LDLFTSN +5V DC Power Supply
LDOPC_BK OPC Gear Phase Sensor BK Power Supply
LDOPC_C New OPC Drum Detection Sensor C Power Supply
LDOPC_COL OPC Gear Phase Sensor Color Power Supply
LDOPC_K New OPC Drum Detection Sensor K Power Supply
LDOPC_M New OPC Drum Detection Sensor M Power Supply
LDOPC_Y New OPC Drum Detection Sensor Y Power Supply
LDOQDOSN +5V DC Power Supply
LDPEWSN3 +5V DC Power Supply
LDPEWSN4 +5V DC Power Supply
LDPR1 Pressure Roller Sensor 1 Power Supply
LDPR2 Pressure Roller Sensor 2 Power Supply
LDSHT Shutter Open and Close Detection Sensor Power Supply
LDSTR1 STR 1 Sensor Power Supply
LDSTR2 STR 2 Sensor Power Supply
LDTF Waste Toner Full Sensor Power Supply
LDTRUCVSN +5V DC Power Supply
LDTRUSN +5V DC Power Supply
LDWTB Waste Toner Bottle Detection Sensor Power Supply
LED0 LED 0 Activation Signal
LED1 LED 1 Activation Signal
LED2 LED 2 Activation Signal
LED24V-1 LED Power Supply
LED24V-2 LED Power Supply
LED3 LED 3 Activation Signal
LED4 LED 4 Activation Signal
LED5 LED 5 Activation Signal
LED6 LED 6 Activation Signal
LED7 LED 7 Activation Signal
LED8 LED 8 Activation Signal
LEDPGND LED Control
Live 100/120/230V VAC Power Supply
LSUDACK LSU DA Converter Clock
LSUDALD LSU DA Converter Load
LSUDAOUT LSU DA Converter Data Output

269
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
LUM3-1 +24V DC Power Supply
LUM3-2 LUM Control
LUM4-1 +24V DC Power Supply
LUM4-2 LUM Control
LVSCLK- Flat Link LVDS Shift Clock (LVSCLK-)
LVSCLK+ Flat Link LVDS Shift Clock (LVSCLK+)
mask1 CCD Drive Control Signal
mask2 CCD Drive Control Signal
MEXFAN Right Cover Fan Power Supply
MGND Power Ground
MOTLT Motor Driver Serial Latch
MOTSICLK Motor Driver Serial Clock
MOTSIOUT Motor Driver Serial Data Output
N.C. No Connection
nADFDXSN Duplex Signal
nADFORGSEN Original Detection Sensor (ADF)
nADFRRSN1 Registration Roller Sensor 1 Signal
nADFRRSN2 Registration Roller Sensor 2 Signal
nADFSN ADF PCB Sensor
nADUCL1 ADU Clutch 1 Control Signal
nADUCL2 ADU Clutch 2 Control Signal
nADUDRSN Right Sub Cover Sensor Signal
nADUENB ADU Serial Driver Enable Data Signal
nADULD ADU Serial Load Data Signal
nADULATCH ADU Serial Latch Data Signal
nADUPP0 ADU Path Sensor 0 Signal
nADUPP1 ADU Path Sensor 1 Signal
nADUPP2 ADU Path Sensor 2 Signal
nADUSICLK ADU Serial Data Clock Signal
nADUSIDI ADU Serial Data Output Signal
nADUSIDO ADU Serial Data Input Signal
nAPFENB Serial Interface Enable
nBAL0 Remaining Amount Signal
nBCAS Column Address Select
nBCD Presence of Page Memory PC Board Signal
nBCKE Clock Enable
nBCS2 Select for IC 1, 2
nBCS3 Select for IC 3, 4
nBCS4 Select for IC 5, 6
nBCS5 Select for IC 7, 8
nBDQMH Data Mask H Bite
nBDQML Data Mask L Bite
nBID0 Storage Capacity
nBID1 Storage Capacity
nBID2 Storage Capacity
nBLKCLP High-Active Black Level Clamp Switch Input Signal
nBMWT Memory Write

270
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
nBRAS RAW Address Select
nBTM_C Bottle Motor C Activation Signal
nBTM_K Bottle Motor K Activation Signal
nBTM_M Bottle Motor M Activation Signal
nBTM_Y Bottle Motor Y Activation Signal
nBWCT Monochrome Count
NC No Connection
nCBTMENB Belt Motor Enable
nCBTMRDY Belt Motor Lock Detection
nCCDRST CCD Board System Reset
nCCTCNT Card Counter Activation Signal
nCLPIN Input Clamp Enable
nCLPIN1 Input Clamp Enable
nCPPSN3 Tray 3 Paper Path Sensor Signal
nCPPSN4 Tray 4 Paper Path Sensor Signal
nCST3 Tray 3 Paper Feed Sensor Signal
nCST4 Tray 4 Paper Feed Sensor Signal
nCSTSN1a Tray 1 Detection Sensor
nCSTSN1b Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (Paper Tray Sensor : Tray 1)
nCSTSN2a Tray 2 Detection Sensor
nCSTSN2b Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (Paper Tray Sensor : Tray 2)
nCSTU3 Tray 3 Unit Sensor
nCSTU4 Tray 4 Unit Sensor
nDATA_C Image Data (C) +
nDATA_K Image Data (K) +
nDATA_M Image Data (M) +
nDATA_Y Image Data (Y) +
nDEV1ENB Developer Motor 1 Enable
nDEV1RDY Developer Motor 1 Lock Detection
nDEV2ENB Developer Motor 2 Enable
nDEV2RDY Developer Motor 2 Lock Detection
nDISPOFF Display Off Signal
nERSLED_C Discharge LED C Activation Signal
nERSLED_K Discharge LED K Activation Signal
nERSLED_M Discharge LED M Activation Signal
nERSLED_Y Discharge LED Y Activation Signal
Neutral 100V-240V AC Power Supply
nFAXRING Fax Received Detection Signal
nFCCT Full Color Count
nFDOPSN Front Door Open Detection Signal
nFEEDCT Paper Feed Signal
nFTRMCLK FTR Motor Clock
nFTRSN1 FTR 1 Sensor
nFTRSN2 FTR 2 Sensor
nFUEXSN Fuser Exit Sensor Signal
nFUINSN Fuser Entrance Sensor Signal
nFUMCLK Fuser Motor Clock
nFINISHER_SENS Finisher Detection Signal

271
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
nGYAKUTENCL 2-Way Roller Clutch Control Signal
nHFCL Sheet Bypass Tray Paper Feed Clutch Sensor Signal
nHFLSN Sheet Bypass Length Sensor Signal
nHFPESN Sheet Bypass Tray Paper Detection Sensor Signal
nHFSOL Sheet Bypass Tray Pickup Solenoid Sensor Signal
nHFSSN1 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor Signal
nHFSSN3 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor 3 Signal
nHPSN Home Position Sensor
nHSYNC_K Horizontal Synchronizing Signal C, K
nHSYNC_Y Horizontal Synchronizing Signal Y, M
nHVEN_CK High Voltage Power Supply Output Control Signal (CK)
nHVEN_T High Voltage Power Supply Output Enabling Signal (T)
nHVEN_YM High Voltage Power Supply Output Control Signal (YM)
nIHADCK IH AD Converter Clock
nIHADCS IH AD Converter Chip Select
nIHCM_A IH Core Motor Phase A
nIHCM_AB IH Core Motor Phase AB
nIHCM_B IH Core Motor Phase B
nIHCM_BB IH Core Motor Phase BB
nIHCSN1 IH Core Sensor 1
nIHCSN2 IH Core Sensor 2
nIHDFCNT IH Driver Fan Activation Signal
nIHDFRDY IH Driver Fan Lock Detection
nIHRDY IH Fan Lock Detection
nIHRELAY IH Power Fan Relay Activation Signal
nINRSN Inner Exit Sensor Signal
nIPCCS IPC Chip Select
nJAMSN Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor
nKCCNT Key Counter Activation Signal
nKCS Key Counter Pull Out Detection
nLBSN3 Tray 3 Paper Detection Sensor Signal
nLBSN4 Tray 4 Paper Detection Sensor Signal
nLDENB LSU Enable
nLEDACT Active LED (Green) Activation Signal
nLEDALM1 Alarm LED (Red) Activation Signal
nLEDALM2-1 Alarm 1 LED (Orange) Activation Signal
nLEDALM2-2 Alarm 2 LED (Orange) Activation Signal
nLEDDAT Print Data LED (Green) Activation Signal
nLEDSLP Energy Saver LED Activation Signal
nLFTSN Transfer Roller Unit Cover Sensor
nLPCNT Inverter Drive Control Signal
nLPF_RDY Signal Ready
nLPOW1 +3.3V Power Supply Output Control
nLPOW2 +5V Power Supply Output Control
nLSUTFRDY LSU Cooling Fan Lock Detection
nLUM1 Lift Up Motor 1
nLUM2 Lift Up Motor 2
nMCCT Monochrome Color Count

272
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
nMCRUN Activation Monitoring Signal
nMEXFRDY Right Cover Fan Ready Signal
nMO_C Laser Monitor C
nMO_K Laser Monitor K
nMO_M Laser Monitor M
nMO_Y Laser Monitor Y
nMOTENB Motor Driver Serial Driver Enable
nMOTLT Latch
nMOTSIOUT Serial Data
nOGMLK Lock Signal
nOPC_BKSN OPC Gear Phase Sensor BK
nOPC_COLSN OPC Gear Phase Sensor Color
nOPC1ENB OPC Motor 1 Enable
nOPC1RDY OPC Motor 1 Lock Detection
nOPC2ENB OPC Motor 2 Enable
nOPC2RDY OPC Motor 2 Lock Detection
nOPCNEW_C New OPC Drum Detection Signal C
nOPCNEW_K New OPC Drum Detection Signal K
nOPCNEW_M New OPC Drum Detection Signal M
nOPCNEW_Y New OPC Drum Detection Signal Y
nOQDOSN Open and Close Tray 4 Light Door Detection Sensor
nOQMCT Motor Control
nOQRRCL Registration Roller Clutch
nORGSEN Original Size Sensor Signal
nORSIZIN0 Original Size 0 Sensor
nORSIZIN1 Original Size 1 Sensor
nORSIZIN2 Original Size 2 Sensor
nORSIZIN3 Original Size 3 Sensor
nORSIZIN4 Original Size 4 Sensor
nPASN Platen Angle Sensor
nPCRCL Intermediate Roller Clutch
nPCSN Sensor Platen Cover
nPESN1 Tray 1 Paper Empty Sensor Signal
nPESN2 Tray 2 Paper Empty Sensor Signal
nPESN3 Tray 3 Paper Empty Sensor Signal
nPESN4 Tray 4 Paper Empty Sensor Signal
nPEWSN3 Tray 3 Paper Empty Sensor Warning Signal
nPEWSN4 Tray 4 Paper Empty Sensor Warning Signal
nPEXFRDY Paper Exit Fan Lock Detection
nPFCL1 Tray 1 Feed Clutch Control Signal
nPFCL2 Tray 2 Feed Clutch Control Signal
nPFCL3 Tray 3 Feed Clutch Control Signal
nPFCL4 Tray 4 Feed Clutch Control Signal
nPFMENB Paper Feed Motor Enable
nPFMRDY Paper Feed Motor Lock Detection
nPFSOL1 Power Supply for 1st Tray Pickup Solenoid
nPFSOL2 Paper Feed Solenoid 2
nPMCNT Polygon Motor Activation Signal

273
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
nPMRDY Polygon Motor Lock Detection
nPNLRST Reset for PNL PCB
nPPSN1 Tray 1 Paper Path Sensor Signal
nPPSN2 Paper Path Sensor 2
nPRFRDY Pressure Roller Fan Lock Detection
nPRGDWN Control Program Download
nPRSN1 Pressure Roller Sensor 1
nPRSN2 Pressure Roller Sensor 2
nSRST Scanner CPU PCB Reset
nPUSOL3 Tray 3 Solenoid Control Signal
nPUSOL4 Tray 4 Solenoid Control Signal
nPUSSOL 1 ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal
nPUSSOL 2 ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal
nRD Read
nRESERVCLK Sub Motor Clock
nRRCL Registration Clutch
nRST5 Reset
nRSTMO Motor Driver Serial Driver Reset
nSACK Scanner Acknowledge Signal
nSCNMA Scan Motor Control A
nSCNMAB Scan Motor Control *A
nSCNMB Scan Motor Control B
nSCNMBB Scan Motor Control *B
nSEITENCL 2-Way Roller Clutch Control Signal
nSENSB Serial Interface Blue AFE Low-Active Chip Enable
nSENSG Serial Interface Green AFE Low-Active Chip Enable
nSENSR Serial Interface Red AFE Low-Active Chip Enable
nSENTIM Image Sent Signal
nSH_C Laser Sample Hold Control C
nSH_K Laser Sample Hold Control K
nSH_M Laser Sample Hold Control M
nSH_Y Laser Sample Hold Control Y
nSHIN Shading Interrupt Signal
nSHTSN Open and Close Shutter Detection Sensor
nSHTSOL Shutter Solenoid
nSIZE0 Paper Size Signal 0
nSIZE1 Paper Size Signal 1
nSIZE2 Paper Size Signal 2
nSIZE3 Paper Size Signal 3
nSLPKY Sleeve Return Signal
nSOLCNT1 Solenoid 1 Control Signal
nSOLCNT2 Solenoid 2 Control Signal
nSREQ Scanner Request Signal
nSTRCLK STR Motor Clock
nSTRLK STR Leak Signal
nSTRSN1 STR 1 Sensor
nSTRSN2 STR 2 Sensor
nSTSOL STR Guide Solenoid Control Signal

274
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
nTBFCNT Toner Bottle Fan Activation Signal
nTBFRDY Toner Bottle Lock Detection
nTCT_BK Total Counter BK Activation Signal
nTCT_CL Total Counter Color Activation Signal
nTFSN Waste Toner Full Sensor
nTRUCL Transfer Roller Unit Clutch
nTRUCVSN Transfer Roller Unit Cover Sensor
nTRUENB Transfer Roller Unit Serial Interface Enable
nTRUMA Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control A
nTRUMAB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control *A
nTRUMB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control B
nTRUMBB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control *B
nTRUSN Transfer Roller Unit Detection Sensor
nULSN1 Tray 1 Upper Limit of Paper Sensor Signal
nVCNTON LED Contrast ON Signal
NVDC0 C Data 0
NVDC1 C Data 1
NVDC2 C Data 2
NVDC3 C Data 3
NVDK0 K Data 0
NVDK1 K Data 1
NVDK2 K Data 2
NVDK3 K Data 3
NVDM0 M Data 0
NVDM1 M Data 1
NVDM2 M Data 2
NVDM3 M Data 3
NVDY0 Y Data 0
NVDY1 Y Data 1
NVDY2 Y Data 2
NVDY3 Y Data 3
nVEN Vertical Enable Signal
nVGB Voice Guidance PCB Detection
nVREQ Vertical Request Signal
nWAKE ADF Wake Up Signal
nWR Write
nWTBSN Presence of Waste Toner Bottle
nZCROS Zero Cross Input
OPC1CLK OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Clock
OPC1DIR OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Rotation Direction Switch
OPC1GAIN OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Gain
OPC2CLK OPC Drum Unit Motor 2 Clock
OPC2DIR OPC Drum Unit Motor 2 Rotation Direction Switch
OPC2GAIN OPC Drum Unit Motor 2 Gain
OPCNEW-x Presence of Drum Unit
OPCNEW-x-5V Drum Unit Detection Sensor Power Supply
OPCNEW-x-GND Ground
OQMCLK Motor Clock

275
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
pADFRRCNT Registration Roller Clutch Drive Control Signal
pADFRST ADF Reset
pADFRVCNT1 Reverse Clutch 1 Drive Control Signal
pADFRVCNT2 Reverse Clutch 2 Drive Control Signal
pBLKCLP1 Black Level Clamp Switch Signal
pFAXRING Fax Ringing Signal
pFDOPSN Open and Close Front Door Detection
pFINISH_POW Finisher Power Supply
PFMCLK Paper Feed Motor Clock
PFMGAIN Paper Feed Motor Gain Switch
PGND Power Ground
PGND_1 Power Ground
PGND_2 Power Ground
pHOMESN Belt Home Position Sensor
pIHENB IH Enable
pIHFCNT IH Fan Activation Signal
pJDRSN Jam Release Door Sensor
pLDOPSN Open and Close Jam Release Lower Door Detection Sensor
pLPF_CNT_1 Control Lamp Fan
pLPF_CNT_2 Control Lamp Fan
pLPOW1 +3.3V Power Return Signal
pLSUTFCNT LSU Cooling Fan Activation Signal
PMCLK Polygon Motor Clock
pMOTENB Enable
PNLRXD PNL PCB RXD Data
PNLTXD PNL PCB TXD Data
pOHPSN OHP Sensor Signal
POWSW Power Switching Signal
pPEXFCNT Paper Exit Fan Activation Signal
pPF1UPERSN Tray 1 Upper Limit of Paper Sensor Signal
pPRFCNT Pressure Roller Fan Activation Signal
pRESSN Registration Sensor Signal
pRRSN Registration Sensor Signal
pRSTMO Reset
pSENTIM Scanner LSYNC
pSLSYNC1 CCD Activation Control Signal
pSLSYNC2 CCD Activation Control Signal
pUDOPSN Open and Close Jam Release Upper Door Detection Sensor
pULSN2 Tray 2 Upper Limit of Paper Sensor
pVREQ Start to Print Request
RAS RAW Address Select
REDSCLK- Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock- (REDSCLK-)
REDSCLK+ Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock+ (REDSCLK+)
RXD- RXD-
RXD+ RXD+
S0 ROM Selection Signal
S1 Serial ROM Address
SA0 Serial ROM Address

276
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
SA1 Serial ROM Address
SA2 Serial ROM Address
SCCMD Control Command Signal
SCK Serial Clock
SCL Serial Clock
SCLKHV_CK DAC0 Serial Data Latch Signal (CK)
SCLKHV_T DAC0 Serial Data Clock Signal
SCLKHV_YM AC0 Serial Data Latch Signal (YM)
SCN0 Key Scan 0 Signal
SCN1 Key Scan 1 Signal
SCN2 Key Scan 2 Signal
SCN3 Key Scan 3 Signal
SCN4 Key Scan 4 Signal
SCN5 Key Scan 5 Signal
SCNRXD Input Serial Data
SCNTXD Output Serial Data
SCPCLK Scanner Program Serial Interface Clock
SCPDATA Scanner Program Serial Interface Data
SCRDY Control Ready Signal
SDA Serial Data
SDHV_CD DAC0 Serial Data (YM)
SDHV_CK DAC0 Serial Data (CK)
SDHV_T DAC0 Serial Data
SDIB Blue AFE Serial Interface Input Signal
SDIG Green AFE Serial Interface Input Signal
SDIR Red AFE Serial Interface Input Signal
SHIN Shading Interrupt Start
SLSYNC1 CCD Drive Control Signal
SLSYNC2 CCD Drive Control Signal
SOUT Output Serial Data
SPEED0 Model Identifying Signal 1
SPEED1 Model Identifying Signal 2
STRCLK STR Motor Clock
STRMON STR Current Monitor
TDCDT_C Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal C
TDCDT_K Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal K
TDCDT_M Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal M
TDCDT_Y Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal Y
TDCREF_C Toner Density Sensor Reference C
TDCREF_K Toner Density Sensor Reference K
TDCREF_M Toner Density Sensor Reference M
TDCREF_Y Toner Density Sensor Reference Y
TDCS_C Toner Density Sensor C
TDCS_K Toner Density Sensor K
TDCS_M Toner Density Sensor M
TDCS_Y Toner Density Sensor Y
TEMPSN Temperature Sensor
TH1A Thermistor 1 A

277
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
TH1B Thermistor 1 B
TH2A Thermistor 2 A
TH2B Thermistor 2 B
TH3A Thermistor 3 A
TH3B Thermistor 3 B
TH4A Thermistor 4 A
TH4B Thermistor 4 B
TRULD Serial Interface Load Signal
TRULT Serial Interface Latch Signal
TRUMCLK Motor Clock
TRUSICLK SI Clock
TRUSIDI Input Serial Data
TRUSIDO Output Serial Data
Txclk- Clock Signal -
Txclk+ Clock Signal +
TXCLK0OUT- Digital Video Data Shift Clock -
TXCLK0OUT+ Digital Video Data Shift Clock +
TXCLK1OUT- Digital Video Data Shift Clock -
TXCLK1OUT+ Digital Video Data Shift Clock +
Txclock- Clock Signal -
Txclock+ Clock Signal +
TXD- TXD-
TXD+ TXD+
TXOUT0- Digital Video Data (TXOUT0-)
TXOUT0+ Digital Video Data (TXOUT0+)
TXOUT1- Digital Video Data (TXOUT1-)
TXOUT1+ Digital Video Data (TXOUT1+)
TXOUT2- Digital Video Data (TXOUT2-)
TXOUT2+ Digital Video Data (TXOUT2+)
TXOUT3- Digital Video Data (TXOUT3-)
TXOUT3+ Digital Video Data (TXOUT3+)
TXOUT4- Digital Video Data (TXOUT4-)
TXOUT4+ Digital Video Data (TXOUT4+)
VBUS +5 VDC Power Supply
VCON Contrast Compensation Voltage
VDD +2.5 VDC Power Supply
Vdd +3 VDC Power Supply
VDDID +2.5 VDC Power Supply
VDDSPD +2.5 VDC Power Supply
VINEVEN_Blue CCD Output Blue Even Signal
VINEVEN_Green CCD Output Green Even Signal
VINEVEN_Red CCD Output Red Even Signal
VINODD_Blue CCD Output Blue Odd Signal
VINODD_Green CCD Output Green Odd Signal
VINODD_Red CCD Output Red Odd Signal
VINV Inverter Power Supply
VO2R Diffuse Reflection Right Input
VOUT2C Image Level Diffusion Input

278
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations
Signal Name Function
VREF Reference Voltage
Vss Ground
VSYNCC C Vertical Synchronized Signal
VSYNCK K Vertical Synchronized Signal
VSYNCM M Vertical Synchronized Signal
VSYNCY Y Vertical Synchronized Signal
WE Write Enable
Write_Protect Write Protection
X1 LCD Touch Position Signal Right
X2 LCD Touch Position Signal Left
Y1 LCD Touch Position Signal Top
Y2 LCD Touch Position Signal Bottom
YLA Yellow LED Anode Signal
YLK (GND) Yellow LED Cathode Signal

279
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.22.2. SC PC Board
SC PCB - CN51
Refer to SCN PC Board.
SC PCB - CN52
Refer to LVPS.
SC PCB - CN53
Refer to LVPS.
SC PCB - CN54 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
DCC PCB
CN54-1 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN142-1 0V

0V
DCC PCB
CN54-2 GND Ground
CN142-5

DCC PCB 0V
CN54-3 PG Power Ground
CN141-1

+24V
DCC PCB
CN54-4 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN141-4 0V

DCC PCB +3.3V Power Return

CN54-5 pLPOW1
CN143-3 Signal

+5V
DCC PCB +3.3V Power Return
CN54-6 +5VD
CN143-4 0V
Signal

DCC PCB 0V
CN54-7 GND Ground
CN143-8

DCC PCB 0V
CN54-8 GND Ground
CN143-11

0V
DCC PCB
CN54-9 GND Ground
CN143-12

+2.5V
DCC PCB +2.5V DC Power
CN54-10 +2.5V
CN143-14 0V
Supply

280
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+2.5V
DCC PCB +2.5V DC Power
CN54-11 +2.5V
CN143-15 0V
Supply

SC PCB - CN55
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
DCB PCB
CN55-1 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN141-3 0V

DCB PCB 0V
CN55-2 GND Ground
CN141-1

DCB PCB 0V
CN55-3 GND Ground
CN141-5

+5V
DCB PCB
CN55-4 +5VD +5V DC Power Supply
CN141-4 0V

SC PCB - CN56
Refer to AFE PC Board.
SC PCB - CN57
Refer to AFE PC Board.
SC PCB - CN58
Refer to PNL1 PC Board.
SC PCB - CN59
Refer to PNL1 PC Board.
SC PCB - CN61
Refer to EC PC Board.
SC PCB - CN63 (Japan Specification Only)
Refer to CRI PC Board.
SC PCB - CN64
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

FCB PCB 0V
CN64-1 GND Ground
CN352-6

+24V
FCB PCB
CN64-2 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN352-5 0V

281
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
FCB PCB
CN64-3 GND Ground
CN352-4

+3.3V
FCB PCB
CN64-4 +3.3V +24V DC Power Supply
CN352-3 0V

FCB PCB 0V
CN64-5 GND Ground
CN352-2

+5V
FCB PCB
CN64-6 +5VD +5V DC Power Supply
CN352-1 0V

SC PCB - CN65
USB I/F
SC PCB - CN66 (DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only)
USB I/F
SC PCB - CN67
USB I/F
SC PCB - CN68
USB I/F
SC PCB - CN69
LAN I/F
SC PCB - CN11 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN71 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN12 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN72 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN13 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN73 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN99 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
Hardware Key I/F
SC PCB - CN10 (DP-C405 Series Only)
SATA I/F
SC PCB - CN102 (DP-C406 Series Only)
SATA I/F

282
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB - CN74 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

5V
CN74-1 ATRST HDD RESET Reset Signal
0V

0V
CN74-2 GND HDD Ground

5V
CN74-3 ATD 7 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-4 ATD 8 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-5 ATD 6 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-6 ATD 9 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-7 ATD 5 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-8 ATD 10 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-9 ATD 4 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-10 ATD 11 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-11 ATD 3 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-12 ATD 12 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

283
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

5V
CN74-13 ATD 2 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-14 ATD 13 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-15 ATD 1 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-16 ATD 14 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-17 ATD 0 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

5V
CN74-18 ATD 15 HDD HDD Data Bus
0V

0V
CN74-19 GND HDD Ground

CN74-20 KYE No Connection

CN74-21 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN74-22 GND HDD Ground

5V
CN74-23 ATIOWR HDD HDD Data Write Signal
PULSE 0V

0V
CN74-24 GND HDD Ground

284
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
5V
CN74-25 ATIORD HDD HDD Data Read Signal
PULSE 0V

0V
CN74-26 GND HDD Ground

5V
CN74-27 ATIORDY HDD HDDRW Ready Signal
PULSE 0V

CN74-28 N.C. No Connection

CN74-29 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN74-30 GND HDD Ground

5V
CN74-31 ATAINT HDD HDD B807 Signal
PULSE 0V

16 Bit Block Transfer

CN74-32 IO16 HDD
Control Signal

5V
CN74-33 ATA1 HDD HDD Address Bus
0V

CN74-34 N.C. No Connection

5V
CN74-35 ATA0 HDD HDD Address Bus
0V

5V
CN74-36 ATA2 HDD HDD Address Bus
0V

285
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
5V
Primary HDD Selection
CN74-37 ATCS1 HDD
PULSE 0V Signal

5V
Second HDD Selection
CN74-38 ATCS0 HDD
PULSE 0V Signal

5V
CN74-39 DASP HDD HDD Activation Signal
PULSE 0V

0V
CN74-40 GND HDD Ground

SC PCB - CN5 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

Image Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN75 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Image Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN6 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
Image Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN76 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Image Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN9 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
SD Memory Card I/F
SC PCB - CN77 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
SD Memory Card I/F
SC PCB - CN78 (DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only)
Main Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN79 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
Image Memory Board I/F
SC PCB - CN94 (Japan Specification Only)
Refer to VGB PC Board.
SC PCB - CN1
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN1-1 FAN+24V1 LVPS Fan Ground

+24V
CN1-2 FAV1SN LVPS Fan +24V DC Power Supply
0V

286
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN1-3 GND LVPS Fan Ground

3.22.3. EC PC Board
EC PCB - CN501
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN501-1~44 GND Ground

0V
SC PCB
CN501-45 GND Ground
CN61-1

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-46 DNLDCL Download Clock
CN61-2 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-47 DNLDDT Download Data
CN61-3 0V

+5V
SC PCB Control Command
CN501-48 SCCMD
CN61-4 0V
Signal

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-49 SCRDY Control Ready Signal
CN61-5 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-50 ECSTS Engine Status Signal
CN61-6 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-51 ECRDY Engine Ready Signal
CN61-7 0V

+5V
SC PCB Program Download
CN501-52 ECPRG
CN61-8 0V
Data

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-53 ECRST Reset Signal
CN61-9 0V

287
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-54 ECDI1 SC Data Input 1 Signal
CN61-10 0V

+5V
SC PCB SC Data Output 1
CN501-55 ECDO1
CN61-11 0V
Signal

+5V
SC PCB
CN501-56 ECDI2 SC Data Input 2 Signal
CN61-12 0V

+5V
SC PCB SC Data Output 2
CN501-57 ECDO2
CN61-13 0V
Signal

+5V
SC PCB Front Door Open
CN501-58 nFDOPSN
CN61-14 0V
Detection Signal

0V
SC PCB
CN501-59 GND Ground
CN61-15

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-60 NVDY0 Y Data 0
CN61-16 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-61 NVDY1 Y Data 1
CN61-17 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-62 NVDY2 Y Data 2
CN61-18 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-63 NVDY3 Y Data 3
CN61-19 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-64 NVDM0 M Data 0
CN61-20 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-65 NVDM1 M Data 1
CN61-21 0V

288
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-66 NVDM2 M Data 2
CN61-22 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-67 NVDM3 M Data 3
CN61-23 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-68 NVDC0 C Data 0
CN61-24 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-69 NVDC1 C Data 1
CN61-25 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-70 NVDC2 C Data 2
CN61-26 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-71 NVDC3 C Data 3
CN61-27 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-72 NVDK0 K Data 0
CN61-28 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-73 NVDK1 K Data 1
CN61-29 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-74 NVDK2 K Data 2
CN61-30 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-75 NVDK3 K Data 3
CN61-31 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-76 DCLKY Y Data Clock
CN61-32 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-77 DCLKM M Data Clock
CN61-33 0V

289
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-78 DCLKC Data Clock C
CN61-34 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN501-79 DCLKK K Data Clock
CN61-35 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB Y Horizontal
CN501-80 HSYNCY
CN61-36 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB M Horizontal
CN501-81 HSYNCM
CN61-37 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB C Horizontal
CN501-82 HSYNCC
CN61-38 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB K Horizontal
CN501-83 HSYNCK
CN61-39 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB Y Vertical
CN501-84 VSYNCY
CN61-40 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB M Vertical
CN501-85 VSYNCM
CN61-41 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB C Vertical
CN501-86 VSYNCC
CN61-42 0V
Synchronized Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB K Vertical
CN501-87 VSYNCK
CN61-43 0V
Synchronized Signal

0V
SC PCB
CN501-88 GND Ground
CN61-44

EC PCB - CN502
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Fuser Enter Fuser Entrance Sensor
CN502-1 LDFUIN
Sensor 0V
Power Supply

290
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
Fuser Enter
CN502-2 GND_1 Ground
Sensor

+5V
Fuser Enter Fuser Entrance Sensor
CN502-3 nFUINSN
Sensor 0V
Signal

Fuser
+5V
Pressure Pressure Roller Sensor
CN502-4 LDPR1
Release 0V
1 Power Supply
Sensor 1
Fuser
Pressure 0V
CN502-5 GND_2 Ground
Release
Sensor 1
Fuser
+5V
Pressure Pressure Roller Sensor
CN502-6 nPRSN1
Release 0V
1
Sensor 1

Fuser Roller +5V

Fuser Rotor Sensor 1
CN502-7 LDFURT1 Rotating
0V
Power Supply
Encoder 1

Fuser Roller 0V
CN502-8 GND_3 Rotating Ground
Encoder 1

Fuser Roller +5V

CN502-9 FUROTSN1 Rotating Fuser Rotor Sensor 1
Encoder 1 0V

Fuser Roller +5V

Fuser Rotor Sensor 2
CN502-10 LDFURT2 Rotating
0V
Power Supply
Encoder 2

Fuser Roller 0V
CN502-11 GND_4 Rotating Ground
Encoder 2

Fuser Roller +5V

CN502-12 FUROTSN2 Rotating Fuser Rotor Sensor 2
Encoder 2 0V

Fuser
+5V
Pressure Pressure Roller Sensor
CN502-13 LDPR2
Release 0V
2 Power Supply
Sensor 2

291
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
Fuser
0V
Pressure
CN502-14 GND_5 Ground
Release
Sensor 2
Fuser
+5V
Pressure Pressure Roller Sensor
CN502-15 nPRSN2
Release 0V
2
Sensor 2

CN502-16 N.C. No Connection

Belt Home 0V
CN502-17 GND_6 Position Ground
Sensor

Belt Home +5V

Belt Home Position
CN502-18 pHOMESN Position
0V
Sensor
Sensor

Belt Home +5V +5V DC Power Supply

CN502-19 +5V_HOME Position for Belt Home Position
Sensor 0V Sensor

CN502-20 N.C. No Connection

+5V
IH Core IH Core Sensor 1
CN502-21 LDIHC1
Sensor 1 0V
Power Supply

IH Core 0V
CN502-22 GND_7 Ground
Sensor 1

+5V
IH Core
CN502-23 nIHCSN1 IH Core Sensor 1
Sensor 1 0V

+5V
IH Core IH Core Sensor 2
CN502-24 LDIHC2
Sensor 2 0V
Power Supply

IH Core 0V
CN502-25 GND_8 Ground
Sensor 2

292
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
IH Core
CN502-26 nIHCSN2 IH Core Sensor 2
Sensor 2 0V

+5V
CN502-27 TH1A Thermistor 1 Thermistor 1 A
0V

+5V
CN502-28 TH1B Thermistor 1 Thermistor 1 B
0V

+5V
CN502-29 TH2A Thermistor 2 Thermistor 2 A
0V

+5V
CN502-30 TH2B Thermistor 2 Thermistor 2 B
0V

+5V
CN502-31 TH3A Thermistor 3 Thermistor 3 A
0V

+5V
CN502-32 TH3B Thermistor 3 Thermistor 3 B
0V

+5V
CN502-33 TH4A Thermistor 4 Thermistor 4 A
0V

+5V
CN502-34 TH4B Thermistor 4 Thermistor 4 B
0V

CN502-35 N.C. No Connection

CN502-36 N.C. No Connection

CN502-37 N.C. No Connection

293
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN502-38 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN503 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN503-1 +24VM_1 Bottle Motor Y +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Y
CN503-2 nBTM_Y Bottle Motor Y
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Bottle Motor
CN503-3 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
M 0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Bottle Motor M
CN503-4 nBTM_M
M 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
CN503-5 +24VM_3 Bottle Motor C +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Bottle Motor C
CN503-6 nBTM_C Bottle Motor C
0V
Activation Signal

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-7 LDBL_Y Detection Detection Signal Y
Sensor_Y 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-8 GND_1 Detection Ground
Sensor_Y

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-9 BLSN_Y Detection
0V
Detection Signal Y
Sensor_Y

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-10 LDBL_M Detection Detection Signal M
Sensor_M 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-11 GND_2 Detection Ground
Sensor_M

294
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-12 BLSN_M Detection
0V
Detection Signal M
Sensor_M

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-13 LDBL_C Detection Detection Signal C
Sensor_C 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-14 GND_3 Detection Ground
Sensor_C

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-15 BLSN_C Detection
0V
Detection Signal C
Sensor_C

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-16 LDBL_K Detection Detection Signal K
Sensor_K 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-17 GND_4 Detection Ground
Sensor_K

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-18 BLSN_K Detection
0V
Detection Signal K
Sensor_K

CN503-19 N.C. No Connection

CN503-20 N.C. No Connection

+5V
FTR Cam FTR 1 Sensor Power
CN503-21 LDFTR1
Sensor 1 0V
Supply

FTR Cam 0V
CN503-22 GND_5 Ground
Sensor 1

+5V
FTR Cam
CN503-23 nFTRSN1 FTR 1 Sensor
Sensor 1 0V

295
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
FTR Cam FTR 2 Sensor Power
CN503-24 LDFTR2
Sensor 2 0V
Supply

FTR Cam 0V
CN503-25 GND_6 Ground
Sensor 2

+5V
FTR Cam
CN503-26 nFTRSN2 FTR 2 Sensor
Sensor 2 0V

+5V
STR Cam STR 1 Sensor Power
CN503-27 LDSTR1
Sensor 1 0V
Supply

0V
STR Cam
CN503-28 GND_7 Ground
Sensor 1

+5V
STR Cam
CN503-29 nSTRSN1 STR 1 Sensor
Sensor 1 0V

+5V
STR Cam STR 2 Sensor Power
CN503-30 LDSTR2
Sensor 2 0V
Supply

STR Cam 0V
CN503-31 GND_8 Ground
Sensor 2

+5V
STR Cam
CN503-32 nSTRSN2 STR 2 Sensor
Sensor 2 0V

0V
CN503-33 PGND IH Fan Power Ground

+5V
CN503-34 nIHRDY IH Fan IH Fan Lock Detection
0V

+24V
IH Fan Activation
CN503-35 pIHFCNT IH Fan
0V
Signal

296
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Bottle Motor
CN503-36 +24VM_4 +24V DC Power Supply
BK 0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Bottle Motor K
CN503-37 nBTM_K
BK 0V
Activation Signal

CN503-38 N.C. No Connection

CN503-39 N.C. No Connection

CN503-40 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN503 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN503-1 +24VM_1 Bottle Motor Y +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Y
CN503-2 nBTM_Y Bottle Motor Y
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Bottle Motor
CN503-3 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
M 0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Bottle Motor M
CN503-4 nBTM_M
M 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
CN503-5 +24VM_3 Bottle Motor C +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Bottle Motor C
CN503-6 nBTM_C Bottle Motor C
0V
Activation Signal

297
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-7 LDBL_Y Detection Detection Signal Y
Sensor_Y 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-8 GND_1 Detection Ground
Sensor_Y

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-9 BLSN_Y Detection
0V
Detection Signal Y
Sensor_Y

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-10 LDBL_M Detection Detection Signal M
Sensor_M 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-11 GND_2 Detection Ground
Sensor_M

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-12 BLSN_M Detection
0V
Detection Signal M
Sensor_M

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-13 LDBL_C Detection Detection Signal C
Sensor_C 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-14 GND_3 Detection Ground
Sensor_C

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-15 BLSN_C Detection
0V
Detection Signal C
Sensor_C

Bottle Lock +5V Bottle Motor Lock

CN503-16 LDBL_K Detection Detection Signal K
Sensor_K 0V Power Supply

Bottle Lock 0V
CN503-17 GND_4 Detection Ground
Sensor_K

Bottle Lock +5V

Bottle Motor Lock
CN503-18 BLSN_K Detection
0V
Detection Signal K
Sensor_K

298
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN503-19 N.C. No Connection

CN503-20 N.C. No Connection

+5V
FTR Cam FTR 1 Sensor Power
CN503-21 LDFTR1
Sensor 1 0V
Supply

FTR Cam 0V
CN503-22 GND_5 Ground
Sensor 1

+5V
FTR Cam
CN503-23 nFTRSN1 FTR 1 Sensor
Sensor 1 0V

+5V
FTR Cam FTR 2 Sensor Power
CN503-24 LDFTR2
Sensor 2 0V
Supply

0V
FTR Cam
CN503-25 GND_6 Ground
Sensor 2

+5V
FTR Cam
CN503-26 nFTRSN2 FTR 2 Sensor
Sensor 2 0V

+5V
STR Cam STR 1 Sensor Power
CN503-27 LDSTR1
Sensor 1 0V
Supply

STR Cam 0V
CN503-28 GND_7 Ground
Sensor 1

+5V
STR Cam
CN503-29 nSTRSN1 STR 1 Sensor
Sensor 1 0V

+5V
STR Cam STR 2 Sensor Power
CN503-30 LDSTR2
Sensor 2 0V
Supply

299
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
STR Cam
CN503-31 GND_8 Ground
Sensor 2

+5V
STR Cam
CN503-32 nSTRSN2 STR 2 Sensor
Sensor 2 0V

0V
CN503-33 PGND IH Fan Power Ground

+5V
CN503-34 nIHRDY IH Fan IH Fan Lock Detection
0V

+24V
IH Fan Activation
CN503-35 pIHFCNT IH Fan
0V
Signal

CN503-36 N.C. No Connection

+24V
Bottle Motor
CN503-37 +24VM_4 +24V DC Power Supply
BK 0V

+24V
Bottle Motor Bottle Motor K
CN503-38 nBTM_K
BK 0V
Activation Signal

CN503-39 N.C. No Connection

CN503-40 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN504 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN504-1 GND Y_LED Ground

300
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-2 nOPCNEW_Y Y_LED
0V
Detection Signal Y

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-3 LDOPC_Y Y_LED Detection Sensor Y
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-4 nERSLED_Y Y_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-5 LD_ERS_Y1 Y_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-6 LD_ERS_Y2 Y_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

0V
CN504-7 GND M_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-8 nOPCNEW_M M_LED
0V
Detection Signal M

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-9 LDOPC_M M_LED Detection Sensor M
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED M
CN504-10 nERSLED_M M_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED M
CN504-11 LD_ERS_M1 M_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED M
CN504-12 LD_ERS_M2 M_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

Front Cover +5V

Open and Close Front
CN504-13 pFDOPSN Detection
0V
Door Detection
Switch

301
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Front Cover 0V
CN504-14 GND Detection Ground
Switch

CN504-15 N.C. No Connection

CN504-16 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN504-17 GND C_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-18 nOPCNEW_C C_LED
0V
Detection Signal C

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-19 LDOPC_C C_LED Detection Sensor C
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED C
CN504-20 nERSLED_C C_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED C
CN504-21 LD_ERS_C1 C_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED C
CN504-22 LD_ERS_C2 C_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

0V
CN504-23 GND K_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-24 nOPCNEW_K K_LED
0V
Detection Signal K

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-25 LDOPC_K K_LED Detection Sensor K
0V Power Supply

302
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Discharge LED K
CN504-26 nERSLED_K K_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED K
CN504-27 LD_ERS_K1 K_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED K
CN504-28 LD_ERS_K2 K_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

+24V
Mechanical Total Counter Color
CN504-29 nTCT_CL
Counter 2 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Mechanical
CN504-30 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
Counter 2 0V

+24V
Mechanical Total Counter BK
CN504-31 nTCT_BK
Counter 1 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Mechanical
CN504-32 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
Counter 1 0V

EC PCB - CN504 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN504-1 GND Y_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-2 nOPCNEW_Y Y_LED
0V
Detection Signal Y

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-3 LDOPC_Y Y_LED Detection Sensor Y
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-4 nERSLED_Y Y_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-5 LD_ERS_Y1 Y_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

303
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Discharge LED Y
CN504-6 LD_ERS_Y2 Y_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

0V
CN504-7 GND M_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-8 nOPCNEW_M M_LED
0V
Detection Signal M

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-9 LDOPC_M M_LED Detection Sensor M
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED M
CN504-10 nERSLED_M M_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED M
CN504-11 LD_ERS_M1 M_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED M
CN504-12 LD_ERS_M2 M_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

0V
CN504-13 GND C_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-14 nOPCNEW_C C_LED
0V
Detection Signal C

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-15 LDOPC_C C_LED Detection Sensor C
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED C
CN504-16 nERSLED_C C_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED C
CN504-17 LD_ERS_C1 C_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

304
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Discharge LED C
CN504-18 LD_ERS_C2 C_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

0V
CN504-19 GND K_LED Ground

+5V
New OPC Drum
CN504-20 nOPCNEW_K K_LED
0V
Detection Signal K

+5V New OPC Drum

CN504-21 LDOPC_K K_LED Detection Sensor K
0V Power Supply

+5V
Discharge LED K
CN504-22 nERSLED_K K_LED
0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Discharge LED K
CN504-23 LD_ERS_K1 K_LED
0V
Power Supply 1

+24V
Discharge LED K
CN504-24 LD_ERS_K2 K_LED
0V
Power Supply 2

+24V
CN504-25 nIHCM_A IH Core Motor IH Core Motor Phase A
0V

+24V
CN504-26 nIHCM_B IH Core Motor IH Core Motor Phase B
0V

+24V
CN504-27 +24VM IH Core Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN504-28 +24VM IH Core Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
IH Core Motor Phase
CN504-29 nIHCM_AB IH Core Motor
0V
AB

305
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
IH Core Motor Phase
CN504-30 nIHCM_BB IH Core Motor
0V
BB

Front Cover +5V

Open and Close Front
CN504-31 pFDOPSN Detection
0V
Door Detection
Switch

Front Cover 0V
CN504-32 GND Detection Ground
Switch

+24V
Mechanical Total Counter Color
CN504-33 nTCT_CL
Counter 2 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Mechanical
CN504-34 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
Counter 2 0V

+24V
Mechanical Total Counter BK
CN504-35 nTCT_BK
Counter 1 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
Mechanical
CN504-36 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
Counter 1 0V

EC PCB - CN505
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Paper Feed
CN505-1 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

+24V
Paper Feed
CN505-2 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Paper Feed 0V
CN505-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
Motor

0V
Paper Feed
CN505-4 PGND_2 Power Ground
Motor

+5V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor
CN505-5 nPFMENB
Motor 0V
Enable

306
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor
CN505-6 PFMCLK
Motor 0V
Clock

+5V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor Gain
CN505-7 PFMGAIN
Motor 0V
Switch

+5V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor Lock
CN505-8 nPFMRDY
Motor 0V
Detection

Paper Feed 0V
CN505-9 GND_1 Ground
Motor

+5V
Paper Feed
CN505-10 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

EC PCB - CN506
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN506-1 +24VM_1 Drum Motor 1 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN506-2 +24VM_2 Drum Motor 1 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN506-3 PGND_1 Drum Motor 1 Power Ground

0V
CN506-4 PGND_2 Drum Motor 1 Power Ground

+5V
CN506-5 nOPC1ENB Drum Motor 1 OPC Motor 1 Enable
0V

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 1
CN506-6 OPC1CLK Drum Motor 1
0V
Clock

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 1
CN506-7 OPC1GAIN Drum Motor 1
0V
Gain

307
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
OPC Motor 1 Lock
CN506-8 nOPC1RDY Drum Motor 1
0V
Detection

+5V OPC Drum Unit Motor 1

CN506-9 OPC1DIR Drum Motor 1 Rotation Direction
0V Switch

0V
CN506-10 GND_1 Drum Motor 1 Ground

+5V
CN506-11 +5V Drum Motor 1 +5V DC Power Supply
0V

CN506-12 N.C. No Connection

CN506-13 N.C. No Connection

CN506-14 N.C. No Connection

+5V
Inner Upper Inner Upper Limit
CN506-15 LDSTACKFUL
Limit Sensor 0V
Sensor Signal

Inner Upper 0V
CN506-16 GND_3 GND
Limit Sensor

+5V
Inner Upper Inner Upper Limit
CN506-17 nSTACKFULSN
Limit Sensor 0V
Sensor Signal

EC PCB - CN507 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN507-1 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 2 0V

308
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN507-2 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 2 0V

Developer 0V
CN507-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
Motor 2

Developer 0V
CN507-4 PGND_2 Power Ground
Motor 2

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2
CN507-5 nDEV2ENB
Motor 2 0V
Enable

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2
CN507-6 DEV2CLK
Motor 2 0V
Clock

+5V
Developer
CN507-7 DEV2GAIN Developer Motor 2 Gain
Motor 2 0V

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2 Lock
CN507-8 nDEV2RDY
Motor 2 0V
Detection

CN507-9 N.C. No Connection

0V
Developer
CN507-10 GND_1 Ground
Motor 2

0V
Developer
CN507-11 GND_2 Ground
Motor 2

CN507-12 N.C. No Connection

+24V
CN507-13 +24VM_3 Drum Motor 2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

309
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN507-14 +24VM_4 Drum Motor 2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN507-15 PGND_3 Drum Motor 2 Ground

0V
CN507-16 PGND_4 Drum Motor 2 Ground

+5V
CN507-17 nOPC2ENB Drum Motor 2 OPC Motor 2 Enable
0V

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 2
CN507-18 OPC2CLK Drum Motor 2
0V
Clock

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 2
CN507-19 OPC2GAIN Drum Motor 2
0V
Gain

+5V
OPC Motor 2 Lock
CN507-20 nOPC2RDY Drum Motor 2
0V
Detection

+5V OPC Drum Unit Motor 2

CN507-21 OPC2DIR Drum Motor 2 Rotation Direction
0V Switch

0V
CN507-22 GND_3 Drum Motor 2 Ground

0V
CN507-23 GND_4 Drum Motor 2 Ground

CN507-24 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN507 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN507-1 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 2 0V

310
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN507-2 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 2 0V

Developer 0V
CN507-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
Motor 2

Developer 0V
CN507-4 PGND_2 Power Ground
Motor 2

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2
CN507-5 nDEV2ENB
Motor 2 0V
Enable

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2
CN507-6 DEV2CLK
Motor 2 0V
Clock

+5V
Developer
CN507-7 DEV2GAIN Developer Motor 2 Gain
Motor 2 0V

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 2 Lock
CN507-8 nDEV2RDY
Motor 2 0V
Detection

CN507-9 N.C. No Connection

0V
Developer
CN507-10 GND_1 Ground
Motor 2

+5V
Developer
CN507-11 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
Motor 2 0V

CN507-12 N.C. No Connection

+24V
CN507-13 +24VM_3 Drum Motor 2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

311
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN507-14 +24VM_4 Drum Motor 2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN507-15 PGND_3 Drum Motor 2 Ground

0V
CN507-16 PGND_4 Drum Motor 2 Ground

+5V
CN507-17 nOPC2ENB Drum Motor 2 OPC Motor 2 Enable
0V

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 2
CN507-18 OPC2CLK Drum Motor 2
0V
Clock

+5V
OPC Drum Unit Motor 2
CN507-19 OPC2GAIN Drum Motor 2
0V
Gain

+5V
OPC Motor 2 Lock
CN507-20 nOPC2RDY Drum Motor 2
0V
Detection

+5V OPC Drum Unit Motor 2

CN507-21 OPC2DIR Drum Motor 2 Rotation Direction
0V Switch

0V
CN507-22 GND_2 Drum Motor 2 Ground

+5V
CN507-23 +5V_2 Drum Motor 2 +5V DC Power Supply
0V

CN507-24 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN508 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
TRU PCB Transfer Roller Unit
CN508-1 nTRUENB
CN611-13 0V
Serial Interface Enable

312
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-2 TRUMCLK Motor Clock
CN611-12 0V

+5V
TRU PCB Serial Interface Load
CN508-3 TRULD
CN611-11 0V
Signal

+5V
TRU PCB Serial Interface Latch
CN508-4 TRULT
CN611-10 0V
Signal

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-5 TRUSIDI Input Serial Data
CN611-9 0V

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-6 TRUSICLK SI Clock
CN611-8 0V

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-7 TRUSIDO Output Serial Data
CN611-7 0V

0V
TRU PCB
CN508-8 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN611-6

TRU PCB 0V
CN508-9 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN611-5

+24V
TRU PCB
CN508-10 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN611-4 0V

+24V
TRU PCB
CN508-11 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN611-3 0V

0V
TRU PCB
CN508-12 GND_1 Ground
CN611-2

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-13 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
CN611-1 0V

313
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN508-14 N.C. No Connection

CN508-15 N.C. No Connection

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-16 nZCROS Zero Cross Input
CN6-12 0V

+5V
IH PCB Fuser Rotor Encoder
CN508-17 IH_ROTSN2
CN6-10 0V
Output 2

+24V
IH PCB IH Power Fan Relay
CN508-18 nIHRELAY
CN6-9 0V
Activation Signal

5V
IH PCB
CN508-19 IH CUR PLS IH Current Puls
CN6-7 0V

5V
IH PCB
CN508-20 IH VOL PLS IH Voltage Puls
CN6-6 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-21 pIHENB IH Enable
CN6-5 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-22 IHPWR IH Power PWM Output
CN6-4 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-23 +5V_2 +5V DC Power Supply
CN6-3 0V

IH PCB 0V
CN508-24 GND_2 Ground
CN6-2

IH PCB 0V
CN508-25 GND_3 Ground
CN6-1

314
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN508-26 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN508 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
TRU PCB Transfer Roller Unit
CN508-1 nTRUENB
CN611-13 0V
Serial Interface Enable

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-2 TRUMCLK Motor Clock
CN611-12 0V

+5V
TRU PCB Serial Interface Load
CN508-3 TRULD
CN611-11 0V
Signal

+5V
TRU PCB Serial Interface Latch
CN508-4 TRULT
CN611-10 0V
Signal

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-5 TRUSIDI Input Serial Data
CN611-9 0V

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-6 TRUSICLK SI Clock
CN611-8 0V

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-7 TRUSIDO Output Serial Data
CN611-7 0V

0V
TRU PCB
CN508-8 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN611-6

0V
TRU PCB
CN508-9 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN611-5

+24V
TRU PCB
CN508-10 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN611-4 0V

+24V
TRU PCB
CN508-11 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN611-3 0V

315
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
TRU PCB
CN508-12 GND_1 Ground
CN611-2

+5V
TRU PCB
CN508-13 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
CN611-1 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-14 nZCROS Zero Cross Input
CN6-12 0V

+5V
IH PCB IH AD Converter Date
CN508-15 IHADO
CN6-11 0V
Input

+5V
IH PCB Fuser Rotor Encoder
CN508-16 IH_ROTSN2
CN6-10 0V
Output 2

+24V
IH PCB IH Power Fan Relay
CN508-17 nIHRELAY
CN6-9 0V
Activation Signal

+5V
IH PCB IH AD Converter Date
CN508-18 IHADIN
CN6-8 0V
Output

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-19 nIHADCK IH AD Converter Clock
CN6-7 0V

+5V
IH PCB IH AD Converter Chip
CN508-20 nIHADCS
CN6-6 0V
Select

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-21 pIHENB IH Enable
CN6-5 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-22 IHPWR IH Power PWM Output
CN6-4 0V

+5V
IH PCB
CN508-23 +5V_2 +5V DC Power Supply
CN6-3 0V

316
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
IH PCB
CN508-24 GND_2 Ground
CN6-2

IH PCB 0V
CN508-25 GND_3 Ground
CN6-1

CN508-26 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN509
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-1 FUMREF PCB Fuser Motor Reference
CN550-16 0V

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-2 nRESERVCLK PCB Sub Motor Clock
CN550-15 0V

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-3 nSTRCLK PCB STR Motor Clock
CN550-14 0V

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-4 nFTRMCLK PCB FTR Motor Clock
CN550-13 0V

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-5 nFUMCLK PCB Fuser Motor Clock
CN550-12 0V

MOTDRV +5V
Motor Driver Serial
CN509-6 MOTSIOUT PCB
0V
Data Output
CN550-11

MOTDRV +5V
Motor Driver Serial
CN509-7 nMOTENB PCB
0V
Driver Enable
CN550-10

MOTDRV +5V
Motor Driver Serial
CN509-8 nRSTMO PCB
0V
Driver Reset
CN550-9

MOTDRV +5V
Motor Driver Serial
CN509-9 MOTSICLK PCB
0V
Clock
CN550-8

317
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

MOTDRV +5V
Motor Driver Serial
CN509-10 MOTLT PCB
0V
Latch
CN550-7

MOTDRV 0V
CN509-11 GND_1 PCB Ground
CN550-6

MOTDRV +5V
CN509-12 +5V_1 PCB +5V DC Power Supply
CN550-5 0V

MOTDRV 0V
CN509-13 PGND_1 PCB Power Ground
CN550-4

MOTDRV 0V
CN509-14 PGND_2 PCB Power Ground
CN550-3

MOTDRV +24V
CN509-15 +24VM_1 PCB +24V DC Power Supply
CN550-2 0V

MOTDRV +24V
CN509-16 +24VM_2 PCB +24V DC Power Supply
CN550-1 0V

EC PCB - CN510
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Pressure 0V
CN510-1 PGND_1 Power Ground
Roller Fan

+5V
Pressure Pressure Roller Fan
CN510-2 nPRFRDY
Roller Fan 0V
Lock Detection

+24V
Pressure Pressure Roller Fan
CN510-3 pPRFCNT
Roller Fan 0V
Activation Signal

+24V
IH Driver Fan Activation
CN510-4 nIHDFCNT IH Driver Fan
0V
Signal

+5V
IH Driver Fan Lock
CN510-5 nIHDFRDY IH Driver Fan
0V
Detection

318
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN510-6 +24VF_1 IH Driver Fan +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN510-7 PGND_2 IH Driver Fan Power Ground

+5V
Toner Bottle Toner Bottle Fan
CN510-8 nTBFCNT
Fan 0V
Activation Signal

+5V
Toner Bottle Toner Bottle Lock
CN510-9 nTBFRDY
Fan 0V
Detection

+24V
Toner Bottle
CN510-10 +24VF_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Fan 0V

0V
Toner Bottle
CN510-11 PGND_3 Ground
Fan

Right Lower
+24V Open and Close Jam
Cover
CN510-12 pLDOPSN Release Lower Door
Detection 0V Detection Sensor
Switch
Right Lower
Cover 0V
CN510-13 GND_1 Ground
Detection
Switch
Right Upper
+24V Open and Close Jam
Cover
CN510-14 pUDOPSN Release Upper Door
Detection 0V Detection Sensor
Switch
Right Upper
Cover 0V
CN510-15 GND_2 Ground
Detection
Switch

EC PCB - CN511 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN511-1 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 1 0V

+24V
Developer
CN511-2 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 1 0V

319
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
Developer
CN511-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
Motor 1

Developer 0V
CN511-4 PGND_2 Power Ground
Motor 1

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1
CN511-5 nDEV1ENB
Motor 1 0V
Enable

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1
CN511-6 DEV1CLK
Motor 1 0V
Clock

+5V
Developer
CN511-7 DEV1GAIN Developer Motor 1 Gain
Motor 1 0V

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1 Lock
CN511-8 nDEV1RDY
Motor 1 0V
Detection

CN511-9 N.C. No Connection

Developer 0V
CN511-10 GND_1 Ground
Motor 1

0V
Developer
CN511-11 GND_2 Ground
Motor 1

+24V
CN511-12 +24VM Belt Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN511-13 +24VM Belt Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN511-14 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground

320
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN511-15 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground

+5V
CN511-16 nCBTMENB Belt Motor Belt Motor Enable
0V

+5V
CN511-17 CBTMCLK Belt Motor Belt Motor Clock
0V

+5V
CN511-18 CBTMGAIN Belt Motor Belt Motor Gain
0V

+5V
Belt Motor Lock
CN511-19 nCBTMRDY Belt Motor
0V
Detection

+5V
Belt Motor Rotation
CN511-20 BTMDIR Belt Motor
0V
Direction Switch

0V
CN511-21 GND_3 Belt Motor Ground

0V
CN511-22 GND_4 Belt Motor Ground

EC PCB - CN511 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Developer
CN511-1 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 1 0V

+24V
Developer
CN511-2 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 1 0V

0V
Developer
CN511-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
Motor 1

0V
Developer
CN511-4 PGND_2 Power Ground
Motor 1

321
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1
CN511-5 nDEV1ENB
Motor 1 0V
Enable

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1
CN511-6 DEV1CLK
Motor 1 0V
Clock

+5V
Developer
CN511-7 DEV1GAIN Developer Motor 1 Gain
Motor 1 0V

+5V
Developer Developer Motor 1 Lock
CN511-8 nDEV1RDY
Motor 1 0V
Detection

CN511-9 N.C. No Connection

Developer 0V
CN511-10 GND_1 Ground
Motor 1

+5V
CN511-11 +5V Belt Motor +5V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN511-12 +24VM Belt Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN511-13 +24VM Belt Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN511-14 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground

0V
CN511-15 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground

+5V
CN511-16 nCBTMENB Belt Motor Belt Motor Enable
0V

322
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN511-17 CBTMCLK Belt Motor Belt Motor Clock
0V

+5V
CN511-18 CBTMGAIN Belt Motor Belt Motor Gain
0V

+5V
Belt Motor Lock
CN511-19 nCBTMRDY Belt Motor
0V
Detection

+5V
Belt Motor Rotation
CN511-20 BTMDIR Belt Motor
0V
Direction Switch

0V
CN511-21 GND_2 Belt Motor Ground

+5V
CN511-22 +5V_2 Belt Motor +5V DC Power Supply
0V

EC PCB - CN512 (DP-C406 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
+24V DC Switching
CN512-1 +24V_PON Door Switch
0V
Power Supply

+24V
+24V DC Switching
CN512-2 +24V_SW Door Switch
0V
Power Supply

EC PCB - CN512 (DP-C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
+5V DC Switching
CN512-1 +5VSW_1 Door Switch
0V
Power Supply

CN512-2 N.C. No Connection

323
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
+5V DC Switching
CN512-3 +5VSW_2 Door Switch
0V
Power Supply

EC PCB - CN512 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
+5V DC Switching
CN512-1 +5VSW_1 Door Switch
0V
Power Supply

CN512-2 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN513
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN513-1 PGND_1 HVPS Power Ground

+24V
CN513-2 +24VM_1 HVPS +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V High Voltage Power

CN513-3 nHVEN_YM HVPS Supply Output Control
0V Signal (YM)

+5V
Developer Bias AC
CN513-4 D_CLK_nYM HVPS
0V
Clock (YM)

+5V
Developer Bias AC
CN513-5 D_CLK_YM HVPS
0V
Clock (YM)

+5V
CN513-6 SDHV_CK HVPS DAC0 Serial Data (CK)
0V

+5V
AC0 Serial Data Latch
CN513-7 LDHV_YM HVPS
0V
Signal (YM)

324
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN513-8 SDHV_CD HVPS DAC0 Serial Data (YM)
0V

+5V
AC0 Serial Data Latch
CN513-9 SCLKHV_YM HVPS
0V
Signal (YM)

+5V
Bias Charge AC Output
CN513-10 C_CLK_YM HVPS
0V
Clock (YM)

0V
CN513-11 PGND_2 HVPS Power Ground

+24V
CN513-12 +24VM_2 HVPS +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V High Voltage Power

CN513-13 nHVEN_CK HVPS Supply Output Control
0V Signal (CK)

+5V
Bias Charge AC Output
CN513-14 D_CLK_nCK HVPS
0V
Clock (CK)

+5V
Bias Charge AC Output
CN513-15 D_CLK_CK HVPS
0V
Clock (CK)

CN513-16 N.C. No Connection

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data Latch
CN513-17 LDHV_CK HVPS
0V
Signal (CK)

+5V
CN513-18 SDHV_CK HVPS DAC0 Serial Data (CK)
0V

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data Latch
CN513-19 SCLKHV_CK HVPS
0V
Signal (CK)

325
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Bias Charge AC Output
CN513-20 C_CLK_CK HVPS
0V
Clock (CK)

EC PCB - CN514 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN514-1 PGND_1 HVPS2 Power Ground

+24V
CN514-2 +24VM_1 HVPS2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V
CN514-3 nSTRLK HVPS2 STR Leak Signal
0V

+5V High Voltage Power

CN514-4 nHVEN_T HVPS2 Supply Output Enabling
0V Signal (T)

+14V
CN514-5 STRMON HVPS2 STR Current Monitor
0V

CN514-6 N.C. No Connection

CN514-7 N.C. No Connection

CN514-8 N.C. No Connection

CN514-9 N.C. No Connection

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data Latch
CN514-10 LDHV_T HVPS2
0V
Signal

326
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN514-11 SDHV_T HVPS2 DAC0 Serial Data
0V

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data
CN514-12 SCLKHV_T HVPS2
0V
Clock Signal

EC PCB - CN514 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN514-1 PGND_1 HVPS2 Power Ground

+24V
CN514-2 +24VM_1 HVPS2 +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V
CN514-3 nSTRLK HVPS2 STR Leak Signal
0V

+5V High Voltage Power

CN514-4 nHVEN_T HVPS2 Supply Output Enabling
0V Signal (T)

+14V
CN514-5 STRMON HVPS2 STR Current Monitor
0V

+14V
CN514-6 FTRMON_K HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor K
0V

+14V
CN514-7 FTRMON_C HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor C
0V

+14V
CN514-8 FTRMON_M HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor M
0V

+14V
CN514-9 FTRMON_Y HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor Y
0V

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data Latch
CN514-10 LDHV_T HVPS2
0V
Signal

327
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN514-11 SDHV_T HVPS2 DAC0 Serial Data
0V

+5V
DAC0 Serial Data
CN514-12 SCLKHV_T HVPS2
0V
Clock Signal

EC PCB - CN515
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
LSU
CN515-1 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
CN5-5 0V

LSU 0V
CN515-2 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN5-4

+5V
LSU Polygon Motor
CN515-3 nPMCNT
CN5-3 0V
Activation Signal

+5V
LSU Polygon Motor Lock
CN515-4 nPMRDY
CN5-2 0V
Detection

+5V
LSU
CN515-5 PMCLK Polygon Motor Clock
CN5-1 0V

EC PCB - CN516 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LSU
CN516-1 GND_1 Laser Gain (C, K)
CN1-22 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-2 GND_2 Laser Gain (Y, M)
CN1-21 0V

+5V
LSU Model Identifying
CN516-3 SPEED1
CN1-20 0V
Signal 2

328
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LSU Model Identifying
CN516-4 SPEED0
CN1-19 0V
Signal 1

+5V Horizontal
LSU
CN516-5 nHSYNC_K Synchronizing Signal
CN1-18 0V C, K

+5V Horizontal
LSU
CN516-6 nHSYNC_Y Synchronizing Signal Y,
CN1-17 0V M

+5V
LSU
CN516-7 nMO_K Laser Monitor K
CN1-16 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-8 nMO_C Laser Monitor C
CN1-15 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-9 nMO_M Laser Monitor M
CN1-14 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-10 nMO_Y Laser Monitor Y
CN1-13 0V

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-11 nSH_K
CN1-12 0V
Control K

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-12 nSH_C
CN1-11 0V
Control C

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-13 nSH_M
CN1-10 0V
Control M

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-14 nSH_Y
CN1-9 0V
Control Y

+5V
LSU
CN516-15 nLDENB LSU Enable
CN1-8 0V

329
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-16 LSUDAOUT
CN1-7 0V
Data Output

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-17 LSUDACK
CN1-6 0V
Clock

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-18 LSUDALD
CN1-5 0V
Load

LSU 0V
CN516-19 GND_1 Ground
CN1-4

0V
LSU
CN516-20 GND_2 Ground
CN1-3

+5V
LSU +5V DC Power Supply
CN516-21 +5V_LSU_1
CN1-2 0V
for LSU

+5V
LSU +5V DC Power Supply
CN516-22 +5V_LSU_2
CN1-1 0V
for LSU

EC PCB - CN516 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LSU
CN516-1 GAIN_K Laser Gain (C, K)
CN1-22 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-2 GAIN_Y Laser Gain (Y, M)
CN1-21 0V

+5V
LSU Model Identifying
CN516-3 SPEED1
CN1-20 0V
Signal 2

+5V
LSU Model Identifying
CN516-4 SPEED0
CN1-19 0V
Signal 1

+5V Horizontal
LSU
CN516-5 nHSYNC_K Synchronizing Signal
CN1-18 0V C, K

330
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V Horizontal
LSU
CN516-6 nHSYNC_Y Synchronizing Signal Y,
CN1-17 0V M

+5V
LSU
CN516-7 nMO_K Laser Monitor K
CN1-16 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-8 nMO_C Laser Monitor C
CN1-15 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-9 nMO_M Laser Monitor M
CN1-14 0V

+5V
LSU
CN516-10 nMO_Y Laser Monitor Y
CN1-13 0V

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-11 nSH_K
CN1-12 0V
Control K

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-12 nSH_C
CN1-11 0V
Control C

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-13 nSH_M
CN1-10 0V
Control M

+5V
LSU Laser Sample Hold
CN516-14 nSH_Y
CN1-9 0V
Control Y

+5V
LSU
CN516-15 nLDENB LSU Enable
CN1-8 0V

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-16 LSUDAOUT
CN1-7 0V
Data Output

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-17 LSUDACK
CN1-6 0V
Clock

331
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LSU LSU DA Converter
CN516-18 LSUDALD
CN1-5 0V
Load

LSU 0V
CN516-19 GND_1 Ground
CN1-4

LSU 0V
CN516-20 GND_2 Ground
CN1-3

+5V
LSU +5V DC Power Supply
CN516-21 +5V_LSU_1
CN1-2 0V
for LSU

+5V
LSU +5V DC Power Supply
CN516-22 +5V_LSU_2
CN1-1 0V
for LSU

EC PCB - CN517
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
LSU
CN517-1 GND_1 Ground
CN2-12

1.55V
LSU
CN517-2 nDATA_K 1.2V Image Data (K) +
CN2-11 0.85v

1.55V
LSU
CN517-3 DATA_K 1.2V Image Data (K) +
CN2-10 0.85v

LSU 0V
CN517-4 GND_2 Ground
CN2-9

1.55V
LSU
CN517-5 nDATA_C 1.2V Image Data (C) +
CN2-8 0.85v

1.55V
LSU
CN517-6 DATA_C 1.2V Image Data (C) +
CN2-7 0.85v

0V
LSU
CN517-7 GND_3 Ground
CN2-6

332
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

1.55V
LSU
CN517-8 nDATA_M 1.2V Image Data (M) +
CN2-5 0.85v

1.55V
LSU
CN517-9 DATA_M 1.2V Image Data (M) +
CN2-4 0.85v

LSU 0V
CN517-10 GND_4 Ground
CN2-3

1.55V
LSU
CN517-11 nDATA_Y 1.2V Image Data (Y) +
CN2-2 0.85v

1.55V
LSU
CN517-12 DATA_Y 1.2V Image Data (Y) +
CN2-1 0.85v

EC PCB - CN518
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN518-1 GND_1 TDC_Y Ground

+5V
CN518-2 TDCS_Y TDC_Y Toner Density Sensor Y
0V

+24V
CN518-3 +24VF_1 TDC_Y +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+10V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-4 TDCREF_Y TDC_Y
0V
Reference Y

0V
CN518-5 GND_2 TDC_Y Ground

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-6 TDCDT_Y TDC_Y
0V
Connection Signal Y

0V
CN518-7 GND_3 TDC_M Ground

333
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-8 TDCS_M TDC_M
0V
M

+24V
CN518-9 +24VF_2 TDC_M +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+10V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-10 TDCREF_M TDC_M
0V
Reference M

0V
CN518-11 GND_4 TDC_M Ground

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-12 TDCDT_M TDC_M
0V
Connection Signal M

0V
CN518-13 PGND LSU Fan Power Ground

+5V
LSU Cooling Fan Lock
CN518-14 nLSUTFRDY LSU Fan
0V
Detection

+24V
LSU Cooling Fan
CN518-15 pLSUTFCNT LSU Fan
0V
Activation Signal

CN518-16 N.C. No Connection

CN518-17 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN518-18 GND_5 TDC_C Ground

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-19 TDCS_C TDC_C
0V
C

334
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN518-20 +24VF_3 TDC_C +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+10V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-21 TDCREF_C TDC_C
0V
Reference C

0V
CN518-22 GND_6 TDC_C Ground

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-23 TDCDT_C TDC_C
0V
Connection Signal C

0V
CN518-24 GND_7 TDC_K Ground

+5V
CN518-25 TDCS_K TDC_K Toner Density Sensor K
0V

+24V
CN518-26 +24VF_4 TDC_K +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+10V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-27 TDCREF_K TDC_K
0V
Reference K

0V
CN518-28 GND_8 TDC_K Ground

+5V
Toner Density Sensor
CN518-29 TDCDT_K TDC_K
0V
Connection Signal K

+5V
Waste Toner Full
CN518-30 LDTF WTS
0V
Sensor Power Supply

+5V Waste Toner Bottle

CN518-31 LDWTB WTS Detection Sensor
0V Power Supply

335
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Waste Toner Full
CN518-32 nTFSN WTS
0V
Sensor

+5V
Presence of Waste
CN518-33 nWTBSN WTS
0V
Toner Bottle

0V
CN518-34 GND_9 WTS Ground

EC PCB - CN519 (DP-C406 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
LVPS
CN519-1 +24V_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN3-4 0V

+24V
LVPS
CN519-2 +24V_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN3-3 0V

0V
LVPS
CN519-3 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN3-2

LVPS 0V
CN519-4 PGND_2 Ground
CN3-1

EC PCB - CN519 (DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
LVPS
CN519-1 +24V_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN3-6 0V

+24V
LVPS
CN519-2 +24V_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN3-5 0V

+24V
LVPS
CN519-3 +24V_3 +24V DC Power Supply
CN3-4 0V

0V
LVPS
CN519-4 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN3-3

336
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

LVPS 0V
CN519-5 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN3-2

0V
LVPS
CN519-6 PGND_3 Ground
CN3-1

EC PCB - CN520
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LVPS 100V/200V Identifying
CN520-1 100V_200V
CN5-7 0V
Signal

LVPS 0V
CN520-2 GND_1 Ground
CN5-6

0V
LVPS
CN520-3 GND_2 Ground
CN5-5

+5V
LVPS
CN520-4 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
CN5-4 0V

+5V
LVPS
CN520-5 +5V_2 +5V DC Power Supply
CN5-3 0V

+5V
LVPS
CN520-6 +5VLSU_IN +5V DC Power Supply
CN5-2 0V

+5V
LVPS
CN520-7 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN5-1 0V

EC PCB - CN521
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Shutter +5V Shutter Open and

CN521-1 LDSHT Detection Close Detection Sensor
Sensor 0V Power Supply

Shutter 0V
CN521-2 GND_1 Detection Ground
Sensor

337
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Shutter +5V Open and Close

CN521-3 nSHTSN Detection Shutter Detection
Sensor 0V Sensor

Density &
Color 0V
CN521-4 GND_2 Ground
Deviation
Sensor
Density &
+5V
Color Diffuse Reflection Right
CN521-5 VO2R
Deviation 0V
Input
Sensor
Density &
+5V
Color Input Right Registration
CN521-6 CREG_OT_R
Deviation 0V
Sensor
Sensor
Density &
+5V
Color Right Registration
CN521-7 CREG_LD_R
Deviation 0V
Sensor LED Reference
Sensor
Density &
+5V
Color
CN521-8 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
Deviation 0V
Sensor

Color +5V Middle Registration

CN521-9 DCS_M Deviation Sensor Detection
Sensor 0V Range Switch

Color 0V
CN521-10 GND_3 Deviation Ground
Sensor

Color +5V
Image Level Diffusion
CN521-11 VOUT2C Deviation
0V
Input
Sensor

Color +5V
Input Middle
CN521-12 CREG_OT_M Deviation
0V
Registration Sensor
Sensor

Color +5V
Middle Registration
CN521-13 CREG_LD_M Deviation
0V
Sensor LED Reference
Sensor

Color +5V
CN521-14 +5V_2 Deviation +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

338
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN521-15 N.C. No Connection

Density &
Color 0V
CN521-16 GND_4 Ground
Deviation
Sensor

CN521-17 N.C. No Connection

Density &
+5V
Color Input Left Registration
CN521-18 CREG_OT_L
Deviation 0V
Sensor
Sensor
Density &
+10V
Color Left Registration
CN521-19 CREG_LD_L
Deviation 0V
Sensor LED Reference
Sensor
Density &
+5V
Color
CN521-20 +5V_2 +5V DC Power Supply
Deviation 0V
Sensor

Temperature +5V
CN521-21 TEMPSN & Humidity Temperature Sensor
Sensor 0V

Temperature 0V
CN521-22 GND_5 & Humidity Ground
Sensor

Temperature +5V
CN521-23 HUMISN & Humidity Humidity Sensor
Sensor 0V

Temperature +5V
CN521-24 +5V_4 & Humidity +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

+24V
Shutter
CN521-25 nSHTSOL Shutter Solenoid
Solenoid 0V

+24V
Shutter
CN521-26 +24VF_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Solenoid 0V

339
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN521-27 N.C. No Connection

CN521-28 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN522 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-1 nPF1UPERSN Upper Limit Sensor 1
CN400-12 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-2 ADULD ADU Serial Load
CN400-11 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-3 ADULATCH ADU Serial Latch
CN400-10 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-4 ADUSIIN ADU Serial Data Input
CN400-9 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-5 ADUSICLK ADU Serial Clock
CN400-8 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-6 ADUSIOUT ADU Serial Data Output
CN400-7 0V

0V
ADU PCB
CN522-7 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN400-6

ADU PCB 0V
CN522-8 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN400-5

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-9 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-4 0V

340
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-10 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-3 0V

ADU PCB 0V
CN522-11 GND_1 Ground
CN400-2

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-12 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
CN400-1 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-13 pOHPSN OHP Sensor Signal
CN400-24 0V

+5V
ADU PCB Registration Sensor
CN522-14 pRRSN
CN400-23 0V
Signal

CN522-15 N.C. No Connection

+5V
ADU PCB ADU Serial Driver
CN522-16 nADUENB
CN400-21 0V
Enable Data Signal

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-17 nPPSNCST1 Paper Path Sensor 1
CN400-20 0V

CN522-18 N.C. No Connection

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-19 nRESSN2 Resist Sensor 1
CN400-18 0V

CN522-20 N.C. No Connection

CN522-21 N.C. No Connection

341
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN522-22 N.C. No Connection

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-23 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-14 0V

0V
ADU PCB
CN522-24 GND_1 Ground
CN400-13

EC PCB - CN522 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-1 pOHPSN OHP Sensor Signal
CN400-16 0V

+5V
ADU PCB Registration Sensor
CN522-2 pRRSN
CN400-15 0V
Signal

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-3 +24VF +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-14 0V

+5V
ADU PCB ADU Serial Driver
CN522-4 nADUENB
CN400-13 0V
Enable Data Signal

CN522-5 N.C. No Connection

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-6 ADULD ADU Serial Load
CN400-11 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-7 ADULATCH ADU Serial Latch
CN400-10 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-8 ADUSIIN ADU Serial Data Input
CN400-9 0V

342
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-9 ADUSICLK ADU Serial Clock
CN400-8 0V

+5V
ADU PCB
CN522-10 ADUSIOUT ADU Serial Data Output
CN400-7 0V

ADU PCB 0V
CN522-11 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN400-6

ADU PCB 0V
CN522-12 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN400-5

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-13 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-4 0V

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-14 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN400-3 0V

0V
ADU PCB
CN522-15 GND_1 Ground
CN400-2

+24V
ADU PCB
CN522-16 +5V_1 +5V DC Power Supply
CN400-1 0V

EC PCB - CN523
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Lift Motor
CN523-1 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

+24V
Lift Motor
CN523-2 nLUM1 Lift Up Motor 1
(Tray1) 0V

343
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB - CN524 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Sensor a Power
CN524-1 LDCST1a Sensor 1
0V
Supply
(Tray1)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-2 GND_1 Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Detection
CN524-3 Sensor 1
0V
Sensor
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Sensor b Power
CN524-4 Sensor 2
0V
Supply
(Tray1)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-5 Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V Tray 1 No Paper

CN524-6 nCSTSN1b Sensor 2 Sensor (Paper Tray
(Tray1) 0V Sensor : Tray 1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Sensor a Power
CN524-7 LDCST2a Sensor 1
0V
Supply
(Tray2)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-8 GND_3 Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray2)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Detection
CN524-9 nCSTSN2a Sensor 1
0V
Sensor
(Tray2)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Sensor b Power
CN524-10 LDCST2b Sensor 2
0V
Supply
(Tray2)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-11 GND_4 Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray2)

Paper Tray +5V Tray 2 No Paper

CN524-12 nCSTSN2b Sensor 2 Sensor (Paper Tray
(Tray2) 0V Sensor : Tray 2)

344
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN524-13 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN524 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Sensor a Power
CN524-1 LDCST1a Sensor 1
0V
Supply
(Tray1)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-2 GND_1 Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Detection
CN524-3 Sensor 1
0V
Sensor
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 1 Sensor b Power
CN524-4 Sensor 2
0V
Supply
(Tray1)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-5 Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray1)

Paper Tray +5V Tray 1 No Paper

CN524-6 nCSTSN1b Sensor 2 Sensor (Paper Tray
(Tray1) 0V Sensor : Tray 1)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Sensor a Power
CN524-7 LDCST2a Sensor 1
0V
Supply
(Tray2)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-8 GND_3 Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray2)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Detection
CN524-9 nCSTSN2a Sensor 1
0V
Sensor
(Tray2)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 2 Sensor b Power
CN524-10 LDCST2b Sensor 2
0V
Supply
(Tray2)

Paper Tray 0V
CN524-11 GND_4 Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray2)

345
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray +5V Tray 2 No Paper

CN524-12 nCSTSN2b Sensor 2 Sensor (Paper Tray
(Tray2) 0V Sensor : Tray 2)

CN524-13 N.C. No Connection

CN524-14 N.C. No Connection

CN524-15 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN525 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CST PCB
CN525-1 GND_2 Ground
CN601-14

0V
CST PCB
CN525-2 GND_1 Ground
CN601-14

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-3 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN601-13 0V

CN525-4 N.C. No Connection

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-5 APFMCLK APF Motor Clock
CN601-12 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-6 APFSIIN APF Serial Data Input
CN601-11 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-7 APFLD AFP Serial Load
CN601-10 0V

346
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-8 APFSICLK APF Serial Clock
CN601-9 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-9 APFLT AFP Serial Latch
CN601-8 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-10 nAPFENB Serial Interface Enable
CN601-7 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-11 APFSIOUT APF Serial Data Output
CN601-6 0V

0V
CST PCB
CN525-12 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN601-5

0V
CST PCB
CN525-13 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN601-4

+24V
CST PCB
CN525-14 24VM_3 +24V DC Power Supply
CN601-3 0V

+24V
CST PCB
CN525-15 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN601-2 0V

+24V
CST PCB
CN525-16 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN601-2 0V

EC PCB - CN525 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CST PCB 0V
CN525-1 GND Ground
CN601-14

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-2 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN601-13 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-3 APFMCLK APF Motor Clock
CN601-12 0V

347
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-4 APFSIIN APF Serial Data Input
CN601-11 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-5 APFLD AFP Serial Load
CN601-10 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-6 APFSICLK APF Serial Clock
CN601-9 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-7 APFLT AFP Serial Latch
CN601-8 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-8 nAPFENB Serial Interface Enable
CN601-7 0V

+5V
CST PCB
CN525-9 APFSIOUT APF Serial Data Output
CN601-6 0V

0V
CST PCB
CN525-10 PGND_1 Power Ground
CN601-5

CST PCB 0V
CN525-11 PGND_2 Power Ground
CN601-4

+24V
CST PCB
CN525-12 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
CN601-3 0V

+24V
CST PCB
CN525-13 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
CN601-2 0V

EC PCB - CN526
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Feed +24V

CN526-1 +24VF_1 Roller Clutch +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

Paper Feed +24V

Tray 2 Feed Clutch
CN526-2 nPFCL2 Roller Clutch
0V
Control Signal
(Tray2)

348
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Pickup Roller +24V

CN526-3 +24VF_2 Solenoid +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

Pickup Roller +24V

CN526-4 nPFSOL2 Solenoid Paper Feed Solenoid 2
(Tray2) 0V

Paper Path +5V

CN526-5 +5V_1 Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

Upper Limit +5V

CN526-6 +5V_2 Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

Paper Path +5V

CN526-7 nPPSN2 Sensor Paper Path Sensor 2
(Tray2) 0V

Upper Limit +5V

Tray 2 Upper Limit of
CN526-8 pULSN2 Sensor
0V
Paper Sensor
(Tray2)

Paper Path 0V
CN526-9 GND_1 Sensor Ground
(Tray2)

Upper Limit 0V
CN526-10 GND_2 Sensor Ground
(Tray2)

+5V
NP Sensor
CN526-11 +5V_3 +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

+5V
NP Sensor Tray 2 Paper Empty
CN526-12 nPESN2
(Tray2) 0V
Sensor Signal

0V
NP Sensor
CN526-13 GND_3 Ground
(Tray2)

CN526-14 N.C. No Connection

349
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB - CN527 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Jam Release Jam Release Door
CN527-1 LDJDR
Door Sensor 0V
Sensor Power Supply

Jam Release 0V
CN527-2 GND_1 Ground
Door Sensor

+5V
Jam Release Jam Release Door
CN527-3 pJDRSN
Door Sensor 0V
Sensor

Intermediate +5V Intermediate Roller

CN527-4 LDJAM Roller Jam Jam Sensor Power
Sensor 0V Supply

Intermediate 0V
CN527-5 GND_2 Roller Jam Ground
Sensor

Intermediate +5V
Intermediate Roller
CN527-6 nJAMSN Roller Jam
0V
Jam Sensor
Sensor

+24V
Registration
CN527-7 nRRCL Registration Clutch
Clutch 0V

+24V
Registration
CN527-8 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Clutch 0V

+24V
Intermediate Intermediate Roller
CN527-9 nPCRCL
Roller Clutch 0V
Clutch

+24V
Intermediate
CN527-10 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

+24V
Intermediate Intermediate Roller
CN527-11 nRRCR3
Roller Clutch 0V
Clutch

+24V
Intermediate
CN527-12 +24VM_3 +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

350
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB - CN527 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Jam Release Jam Release Door
CN527-1 LDJDR
Door Sensor 0V
Sensor Power Supply

Jam Release 0V
CN527-2 GND_1 Ground
Door Sensor

+5V
Jam Release Jam Release Door
CN527-3 pJDRSN
Door Sensor 0V
Sensor

Intermediate +5V Intermediate Roller

CN527-4 LDJAM Roller Jam Jam Sensor Power
Sensor 0V Supply

Intermediate 0V
CN527-5 GND_2 Roller Jam Ground
Sensor

Intermediate +5V
Intermediate Roller
CN527-6 nJAMSN Roller Jam
0V
Jam Sensor
Sensor

+24V
Registration
CN527-7 nRRCL Registration Clutch
Clutch 0V

+24V
Registration
CN527-8 +24VM_1 +24V DC Power Supply
Clutch 0V

+24V
Intermediate Intermediate Roller
CN527-9 nPCRCL
Roller Clutch 0V
Clutch

+24V
Intermediate
CN527-10 +24VM_2 +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

EC PCB - CN528
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Lift Motor
CN528-1 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray2) 0V

351
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Lift Motor
CN528-2 nLUM2 Lift Up Motor 2
(Tray2) 0V

EC PCB - CN529 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN529-1 pFINISH_POW LVS2 Finisher Power Supply
0V

0V
CN529-2 GND_1 LVS2 Ground

+5V
CN529-3 IPRXD Finisher Finisher Serial RXD
0V

0V
CN529-4 GND_2 Finisher Ground

+5V
CN529-5 IPTXD Finisher Finisher Serial TXD
0V

0V
CN529-6 GND_3 Finisher Ground

+5V
CN529-7 nFIN_SENS Finisher Finisher Sensor Signal
0V

0V
CN529-8 GND_4 Finisher Ground

EC PCB - CN529 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN529-1 pFINISH_POW LVS2 Finisher Power Supply
0V

352
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN529-2 GND_1 LVS2 Ground

+5V
CN529-3 IPRXD Finisher Finisher Serial RXD
0V

0V
CN529-4 GND_2 Finisher Ground

+5V
CN529-5 IPTXD Finisher Finisher Serial TXD
0V

0V
CN529-6 GND_3 Finisher Ground

+5V
CN529-7 nFIN_SENS Finisher Finisher Sensor Signal
0V

EC PCB - CN530
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN530-1 +24VF_1 Key Counter +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Key Counter Activation
CN530-2 nKCCNT Key Counter
0V
Signal

0V
CN530-3 GND_1 Key Counter Ground

+5V
Key Counter Pull Out
CN530-4 nKCS Key Counter
0V
Detection

+5V
CN530-5 +5V_1 Card Reader +5V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
Card Counter
CN530-6 nCCTCNT Card Reader
0V
Activation Signal

353
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN530-7 N.C. No Connection

EC PCB - CN535
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN535-1 D[0] IPC Data Bus Bit 0
0V

+5V
CN535-2 D[1] IPC Data Bus Bit 1
0V

+5V
CN535-3 D[2] IPC Data Bus Bit 2
0V

+5V
CN535-4 D[3] IPC Data Bus Bit 3
0V

+5V
CN535-5 D[4] IPC Data Bus Bit 4
0V

+5V
CN535-6 D[5] IPC Data Bus Bit 5
0V

+5V
CN535-7 D[6] IPC Data Bus Bit 6
0V

+5V
CN535-8 D[7] IPC Data Bus Bit 7
0V

+5V
CN535-9 A[0] IPC Address Bus Bit 0
0V

+5V
CN535-10 A[1] IPC Address Bus Bit 1
0V

+5V
CN535-11 A[2] IPC Address Bus Bit 2
0V

354
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN535-12 A[3] IPC Address Bus Bit 3
0V

+5V
CN535-13 A[4] IPC Address Bus Bit 4
0V

+5V
CN535-14 A[5] IPC Address Bus Bit 5
0V

+5V
CN535-15 A[6] IPC Address Bus Bit 6
0V

+5V
CN535-16 A[7] IPC Address Bus Bit 7
0V

+5V
CN535-17 nRD IPC Read
0V

+5V
CN535-18 nWR IPC Write
0V

+5V
CN535-19 nIPCCS IPC IPC Chip Select
0V

+5V
CN535-20 nRST5 IPC Reset
0V

+5V
CN535-21 IPRXD IPC Finisher Serial RXD
0V

0V
CN535-22 GND IPC Ground

+5V
CN535-23 IPTXD IPC Finisher Serial TXD
0V

355
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN535-24 GND IPC Ground

+5V
CN535-25 +5V IPC +5V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V
CN535-26 +5V IPC +5V DC Power Supply
0V

0V
CN535-27 GND IPC Ground

0V
CN535-28 GND IPC Ground

3.22.4. ADF PC Board

ADF PCB - CN650 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SCN
CN650-1 AFDIN FIFO Data Out
CN707-17
Pluse 0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-2 AFLD Shift FIFO Load
CN707-16
Load 0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-3 ADCLK FIFO Clock
CN707-15
CLK 0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-4 AFLTH FIFO Latch
CN707-14
0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-5 AFENB FIFO Enable
CN707-13
0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-6 AFDOUT FIFO Data In
CN707-12
Pluse 0V

356
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+5V
SCN
CN650-7 ARST System Reset Signal
CN707-10
RESET 0V

+5V
SCN Not Registration Sensor 1
CN650-8 ADFRRSN1 Detected
CN707-9 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
SCN Not Inverting Path Sensor
CN650-9 ADXSN Detected
CN707-8 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
SCN Not Registration Sensor 2
CN650-10 ARRSN2 Detected
CN707-7 Detected Signal
0V

+24V
SCN OFF Registration Roller
CN650-11 ARRCNT
CN707-6 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

+24V
SCN OFF Inverting Clutch 2
CN650-12 ARVCL2
CN707-5 ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
SCN OFF Inverting Clutch 1
CN650-13 ARVCL1
CN707-4 ON Control Signal
0V

+5V
SCN ADF Paper Feed Motor
CN650-14 APMCLK
CN707-3 Clock
CLK 0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-15 AMMCLK ADF Main Motor Clock
CN707-2
CLK 0V

SCN
CN650-16 GND Ground
CN707-1 0V

ADF PCB - CN650 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN650-1 N.C. No Connection

357
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SCN
CN650-2 GND Ground
CN707-1 0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-3 AMMCLK ADF Main Motor Clock
CN707-2
CLK 0V

+5V
SCN ADF Paper Feed Motor
CN650-4 APMCLK
CN707-3 Clock
CLK 0V

+24V
SCN OFF Inverting Clutch 1
CN650-5 ARVCL1
CN707-4 ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
SCN OFF Inverting Clutch 2
CN650-6 ARVCL2
CN707-5 ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
SCN OFF Registration Roller
CN650-7 ARRCNT
CN707-6 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

+5V
SCN Not Registration Sensor 2
CN650-8 ARRSN2 Detected
CN707-7 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
SCN Not Inverting Path Sensor
CN650-9 ADXSN Detected
CN707-8 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
SCN Not Registration Sensor 1
CN650-10 ADFRRSN1 Detected
CN707-9 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
SCN
CN650-11 ARST System Reset Signal
CN707-10
RESET 0V

CN650-12 N.C. No Connection

358
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB - CN651 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SCN
CN651-1 AFDOUT FIFO Data In
CN707-12
Pluse 0V

+5V
SCN
CN651-2 AFENB FIFO Enable
CN707-13
0V

+5V
SCN
CN651-3 AFLTH FIFO Latch
CN707-14
0V

+5V
SCN
CN651-4 ADCLK FIFO Clock
CN707-15
CLK 0V

+5V
SCN
CN651-5 AFLD Shift FIFO Load
CN707-16
Load 0V

+5V
SCN
CN651-6 AFDIN FIFO Data Out
CN707-17
Pluse 0V

ADF PCB - CN652 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Size Sensor
CN652-1 GND Ground
1-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 1
CN652-2 SIZE1SN Detected
1-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-3 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
1-1

Size Sensor
CN652-4 GND Ground
2-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 2
CN652-5 SIZE2SN Detected
2-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

359
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-6 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
2-1

Size Sensor
CN652-7 GND Ground
3-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 3
CN652-8 SIZE3SN Detected
3-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-9 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
3-1

Size Sensor
CN652-10 GND Ground
4-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 4
CN652-11 SIZE4SN Detected
4-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-12 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
4-1

ADF PCB - CN652 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN652-1 N.C. No Connection

Size Sensor
CN652-2 GND Ground
1-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 1
CN652-3 SIZE1SN Detected
1-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-4 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
1-1

360
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Size Sensor
CN652-5 GND Ground
2-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 2
CN652-6 SIZE2SN Detected
2-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-7 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
2-1

Size Sensor
CN652-8 GND Ground
3-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 3
CN652-9 SIZE3SN Detected
3-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-10 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
3-1

Size Sensor
CN652-11 GND Ground
4-3 0V

+5V
Size Sensor Not Original Size Sensor 4
CN652-12 SIZE4SN Detected
4-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Size Sensor
CN652-13 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
4-1

CN652-14 N.C. No Connection

ADF PCB - CN653

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Registration
CN653-1 GND Ground
Sensor 1-3 0V

361
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+5V
Registration Not Registration Sensor 1
CN653-2 PR1SN Detected
Sensor 1-2 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
Registration
CN653-3 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor 1-1

Original
CN653-4 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

+5V
Original Not
CN653-5 ORGSN Detected Original Sensor Signal
Sensor-2 Detected
0V

+5V
Original
CN653-6 +5VP +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

ADF PCB - CN654 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Inverting
CN654-1 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

+5V
Inverting Not Inverting Path Sensor
CN654-2 DXSN Detected
Sensor-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Inverting
CN654-3 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

Registration
CN654-4 GND Ground
Sensor 2-3 0V

+5V
Registration Not Registration Sensor 2
CN654-5 RR2SN Detected
Sensor 2-2 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
Registration
CN654-6 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor 2-1

362
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Registration
CN654-7 GND Ground
Sensor 3-3 0V

+5V
Registration Not Registration Sensor 3
CN654-8 RR3SN Detected
Sensor 3-2 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
Registration
CN654-9 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor 3-1

ADF PCB - CN654 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN654-1 N.C. No Connection

Inverting
CN654-2 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

+5V
Inverting Not Inverting Path Sensor
CN654-3 DXSN Detected
Sensor-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Inverting
CN654-4 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

Registration
CN654-5 GND Ground
Sensor 2-3 0V

+5V
Registration Not Registration Sensor 2
CN654-6 RR2SN Detected
Sensor 2-2 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
Registration
CN654-7 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor 2-1

Registration
CN654-8 GND Ground
Sensor 3-3 0V

363
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+5V
Registration Not Registration Sensor 3
CN654-9 RR3SN Detected
Sensor 3-2 Detected Signal
0V

+5V
Registration
CN654-10 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor 3-1

CN654-11 N.C. No Connection

ADF PCB - CN655 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Registration
CN655-1 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 2

+24V
Registration OFF Registration Roller 2
CN655-2 RR2CLCNT
Clutch 2 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

+24V
Registration
CN655-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 1

+24V
Registration OFF Registration Roller 1
CN655-4 RR1CLCNT
Clutch 1 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed
CN655-5 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch

+24V
Paper Feed OFF Paper Feed Clutch
CN655-6 PFCLCNT
Clutch ON Control Signal
0V

CN655-7 N.C. No Connection

Door
CN655-8 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

364
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Door Open ADF Cover Open
CN655-9 OPSN
Sensor-2 Close Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Door
CN655-10 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

ADF PCB - CN655 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Paper Feed
CN655-1 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch

+24V
Paper Feed OFF Paper Feed Clutch
CN655-2 PFCLCNT
Clutch ON Control Signal
0V

CN655-3 N.C. No Connection

Door
CN655-4 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

+5V
Door Open ADF Cover Open
CN655-5 OPSN
Sensor-2 Close Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Door
CN655-6 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

ADF PCB - CN656 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Registration
CN656-1 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 2

+24V
Registration OFF Registration Roller 2
CN656-2 RR2CLCNT
Clutch 2 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

365
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Registration
CN656-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 1

+24V
Registration OFF Registration Roller 1
CN656-4 RR1CLCNT
Clutch 1 ON Clutch Control Signal
0V

ADF PCB - CN658

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
CN658-1 +24VO1 Stamp +24 VDC Power Supply

+24V
OFF Stamp Solenoid Control
CN658-2 STSLCNT Stamp
ON Signal
0V

Exit
CN658-3 GND Ground
Sensor-3 0V

+5V
Exit Not Paper Exit Sensor
CN658-4 EXSN Detected
Sensor-2 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
Exit
CN658-5 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
Sensor-1

ADF PCB - CN659 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Slow Down
CN659-1 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch

+24V
Slow Down OFF Slow Down Clutch
CN659-2 SDCLCNT
Clutch ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
Inverting
CN659-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 1

366
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Clutch 1
CN659-4 SB1CLCNT
Clutch 1 ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
Inverting
CN659-5 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 2

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Clutch 2
CN659-6 SB2CLCNT
Clutch 2 ON Control Signal
0V

CN659-7 N.C. No Connection

CN659-8 N.C. No Connection

ADF PCB - CN659 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN659-1 N.C. No Connection

+24V
Slow Down
CN659-2 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch

+24V
Inverting
CN659-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 1

+24V
Inverting
CN659-4 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Clutch 2

+24V
Slow Down OFF Slow Down Clutch
CN659-5 SDCLCNT
Clutch ON Control Signal
0V

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Clutch 1
CN659-6 SB1CLCNT
Clutch 1 ON Control Signal
0V

367
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Clutch 2
CN659-7 SB2CLCNT
Clutch 2 ON Control Signal
0V

CN659-8 N.C. No Connection

ADF PCB - CN660

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Pinch
CN660-1 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Solenoid

+24V
Pinch OFF Pinch Solenoid Control
CN660-2 PPSOLCNT
Solenoid ON Signal
0V

CN660-3 N.C. No Connection

CN660-4 N.C. No Connection

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Solenoid
CN660-5 DXSLCNT1
Solenoid ON Control 1 Signal
0V

+24V
Inverting
CN660-6 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Solenoid

+24V
Inverting OFF Inverting Solenoid
CN660-7 DXSLCNT2
Solenoid ON Control 2 Signal
0V

ADF PCB - CN661 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor A
CN661-1 PMA
Motor-11 Signal
0V

368
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
Paper Feed
CN661-2 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-9

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor AB
CN661-3 PMAB
Motor-7 Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor B
CN661-4 PMB
Motor-5 Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed
CN661-5 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-3

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor BB
CN661-6 PMBB
Motor-1 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor A
CN661-7 MMA
Motor-11 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main
CN661-8 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-9

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor AB
CN661-9 MMAB
Motor-7 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor B
CN661-10 MMB
Motor-5 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main
CN661-11 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-3

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor BB
CN661-12 MMBB
Motor-1 Signal
0V

369
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB - CN661 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN661-1 N.C. No Connection

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor A
CN661-2 PMA
Motor-11 Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed
CN661-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-9

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor AB
CN661-4 PMAB
Motor-7 Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor B
CN661-5 PMB
Motor-5 Signal
0V

+24V
Paper Feed
CN661-6 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-3

+24V
Paper Feed Paper Feed Motor BB
CN661-7 PMBB
Motor-1 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor A
CN661-8 MMA
Motor-11 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main
CN661-9 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-9

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor AB
CN661-10 MMAB
Motor-7 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor B
CN661-11 MMB
Motor-5 Signal
0V

+24V
ADF Main
CN661-12 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
Motor-3

370
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+24V
ADF Main ADF Main Motor BB
CN661-13 MMBB
Motor-1 Signal
0V

CN661-14 N.C. No Connection

ADF PCB - CN662 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SCN
CN662-1 GND Ground
CN708-9 0V

+5V
SCN Not Original Sensor
CN662-2 ORGSN Detected
CN708-8 Detected Detection Signal
0V

+5V
SCN
CN662-3 +5VP +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-7

+5V
SCN
CN662-4 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-6

+5V
SCN
CN662-5 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-5

SCN
CN662-6 PGND Ground
CN708-4 0V

SCN
CN662-7 PGND Ground
CN708-3 0V

+24V
SCN
CN662-8 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
CN708-2

+24V
SCN
CN662-9 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
CN708-1

371
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB - CN662 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN662-1 N.C. No Connection

+24V
SCN
CN662-2 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
CN708-1

+24V
SCN
CN662-3 +24VO1 +24 VDC Power Supply
CN708-2

SCN
CN662-4 PGND Ground
CN708-3 0V

SCN
CN662-5 PGND Ground
CN708-4 0V

+5V
SCN
CN662-6 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-5

+5V
SCN
CN662-7 +5V +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-6

+5V
SCN
CN662-8 +5VP +5 VDC Power Supply
CN708-7

+5V
SCN Not Original Sensor
CN662-9 ORGSN Detected
CN708-8 Detected Detection Signal
0V

SCN
CN662-10 GND Ground
CN708-9 0V

CN662-11 N.C. No Connection

CN662-12 N.C. No Connection

372
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADF PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN662-13 N.C. No Connection

3.22.5. SCN PC Board

SCN PCB - CN702
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
LVPS
CN702-1 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN7-1 0V

+5V
LVPS
CN702-2 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN7-2 0V

LVPS 0V
CN702-3 GND Ground
CN7-3

LVPS 0V
CN702-4 GND Ground
CN7-4

+24V
LVPS
CN702-5 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN7-5 0V

+24V
LVPS
CN702-6 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN7-6 0V

0V
LVPS
CN702-7 MGND Power Ground
CN7-7

0V
LVPS
CN702-8 MGND Power Ground
CN7-8

SCN PCB - CN703

SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN703-1 nSCNMA Scan Motor Scan Motor Control A
0V

373
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN703-2 +24VS Scan Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN703-3 nSCNMAB Scan Motor Scan Motor Control *A
0V

+24V
CN703-4 nSCNMB Scan Motor Scan Motor Control B
0V

+24V
CN703-5 +24VS Scan Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN703-6 nSCNMBB Scan Motor Scan Motor Control *B
0V

SCN PCB - CN704

SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN704-1 +24VS Inverter +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN704-2 +24VS Inverter +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+5V
Inverter Drive Control
CN704-3 nLPCNT Inverter
0V
Signal

+5V
Inverter Drive Control
CN704-4 nLPCNT Inverter
0V
Signal

0V
CN704-5 MGND Inverter Power Ground

0V
CN704-6 MGND Inverter Power Ground

SCN PCB - CN707

Refer to ADF PC Board.

374
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SCN PCB - CN708
Refer to ADF PC Board.
SCN PCB - CN709
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 0V
CN709-1 GND Ground
CN51-15

SC PCB 0V
CN709-2 GND Ground
CN51-14

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-3 SCNTXD Output Serial Data
CN51-13 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-4 SCNRXD Input Serial Data
CN51-12 0V

+5V
SC PCB Scanner Program
CN709-5 SCPCLK
CN51-11 0V
Serial Interface Clock

+5V
SC PCB Scanner Program
CN709-6 SCPDATA
CN51-10 0V
Serial Interface Date

+5V
SC PCB Control Program
CN709-7 nPRGDWN
CN51-9 0V
Download

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-8 nPRST HST Reset
CN51-8 0V

+5V
SC PCB Scanner Request
CN709-9 nSREQ
CN51-7 0V
Signal

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-10 nSENTIM Image Sent Signal
CN51-6 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-11 nVEN Vertical Enable Signal
CN51-5 0V

+5V
SC PCB Scanner Acknowledge
CN709-12 nSACK
CN51-4 0V
Signal

375
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB
CN709-13 nVREQ Vertical Request Signal
CN51-3 0V

+5V
SC PCB Shading Interrupt
CN709-14 nSHIN
CN51-2 0V
Signal

+5V
SC PCB Original Size Sensor
CN709-15 nORGSEN
CN51-1 0V
Signal

SCN PCB - CN710

SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Original Size
CN710-1 nORSIZIN0 Original Size 0 Sensor
Sensor 0V

+5V
Original Size
CN710-2 nORSIZIN1 Original Size 1 Sensor
Sensor 0V

+5V
Original Size
CN710-3 nORSIZIN2 Original Size 2 Sensor
Sensor 0V

+5V
Original Size
CN710-4 +5TV +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

Original Size 0V
CN710-5 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Original Size
CN710-6 +5TV +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

+5V
Original Size
CN710-7 nORSIZIN3 Original Size 3 Sensor
Sensor 0V

0V
Original Size
CN710-8 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Original Size
CN710-9 +5TV +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

376
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Original Size
CN710-10 nORSIZIN4 Original Size 4 Sensor
Sensor 0V

Original Size 0V
CN710-11 GND Ground
Sensor

Home +5V
CN710-12 +5TV Position +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

Home +5V
CN710-13 nHPSN Position Home Position Sensor
Sensor 0V

Home 0V
CN710-14 GND Position Ground
Sensor

+5V
Platen Angle
CN710-15 +5TV +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

+5V
Platen Angle
CN710-16 nPASN Platen Angle Sensor
Sensor 0V

Platen Angle 0V
CN710-17 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Platen Cover
CN710-18 +5TV +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

+5V
Platen Cover
CN710-19 nPCSN Platen Angle Sensor
Sensor 0V

0V
Platen Cover
CN710-20 GND Ground
Sensor

SCN PCB - CN713 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN713-1 CCDF-LOCK CCD FAN Signal Lock
0V

377
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CN713-2 MGND CCD FAN Power Ground

+24V
CN713-3 nCCDF_CNT CCD FAN Control CCD Fan
0V

SCN PCB - CN713 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

SNC PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CNP713-1 CCDF-LOCK CCD FAN Signal Lock

+5V
CNP713-2 MGND CCD FAN Power Ground
0V

+5V
CNP713-3 nCCDF_CNT CCD FAN Control CCD Fan
0V

+5V
CNP713-4 pLPF_CNT_2 Lamp Inverter Control lamp Fan
0V

3.22.6. AFE PC Board

AFE PCB - CN852 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Blue Even
CN852-1 BLUE_EVEN CCD video signal
CN850-1 Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-2 GND Ground
CN850-2

offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Blue Odd
CN852-3 BLUE_ODD CCD video signal
CN850-3 Signal
0V

0V
CCD
CN852-4 GND Ground
CN850-4

378
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Green
CN852-5 GREEN_EVEN CCD video signal
CN850-5 Even Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-6 GND Ground
CN850-6

offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Green
CN852-7 GREEN_ODD CCD video signal
CN850-7 Odd Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-8 GND Ground
CN850-8

offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Red Even
CN852-9 RED_EVEN CCD video signal
CN850-9 Signal
0V

0V
CCD
CN852-10 GND Ground
CN850-10

offset level
CCD 4.4V 6.4V CCD Output Red Odd
CN852-11 RED_ODD CCD video signal
CN850-11 Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-12 GND Ground
CN850-12

AFE PCB - CN852 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Blue Odd
CN852-1 VINODD_Blue CCD video signal
CN850-1 Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-2 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-2

offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Blue Even
CN852-3 VINEVEN_Blue CCD video signal
CN850-3 Signal
0V

379
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CCD
CN852-4 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-4

offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Green
CN852-5 VINODD_Green CCD video signal
CN850-5 Odd Signal
0V

0V
CCD
CN852-6 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-6

offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Green
CN852-7 VINEVEN_Green CCD video signal
CN850-7 Even Signal
0V

0V
CCD
CN852-8 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-8

offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Red Odd
CN852-9 VINODD_Red CCD video signal
CN850-9 Signal
0V

0V
CCD
CN852-10 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-10

offset level
CCD 2.8V 5V CCD Output Red Even
CN852-11 VINEVEN_Red CCD video signal
CN850-11 Signal
0V

CCD 0V
CN852-12 AGND Analog Ground
CN850-12

AFE PCB - CN853 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CCD 0V
CN853-1 GND Ground
CN851-1

CCD 0V
CN853-2 GND Ground
CN851-2

380
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+10V
CCD
CN853-3 +10V +10V DC Power Supply
CN851-3 0V

+10V
CCD
CN853-4 +10V +10V DC Power Supply
CN851-4 0V

CCD 0V
CN853-5 GND Ground
CN851-5

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-6 ϕTG2 1 line cycle Transfer Gate Clock 2
CN851-6
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-7 ϕ2 Shift Register Clock 2
CN851-7
0V

+3.3V
CCD 1 line cycle
CN853-8 ϕTG1 Transfer Gate Clock 1
CN851-8
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-9 ϕ1 Shift Register Clock 1
CN851-9
0V

+3.3V
CCD Last Stage Shift
CN853-10 ϕ2L
CN851-10 Register Clock 2
0V

CCD 0V
CN853-11 GND Ground
CN851-11

CCD 0V
CN853-12 GND Ground
CN851-12

+3.3V
CCD Reset Feed Through
CN853-13 ϕCP
CN851-13 Level Clamp Clock
0V

+3.3V
CCD +3.3V DC Power
CN853-14 +3.3V
CN851-14 0V
Supply

381
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+3.3V
CCD
CN853-15 ϕR Reset Gate Clock
CN851-15
0V

+3.3V
CCD +3.3V DC Power
CN853-16 +3.3V
CN851-16 0V
Supply

CCD 0V
CN853-17 GND Ground
CN851-17

CCD 0V
CN853-18 GND Ground
CN851-18

+5V
CCD
CN853-19 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN851-19 0V

+5V
CCD
CN853-20 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN851-20 0V

AFE PCB - CN853 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CCD
CN853-1 AGND Analog Ground
CN851-1

CCD 0V
CN853-2 AGND Analog Ground
CN851-2

+10V
CCD
CN853-3 +10V +10V DC Power Supply
CN851-3 0V

+10V
CCD
CN853-4 +10V +10V DC Power Supply
CN851-4 0V

0V
CCD
CN853-5 AGND Analog Ground
CN851-5

0V
CCD
CN853-6 AGND Analog Ground
CN851-6

382
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+3.3V
CCD
CN853-7 ϕTG1 1 line cycle Transfer Gate Clock 1
CN851-7
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-8 ϕTG2 1 line cycle Transfer Gate Clock 2
CN851-8
0V

CN853-9 N.C. No Connection

+3.3V
CCD Reset Feed Through
CN853-10 ϕCP
CN851-10 Level Clamp Clock
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-11 ϕR Reset Gate Clock
CN851-11
0V

+3.3V
CCD Last Stage Shift
CN853-12 ϕ2L
CN851-12 Register Clock
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-13 ϕ2 Shift Register Clock 2
CN851-13
0V

+3.3V
CCD
CN853-14 ϕ1 Shift Register Clock 1
CN851-14
0V

0V
CCD
CN853-15 GND Ground
CN851-15

0V
CCD
CN853-16 GND Ground
CN851-16

+5V
CCD
CN853-17 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN851-17 0V

+5V
CCD
CN853-18 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN851-18 0V

383
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
CCD
CN853-19 GND Ground
CN851-19

CCD 0V
CN853-20 GND Ground
CN851-20

AFE PCB - CN854 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 0V
CN854-1 GND Ground
CN56-1

+300mV
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-2 D0+
CN56-2 -300mV
(D0+)

+300mV
SC PCB
CN854-3 D0- Digital Video Data (D0-)
CN56-3 -300mV

0V
SC PCB
CN854-4 GND Ground
CN56-4

+300mV
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-5 D1+
CN56-5 -300mV
(D1+)

+300mV
SC PCB
CN854-6 D1- Digital Video Data (D1-)
CN56-6 -300mV

SC PCB 0V
CN854-7 GND Ground
CN56-7

AFE PCB - CN854 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 0V
CN854-1 GND Ground
CN56-1

384
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
SC PCB
CN854-2 GND Ground
CN56-2

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-3 TXOUT0-
CN56-3 0V
(TXOUT0-)

SC PCB 0V
CN854-4 GND Ground
CN56-4

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-5 TXOUT0+
CN56-5 0V
(TXOUT0+)

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-6 TXOUT3-
CN56-6 0V
(TXOUT3-)

0V
SC PCB
CN854-7 GND Ground
CN56-7

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-8 TXOUT3+
CN56-8 0V
(TXOUT3+)

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-9 TXOUT1-
CN56-9 0V
(TXOUT1-)

SC PCB 0V
CN854-10 GND Ground
CN56-10

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-11 TXOUT1+
CN56-11 0V
(TXOUT1+)

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-12 TXOUT4-
CN56-12 0V
(TXOUT4-)

0V
SC PCB
CN854-13 GND Ground
CN56-13

385
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-14 TXOUT4+
CN56-14 0V
(TXOUT4+)

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-15 TXOUT2-
CN56-15 0V
(TXOUT2-)

SC PCB 0V
CN854-16 GND Ground
CN56-16

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN854-17 TXOUT2+
CN56-17 0V
(TXOUT2+)

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data Shift
CN854-18 TXCLK1OUT-
CN56-18 0V
Clock -

0V
SC PCB
CN854-19 GND Ground
CN56-19

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data Shift
CN854-20 TXCLK1OUT+
CN56-20 0V
Clock +

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data Shift
CN854-21 TXCLK0OUT-
CN56-21 0V
Clock -

SC PCB 0V
CN854-22 GND Ground
CN56-22

+3.3V
SC PCB Digital Video Data Shift
CN854-23 TXCLK0OUT+
CN56-23 0V
Clock +

+3.3V Blue AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-24 BLUESCLK+ 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-24
0v Clock + (BLUESCLK+)

0V
SC PCB
CN854-25 GND Ground
CN56-25

+3.3V Blue AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-26 BLUESCLK- 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-26
0v Clock - (BLUESCLK-)

386
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+3.3V
SC PCB Flat Link LVDS Shift
CN854-27 LVSCLK-
CN56-27 0V
Clock (LVSCLK-)

SC PCB 0V
CN854-28 GND Ground
CN56-28

+3.3V
SC PCB Flat Link LVDS Shift
CN854-29 LVSCLK+
CN56-29 0V
Clock (LVSCLK+)

+3.3V Green AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-30 GREENSCLK+ 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-30
0v Clock +

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN854-31 ASICRCLK+ Reserve Clock +
CN56-31 0V

+3.3V Green AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-32 GREENSCLK- 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-32
0v Clock +

+3.3V
SC PCB
CN854-33 ASICRCLK- Reserve Clock -
CN56-33 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN854-34 GND Ground
CN56-34

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD-ASIC System
CN854-35 CCDASICLK-
CN56-35 0V
Clock -

+3.3V Green AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-36 REDSCLK+ 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-36
0v Clock+ (REDSCLK+)

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD-ASIC System
CN854-37 CCDASICLK+
CN56-37 0V
Clock +

+3.3V Green AFE Serial

SC PCB
CN854-38 REDSCLK- 16-clock Interface Shift Register
CN56-38
0v Clock- (REDSCLK-)

SC PCB 0V
CN854-39 GND Ground
CN56-39

387
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
SC PCB
CN854-40 GND Ground
CN56-40

AFE PCB - CN855 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB
CN855-1 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN57-19 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN855-2 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN57-18 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN855-3 GND Ground
CN57-17

+24V
SC PCB
CN855-4 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN57-16 0V

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD ASIC Output
CN855-5 CCDIOEN
CN57-15 0V
Enable (Low Active)

0V
SC PCB
CN855-6 GND Ground
CN57-14

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD ASIC Serial
CN855-7 CCDSDO
CN57-13 0V
Interface Output Signal

+3.3V CCD ASIC Serial

SC PCB 16-clock
CN855-8 CCDSCLK Interface Shift Register
CN57-12 0v Clock

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD ASIC Serial
CN855-9 CCDSDI
CN57-11 0V
Interface Input Signal

+3.3V CCD ASIC Serial

SC PCB
CN855-10 CCDSEN Interface Enable (High
CN57-10 0V Active)

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD ASIC PLL Enable
CN855-11 CCDPLLEN
CN57-9 0V
(High Active)

388
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD / AFE Board
CN855-12 CCDRESET RESET
CN57-8 0V
System Reset

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN855-13 +3.3V
CN57-7 0V
Supply

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN855-14 +3.3V
CN57-6 0V
Supply

SC PCB 0V
CN855-15 GND Ground
CN57-5

+3.3V
SC PCB 16-clock AFE Serial Interface
CN855-16 AFESCLK
CN57-4 0v Shift Register Clock

+3.3V
SC PCB AFE Serial Interface
CN855-17 AFESDI
CN57-3 0V
Input Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB AFE Serial Interface
CN855-18 AFESEN
CN57-2 0V
Enable (High Active)

+3.3V
SC PCB AFE Serial Interface
CN855-19 AFESDO
CN57-1 0V
Output Signal

AFE PCB - CN855 (DP-C354/C322 Series Only)

AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 0V
CN855-1 GND Ground
CN57-1

SC PCB 0V
CN855-2 GND Ground
CN57-2

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN855-3 +3.3V
CN57-3 0V
Supply

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN855-4 +3.3V
CN57-4 0V
Supply

389
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+3.3V Serial Interface Blue
SC PCB
CN855-5 nSENSB AFE Low-Active Chip
CN57-5 0V Enable

+3.3V Serial Interface Green

SC PCB
CN855-6 nSENSG AFE Low-Active Chip
CN57-6 0V Enable

+3.3V
SC PCB Blue AFE Serial
CN855-7 SDIB
CN57-7 0V
Interface Input Signal

+3.3V
SC PCB Green AFE Serial
CN855-8 SDIG
CN57-8 0V
Interface Input Signal

+3.3V Serial Interface Red

SC PCB
CN855-9 nSENSR AFE Low-Active Chip
CN57-9 0V Enable

+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle Black Level Clamp
CN855-10 pBLKCLP
CN57-10 Switch Signal
0V

+3.3V
SC PCB Red AFE Serial
CN855-11 SDIR
CN57-11 0V
Interface Input Signal

SC PCB 0V
CN855-12 GND Ground
CN57-12

SC PCB 0V
CN855-13 GND Ground
CN57-13

SC PCB 0V
CN855-14 GND Ground
CN57-14

+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle
CN855-15 nCLPIN Input Clamp Enable
CN57-15
0V

+3.3V
SC PCB CCD Board System
CN855-16 nCCDRST
CN57-16 0V
Reset

+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle CCD Drive Control
CN855-17 MASK2
CN57-17 Signal
0V

390
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle CCD Drive Control
CN855-18 SLSYNC2
CN57-18 Signal
0V

+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle CCD Drive Control
CN855-19 MASK1
CN57-19 Signal
0V

+3.3V
SC PCB 1 line cycle CCD Drive Control
CN855-20 SLSYNC1
CN57-20 Signal
0V

SC PCB 0V
CN855-21 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-21

0V
SC PCB
CN855-22 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-22

+5V
SC PCB
CN855-23 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN57-23 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN855-24 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN57-24 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN855-25 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-25

SC PCB 0V
CN855-26 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-26

+24V
SC PCB
CN855-27 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN57-28 0V

+24V
SC PCB
CN855-28 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN57-28 0V

0V
SC PCB
CN855-29 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-29

391
 DP-C406/C306/C266
AFE PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
SC PCB
CN855-30 AGND Analog Ground
CN57-30

3.22.7. ADU PC Board

ADU PCB - CN400
Refer to EC PC Board.
ADU PCB - CN401
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Path ADU Path Sensor 0
CN401-1 LDADUPP0
Sensor 0V
Power Supply

Paper Path 0V
CN401-2 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Paper Path ADU Path Sensor 0
CN401-3 nADUPP0
Sensor 0V
Signal

ADU Paper +24V

ADU Path Change
CN401-4 nPUSSOL 1 Guide
0V
Solenoid Control Signal
Solenoid

ADU Paper +24V

CN401-5 +24VM Guide +24V DC Power Supply
Solenoid 0V

ADU Paper +24V

ADU Path Change
CN401-6 nPUSSOL 2 Guide
0V
Solenoid Control Signal
Solenoid

+24V
2way Ordinary
CN401-7 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

+24V
2way Ordinary 2-Way Roller Clutch
CN401-8 nSEITENCL
Roller Clutch 0V
Control Signal

+24V
2way Inverting
CN401-9 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

392
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
2way Inverting 2-Way Roller Clutch
CN401-10 nGYAKUTENCL
Roller Clutch 0V
Control Signal

ADU PCB - CN402

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Inner Exit Inner Exit Sensor
CN402-1 LDINRSN
Sensor 0V
Power Supply

Inner Exit 0V
CN402-2 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Inner Exit Inner Exit Sensor
CN402-3 nINRSN
Sensor 0V
Signal

CN402-4 N.C. No Connection

ADU PCB - CN403

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Right Cover 0V
CN403-1 PGND Power Ground
Fan

+5V
Right Cover Right Cover Fan Ready
CN403-2 nMEXFRDY
Fan 0V
Signal

+5V
Right Cover Right Cover Fan Power
CN403-3 MEXFAN
Fan 0V
Supply

CN403-4 N.C. No Connection

393
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB - CN404
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Path
CN404-1 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

Paper Path 0V
CN404-2 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Paper Path ADU Path Sensor 1
CN404-3 nADUPP1
Sensor 0V
Signal

+24V
ADU Roller
CN404-4 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Clutch 1 0V

+24V
ADU Roller ADU Clutch 1 Control
CN404-5 nADUCL1
Clutch 1 0V
Signal

ADU PCB - CN405

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Fuser Exit Fuser Exit Sensor
CN405-1 LDFUEX
Sensor 0V
Power Supply

Fuser Exit 0V
CN405-2 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Fuser Exit Fuser Exit Sensor
CN405-3 nFUEXSN
Sensor 0V
Signal

ADU PCB - CN406

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Path ADU Path Sensor 2
CN406-1 LDADUPP2
Sensor 0V
Power Supply

0V
Paper Path
CN406-2 GND Ground
Sensor

394
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Path ADU Path Sensor 2
CN406-3 nADUPP2
Sensor 0V
Signal

+5V
Right Cover Right Sub Cover
CN406-4 LDADUDR
Open Sensor 0V
Sensor Power Supply

Right Cover 0V
CN406-5 GND Ground
Open Sensor

+5V
Right Cover Right Sub Cover
CN406-6 nADUDRSN
Open Sensor 0V
Sensor Signal

+24V
ADU Roller
CN406-7 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Clutch 2 0V

+24V
ADU Roller ADU Clutch 2 Control
CN406-8 nADUCL2
Clutch 2 0V
Signal

+24V
STR Guide Solenoid
CN406-9 nSTSOL STR Solenoid
0V
Control Signal

+24V
CN406-10 +24VM STR Solenoid +24V DC Power Supply
0V

CN406-11 N.C. No Connection

ADU PCB - CN407

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN407-1 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN407-2 GND RR/OHPSN Ground

395
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN407-3 pOHPSN RR/OHPSN OHP Sensor Signal
0V

+5V
Registration Sensor
CN407-4 pRRSN RR/OHPSN
0V
Signal

+5V +5V DC Power Supply

CN407-5 +5V_RR RR/OHPSN Signal for OHP
0V Registration Sensor

ADU PCB - CN408

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Width
CN408-1 LDHFS1
Size Sensor 1 0V
Sensor Power Supply

0V
Sheet Bypass
CN408-2 GND Ground
Size Sensor 1

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Width
CN408-3 nHFSSN1
Size Sensor 1 0V
Sensor Signal

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Width
CN408-4 LDHFS2
Size Sensor 2 0V
Sensor 2 Power Supply

Sheet Bypass 0V
CN408-5 GND Ground
Size Sensor 2

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Size
CN408-6 nHFSSN2
Size Sensor 2 0V
Sensor 2 Signal

Sheet Bypass +5V

Sheet Bypass Length
CN408-7 LDHFL Size Length
0V
Sensor Power Supply
Sensor

Sheet Bypass 0V
CN408-8 GND Size Length Ground
Sensor

Sheet Bypass +5V

Sheet Bypass Length
CN408-9 nHFLSN Size Length
0V
Sensor Signal
Sensor

396
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Width
CN408-10 LDHFS3
Size Sensor 3 0V
Sensor 3 Power Supply

Sheet Bypass 0V
CN408-11 GND Ground
Size Sensor 3

+5V
Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Width
CN408-12 nHFSSN3
Size Sensor 3 0V
Sensor 3 Signal

ADU PCB - CN409

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Feed +24V

CN409-1 +24VM Roller Clutch +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

Paper Feed +24V

Tray 1 Feed Clutch
CN409-2 nPFCL1 Roller Clutch
0V
Control Signal
(Tray1)

Pickup Roller +24V

Power Supply for 1st
CN409-3 nPFSOL1 Solenoid
0V
Tray Pickup Solenoid
(Tray1)

Pickup Roller +24V

CN409-4 +24VM Solenoid +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

Paper Path +5V

CN409-5 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

Paper Path +5V

Tray 1 Paper Path
CN409-6 nPPSN1 Sensor
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray1)

Paper Path 0V
CN409-7 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray1)

Upper Limit +5V

CN409-8 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

Upper Limit +5V

Tray 1 Upper Limit of
CN409-9 nULSN1 Sensor
0V
Paper Sensor Signal
(Tray1)

397
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Upper Limit 0V
CN409-10 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray1)

+5V
NP Sensor
CN409-11 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray1) 0V

+5V
NP Sensor Tray 1 Paper Empty
CN409-12 nPESN1
(Tray1) 0V
Sensor Signal

NP Sensor 0V
CN409-13 GND Ground
(Tray1)

ADU PCB - CN410

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V Sheet Bypass Tray

Sheet Bypass
CN410-1 LDHFPE Paper Detection
NP Sensor 0V Sensor Power Supply

0V
Sheet Bypass
CN410-2 GND Ground
NP Sensor

+5V Sheet Bypass Tray

Sheet Bypass
CN410-3 nHFPESN Paper Detection
NP Sensor 0V Sensor Signal

Paper Feed
+24V Sheet Bypass Tray
Roller Clutch
CN410-4 nHFSOL Pickup Solenoid
(Sheet 0V Sensor Signal
Bypass)
Paper Feed
+24V
Roller Clutch
CN410-5 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
(Sheet 0V
Bypass)
Pickup Roller
+24V
Solenoid
CN410-6 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
(Sheet 0V
Bypass)
Pickup Roller
+24V Sheet Bypass Tray
Solenoid
CN410-7 nHFCL Paper Feed Clutch
(Sheet 0V Sensor Signal
Bypass)

398
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PCB - CN411
ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Feed Cover 2 Sheet Bypass Width
CN411-1 LDHFS1
Open Sensor 0V
Sensor Power Supply

Feed Cover 2 0V
CN411-2 GND Ground
Open Sensor

+5V
Feed Cover 2 Sheet Bypass Width
CN411-3 nHFSSN1
Open Sensor 0V
Sensor Signal

ADU PCB - CN412 (DP-C406/C405 Series Only)

ADU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

0V
Feed 1 Paper
CN412-1 GND Ground
Path Sensor

+5V
Feed 1 Paper Paper Path Sensor
CN412-2 nPPSNCST1
Path Sensor 0V
Signal

+5V
Feed 1 Paper
CN412-3 +5V
Path Sensor 0V

CN412-4 N.C. No Connection

CN412-5 N.C. No Connection

0V
CN412-6 GND Regist Sensor Ground

+5V
Registration Sensor
CN412-7 nRESSN2 Regist Sensor
0V
Signal

+5V
CN412-8 +5V Regist Sensor
0V

399
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.22.8. MOTDRV PC Board
MOTDRV PCB - CN550
Refer to EC PC Board.
MOTDRV PCB - CN552
MOTDRV
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
PCB Pin No.

+24V
CN552-1 B STR Motor Motor Phase B
0V

+24V
CN552-2 *A STR Motor Sub Motor Phase A
0V

+24V
CN552-3 +24VM STR Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN552-4 +24VM STR Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN552-5 *B STR Motor Sub Motor Phase B
0V

+24V
FTR/STR/Fuser/Sub
CN552-6 A STR Motor
0V
Motor Phase A

MOTDRV PCB - CN553

MOTDRV
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
PCB Pin No.

+24V
FTR and LSU
CN553-1 B Motor Phase B
Shutter Motor 0V

+24V
FTR and LSU
CN553-2 *A Sub Motor Phase A
Shutter Motor 0V

+24V
FTR and LSU
CN553-3 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Shutter Motor 0V

+24V
FTR and LSU
CN553-4 +24VM +24V DC Power Supply
Shutter Motor 0V

400
 DP-C406/C306/C266
MOTDRV
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
PCB Pin No.

+24V
FTR and LSU
CN553-5 *B Sub Motor Phase B
Shutter Motor 0V

+24V
FTR and LSU FTR/STR/Fuser/Sub
CN553-6 A
Shutter Motor 0V
Motor Phase A

+24V
CN553-7 *B Fuser Motor Sub Motor Phase B
0V

+24V
CN553-8 +24VM Fuser Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
CN553-9 B Fuser Motor Motor Phase B
0V

+24V
CN553-10 *A Fuser Motor Sub Motor Phase A
0V

+24V
CN553-11 +24VM Fuser Motor +24V DC Power Supply
0V

+24V
FTR/STR/Fuser/Sub
CN553-12 A Fuser Motor
0V
Motor Phase A

3.22.9. PNL1 PC Board

PNL1 PCB - CN1
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
LCD Touch Position
CN1-1 X1 Touch Panel
0V
Signal Right

+3.3V
LCD Touch Position
CN1-2 Y2 Touch Panel
0V
Signal Bottom

+3.3V
LCD Touch Position
CN1-3 X2 Touch Panel
0V
Signal Left

401
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
LCD Touch Position
CN1-4 Y1 Touch Panel
0V
Signal Top

PNL1 PCB - CN2

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
3.3V
CN2-1 D7 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-2 D6 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-3 D5 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-4 D4 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

0V
CN2-5 VSS LCD Ground

3.3V
CN2-6 D3 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-7 D2 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-8 D1 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

3.3V
CN2-9 D0 LCD Data
PULSE 0V

+3.3V
CN2-10 VDD LCD +3 VDC Power Supply
0V

+3.3V
CN2-11 VDD LCD +3 VDC Power Supply
0V

402
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
3.3V
CN2-12 CL2 LCD Shift Clock
PULSE 0V

+3.3V
CN2-13 VDD LCD +3 VDC Power Supply
0V

3.3V
CN2-14 CL1 LCD Latch Signal
PULSE 0V

0V
CN2-15 VSS LCD Ground

3.3V ON
CN2-16 nDISPOFF LCD Display Off Signal
0V

0V
CN2-17 VSS LCD Ground

CN2-18 VCON LCD No Connection

0V
CN2-19 VSS LCD Ground

3.3V
CN2-20 FLM LCD Frame Signal
PULSE 0V

PNL1 PCB - CN3

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-1 SCN1 Key Scan 1 Signal
CN280-18 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-2 SCN2 Key Scan 2 Signal
CN280-17 PULSE 0V

403
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-3 LED8 LED 8 Activation Signal
CN280-16 0V

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-4 LED1 LED 1 Activation Signal
CN280-15 0V

3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-5 SCN3 Key Scan 3 Signal
CN280-14 PULSE 0V

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-6 LED5 LED 5 Activation Signal
CN280-13 0V

3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-7 SCN4 Key Scan 4 Signal
CN280-12 PULSE 0V

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-8 LED4 LED 4 Activation Signal
CN280-11 0V

3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-9 KIN0 Key Input Signal
CN280-10 PULSE 0V

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-10 LED3 LED 3 Activation Signal
CN280-9 0V

+5V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-11 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN280-8 0V

PNL3 PCB 5V ON
CN3-12 LED2 LED 2 Activation Signal
CN280-7 0V

+5V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-13 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN280-6 0V

PNL3 PCB 3.3V ON Energy Saver LED

CN3-14 nLEDSLP
CN280-5 0V Activation Signal

404
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
3.3V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-15 nSLPKY Sleeve Return Signal
CN280-4 PULSE 0V

+24V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-16 BZ+ Buzzer Power Supply
CN280-3 0V

24V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-17 BZCLK Buzzer Clock
CN280-2 PULSE 0V

0V
PNL3 PCB
CN3-18 GND Ground
CN280-1

PNL1 PCB - CN4

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-1 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN250-15 0V

PNL2 PCB 5V ON
CN4-2 LED6 LED 6 Activation Signal
CN250-14 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-3 SCN0 Key Scan 0 Signal
CN250-13 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-4 SCN1 Key Scan 1 Signal
CN250-12 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-5 SCN2 Key Scan 2 Signal
CN250-11 PULSE 0V

PNL2 PCB 5V ON
CN4-6 LED7 LED 7 Activation Signal
CN250-10 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-7 SCN3 Key Scan 3 Signal
CN250-9 PULSE 0V

405
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.
3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-8 SCN4 Key Scan 4 Signal
CN250-8 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-9 SCN5 Key Scan 5 Signal
CN250-7 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-10 KIN6 Key Input Signal
CN250-6 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-11 KIN5 Key Input Signal
CN250-5 PULSE 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-12 KIN4 Key Input Signal
CN250-4 PULSE 0V

PNL2 PCB 5V ON
CN4-13 LED0 LED 0 Activation Signal
CN250-3 0V

3.3V
PNL2 PCB
CN4-14 KIN3 Key Input Signal
CN250-2 PULSE 0V

PNL2 PCB 0V
CN4-15 GND Ground
CN250-1

PNL1 PCB - CN5

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN5-1 N.C. No Connection

SC PCB 3.3V Received Fax Received

CN5-2 nFAXRING
CN58-14 0V Detection Signal

SC PCB 3.3V Detect

CN5-3 nWAKE ADF Wake Up Signal
CN58-13 0V

406
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 3.3V ON LED Contrast ON

CN5-4 nVCNTON
CN58-12 0V Signal

SC PCB 5V ON +3.3V Power Supply

CN5-5 nLPOW1
CN58-11 0V Output Control

3.3V
SC PCB
CN5-6 nSLPKY Sleeve Return Signal
CN58-10 PULSE 0V

SC PCB 5V ON +5V Power Supply

CN5-7 nLPOW2
CN58-9 0V Output Control

SC PCB 3.3V RESET

CN5-8 nPNLRST Reset for PNL PCB
CN58-8 0V

3.3V
SC PCB
CN5-9 PNLTXD PNL PCB TXD Data
CN58-7 PULSE 0V

3.3V
SC PCB
CN5-10 PNLRXD PNL PCB RXD Data
CN58-6 PULSE 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN5-11 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN58-5 0V

0V
SC PCB
CN5-12 GND Ground
CN58-4

+5V
SC PCB
CN5-13 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN58-3 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN5-14 GND Ground
CN58-2

+24V
SC PCB
CN5-15 +24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN58-1 0V

407
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB - CN7
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN7-1 VINV INV Inverter Power Supply
0V

5V ON Back Light Control

CN7-2 BLCNT INV
0V Signal

0V
CN7-3 GND INV Ground

PNL1 PCB - CN8

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 3.3V OFF

CN8-1 nDISPOFF Display Off Signal
CN59-1 0V

0V
SC PCB
CN8-2 GND Ground
CN59-2

0V
SC PCB
CN8-3 GND Ground
CN59-3

0V
SC PCB
CN8-4 GND Ground
CN59-4

+5V
SC PCB
CN8-5 TXCLOCK+ Clock Signal +
CN59-5 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN8-6 TXCLOCK- Clock Signal -
CN59-6 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN8-7 GND Ground
CN59-7

0V
SC PCB
CN8-8 GND Ground
CN59-8

408
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-9 TXOUT2+
CN59-9 0V
(TXOUT2+)

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-10 TXOUT2-
CN59-10 0V
(TXOUT2-)

SC PCB 0V
CN8-11 GND Ground
CN59-11

SC PCB 0V
CN8-12 GND Ground
CN59-12

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-13 TXOUT1+
CN59-13 0V
(TXOUT1+)

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-14 TXOUT1-
CN59-14 0V
(TXOUT1-)

0V
SC PCB
CN8-15 GND Ground
CN59-15

SC PCB 0V
CN8-16 GND Ground
CN59-16

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-17 TXOUT0+
CN59-17 0V
(TXOUT0+)

+5V
SC PCB Digital Video Data
CN8-18 TXOUT0-
CN59-18 0V
(TXOUT0-)

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN8-19 +3.3V
CN59-19 0V
Supply

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V DC Power
CN8-20 +3.3V
CN59-20 0V
Supply

409
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB - CN9
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Control Panel 3.3V ON

CN9-1 POWSW Power Switch
Power Switch 0V

0V
Control Panel
CN9-2 GND Ground
Power Switch

PNL1 PCB - CN11

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
PNL4 PCB
CN11-1 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN290-6 0V

PNL4 PCB 5V ON Active LED (Green)

CN11-2 nLEDACT
CN290-5 0V Activation Signal

PNL4 PCB 5V ON Alarm 1 LED (Orange)

CN11-3 nLEDALM2-1
CN290-4 0V Activation Signal

PNL4 PCB 5V ON Alarm LED (Red)

CN11-4 nLEDALM1
CN290-3 0V Activation Signal

PNL4 PCB 5V ON Alarm 2 LED (Orange)

CN11-5 nLEDALM2-2
CN290-2 0V Activation Signal

PNL4 PCB 5V ON Print Data LED (Green)

CN11-6 nLEDDAT
CN290-1 0V Activation Signal

PNL1 PCB - CN12 (DP-C406 Series Only)

PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

BTR PCB 0V
CN12-1 GND Ground
CN1-3

CN12-2 N.C. No Connection

410
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PNL1 PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3V
BTR PCB
CN12-3 +3V +3V DC Power Supply
CN1-1 0V

3.22.10. NFL PC Board

NFL PCB - CN131
NFL PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN131-L LIVE AC line Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN131-FG N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN131-N NEUTRAL AC line
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

NFL PCB - CN132

NFL PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN132-1 LIVE IH Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN132-2 NEUTRAL IH
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

NFL PCB - CN133

NFL PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN133-1 LIVE LVPS Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN133-2 N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN133-3 NEUTRAL LVPS
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

411
 DP-C406/C306/C266
NFL PCB - CN134
NFL PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN134-1 LIVE RLB PCB Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN134-2 NEUTRAL RLB PCB
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

3.22.11. LVPS
LVPS - CN1
Refer to NFL PC Board.
LVPS - CN2
Refer to Optional LVPS.
LVPS - CN3
Refer to EC PC Board.
LVPS - CN4
LVPS PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V VDC Power
CN4-1 3.3V
CN53-1 Supply
0V

+3.3V
SC PCB +3.3V VDC Power
CN4-2 3.3V
CN53-2 0V
Supply

0V
SC PCB
CN4-3 GND Ground
CN53-3

0V
SC PCB
CN4-4 GND Ground
CN53-4

LVPS - CN5
Refer to EC PC Board.
LVPS - CN6 (DP-C406 Series Only)
LVPS PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB +3.4V DC Power
CN6-1 +3.4VP
CN52-11 0V
Supply

412
 DP-C406/C306/C266
LVPS PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB
CN6-2 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN52-10 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN6-3 GND Ground
CN52-9

SC PCB 0V
CN6-4 GND Ground
CN52-8

+24V
SC PCB
CN6-5 24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN52-7 0V

+24V
SC PCB
CN6-6 24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN52-6 0V

0V
SC PCB
CN6-7 GND Ground
CN52-5

0V
SC PCB
CN6-8 GND Ground
CN52-4

+3.3V Power Supply

+3.3V
SC PCB Output Control
CN6-9 nLPOW1
CN52-3 3.3V: +3.3Vout
0V
GND: +3.3V Shutdown
+5V Power Supply
+5V
SC PCB Output Control
CN6-10 nLPOW2
CN52-2 0V
5V: +5V 50: 50UT
GND: +5V Shutdown
+3.3V Power Supply
+3.3V
SC PCB Output Control
CN6-11 nLPOW3
CN52-1 0V
3.3V: +3.3Vout
GND: +3.3V Shutdown

LVPS - CN6 (DP-C405/C354/C22 Series Only)

LVPS
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
SC PCB
CN6-1 +5VP +5V DC Power Supply
CN52-10 0V

+5V
SC PCB
CN6-2 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
CN52-9 0V

413
 DP-C406/C306/C266
LVPS
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

SC PCB 0V
CN6-3 GND Ground
CN52-8

0V
SC PCB
CN6-4 GND Ground
CN52-7

+24V
SC PCB
CN6-5 24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN52-6 0V

+24V
SC PCB
CN6-6 24V +24V DC Power Supply
CN52-5 0V

SC PCB 0V
CN6-7 GND Ground
CN52-4

0V
SC PCB
CN6-8 GND Ground
CN52-3

+3.3V Power Supply

+3.3V
SC PCB Output Control
CN6-9 nLPOW2
CN52-2 3.3V: +3.3Vout
0V
GND: +3.3V Shutdown
+5V Power Supply
+5V
SC PCB Output Control
CN6-10 nLPOW2
CN52-1 0V
5V: +5V OUT
GND: +5V Shutdown

LVPS - CN7
Refer to SCN PC Board.
LVPS - CN8 (Europe Specification Only)
LVPS PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN8-1 LIVE Choke Coil Neutral(0V) Power Supply

CN8-2 N.C. No Connection

CN8-3 N.C. No Connection

414
 DP-C406/C306/C266
LVPS PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

CN8-4 N.C. No Connection

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN8-5 LIVE Choke Coil Neutral(0V) Power Supply

3.22.12. Optional LVPS

Optional LVPS - CN64
Optional
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
LVPS Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN64-1 LIVE LVS1 Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN64-2 N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN64-3 NEUTRAL LVS1
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

Optional LVPS - CN65

Optional
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
LVPS Pin No.

Option +24V
+24V DC Power Supply
CN65-1 24V Finisher
0V
(Control by CN66-1)
Connector

Option 0V
CN65-2 GND Finisher Ground
Connector

Optional LVPS - CN66

Optional
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
LVPS Pin No.

+5V +24V Control

EC PCB
CN66-1 pFINI_POW 5V: 24V OUT
CN529-1 0V CND: 24V OFF

EC PCB 0V
CN66-2 GND Ground
CN529-2

415
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.22.13. CST PC Board
CST PCB - CN601
Refer to EC PC Board.
CST PCB - CN602
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Optional +24V
CN602-1 +24V Paper Feed +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Optional +24V
CN602-2 +24V Paper Feed +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Optional +24V
CN602-3 +24V Paper Feed +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Optional +24V
CN602-4 +24V Paper Feed +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Optional +24V
Registration Roller
CN602-5 nOQRRCL Paper Feed
0V
Clutch
Motor

Optional 0V
CN602-6 PGND Paper Feed Power Ground
Motor

Optional 0V
CN602-7 PGND Paper Feed Power Ground
Motor

Optional +24V
CN602-8 nOQMCT Paper Feed Motor Control
Motor 0V

Optional +5V
CN602-9 OQMCLK Paper Feed Motor Clock
Motor 0V

Optional +5V
CN602-10 GAIN Paper Feed Gain Control
Motor 0V

Optional +5V
CN602-11 nOGMLK Paper Feed Lock signal
Motor 0V

416
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Optional 0V
CN602-12 GND Paper Feed Ground
Motor

Optional +5V
CN602-13 +5V Paper Feed +5V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Optional +5V
CN602-14 +5V Paper Feed +5V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

CST PCB - CN603

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Lift Motor
CN603-1 LUM3-1 +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

+24V
Lift Motor
CN603-2 LUM3-2 LUM Control
(Tray3) 0V

CST PCB - CN604

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
Lift Motor
CN604-1 LUM4-1 +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

+24V
Lift Motor
CN604-2 LUM4-2 LUM Control
(Tray4) 0V

CST PCB - CN605

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN605-1 +24 CL +24V DC Power Supply
0V

Paper Feed +24V

CN605-2 +24 Roller Clutch +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

417
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Pickup Roller +24V

CN605-3 +24 Solenoid +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

Paper Feed +24V

Tray 3 Feed Clutch
CN605-4 nPFCL3 Roller Clutch
0V
Control Signal
(Tray3)

Pickup Roller +24V

Tray 3 Solenoid Control
CN605-5 nPUSOL3 Solenoid
0V
Signal
(Tray3)

Paper Path +5V

CN605-6 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

Upper Limit +5V

CN605-7 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

Paper Path +5V

Tray 3 Paper Path
CN605-8 nCPPSN3 Sensor
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray3)

Upper Limit +5V

Tray 3 Paper Detection
CN605-9 nLBSN3 Sensor
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray3)

Paper Path 0V
CN605-10 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray3)

Upper Limit 0V
CN605-11 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray3)

+5V
NP Sensor
CN605-12 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray3) 0V

+5V
NP Sensor Tray 3 Paper Empty
CN605-13 nPESN3
(Tray3) 0V
Sensor Signal

0V
NP Sensor
CN605-14 GND Ground
(Tray3)

418
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN605-15 nSCTU3 Sensor Tray 3 Unit Sensor
0V

0V
CN605-16 GND Sensor Ground

0V
CN605-17 GND Sensor Ground

CST PCB - CN606

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+24V
CN606-1 +24 CL +24V DC Power Supply
0V

Paper Feed +24V

CN606-2 +24 Roller Clutch +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

Pickup Roller +24V

CN606-3 +24 Solenoid +24V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

Paper Feed +24V

Tray 4 Feed Clutch
CN606-4 nPFCL4 Roller Clutch
0V
Control Signal
(Tray4)

Pickup Roller +24V

Tray 4 Solenoid Control
CN606-5 nPUSOL4 Solenoid
0V
Signal
(Tray4)

Paper Path +5V

CN606-6 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

Upper Limit +5V

CN606-7 +5V Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

Paper Path +5V

Tray 4 Paper Path
CN606-8 nCPPSN4 Sensor
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray4)

Upper Limit +5V

Tray 4 Paper Detection
CN606-9 nLBSN4 Sensor
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray4)

419
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Path 0V
CN606-10 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray4)

Upper Limit 0V
CN606-11 GND Sensor Ground
(Tray4)

+5V
NP Sensor
CN606-12 +5V +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray4) 0V

+5V
NP Sensor Tray 3 Paper Empty
CN606-13 nPESN4
(Tray4) 0V
Sensor Signal

0V
NP Sensor
CN606-14 GND Ground
(Tray4)

+5V
CN606-15 nSCTU4 Sensor Tray 4 Unit Sensor
0V

0V
CN606-16 GND Sensor Ground

0V
CN606-17 GND Sensor Ground

0V
CN606-18 GND Sensor Ground

CST PCB - CN607

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
CN607-1 LDCST3 Sensor +5V DC Power Supply
0V

Paper Tray +5V

CN607-2 LDCST3 Sensor 1 +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray 3) 0V

Paper Tray 0V
CN607-3 GND Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray 3)

420
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 3 Paper Feed
CN607-4 nCST3 Sensor 1
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray 3)

Paper Tray +5V

CN607-5 LDPEWSN3 Sensor 2 +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray 3) 0V

Paper Tray 0V
CN607-6 GND Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray 3)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 3 Paper Empty
CN607-7 LDPEWSN3 Sensor 2
0V
Sensor Warning Signal
(Tray 3)

Option Feed +5V

CN607-8 LDOQDOSN Cover Open +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

Option Feed 0V
CN607-9 GND Cover Open Ground
Sensor

Option Feed +5V Open and Close Tray 4

CN607-10 nOQDOSN Cover Open Right Door Detection
Sensor 0V Sensor

+5V Open and Close Tray 4

CN607-11 nOQDOSN Sensor Right Door Detection
0V Sensor

CST PCB - CN608

CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray +5V

CN608-1 LDCST4 Sensor 1 +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray 4) 0V

Paper Tray 0V
CN608-2 GND_1 Sensor 1 Ground
(Tray 4)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 4 Paper Feed
CN608-3 nCST4 Sensor 1
0V
Sensor Signal
(Tray 4)

Paper Tray +5V

CN608-4 LDPEWSN4 Sensor 2 +5V DC Power Supply
(Tray 4) 0V

421
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper Tray 0V
CN608-5 GND_2 Sensor 2 Ground
(Tray 4)

Paper Tray +5V

Tray 4 Paper Empty
CN608-6 nPEWSN4 Sensor 2
0V
Sensor Warning Signal
(Tray 4)

3.22.14.TRU PC Board
TRU PCB - CN611
Refer to EC PC Board.
TRU PCB - CN612
TRU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Paper Path
CN612-1 LDTRUSN +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

0V
Paper Path
CN612-2 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Paper Path Transfer Roller Unit
CN612-3 mTRUSN
Sensor 0V
Detection Sensor

Paper Exit +24V

Solenoid 2 Control
CN612-4 nSOLCNT2 Guide
0V
Signal
Solenoid

Paper Exit +24V

CN612-5 +24V Guide +24V DC Power Supply
Solenoid 0V

Paper Exit +24V

Solenoid 1 Control
CN612-6 nSOLCNT1 Guide
0V
Signal
Solenoid

Paper +24V
CN612-7 +24V Transport Unit +24V DC Power Supply
Roller Clutch 0V

Paper +24V
Transfer Roller Unit
CN612-8 nTRUCL Transport Unit
0V
Clutch
Roller Clutch

422
 DP-C406/C306/C266
TRU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

+5V
Outer Exit
CN612-9 LDLFTSN +5V DC Power Supply
Sensor 0V

Outer Exit 0V
CN612-10 GND Ground
Sensor

+5V
Other Exit Transfer Roller Unit
CN612-11 nLFTSN
Sensor 0V
Cover Sensor

Paper
+5V
Transport
CN612-12 LDTRUCVSN +5V DC Power Supply
Cover Open 0V
Sensor
Paper
0V
Transport
CN612-13 GND Ground
Cover Open
Sensor
Paper
+5V
Transport Transfer Roller Unit
CN612-14 nTRUCVSN
Cover Open 0V
Cover Sensor
Sensor

TRU PCB - CN613

TRU PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Paper +24V
Transfer Roller Unit
CN613-1 nTRUMBB Transport Unit
0V
Motor Control +B
Motor

Paper +24V
CN613-2 +24V Transport Unit +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Paper +24V
Transfer Roller Unit
CN613-3 nTRUMB Transport Unit
0V
Motor Control B
Motor

Paper +24V
Transfer Roller Unit
CN613-4 nTRUMAB Transport Unit
0V
Motor Control +A
Motor

Paper +24V
CN613-5 +24V Transport Unit +24V DC Power Supply
Motor 0V

Paper +24V
Transfer Roller Unit
CN613-6 nTRUMA Transport Unit
0V
Motor Control A
Motor

423
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3.22.15. RLB PC Board
RLB PCB - CN171
Refer to NFL PC Board.
RLB PCB - CN172
RLB PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN172-1 LIVE Heater Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN172-2 N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN172-3 NEUTRAL Heater
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

RLB PCB - CN173

RLB PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN173-1 LIVE Heater Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN173-2 N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN173-3 NEUTRAL Heater
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

RLB PCB - CN176

RLB PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN176-1 LIVE SW Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

CN176-2 N.C. No Connection

Live 100/120/230V VAC

CN176-3 LIVE SW Neutral(0V) Power Supply (Live)

424
 DP-C406/C306/C266
RLB PCB
Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function
Pin No.

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN176-4 NEUTRAL SW
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

CN176-5 N.C. No Connection

Neutral(0V)
100/120/230V VAC
CN176-6 NEUTRAL SW
Live Power Supply (Neutral)

3.22.16. BTR PC Board (DP-C406 Series)

BTR PCB - CN1
Refer to PNL1 PC Board.

425
 DP-C406/C306/C266

4 Troubleshooting
4.1. Initial Troubleshooting Flowchart

START

Plug in the Power Cord, and

then turn the Power Switches
ON.

Does the unit power up No Does the LCD display No Troubleshoot Improper
normally? function correctly? LCD Display.
Yes Yes

Troubleshoot any 3-digit

CODE displayed.

Does the original

Does the unit produce normal No document feed through No Troubleshoot the
copies? correctly? Document Feeder.
Yes Yes

Does the recording paper No Check for recording paper

exit the unit? path problems.
Troubleshoot communication
problems (transmission, Yes
reception, dialing, polling,
information codes, or diagnostic Troubleshoot printed copy
codes.) quality problems.

426
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.2. Improper LCD Display

START

Check connectors: CN58 & 59

(SC PCB) and CN5 & 8 (PNL1
PCB).

Yes Does the display appear Yes

Is LED/LCD displayed?
normal? END
No No

Does CN58, pin 3 on the SC Yes

Replace the LCD Module.
PCB measure +5 VDC?
No

No Replace the
Replace the SC PCB. Is the trouble resolved?
Touch Panel.
Yes

Is the trouble No Replace the Low Voltage

resolved? Power Supply Unit.
Yes

END END

427
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3. Printed Copy Quality Problems
4.3.1. Printed Image

Check/Clean/ Diameter Pitch

Print Test Pattern Replace (mm) (mm)
Charge Roller 14 44.0
Horizontal Line (Front to Rear), Magnet Roller 18 28.3
Vertical Line (Feed direction), Cyclical
Stripes or Dots on the Printed Image FTR Roller 18 56.5
STR Bias Roller 21 66.0
STR Roller 28 88.0
OPC Drum 30 94.2
Vertical Stripe Fuser Belt -- 148
Check: OPC Drum; Charge/Developer IT Belt -- 986
Clean: IT Belt, STR Unit, Cleaning Unit,
LSU/Scanner, Glass/Mirror/Lens Test Pattern F1 Mode
F1-24/25/26/27 : Y/M/C/BK Halftone (2 x 2 dots)
F1-36 : BK Solid Patch A3/LDR
Horizontal Stripe (Cyclical) F1-37 : BK by YMC Halftone Patch A3/LDR
- Check the periodic pitch.
- Clean the appropriated parts. Caution:
- Replace the inoperative parts/unit. 1. Gently clean the soiled area only as described
below:
a) Clean the Cleaning Unit with a Dry Soft cloth;
Not OK carefully removing paper powder, pieces of
Print Test Pattern
Check the Image paper.
b) Clean the IT Belt & the STR Unit with a Dry Soft
OK cloth; carefully removing the Toner first, and then
END cleaning with a Soft cloth saturated with Alcohol.
2. If the problem is not resolved, then replace the
inoperative Part / Unit.

4.3.2. Copy Image Quality Adjustment

4.3.2.1. Monochrome Image Quality Adjustment

Mode Adjustment F-Code Function

Text F6-220 Density Adjustment of Highlighted area
T/P F6-221 * Perform after completing the printer and scanner
Photo F6-222 adjustment
* Not used for reducing the density compensation
Density Adj.
* Adjust according to customer's needs
Highlight
-32 ~ 31 Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Lighter to Darker)
0 (default) Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
Mono T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Copy Photo mode : Useful for Photos
Text F6-225 Density Adjustment of Dark area
T/P F6-226 * Not used for reducing the density compensation
Density Adj. Photo F6-227 * Adjust according to customer's needs
Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Lighter to Darker)
Dark
-32 ~ 31 Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
0 (default) T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Photo mode : Useful for Photos

428
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Mode Adjustment F-Code Function
Text F6-205 Contrast Adjustment (For 1-Color, 2-Color)
T/P F6-206 * Not used for reducing the density compensation
Contrast Photo F6-207 * Adjust according to customer's needs
Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Higher to Lower)
Adjustment
-32 ~ 31 Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
0 (default) T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Photo mode : Useful for Photos
Text F6-230 Image sharpness adjustment (Color and Monochrome)
T/P F6-231 * Not used for reducing the density compensation
Sharpness Photo F6-232 * Adjust according to customer's needs
Default : 0 : -3 => 3 + (Higher to Lower)
(BK/Color)
-3 ~ 3 Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
Mono 0 (default) T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Copy Photo mode : Useful for Photos
Slice level F6-235 Detection level for color document(s) in Auto Mode
Area level F6-236 * Copier Function Setting No: 31 Color Judge Level setting
is also available: 1 (Monochrome)=>4 (Default)=>7 (Color)
(Combination with slice level and area)
(1) Slice Level
Color Judge * Use for the light density color original
Level 0 ~ 15 Default : 6 : 0 => 15 (Color to Monochrome)
6 (default) (2) Area Level
* Use for the small color area original
Note:
Dust may be detected under low area level setting
Default : 6 : 0 => 15 (Color to Monochrome)

4.3.2.2. Color Image Quality Adjustment

Mode Adjustment F-Code Function

Text F6-210 Density Adjustment of Highlighted area for Color Image
T/P F6-211 * Perform after completing the printer and scanner
Photo F6-212 adjustment
* Not used for reducing the density compensation
Density Adj.
* Adjust according to customer's needs
Highlight
-32 ~ 31 Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Lighter to Darker)
0 (default) Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Photo mode : Useful for Photos
Text F6-215 Density Adjustment of Dark Area
Color T/P F6-216 * Not used for reducing the density compensation
Copy Density Adj. Photo F6-217 * Adjust according to customer's needs
Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Lighter to Darker)
Dark
-32 ~ 31 Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
0 (default) T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Photo mode : Useful for Photos
Text F6-200 Contrast Adjustment (For 1-Color, 2-Color)
T/P F6-201 * Not used for reducing the density compensation
Contrast Photo F6-202 * Adjust according to customer's needs
Default : 0 : -32 => 31 + (Higher to Lower)
Adjustment
-32 ~ 31 Text mode : Useful for Newspapers, Tracing Paper, etc.
0 (default) T/P mode : Useful for Maps, 1-Color, 2-Color
Photo mode : Useful for Photos

429
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Mode Adjustment F-Code Function
Chroma Adjustment
-32 ~ 31 * Not used for Monochrome and 2-Color copy
Saturation F6-240
0 (default) * Halftone step will decrease under high saturation
Default : 0 : -32 => 32 + (Higher to Lower)
Color Balance Magnification Ratio Adjustment for 1 Step
* Used for Color mode (Y/M/C/K)
Color Balance 0 ~ 10
F6-241 Note:
Ratio 5 (default)
Copier Function Setting No: 15
Color Default : 5 : 0 => 10 + (Smaller to Larger)
Copy Tint Magnification Ratio Adjustment for 1 Step
-1 ~ 2 Note:
Tint Ratio F6-242
0 (default) Copier Function Setting No: 14
Default : 0 : -1 => 2 + (Smaller to Larger)
Hue Circle Adjustment
-3 ~ 3 Note:
Hue Circle F6-243
0 (default) Not required under normal conditions
Default : 0 : -3 => 3 + (CW -: CCW rotation 10deg./step)

4.3.3. Copy Skewing or Color Deviation

START

Mod e No
Copy le
Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier 1. Adjust the Printer Registration.
F1 Mode normal?
Samp
(Refer to Section 3.14.1.)
Yes 2. Perform F8-30 Color Registration for
Color Document.
(Refer to Section 3.14.4.)
3. Check, or replace the LSU.
AAAA (Refer to Section 2.2.12.)

BBBB No Check the Scanner mechanism.

Is the Scanner operating?
(Refer to Section 2.2.2.)
CCCC Yes

No Check the ADF mechanism.

Is the ADF operating properly?
(Refer to Section 2.2.1.)
Yes

END

430
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.4. Black Copy

START

Paper Travel
Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No 1. Check all the connectors on the SC
F1 Mode normal? PCB.
Yes (Normal) 2. Check the Scanner mechanism.
3. Replace the SC PCB.
4. Replace the AFE PCB.
5. Replace the CCD Unit.

Is the OPC Drum/Developer Unit No

Replace the OPC Drum/Developer Unit.
operating properly?
Yes

No 1. Check all the connectors and voltages

Is the HVPS1 operating properly?
on the HVPS1.
Yes 2. Check the high voltage terminal on the
HVPS1.
3. Replace two (2) HVPS1 Units.

No 1. Check all connectors, and voltages on

Is the EC PCB operating properly?
the EC PCB.
Yes 2. Replace the EC PCB.

END

431
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.5. Blank Copy

START
Paper Travel

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No 1. Check all the connectors on the SC
F1 Mode normal? PCB.
Yes (Normal) 2. Check the Scanner mechanism.
3. Replace the SC PCB.
4. Replace the AFE PCB.
5. Replace the CCD Unit.

Is “F8-30 Color Registration” results No

Replace the SC PCB.
normal?
Yes (Normal)

No 1. Check all the connectors and voltages

Is the HVPS1, and HVPS2 normal?
on the HVPS1, and HVPS2.
Yes 2. Check the high voltage terminal on the
HVPS1.
3. Replace two (2) HVPS1, and HVPS2.

Are there any foreign particles, or Yes 1. Remove the particles from the laser
stains blocking the Laser Beam path? beam path, or clean the stains.
No 2. Replace the LSU.

No 1. Check all connectors and voltages on

Is the EC PCB operating properly?
the EC PCB.
Yes 2. Replace the EC PCB.

END

432
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.6. Vertical White Lines

START

P Paper Travel
Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier
F1 Mode normal?
Yes
No
Check the Scanner mechanism.

Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.

No

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

Are there any foreign particles, or Yes 1. Remove the particles from the laser
stains blocking the Laser Beam path? beam path or clean the stains.
No 2. Replace the LSU.

No
Is the Fuser belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

433
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Vertical Line Sample

Check point:
The Vertical Line(s)
is easier to see
in this area.

The Vertical Line(s)

is harder to see
in this area.

<Flatbed Scanner> <ADF Scanner>

ADF White Original Document
White Balance
Original Document
Balance Plate
Plate

Flatbed Clean the Glass (S)

Optical Line Clean the White Optical Line
Balance Plate
Clean the Glass (L) & Mirror

To differentiate whether the Vertical Line(s) is caused by the Scanner, or the Printer.
1. Make a copy of the Test Chart by enlarging it to 110%.
2. If the Vertical Line moves to a different position, then it is caused by the Scanner.
If the Vertical Line does not move, then it is caused by the Printer.
<Flatbed Scanner Vertical Line(s) Countermeasure>
Adjust the Shading Position by following the steps below.
1. Clean the Glass (L) & Mirror as illustrated, and make a copy of the Test Chart and confirm whether the
line(s) has cleared out. If the vertical line(s) did not clear out, proceed with the steps below.
2. Enter the Service Parameter “F6-309: Shading Position Offset”.
Note:
This adjustment is required, as the White Balance Plate, and the Glass (L) are glued together, and
therefore its not easy to remove, or clean.
3. Change the Value by +/- 1 step at the time. (Ex. Original Value is 0”, change to “+1” or “-1”.)
4. Exit the Service Mode.
5. Make a copy of the Test Chart and confirm.
6. If the vertical line(s) did not clear out, repeat the above steps by increasing, or decreasing the value.
(Ex. “+2”, “-2”, “+3” or “-3”.)
Note:
The Shading Position changes by 0.1 mm for each 1 value increase/decrease.
<ADF Scanner Vertical Line(s) Countermeasure>
Clean the ADF White Balance Plate, and the Glass (S) as illustrated.

434
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.7. Ghost Images

START

AAA Paper Travel

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No
Check the Scanner mechanism.
F1 Mode normal?
Yes
A
Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.
A
No

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

Yes
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

No

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

435
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.8. Vertical Dark Lines

START

P
Paper Travel

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No

Check the Scanner mechanism.
F1 Mode normal?
Yes

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

No
Is the LSU operating properly? Replace the LSU.

Yes

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

Yes

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

436
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.9. Horizontal Dark Lines

START

P Paper Travel
Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier
F1 Mode normal?
Yes
No
Check the Scanner mechanism.

Is the OPC Drum/Developer Unit No

Replace the OPC Drum/Developer Unit.
operating properly?
Yes

No
Is the LSU operating properly? Replace the LSU.

Yes

No 1. Check all connectors and voltages on

Is the HVPS operating properly?
the HVPS.
Yes 2. Check the Spring Connector, and
voltages on the HVPS.
3. Replace the HVPS.

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

Yes

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

437
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.10. Dark Background

START

P
Paper Travel

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No

Check the Scanner mechanism.
F1 Mode normal?
Yes

Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.

No

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

No
Is the LSU operating properly? Replace the LSU.

Yes

No 1. Check all connectors and, voltages on

Is the HVPS operating properly?
the HVPS.
Yes 2. Check the Spring Connector, and
voltages on the HVPS.
3. Replace the HVPS.

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

Yes

END

438
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.11. Light Print

START

Paper Travel
Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier Yes
Check the Scanner mechanism.
F1 Mode normal?
No

Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the paper.

No

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.

properly? (YMCK Colors)
Yes (Refer to Section 2.2.11.)

Are there any foreign particles, or Yes 1. Remove the particles from the laser
stains blocking the Laser Unit path? beam path or clean the stains.
No 2. Replace the LSU.
(Refer to Section 2.2.12.)

No 1. Check all connectors and, voltages on

Is the HVPS operating properly?
the HVPS.
Yes 2. Check the Spring Connector, and
voltages on the HVPS.
3. Replace the HVPS.
(a) HVPS 1 (Left side) for Yellow/
Magenta
(b) HVPS 1 (Right side) for Cyan/Black
(c) HVPS 2 for YMCK Colors
(Refer to Section 2.2.15.)

No Check the IT mechanism.

Is the IT Unit operating properly?
(Refer to Section 2.2.10.)
Yes

END

439
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.12. Horizontal White Lines

START

P
Paper Travel

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No

Check the Scanner mechanism.
F1 Mode normal?
Yes

Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.

No

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

Yes 1. Check all connectors, and voltages on

Is the HVPS operating properly?
the HVPS.
No 2. Check the Spring Connector, and
voltages on the HVPS.
3. Replace the HVPS.

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism

Yes

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

4.3.13. Improper Fusing (Printed image does not bond to the paper)

START

P Is the recording paper damp?

No
Yes
Replace the recording paper.

No
Is the Fuser Unit operating properly? Replace the Fuser Unit. (See Note)

Yes

END

Note:
Replace the entire Fuser Unit when the Thermostat and/or the Thermistor breakdown causing an open-
circuit fault.

440
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.14. Voids in Solid Areas

START

Yes
Paper Travel
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.

No

P Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating

properly?
Yes
No
Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

Yes

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

4.3.15. Black Dots

START

P
Paper Travel

Is the Drum/Developer Unit operating No

Replace the Drum/Developer Unit.
properly?
Yes

No
Is the IT Unit operating properly? Check the IT mechanism.

Yes

No
Is the Fuser Belt surface clean? Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.

Yes

END

441
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.16. Recording Paper Creases

START
Paper Travel

Yes
Is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper.

No

Are there any foreign particles or Yes Remove any obstructions and / or clean
stains in the paper path? the paper path.
No

Yes Ensure the paper is set correctly in the

Is the recording paper skewing?
Paper Tray and that the Paper Guides
No are properly adjusted.

Are the Fuser Belt and Pressure Yes 1. Remove any foreign particles and / or
Roller surfaces soiled or are there any clean the stains.
foreign particles, or stains in the Fuser 2. Replace the Fuser Belt Unit.
Unit? 3. Replace the Fuser Unit.
No

END

442
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.17. Poor Printed Copy Quality

START

Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier No 1. Replace the EC PCB.

F1 Mode or Fax Service Mode 3 2. Replace the LSU.
normal? 3. Replace the HVPS.
4. Replace the Developer Unit.
Yes

Make a local copy.

No Check the connections of CN 56/57 on

Is the printed copy correct?
the SC PCB and the Scanning Lamp.
Yes

Perform a receiving test with the

reference fax unit.

No 1. Check CN352/353 on the FCB PCB.

Is the received copy correct?
2. Check the Telephone Line Cord.
Yes 3. Replace the FCB PCB.

Is a poor copy printed only when No

Telephone line quality is poor.
receiving from a specific transmitter?
Yes

The transmitting machine may be

defective.

END

443
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.18. Abnormal Printing

START

Is the recording paper loaded in the No 1. Adjust the Paper Width Guide.
Paper Tray properly? 2. Adjust the Paper Length Guide.
Yes

Is the recording paper size and No

Replace with correct paper.
thickness within specification?
Yes

No
Is Panasonic Toner being used? Replace with the Panasonic Toner.

Yes

Are all switches and sensors No

Adjust, clean or replace.
operating properly?
Yes

Are there any foreign particles or Yes Remove the foreign particles or paper
paper pieces in the receiver unit? pieces from the receiver unit.
No

No 1. Check all rollers, gears, drive clutches

Do the rollers rotate properly?
and springs.
Yes 2. Adjust or replace any defective parts.

Is the receiving mechanism operating No

Adjust or replace any defective parts.
correctly?
Yes

END

444
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.3.19. Scanned Copy Quality Problems

START

Yes
Is the Lamp abnormal? Check and replace the Lamp.

No

Are there any foreign particles or Yes Remove the foreign particles or paper
paper pieces in the scanning area? pieces from the scanning area.
No

Yes 1. Clean the Scanning Glass.

Is the scanning area dirty?
2. Clean Mirrors 1 and 2.
No

Yes
Are the Feed Rollers dirty? Clean the Rollers.

No

Yes 1. Check the connectors on the SC PCB.

Is the Scanner Block abnormal?
2. Check the connectors on the CCD
No PCB.
3. Replace the CCD Assembly.
4. Replace the SC PCB.
END

445
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.4. Troubleshooting the LAN Interface
4.4.1. Checking Network Configuration

START

Print the current Internet Parameters List.

No
Ask the customer for the Pre-Installation Information Re-enter the Internet Parameters correctly.
form filled out by the Network Administrator.
Verify this information with the Internet Parameters
List that you just printed. Are the Internet Parameters
entered correctly into the unit?
Yes
Locate a PC connected to the same Subnet Mask as
the unit.

From the DOS Prompt, enter the following command-

line utility: ipconfig /all.

Does the displayed Network configuration, match the No Ask the Network Administrator to verify the
following settings of the unit Internet Parameters? proper information.
Default Gateway IP Address:
DNS Server IP Address:
Subnet Mask:

From the DOS Prompt, enter the following command-

line utility: “route print”.

No Ask the Network Administrator to correct the

Does the current routing table for the Gateway match?
routing table on that Gateway.
Yes
Does the Default Gateway respond to the “ping IP” No Check the power switch, cables and the current
command? settings of unit.
Yes
Does the DNS Server respond to the “ping IP” No Ask the Network Administrator to check the
command? Default Gateway, and system status.
Yes
Does the unit respond to the “ping host name” No Ask the Network Administrator to check the
command? Default Gateway, and system status.
Yes
No
Does the unit respond to the “telnet” command? Replace the SC PCB.
Yes
Ask the Network Administrator to verify the POP/
SMTP account, and system status.

446
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.4.2. Testing the TCP/IP Network
It is beyond the scope of this Service Manual to cover Networking in detail, there are many excellent
manuals on this subject, but we hope the information in this section will aid with your troubleshooting efforts.
In most cases, the Network Administrator will be able to provide you with needed information or assistance.

When encountering Network problems during an onsite service call or during the installation stage, try to
isolate the steps that are not being completed so that you can quickly locate the components that don't
work. It is best to organize your troubleshooting efforts by understanding what should be happening, then
you can trace the path and see where the problem is occurring.

In our case, we use TCP/IP for transportation of data from one system to another, which involves a whole
series of events occurring throughout a number of different layers.
As with all networking, TCP/IP works better when its plugged in, therefore, start your troubleshooting by
checking the Physical Connectivity first, the cable(s).

In our examples, we'll use several simple tools readily available in the DOS command-line utility for
troubleshooting. There are many other utilities available for checking more detailed information, some are
Free of charge, others are available for a nominal fee.

1. System Diagram Model

Ask the customer to provide you with the Pre-Installation Information form, that was filled out by the
Network Administrator.
A description or system diagram for the unit, including its physical address, email server and DNS
server is required.

Network Configuration
Domain Name: labo.pcc.com Network D
PC Client
[210.232.71.18]
js2.labo.pcc.com

SMTP/POP DNS WAN

Server Server

sv2.labo.pcc.com sv1.labo.pcc.com
[192.168.1.2] [192.168.1.1]

Network A
[192.168.3.0] [192.168.3.254]
Router (R1) [192.168.1.253]

Network B PC Client
"ping" [192.168.1.0] [192.168.1.4]
ec5.labo.pcc.com

Hub
PC Client
[192.168.3.4]
ec4.labo.pcc.com Network C PC Client
[192.168.4.0] [192.168.4.1]
Panasonic Device fmrt7.labo.pcc.com
[192.168.3.5]
ef1.labo.pcc.com

447
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Checking Current Configuration
Print the current unit Internet Parameters configuration.
Locate a PC connected to the same Subnet Mask as the unit, then from the DOS Prompt, type the
following command-line utility: “ipconfig /all” for Windows.
Verify that the displayed Network configuration on the PC, matches the following Internet Parameter
settings of the unit:

Default Gateway IP Address :

DNS Server IP Address :
Subnet Mask : (whether it is valid)

For Windows
The following example shows the output after you type “ipconfig /all” at a command prompt:

C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows NT IP Configuration
Host Name : ec4.labo.pcc.com
DNS Servers : 192.168.1.1
Node Type : Hybrid
NetBIOS Scope ID :
IP Routing Enabled. : No
WINS Proxy Enabled : No
NetBIOS Resolution Uses DNS : No
Ethernet adapter IBMFE1 :
Description : IBM 100/10 EtherJet PCI Adapter
Physical Address : 00-04-AC-EE-9C-E8
DHCP Enabled : No
IP Address : 192.168.3.4
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : 192.168.3.254
Primary WINS Server : 192.168.3.18

From the above examples, you know the Network configuration for the specified Subnet Mask is as
follows: IP Address: 192.168.3.4; Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0; Default Gateway (Default Router IP
Address): 192.168.3.254; DNS Server: 192.168.1.1 and the Domain Name: labo.pcc.com
(obtained from the Host Name).

3. Using “PING” to Test Physical Connectivity

The Packet Internet Groper (PING) is a command-line tool included with every Microsoft TCP/IP client
(any DOS or Windows client with the TCP/IP protocol installed). PING is a simple utility that is used to
send a test packet to a specified IP Address or Hostname, then, if everything is working properly, the
packet is echoed back (returned).

Sample command-line PINGing and parameters are shown below. There are several available options
that can be specified with the PING command. However, for our examples, we will use two options (-n
and -w) which are commonly used when the response from the destination location is too long.

-n count : The number of echo requests that the command should send. The default is four.
-w timeout : Specifies the period PING will wait for the reply before deciding that the host is not
responding.

PINGing the Unit

C:\WINDOWS>ping ef1.labo.pcc.com
Pinging ef1.labo.pcc.com [192.168.3.5] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 192.168.3.5: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.5: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.5: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.5: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253

448
 DP-C406/C306/C266
PINGing the Default Gateway (Default Router IP Address)

C:\WINDOWS>ping 192.168.3.254
Pinging 192.168.3.254 with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 192.168.3.254: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.254: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.254: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.3.254: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL=253

PINGing the SMTP/POP Server

C:\WINDOWS>ping sv2.labo.pcc.com
Pinging sv2.labo.pcc.com [192.168.1.2] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 192.168.1.2: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.1.2: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.1.2: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253
Reply from 192.168.1.2: bytes=32 time=5ms TTL=253

If for some reason, the physical connection is missing, the echo reply will not be received from the
destination and the following output is displayed:

C:\WINDOWS>ping fmrt7.labo.pcc.com
Pinging fmrt7.labo.pcc.com [192.168.4.1] with 32 bytes of data:
Request timed out.
Request timed out.
Request timed out.
Request timed out.
Ping statistics for 192.168.4.1:
Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 0, Lost = 4 (100% loss),
Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds:
Minimum = 0ms, Maximum = 0ms, Average = 0ms

If the physical destination is far and it's connected by WAN (Wide Area Network), the PING option
command default value must be changed to compensate for the expected delayed response.
e.g.
-n 10 : The number of echo requests that the command should send.
-w 2000 : Specifies the period PING will wait for the reply before deciding that the host is not
responding.

C:\WINDOWS>ping js2.labo.pcc.com -n 10 -w 2000

Pinging js2.labo.pcc.com [210.232.71.18] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=633ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=645ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=810ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=455ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=645ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=633ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=677ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=703ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=633ms TTL=252
Reply from 210.232.71.18: bytes=32 time=633ms TTL=252

4. Tracing a Packet Route

Another useful command-line utility is TRACERT, which is used to verify the route a packet takes to
reach its destination. The result shows each router crossed and how long it took to get through each
particular router to reach the specified destination.

The time it takes to get through a particular router is calculated three times and displayed for each

449
 DP-C406/C306/C266
router hop along with the IP Address of each router crossed. If a FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name)
is available, it will be displayed as well.

This utility is useful for two diagnostic purposes:

a. To detect whether a particular router is malfunctioning along a known path. For example, if you
know that packets on a network always go through London to get from New York to Berlin, but the
communication is failing. A TRACERT to the Berlin address shows all the hops up to the point
where the router in London should respond. If it does not respond, the time values are shown with
an asterisk (*), indicating the packet timed out.
b. To determine whether a router is slow and needs to be upgraded or additional routers should be
installed on the network. You can determine this by simply comparing the time it takes for a packet
to get through a particular router. If its return time is significantly higher than the other routers, it
should be upgraded.

To use this utility, from the DOS command-line, type: tracert <IP Address or Hostname>

Tracing the Route to SMTP/POP Server

C:\WINDOWS>tracert sv2.labo.pcc.com
Tracing route to sv2.labo.pcc.com [192.168.1.2]
over a maximum of 30 hops:
1 4 ms 2 ms 2 ms 192.168.3.254
2 4 ms 5 ms 5 ms sv2.labo.pcc.com [192.168.1.2]
Trace complete.

5. Managing Network Route Tables

In the simplest case a router connects two network segments. In this model, the system used to join the
two segments needs to know only about these segments.

The routing table for router R1 in this case is simple; the following table shows its key routes:

Network Address Netmask Gateway Interface

192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.254 192.168.3.254
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.253 192.168.1.253
When the Unit at 192.168.3.5 attempts to communicate with the Unit at 192.168.1.x, IP performs the
ANDing process to find two things: The local network ID is 192.168.3.0, and the destination network ID
is not. This means, that the destination host is not on the local network.

IP, is responsible to find a route to the remote network, and therefore, it consults the routing table. Here,
the local host normally determines that the next step in the route is the Default Gateway, and sends the
packet to router R1.

The router R1, receives the packet. After determining that the packet is for another host and not the
router itself, it checks the routing table. It finds the route to 192.168.1.0 and sends the packet through
the interface to the Unit at 192.168.1.x, which receives the packet. This is a simple route that took only
a single hop.

When another network is added as the number of hosts grows, it gets complicated, and the systems on
the most distant networks cannot communicate. When the router receives a packet in this case, it
cannot find a route to the remote network. It then discards the packet and a message indicating
“destination host unreachable” is sent to the originator.

Here, is where the ROUTE command-line utility is useful when dealing with more than two networks,
and is used by Administrators to statically manage a route table by adding, deleting, changing and
clearing the route table. It has a number of options that are used to manipulate the routing tables, some
are shown below:

450
 DP-C406/C306/C266
• MASK
If this switch is present, the next parameter is interpreted as the netmask parameter.
• Netmask
If included, specifies a sub-net mask value to be associated with this route entry. If not specified, it
defaults to 255.255.255.255.
• Gateway
Specifies the gateway.
• METRIC
Specifies the metric / cost for the destination.

All symbolic names used for the destination are looked up in the network database file NETWORKS.
The symbolic names for the gateway are looked up the host name database file HOSTS.

When the packet does not reach the specified destination even when the physical connection is
properly made, check the registered persistent routes on the same subnet as the Unit by typing “route
print” in the DOS command-line. The output display is shown below:

C:\WINDOWS>route print
Active Routes:
Network Address Netmask Gateway Address Interface Metric
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.3.254 192.168.3.2 1
127.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 1
192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2 192.168.3.2 1
192.168.3.2 255.255.255.255 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 1
192.168.3.255 255.255.255.255 192.168.3.2 192.168.3.2 1
224.0.0.0 224.0.0.0 192.168.3.2 192.168.3.2 1
255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255 192.168.3.2 192.168.3.2 1

6. Host Name Query on DNS Server

Windows 2000/ XP/Vista also has a tool that enables you to test DNS to verify that it is working
properly. From the DOS command-line, type “nslookup” to display the following output:

C:\>nslookup
Default Server: sv1.labo.pcc.com
Address: 192.168.1.1

NS (Name Server) Record in Domain

From the DOS command-line, type “Is -t NS <Domain Name>” to display the following output:

> ls -t NS labo.pcc.com.
[sv1.labo.pcc.com.]
labo.pcc.com. NS server = sv1.labo.pcc.com

MX (Mail Exchange) Record in Domain

From the DOS command-line, type “Is -t MX <Domain Name>” to display the following output:

> ls -t MX labo.pcc.com
[sv1.labo.pcc.com]
labo.pcc.com. MX 10 sv2.labo.pcc.com

451
 DP-C406/C306/C266
A (Address) Record in Domain
From the DOS command-line, type “Is -t A <Domain Name>” to display the following output:

> ls -t A labo.pcc.com
[sv1.labo.pcc.com]
labo.pcc.com. NS server = sv1.labo.pcc.com
sv1 A 192.168.1.1
sv2 A 192.168.1.2
ec5 A 192.168.1.4
ec4 A 192.168.3.4
ef1 A 192.168.3.5

(To leave from this menu, type “exit” on the command-line.)

7. Testing Unit Using the TELNET Command

TELNET is a terminal emulation protocol. TELNET enables PCs and workstations to function as dumb
terminals in sessions with hosts on internet works.
From Windows 2000/ XP/Vista, use the TELNET to test the communication of TCP/IP and SMTP
Protocol manually to the Unit. This method eliminates the SMTP Server.

For better understanding, type “telnet” in the DOS Command-line to bring up the Telnet screen. Then,
click on the Terminal menu and on Preferences, check the “Local Echo” and “Block Cursor” radio dials
and click on the OK button.
Click on the Connect menu, then click on Remote System.
Enter “25” in the “Port:” field and click on Connect button.
For example,

C:\WINDOWS>telnet

telnet to ef1.labo.pcc.com[192.168.3.5]

220 ef1.labo.pcc.com DP18xx V.xx

helo
250 Hello

mail from:test
250 Sender OK

rcpt to:[email protected]
250 Receipient OK

data
354 Email, end with "CRLF . CR LF"

[Press the Enter Key]

Panasonic Internet Fax
test
test
[Press the Enter Key]
[Press the Enter Key]
[Press the Enter Key]
250 OK, Mail accept

quit
221 Closing transaction channel

452
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.5. Error Codes (For Copier)
The self-diagnostic functions detect malfunctions in the important components of the copier.
When any malfunction occurs, the copier stops, and displays a relevant error message on the Panel
Display.

4.5.1. User Error Codes (U Code)

Note:
Uxx, and a message will appear on the Panel Display.

User Error Codes (U Code) Table

Code Item Check Points
U0 Coin/Card Vender 1. Lacks a charge.
2. Vending Machine is not connected.
3. EC PCB is defective.
U1 Close Front Cover 1. Front Cover is open.
2. Front Cover Sensor is disconnected.
3. Front Cover Sensor is defective
4. LVPS connector is disconnected.
5. LVPS is defective.
6. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
7. EC PCB is defective.
U4 Close Finisher 1. Finisher is open.
2. Paper is in the output bin.
3. Stapler is empty.
4. LVPS connector is disconnected.
5. LVPS is defective.
6. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
7. EC PCB is defective.
U6 Close Right Cover 1. Right Cover is open.
(Right Side Cover/Feed Cover1/ 2. Right Cover Sensor is disconnected.
ADU Cover) 3. Right Cover Sensor is defective.
4. LVPS connector is disconnected.
5. LVPS is defective.
6. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
7. EC PCB is defective.

453
 DP-C406/C306/C266
User Error Codes (U Code) Table
Code Item Check Points
U7 Close Right Cover Lower 1. Right Cover is open.
(Feed Cover2/Feed Cover(Option)) 2. Paper Feed Unit is not installed correctly.
3. Paper Feed Unit connector is disconnected.
4. Right Cover Sensor is disconnected.
5. Right Cover Sensor is defective.
6. LVPS connector is disconnected.
7. LVPS is defective.
8. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
9. EC PCB is defective.
U8 Close Paper Transport Unit 1. Paper Transport Unit is open.
2. Paper Transport Unit Sensor is disconnected.
3. LVPS connector is disconnected.
4. LVPS is defectiv.
5. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
6. EC PCB is defective.
U11 Remove Paper in Finisher 1. Paper left in the Finisher.
2. Finisher Paper Exit Sensor is defective.
U12 Close Finisher Staple Cover / 1. Close Finisher Staple Cover.
Upper Cover 2. Finisher Staple Cover Sensor is disconnected.
3. Finisher Staple Cover Sensor is defective.
No Punch Dust Box 4. Punch Dust Box is not installed (DA-FS405W/FS405/
FS356/FS325 only).
U13-1 No Toner or Low Toner (Y) 1. Toner Cartridge is not installed correctly.
U13-2 No Toner or Low Toner (M) 2. No or Low Toner.
U13-3 No Toner or Low Toner (C) 3. Toner Density Sensor connector is disconnected.
4. Toner Density Sensor is defective.
U13-4 No Toner or Low Toner (BK)
5. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
6. EC PCB is defective.
7. Hopper Unit is not installed correctly.
U14 Replace Toner Waste Container Toner Waste Container is full. (See Section 9.17.)
U15 No Toner Waste Container 1. Toner Waste Container is not installed.
2. No Toner Waste Container Sensor is disconnected.
3. No Toner Waste Container Sensor is defective.
U16 No Developer Unit (Y, M, C, BK) Developer Unit connector is disconnected.
U18 Total Copy Limit Over Department Copy Counter is full.
U20 Close ADF Cover 1. ADF Cover is open.
2. ADF is not installed correctly.
3. ADF Cover Sensor connector is disconnected.
4. ADF Cover Sensor is defective.
5. LVPS connector is disconnected.
6. LVPS is defective.
U21 Close ADF 1. ADF and ADF Cover are open.
2. ADF Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. ADF Sensor is defective.
U25 Toner Cartridge Motor Rotation Toner blocked in the Toner Cartridge.
Error (Y, M, C, BK) (Shake the Toner Cartridge to loosen the contents)
U27 No Fuser Unit Fuser Unit is not installed.
U28 No Drum Unit (Y, M, C, BK) Drum Unit is not installed.
U29 Replace Drum Unit (Y, M, C, BK) Drum Unit requires replacement.
U30 Close Punch Cover 1. Punch Cover is open.
(Upper/Front Cover) 2. Punch Cover Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. Punch Cover Sensor is defective.

454
 DP-C406/C306/C266
User Error Codes (U Code) Table
Code Item Check Points
U31 Remove Paper in Saddle Unit 1. Paper Jam in the Saddle Unit.
2. Paper Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. Paper Sensor is defective.
U32 Close Saddle Unit Cover 1. Saddle Unit Cover is open.
2. Saddle Cover Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. Saddle Cover Sensor is defective.
U33 No Saddle Staple Unit Staple Unit is not installed properly.
U34 Close Saddle Unit Front Cover 1. Saddle Unit Front Cover is open.
2. Saddle Front Cover Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. Saddle Front Cover Sensor is defective.
U35 Close Saddle Unit Exit Cover 1. Saddle Unit Exit Cover is open.
2. Saddle Exit Cover Sensor connector is disconnected.
3. Saddle Exit Cover Sensor is defective.
U90 Replace Battery Internal battery requires replacement.

4.5.2. Jam Error Codes (J Code)

• J Code Log View Mode

The 5 most recent J Codes can be displayed on the Control Panel Display by pressing the “Function”
and the “3” keys in Standby mode.

Note:
If the machine is jammed, follow the procedure below.
1. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to
the OFF position. (If the Hard Disk Drive Unit is installed, turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of

455
 DP-C406/C306/C266
the machine to the OFF position first. After waiting approximately 10 seconds, turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position.)
2. Remove the Jammed paper.
3. Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to
the ON position.
4. Press the “Function” and the “3” keys on the Control Panel.

• Jam Sensor Location of Printer

Outer Exit Sensor (1819-20) Paper Path Sensor (Paper Transport Unit) (1819-21)

Paper Path Sensor (ADU 0)(1819-38)

Paper Path Sensor

Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39) (ADU 1) (1819-31)

Fuser Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32)

Fuser Entrance Sensor (1819-43)

ADU
Intermediate Transfer Belt
Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01)
Paper Path Sensor
Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) (ADU 2) (1819-07)
Optional Intermediate Roller Sensor (2130)
OHP Film Sensor (2110 : ROHP PCB)
Sheet Bypass
Paper Path Sensor (Tray 1) (1919) NP Sensor (1819-37)
Paper Tray 1
Paper Path Sensor (Tray 2) (1919) Sheet Bypass

Paper Tray 2 Intermediate Roller Jam

Sensor (1819-01)

Paper Path Sensor (Tray 3) (1919) Optional Intermediate Roller

Jam Sensor (1819-03)

Paper Tray 3
Paper Path Sensor (Tray 4) (1919)

Paper Tray 4

456
 DP-C406/C306/C266
• Jam Sensor Location of i-ADF

ADF Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) ADF Registration Sensor 3 (401-09)

ADF Registration Sensor 2 (401-08) ADF Exit Sensor (401-10)

ADF Selection Sensor (401-07)

Jam Error Codes (J Code) Table

Code Contents Section
J00 The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) does not detect paper within a Sheet
predetermined time after the paper starts feeding. (Sheet Bypass) Bypass
J01 The 1st Paper Path Sensor (1919) does not detect paper within a predetermined time Paper
after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 1) Tray
J02 The 2nd Paper Path Sensor (1919) does not detect paper within a predetermined time
after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 2)
J03 The 3rd Paper Path Sensor (1919) does not detect paper within a predetermined time
after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 3)
J04 The 4th Paper Path Sensor (1919) does not detect paper within a predetermined time
after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 4)
J06 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only Paper
1. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a Feed
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Sheet Bypass)
2. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 1)
3. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Feed clutch is on as double feed timing. (Paper Tray 1)
4. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 1)
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 2)
J07 The Option Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-03) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 3-4)
DP-C406/C405 Series Only
1. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after Feed clutch is on as double feed timing. (Paper Tray 2)
2. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01)does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 2)
J08 The Option Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-03) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 3)
DP-C406/C405 Series Only
1. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after Feed clutch is on as double feed timing. (Paper Tray 3)
2. The Option Intermediate Roller Sensor (1819-03) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 4)
3. The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after Feed clutch is on as double feed timing. (Paper Tray 4)
J09 The Option Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-03) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating. (Paper Tray 4)

457
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Jam Error Codes (J Code) Table
Code Contents Section
J16 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only Paper
The Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) does not detect paper within a predetermined Feed
time. (Paper Tray 1-4)
J18 The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time. (Paper Tray 1-4)
J19 The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time. (ADU)
J26 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305, DP-C354/C322 Series Only
The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) detects paper before the start of
initialization.
DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only
The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating. (Paper Tray 1-2)
J27 The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating. (Paper Tray 3-4)
DP-C406/C405 Series Only
The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-01) detects paper before the start of
initialization.
J28 The Option Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor (1819-03) detects paper before the start of
initialization.
J30 The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) goes Off within a predetermined time. Fuser
(Abnormal Paper Length)
DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only
The Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) goes Off within a predetermined time. (Abnormal
Paper Length)
Printing does not go Off after the Fuser Exit Sensor (1819-32) goes Off. (Abnormal Paper Exit
Paper Length)
J31 The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) does not go Off within a predetermined Paper
time. Feed
J32 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only
The Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) does not go Off within a predetermined time.
J33 1. The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) detects paper before the start of
initialization.
2. The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating. (Paper Tray 2-4)
3. The Registration Sensor 1 (2110 : ROHP PCB) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating. (Sheet Bypass)
J34 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only
1. The Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) detects paper before the start of initialization.
2. The Registration Sensor 2 (1918-01) detects paper before the Feed Roller starts
rotating. (Paper Tray 2-4)
J35 The Media type (Transparency) is mis-matched.
J38 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only Fuser
The Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) detects ON position within predetermined time.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C354/C322 Series Only
The Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) does not go On within a predetermined time.
J39 1. The Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) detects paper before the start of initialization.
2. The Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) detects paper during initialization.
3. The Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) detects paper before the Registration Roller
starts rotating.

458
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Jam Error Codes (J Code) Table
Code Contents Section
J40 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305 Only Fuser
The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Registration Clutch (6128) is activated.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C354/C322 Series Only
The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Fuser Entrance Sensor (4928) is activated.
J41 The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) does not go Off within a predetermined Fuser
time. (ADU) Paper Exit
J42 1. The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) detects paper before the start of Transport
initialization.
2. The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) detects paper during initialization.
3. The Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor (1819-32) detects paper before the Fuser
Entrance Sensor (4928) goes On in printing 1st page.
J43 The Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39) does not detect paper within a predetermined time Paper Exit
after the Fuser Exit Paper Sensor (1819-32) is activated. (Inner Tray)
J44 The Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39) does not go Off within a predetermined time. (Inner
Tray)
J45 1. The Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39) detects paper before the start of initialization.
(Inner Tray)
2. The Inner Exit Sensor (1819-39) detects paper before the Feed Roller starts
rotating. (Inner Tray)
J50 The Paper Path Sensor (1819-21) (Paper Transport Unit) does not detect paper within Transport
a predetermined time.
J51 The Paper Path Sensor (1819-21) (Paper Transport Unit) does not detect paper within Transport
a predetermined time. (ADU) ADU
J52 1. The Paper Path Sensor (1819-21) (Paper Transport Unit) detects paper before the Transport
start of initialization.
2. The Paper Path Sensor (1819-21) (Paper Transport Unit) detects paper before the
Feed Roller starts rotating. (Outer Tray)
3. The Paper Path Sensor (1819-21) (Paper Transport Unit) detects paper before the
Feed Roller starts rotating. (ADU)
J54 The Outer Exit Sensor (1819-20) does not detect paper within a predetermined time.
J55 The Outer Exit Sensor (1819-20) does not go Off within a predetermined time.
J56 The Outer Exit Sensor (1819-20) detects paper before initialization.
J60 1. The Finisher Enter Sensor (1819-26 / PI1) does not detect paper within a Finisher
predetermined time.
2. The Finisher Enter Sensor (1819-26 / PI1) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the Sensor is activated.
3. The Finisher Enter Sensor (1819-26 / PI1) detects paper before the start of
initialization.
J63 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325 Only : (Refer to Sect 12.1.2.5. Saddle Unit) Finisher
1. The Paper Path Sensor (PI10) does not detect paper within a predetermined time in Saddle
the Saddle.
2. The Paper Path Sensor (PI10) does not go Off within a determined time after the
sensor is activated.
J64 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325 Only : (Refer to Sect 12.1.2.6. Punch Unit) Finisher
1. The Puncher is not activated correctly. Punch
2. The Punch Sensor (PI11) goes On before the start of initialization.

459
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Jam Error Codes (J Code) Table
Code Contents Section
J65 DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320 Only Finisher
1. The Paper Exit Sensor (1819-27) does not detect paper within a predetermined time
in the Finisher.
2. The Paper Exit Sensor (1819-27) does not go Off within a determined time in the
Finisher.
3. The Paper Exit Sensor (1819-27) detects paper before the start of initialization.
J66 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325 Only
The Stapler is not activated correctly.
J70 (See the following table below)
~
J79
J80 The Automatic Duplex Unit (ADU) Paper Path Sensor 0 (1819-38) does not detect ADU
paper within a predetermined time.
J81 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 1 (1819-31) does not detect paper within a predetermined
time.
J82 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 2 (1819-07) does not detect paper within a predetermined
time.
J83 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 0 (1819-38) does not go Off within a determined time.
J86 1. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 0 (1819-38) detects paper before initialization.
2. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 0 (1819-38) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating.
J87 1. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 1 (1819-31) detects paper before initialization.
2. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 1 (1819-31) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating.
J88 1. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 2 (1819-07) detects paper before initialization.
2. The ADU Paper Path Sensor 2 (1819-07) detects paper before the Feed Roller
starts rotating.
J92 (See the following table below)
~
J94
J96 The Printer Sequence Jam 4: System Timer detection error after Printing. Printer
J97 The Printer Sequence Jam 3: System Timer error during Printing process.
J98 The Printer Sequence Jam 2: System Timer error during Printing Preparation.
J99 The Printer Sequence Jam 1: 2-sided printing did not start after a determined time has ADU
lapsed.

<J70~79 and J92~94 Codes for i-ADF>

Code Contents Section
J70 The ADF Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) does not detect paper within a predetermined ADF
time in the ADF.
J71 The ADF Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) keeps dedicating paper after a predetermined
time in the ADF.
J72 1. The ADF Registration Sensor 2 (401-08) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the ADF Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) is activated.
2. The ADF Registration Sensor 2 (401-08) does not detect paper within a
predetermined time after the ADF Registration Sensor 3 (401-09) is activated.
J73 1. The ADF Registration Sensor 2 (401-08) keeps detecting paper after the ADF
Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) is deactivated.
2. The ADF Registration Sensor 2 (401-08) keeps detecting paper after the ADF
Registration Sensor 3 (401-09) is deactivated.

460
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Code Contents Section
J74 The ADF Exit Sensor (401-10) does not detect paper during 1-Sided / 2-Sided ADF
Scanning.
J75 The ADF Exit Sensor (401-10) keeps detecting paper during 1-Sided / 2-Sided
Scanning.
J76 The ADF Selection Sensor (401-07) does not detect paper during 2-Sided Scanning.
J77 The ADF Registration Sensor 3 (401-09) keeps detecting paper during the Back Page
Scanning.
J78 1. The ADF Registration Sensor 3 (401-09) does not detect paper after the Face Page
is scanned, during 2-Sided Scanning.
2. The ADF Selection Sensor (401-07) keeps detecting paper during 2-Sided
Scanning.
J79 The ADF Registration Sensor 1 (401-06) keeps detecting paper in the ADF.
J92 The paper is not detected.
J93 The paper remained in the ADF.
J94 The ADF does not go Off after the predetermined time.

4.5.3. Mechanical Error Codes (E Code)

E1: Optical Unit Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E1-01 Abnormal The Home Position Scanner 1. Check the Home Position Sensor
Platen Glass Sensor does not turn connector.
Scanning Off/On within a 2. Home Position Sensor is defective.
predetermined time. 3. Check the Scanner Motor connector.
4. Scanner Motor is defective.
5. Scanning Mechanism is defective.
6. Check the SCN PCB connectors
(CN710/709 & 703).
7. SCN PCB is defective.
(Check Fuse F1 & F3)
8. Check the LVPS1 connector (CN702).
E1-22 Polygon Motor The rotation of the LSU 1. Check the Polygon Motor connector
Synchronization Polygon Motor is not (CN3).
being detected within a 2. Check the EC PCB connector
predetermined time. (CN701).
3. Check the LSU Relay Harness
connector.
4. Polygon Motor is defective.
5. LVPS1 (+24 V) is defective.
6. EC PCB (+24 V) circuit is defective.
E1-23 LSU Shutter The LSU Shutter LSU 1. Check the LSU Shutter Sensor
Error Sensor does not turn connector.
On when the LSU 2. LSU Shutter Sensor is defective.
starts scanning. 3. LSU Shutter Drive is defective.
4. LSU Shutter Mechanism is defective.

461
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E1: Optical Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E1-31 Scanning Lamp The Scanning Lamp Scanner 1. Check the Scanning Lamp Inverter
(Does not turn does not turn ON or is PCB connector.
On) dim. 2. Scanning Lamp Inverter PCB is
defective.
3. Scanning Lamp is defective.
4. Check the SCN PCB connector
(CN704/709).
5. SCN PCB is defective. (Check Fuse
F1)
6. Check the LVPS1 connector (CN702).
7. Check the SC PCB connector (CN56/
57).
8. CCD PCB is defective.
9. AFE PCB is defective.
10. SC PCB is defective.
11. Check the AFE PCB connector.
12. Check the CCD PCB connector.
13. SC-AFE PCB Harness is defective.
AFE-CCD PCB Harness is defective.
E1-45 LSU Fan The LSU Fan does not LSU 1. Check the LSU Fan connector.
Rotation rotate within a 2. LSU Fan is defective.
predetermined time. 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
The LSU Fan does not 4. EC PCB is defective.
stop when the LSU
stops.
E1-60 Beam Detect Yellow Beam (Y) is not LSU 1. Check the LSU or EC PCB connectors.
(Y) Error being detected. 2. LSU - EC PCB Harness is defective.
E1-61 Beam Detect Black Beam (B) is not LSU 3. LSU is defective.
(B) Error being detected. 4. EC PCB is defective. (Check F11 &
E1-62 Laser (Y) Error Laser (Y) is always On LSU F15)
or always Off.
E1-63 Laser (M) Error Laser (M) is always On LSU
or always Off.
E1-64 Laser (C) Error Laser (C) is always On LSU
or always Off.
E1-65 Laser (BK) Laser (BK) is always LSU
Error On or always Off.

462
 DP-C406/C306/C266

E2: Lift DC Motor Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E2-01 Lift Motor After the Lift Motor (1st Paper Tray 1. Check the Level Sensor connector.
Rotation (1st Paper Tray) turns On, 2. Level Sensor is defective.
Paper Tray) the Upper Paper Limit 3. Lift Mechanism is defective.
Sensor does not turn 4. Check the Lift Motor connector.
On within 20 sec. 5. Lift Motor is defective.
E2-02 Lift Motor After the Lift Motor Paper Tray 6. Check the LVPS connector.
Rotation (2nd (2nd Paper Tray) turns 7. LVPS is defective.
Paper Tray) On, the Upper Paper 8. Check the EC PCB connector.
Limit Sensor does not 9. EC PCB is defective. (Check F4 for E2-
turn On within 20 sec. 01, F3 for E2-02)
E2-03 Lift Motor After the Lift Motor (3rd Paper Tray 10. Check the CST PCB connector.
Rotation (3rd Paper Tray) turns On, 11. CST PCB is defective. (Check F1 for
Paper Tray) the Upper Paper Limit E2-03, F2 for E2-04)
Sensor does not turn 12. Check the Paper Feed Module
On within 20 sec. connector.
E2-04 Lift Motor After the Lift Motor (4th Paper Tray
Rotation (4th Paper Tray) turns On,
Paper Tray) the Upper Paper Limit
Sensor does not turn
On within 20 sec.
E2-10 System The rotation of the Paper Tray 1. Check the System Console Cable
Console Drive System Console Drive connection.
Motor Rotation Motor is not being 2. Drive Mechanism is defective.
detected within a 3. Check the Drive Motor connector.
predetermined time. 4. Drive Motor is defective.
5. Check the CST PCB connector.
6. CST PCB is defective.
7. Check the LVPS connector.
8. LVPS is defective.
9. Check the EC PCB connector.
10. EC PCB is defective.

E3: Development System Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-14 STR High STR High Voltage leak STR 1. STR Terminal is contaminated with
Voltage Power is detected. Toner.
Supply Leak 2. STR Terminal is loose.
3. HVPS is defective.
4. EC PCB is defective.
E3-22 Toner Cartridge 1. The rotation of the Toner 1. Check the Fan connector.
Fan Rotation Toner Cartridge Fan Cartridge 2. Fan is defective.
is not being detected Fan 3. Check the EC PCB connector
within a (CN510).
predetermined time. 4. EC PCB is defective.
2. Toner Cartridge Fan
keeps rotating after
a predetermined
time has lapsed.

463
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E3: Development System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-26 OPC Drum 1. The rotation of the OPC Drum 1. Check the Motor connector.
Motor 1 Rotation OPC Drum Motor 1 Motor 2. Motor is defective.
(Y/M/C) (Y/M/C) is not being 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
detected within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. Y/M/C Drum Drive Mechanism is
2. OPC Drum Motor 1 defective.
(Y/M/C) keeps 6. Y/M/C Drum Unit is defective.
rotating after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E3-27 OPC Drum 1. The rotation of the OPC Drum 1. Check the Motor connector.
Motor 2 Rotation OPC Drum Motor 2 Motor 2. Motor is defective.
(BK) (BK) is not being 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
detected within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. BK Drum Drive Mechanism is
2. OPC Drum Motor 2 defective.
(BK) keeps rotating 6. BK Drum Unit is defective.
after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E3-28 Developer Motor 1. The rotation of the Developer 1. Check the Motor connector.
1 Rotation (Y/M/ Developer Motor 1 Motor 2. Motor is defective.
C) (Y/M/C) is not being 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
detected within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. Y/M/C Drive Mechanism is defective.
2. Developer Motor 1 6. Y/M/C Developer Unit is defective.
(Y/M/C) keeps
rotating after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E3-29 Developer Motor 1. The rotation of the Developer 1. Check the Motor connector.
2 Rotation (BK) Developer Motor 2 Motor 2. Motor is defective.
(BK) is not being 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
detected within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. BK Drive Mechanism is defective.
2. Developer Motor 2 6. BK Developer Unit is defective.
(BK) keeps rotating
after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E3-30 Feed Motor 1. The rotation of the Feed Motor 1. Check the Motor connector.
Rotation Feed Motor is not 2. Motor is defective.
being detected 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. Paper Feed Mechanism is defective.
2. Feed Motor keeps 6. Paper Feed, Sheet Bypass or Paper
rotating after a Exit Unit is defective.
predetermined time
has lapsed.

464
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E3: Development System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-31 Intermediate 1. The rotation of the IT IT Belt 1. Check the Motor connector.
Transfer Belt Belt Motor is not Motor 2. Motor is defective.
Motor Rotation being detected 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time. 5. Intermediate Transfer Belt Drive
2. IT Belt Motor keeps Mechanism is defective.
rotating after a 6. Intermediate Transfer Belt or Toner
predetermined time Waste Transfer Unit is defective.
has lapsed.
E3-33 Toner Cartridge The rotation of the Toner 1. Toner Cartridge is jamming.
Drive Motor Toner Cartridge Drive Cartridge (Shake the Toner Cartridge briskly to
Rotation (Y) Motor (Y) is not being Motor loosen the contents)
detected within a 2. Check the Motor connector.
predetermined time. 3. Motor is defective.
E3-34 Toner Cartridge The rotation of the Toner 4. Motor mechanism is defective.
Drive Motor Toner Cartridge Drive Cartridge 5. Check the EC PCB connector.
Rotation (M) Motor (M) is not being Motor 6. EC PCB is defective. (Check F8 for
detected within a E3-35,36 F9 for E3-33,34)
predetermined time. 7. Motor mechanism is defective.
E3-35 Toner Cartridge The rotation of the Toner
Drive Motor Toner Cartridge Drive Cartridge
Rotation (C) Motor (C) is not being Motor
detected within a
predetermined time.
E3-36 Toner Cartridge The rotation of the Toner
Drive Motor Toner Cartridge Drive Cartridge
Rotation (BK) Motor (BK) is not being Motor
detected within a
predetermined time.
E3-37 FTR Motor FTR Motor is not FTR Motor 1. Check the EC PCB connector.
Rotation rotating. 2. EC PCB is defective. (Check F12)
E3-38 STR Motor STR Motor is not STR Motor 3. MOTDRV PCB is defective. (Check F4
Rotation rotating. for E3-37, F1 for E3-38)
E3-63 FTR Cam The FTR Cam Position FTR 1. Check the FTR Cam Motor connector.
Position Error Sensor is not actuating 2. FTR Cam Motor is defective.
within a predetermined 3. Check the MOTDRV PCB connector.
time. 4. MOTDRV PCB is defective. (Check
(FTR Cam Position F4)
detection value is 5. Check the FTR Cam Sensor 1 or
abnormal) Sensor 2 connector.
6. FTR Cam Sensor 1 or Sensor 2 is
defective.
7. Check the EC PCB connector.
8. EC PCB is defective. (Check F12)
9. FTR Cam Drive mechanism is
defective.

465
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E3: Development System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-64 STR Cam The STR Cam Position STR 1. Check the STR Cam Motor connector.
Position Error Sensor is not actuating 2. STR Cam Motor is defective.
within a predetermined 3. Check the MOTDRV PCB connector.
time. 4. MOTDRV PCB is defective. (Check
(STR Cam Position F1)
detection value is 5. Check the STR Cam Sensor 1 or
abnormal) Sensor 2 connector.
6. STR Cam Sensor 1 or Sensor 2 is
defective.
7. Check the EC PCB connector.
8. EC PCB is defective. (Check F12)
9. STR Cam Drive mechanism is
defective.
E3-65 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
STR Monitor Not Used STR 1. STR Connection Error.
Current Read 2. STR HVPS is abnormal.
Error 3. Check the STR HVPS connector.
E3-66 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
FTR (Y) Monitor Not Used FTR 1. FTR (Y) Connection Error.
Voltage Read 2. FTR (Y) HVPS is abnormal.
Error 3. Check the FTR (Y) HVPS connector.
E3-67 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
FTR (M) Monitor Not Used FTR 1. FTR (M) Connection Error.
Voltage Read 2. FTR (M) HVPS is abnormal.
Error 3. Check the FTR (M) HVPS connector.
E3-68 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
FTR (C) Monitor Not Used FTR 1. FTR (C) Connection Error.
Voltage Read 2. FTR (C) HVPS is abnormal.
Error 3. Check the FTR (C) HVPS connector.
E3-69 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
FTR (BK) Not Used FTR 1. FTR (BK) Connection Error.
Monitor Voltage 2. FTR (BK) HVPS is abnormal.
Read Error 3. Check the FTR (BK) HVPS connector.
E3-79 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Intermediate Intermediate Transfer IT Belt 1. Check the IT Belt Home Position
Transfer Belt Belt length detected Sensor connector.
Length Value is out of range. 2. IT Belt Home Position Sensor is
Detection Error (Signal is detected defective.
within a predetermined 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
time.) 4. EC PCB is defective. (Check F7)
5. IT Belt is defective.
6. Check the IT Belt Motor connector.
7. IT Belt Motor is defective.

466
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E3: Development System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-80 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Intermediate IT Belt Home Position IT Belt 1. Check the IT Belt Home Position
Transfer Belt is not being detected Sensor connector.
Home Position within a predetermined 2. IT Belt Home Position Sensor is
Detection Error time. defective.
3. Check the EC PCB connector.
4. IT Belt is defective.
5. Check the IT Belt Motor Connector.
6. IT Belt Motor Harness is defective.
7. IT Belt Motor is defective.
8. Check the EC PCB connector.
9. EC PCB is defective. (Check F7)
10. IT Belt Home Position mark is
defective.
E3-85 Color Color Registration Color 1. Check the Toner Registration Sensor
Registration Pattern (Right) is not Registration (Right) connector.
Sensor (Right) being detected. 2. Toner Registration Sensor (Right) is
Calibration Error defective.
3. Check the EC PCB connector.
4. EC PCB is defective. (Check F15)
5. Sensor surface is dirty.
E3-86 Color Color Registration Color 1. Check the Sensor Shutter Solenoid
Registration Pattern (Left) is not Registration connector.
Sensor (Left) being detected. 2. Sensor Shutter Open-Close is
Calibration Error abnormal.
3. Check the Toner Registration Sensor
(Left) connector.
4. Toner Registration Sensor (Left) is
defective.
5. Check the EC PCB connector.
6. EC PCB is defective. (Check F15)
7. Sensor surface is dirty.
E3-87 Color Color Registration Color 1. Check the Toner Registration Density
Registration Pattern (Center) is not Registration Sensor (Center) connector.
Sensor (Center) being detected. 2. Toner Registration Density Sensor
Calibration Error (Center) is defective.
3. Check the EC PCB connector.
4. EC PCB is defective. (Check F14 &
F15)
5. Sensor surface is dirty.
E3-88 Color Color Registration Color 1. IT Belt surface is scratched or dirty.
Registration Pattern interval is Registration 2. OPC Drum is scratched or dirty.
Compensation abnormal. 3. EC PCB is defective.
Error (Too short or too long) 4. Sensor PCB is defective.
5. Sensor surface is dirty.
E3-89 Color Color Registration Color 1. IT Belt surface is scratched or dirty.
Registration Pattern value is Registration 2. OPC Drum is scratched or dirty.
Detection Error abnormal. 3. LSU Shutter Open-Close is abnormal.
(Value is less than 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined) 5. Sensor PCB is defective.

467
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E3: Development System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E3-90 TDC Sensor (Y) When F8-09/11 is TDC 1. Check the Toner Sensor connector.
Calibration Error performed, the TDC 2. Toner Sensor is defective.
Sensor output (Y) is 3. Check the EC PCB connector.
abnormal. 4. EC PCB is defective. (Check F14)
E3-91 TDC Sensor (M) When F8-09/11 is TDC
Calibration Error performed, the TDC
Sensor output (M) is
abnormal.
E3-92 TDC Sensor (C) When F8-09/11 is TDC
Calibration Error performed, the TDC
Sensor output (C) is
abnormal.
E3-93 TDC Sensor When F8-09/11 is TDC
(BK) Calibration performed, the TDC
Error Sensor output (BK) is
abnormal.
E3-94 IT Belt Color IT Belt color IT Belt IT Belt surface is scratched or dirty.
Density Reading registration density
is Abnormal reading for Toner
(Right) Registration Sensor
(Right) is abnormal.
E3-95 IT Belt Color IT Belt color IT Belt
Density Reading registration density
is Abnormal reading for Toner
(Left) Registration Sensor
(Left) is abnormal.
E3-96 IT Belt Color IT Belt color IT Belt
Density Reading registration density
is Abnormal reading for Toner
(Center) Registration Sensor
(Center) is abnormal.

E4: Induction Heating (IH) Fuser Unit Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E4-01 Fuser Warm-up The Power is turned Fuser 1. Fuser Unit is defective.
Temperature OFF/ON after E4 2. Induction Heating (IH) Unit is defective.
Fuser Error occurs. 3. Thermistor is defective.
4. Check the EC PCB connector.
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-02 Fuser Paper 10 consecutive J40 Fuser 1. Paper Jam in Fuser Unit.
Jam Error Codes have 2. Check the Fuser Entrance Sensor
occurred. connector.
3. Fuser Entrance Sensor is defective.
4. Check the Fuser Unit Paper Exit
Sensor connector.
5. Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor is
defective.
6. Check the EC PCB connector.
7. EC PCB is defective.

468
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E4: Induction Heating (IH) Fuser Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E4-03 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Fuser Pressure Fuser Pressure control Fuser 1. Fuser Motor is defective.
Sensor Position is abnormal. 2. Fuser Motor connector is
Error disconnected.
3. Check the EC PCB connector
(CN502).
4. EC PCB is defective (Fuse is open).
5. EC PCB is defective. (Check F12)
6. Check the Home Position Sensor 1 or
2 connector.
7. Home Position Sensor 1 or 2 is
defective.
8. Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector.
9. MOTDRV PCB is defective (Check F3)
E4-05 Fuser Safety IH Fuser is abnormal. Fuser The Induction Heating (IH) unit stopped
Timer when the software failed to control the
temperature within a certain range. Turn
the Power SW Off & back On to Reset.
E4-11 Right Cover 1. The rotation of the Fan 1. Check the Fan connector.
Fan Rotation Right Cover Fan is 2. Fan is defective.
not being detected 3. Check the ADU PCB connector
within a (CN403).
predetermined time. 4. ADU PCB is defective. (Check F1)
2. Right Cover Fan 5. EC PCB is defective. (Check F2)
keeps rotating after
a predetermined
time has lapsed.
E4-12 Fuser Pressure 1. The rotation of the Fan 1. Check the Fan connector.
Roller Fan Fuser Pressure 2. Fan is defective.
Rotation Roller Fan is not 3. Check the EC PCB connector
being detected (CN510).
within a 4. EC PCB is defective.
predetermined time.
2. Fuser Pressure
Roller Fan keeps
rotating after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E4-13 Fuser IH 1. The rotation of the Fan 1. Check the Fan connector.
Cooling Fan IH Cooling Fan is not 2. Fan is defective.
Rotation being detected 3. Check the EC PCB connector
within a (CN503).
predetermined time. 4. EC PCB is defective.
2. Fuser IH Cooling
Fan keeps rotating
after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.

469
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E4: Induction Heating (IH) Fuser Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E4-14 Fuser IH Driver 1. The rotation of the Fan 1. Check the Fan connector.
Fan Rotation Fuser IH Driver Fan 2. Fan is defective.
is not being detected 3. Check the EC PCB connector
within a (CN510).
predetermined time. 4. EC PCB is defective.
2. Fuser IH Driver Fan
keeps rotating after
a predetermined
time has lapsed.
E4-20 Thermistor Thermistor (TH1) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH1) connector.
(TH1) Open output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH1) is defective.
Error higher than the 3. Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector.
predetermined value. 4. Check the EC PCB connector
(CN502).
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-21 Thermistor Thermistor (TH2) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH2) connector.
(TH2) Open output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH2) is defective.
Error higher than the 3. Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector.
predetermined value. 4. Check the EC PCB connector
(CN502).
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-22 DP-C322 Series Only
Thermistor Thermistor (TH3) Fuser 1. Thermistor (TH3) is defective.
(TH3) Open output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH3) connector is
Error higher than the disconnected.
predetermined value. 3. Fuser Unit Relay connector is
disconnected.
4. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
(CN502)
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-23 Thermistor Thermistor (TH4) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH4) connector.
(TH4) Open output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH4) is defective.
Error higher than the 3. Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector.
predetermined value. 4. Check the EC PCB connector
(CN502).
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-24 Thermistor Thermistor (TH1) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH1) connector.
(TH1) High output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH1) is defective.
Temperature lower than the 3. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
Error predetermined value. defective.
(Higher than 220 °C) 4. Check the EC PCB connector
(CN508).
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-25 Thermistor Thermistor (TH2) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH1) connector.
(TH2) High output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH1) is defective.
Temperature lower than the 3. Contact of Thermistor (TH1) and
Error predetermined value. Heater Belt is abnormal.
(Higher than 230 °C) 4. Check the Thermistor (TH2) connector.
5. Thermistor (TH2) is defective.
6. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
defective.
7. Check the EC PCB connector.
8. EC PCB is defective.

470
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E4: Induction Heating (IH) Fuser Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E4-26 DP-C322 Series Only
Thermistor Thermistor (TH3) Fuser 1. Thermistor (TH1) is defective.
(TH3) High output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH1) connector is
Temperature lower than the disconnected.
Error predetermined value. 3. Contact of Thermistor (TH1) and
(Higher than 230 °C) Heater Belt is abnormal.
4. Thermistor (TH3) is defective.
5. Thermistor (TH3) connector is
disconnected.
6. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
defective.
7. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
8. EC PCB is defective.
E4-27 Thermistor Thermistor (TH4) Fuser 1. Check the Thermistor (TH1) connector.
(TH4) High output resistance is 2. Thermistor (TH1) is defective.
Temperature lower than the 3. Contact of Thermistor (TH1) and
Error predetermined value. Heater Belt is abnormal.
(Higher than 190 °C) 4. Check the Thermistor (TH4) connector.
5. Thermistor (TH4) is defective.
6. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
defective.
7. Check the EC PCB connector.
8. EC PCB is defective.
E4-41 DP-C322 Series Only
Fuser IH Core Fuser 1. Induction Heating (IH) Core Motor is
Motor Rotation defective.
Error 2. Induction Heating (IH) Core Motor
connector is disconnected.
3. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
(CN504)
4. EC PCB is defective. (Fuse is open)
5. EC PCB is defective.
E4-42 DP-C322 Series Only
Fuser IH Core Fuser 1. Induction Heating (IH) Core Motor is
Motor Position defective.
Error 2. Induction Heating (IH) Core Motor
connector is disconnected.
3. EC PCB connector is disconnected.
(CN502)
4. EC PCB is defective. (Fuse is open)
5. EC PCB is defective.

471
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E4: Induction Heating (IH) Fuser Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E4-43 Fuser Roller The rotation of the Fuser 1. Check the Fuser Motor connector.
Rotate Fuser Roller is not 2. Fuser Motor is defective.
Detection being detected. 3. Check the MOTDRV PCB connector
Sensor Error (CN502).
4. MOTDRV PCB is defective.
(Fuse is open)
5. MOTDRV PCB is defective. (Check
F3)
6. Check the Rotation Detect Sensor 1
connector.
7. Rotation Detect Sensor 1 is defective.
8. Check the Rotation Detect Sensor 2
connector.
9. Rotation Detect Sensor 2 is defective.
10. Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector.
11. EC PCB is defective. (Check F12)
E4-44 Fuser Input Fuser IH Core shuts Fuser The AC Input Voltage is too high.
Voltage Upper Off if the AC Input (Power Source is out of specification)
Limit Error Voltage exceeds the
upper Safety limit.
Shut Off VAC:
100V PS: over 140
VAC
200V PS: over 276
VAC
E4-46 Fuser Abnormal increase in Fuser 1. Frequent intermittent blackouts occur.
Temperature Fuser Temperature: (Power Source is out of specification)
Rising Error 1. Temperature rise for 2. Induction Heating (IH) Unit is defective.
10 sec. is less than 5 3. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
°C. defective.
2. Temperature rise for 4. Fuser Unit is defective.
1 min. is less than (Heater Belt / Thermistor)
130 °C.
3. Temperature rise
from 130 °C for 2
min. is less than 168
°C.
4. If Temperature is 20
°C less than Fusing
Temperature and
does not rise within
1 min.
(Ex: Less than 150 °C
for 170 °C fusing)
E4-48 Fuser Over Over current was Fuser 1. Induction Heating (IH) PCB is
Current Input detected in the IH defective. (Check Fuse F002)
Limit Power Supply/IH Coil. 2. Induction Heating (IH) Coil is defective.

E5: System Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E5-01 Vp (+24V, Interlock Switch failure Interlock 1. LVPS (+24V) Output is abnormal.
Printer) (+24V). Switch 2. Check the EC PCB (+24V) connector
(CN519).
3. EC PCB is defective. (Check F1&F14)

472
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E5: System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E5-02 Vp (+12V, Interlock Switch failure Interlock 1. LVPS (+24V) Output is abnormal.
Printer) (+24V). Switch 2. Check the EC PCB (+24V) connector
(CN519).
3. EC PCB is defective. (IC 25 is
defective) (Check F14)
E5-05 Vp (+24V, No LVPS (+24V) to LVPS 1. Check the SCN PCB connector
Scanner) SCN PCB Voltage (CN709).
detected. 2. SCN PCB is defective.
3. Check the LVPS connector (CN702).
4. LVPS is defective.
E5-10 Sequence Error Sequence is not EC PCB 1. Incorrect EC ROM Version.
completed within a 2. Check the EC PCB connector.
predetermined time. 3. EC PCB is defective.
E5-11 Printer Engine Communication Error CONE PCB 1. Check the EC PCB connector
Communication occurred between SC, (CN501).
Abnormal CONE, and EC PCBs. 2. EC PCB is defective.
3. Check the SC PCB connector (CN61).
4. SC PCB is defective.
5. CONE PCB is defective.
E5-12 Scanner Engine Communication Error SCN/SC 1. Check the SCN PCB connector
Communication occurred between SCN PCB (CN709).
Abnormal and SC PCBs. 2. SCN PCB is defective.
3. Check the SC PCB connector (CN53).
4. SC PCB is defective.
E5-13 Printer Engine Communication Error CONE PCB 1. Check the EC PCB connector
Communication occurred between SC, (CN501).
Abnormal CONE and EC PCBs. 2. EC PCB is defective.
During 3. Check the SC PCB connector (CN61).
Initialization 4. SC PCB is defective.
5. CONE PCB is defective.
E5-17 Scanner Communication Error SCN/SC 1. Check the SCN PCB connector
Synchronization occurred between SCN PCB (CN709).
and SC PCBs. 2. SCN PCB is defective.
E5-19 Scanner Line Communication Error SCN/SC 3. Check the SC PCB connector (CN51).
Synchronization occurred between SCN PCB 4. SC PCB is defective.
and SC PCBs.
E5-22 Finisher Communication Error Finisher 1. Check the EC PCB connection.
Communication occurred between 2. EC PCB is defective.
Abnormal Finisher and Host 3. Check the IPC PCB connection.
Machine. 4. IPC PCB is defective.
5. Check the Finisher Interface Cable
connection.
6. Check the OP LVPS connector.
7. OP LVPS is defective.
8. Check the DC PCB connection.
9. Finisher is defective.
E5-42 Total Counter 1 Total Counter1 is not Counter 1. Check the Total Counter connection.
Connection being detected. 2. Total Counter is defective.
(Upper Side) 3. Check the EC PCB connection.
E5-43 Total Counter 2 Total Counter2 is not Counter 4. EC PCB is defective.
Connection being detected.
(Down Side)

473
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E5: System Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E5-60 Power Supply 1. The rotation of the Fan 1. Check the Cooling Fan connection.
Cooling Fan PS Cooling Fan 2. Cooling Fan is defective.
Motor Rotation Motor is not being 3. Check the SC PCB connector (CN1).
detected within a 4. SC PCB is defective. (Check F10)
predetermined time.
2. Fan keeps rotating
after a
predetermined time
has lapsed.
E5-70 SC PCB Hardware on the SC SC PCB SC PCB is defective.
Abnormal 1 PCB is abnormal.
E5-71 SC PCB SC PCB
Abnormal 2
E5-72 SC PCB SC PCB 1. Update SC Firmware.
Abnormal 3 2. SC PCB is defective.
E5-73 HDD Abnormal HDD is abnormal. HDD 1. Check the HDD connectors.
2. Check the SC connection.
3. HDD is defective.
4. SC PCB is defective.
E5-74 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
AFE PCB Hardware on the AFE AFE PCB 1. AFE PCB is defective.
Abnormal 1 PCB is abnormal 2. SC PCB is defective.
3. AFE Harness is defective.
4. Check the AFE PCB connector.
(CN855)
5. Check the SC PCB connector. (CN57)
E5-75 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
AFE PCB Hardware on the AFE AFE PCB 1. AFE PCB is defective.
Abnormal 2 PCB is abnormal 2. SC PCB is defective.
3. AFE Harness is defective.
4. Check the AFE PCB connector.
(CN855)
5. Check the SC PCB connector. (CN57)
E5-80 EC PCB EC PCB and Host EC PCB 1. Incompatible EC PCB.
Mismatch Machine are 2. EC PCB is defective.
mismatched.
E5-81 LSU Mismatch LSU and Host Machine LSU 1. Incompatible LSU.
are mismatched. 2. LSU is defective.
E5-82 SC PCB SC PCB and EC PCB SC/EC PCB 1. Incompatible SC PCB.
Mismatch are mismatched. 2. SC PCB is defective.
E5-90 LSU & PCB LSU and EC PCB are LSU 1. Incompatible LSU.
Mismatch mismatched. 2. Incompatible EC PCB.
3. LSU is defective.
4. EC PCB is defective.
E5-91 Serial Number Serial number is --- Register Serial Number by Service Mode
Mismatch mismatched. F9-05 Serial Number when this error
occurred.
E5-98 SC PCB Receiving Page error SC PCB SC PCB is defective. (Fax Information
Abnormal Codes 875 occur.)

474
 DP-C406/C306/C266

E7: Optional Unit Error Codes

Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E7-21 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Paper Finisher Paper Exit Finisher 1. Check the Paper Feed Motor
Exit Motor Motor is jammed. connector.
2. Paper Feed Motor is paper jammed.
E7-23 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Staple Finisher Staple Home Finisher 1. Check the Stapler Unit connector.
Motor Position Sensor does 2. Stapler Unit is defective.
not turn Off/On within a 3. Stapler Home Position Sensor is
predetermined time. defective.
4. Stapler Cover Micro-SW is defective.
5. Saddle Unit Micro-SW is defective.
6. Check the Large Solenoid Gear
connector.
7. Large Solenoid Gear is defective.
8. Check the Paper Feed Motor
connector.
9. Staple Motor is jammed with a staple.
E7-24 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Staple Finisher Staple Shift Finisher 1. Check the Staple Shift Motor
Shift Motor Home Position Sensor connector.
does not turn Off/On 2. Staple Shift Motor is defective.
within a predetermined 3. Stapler Home Position Sensor is
time. defective.
4. Stapler Cover Micro-SW is defective.
5. Saddle Unit Micro-SW is defective.
6. Check the Large Solenoid Gear
connector.
7. Large Solenoid Gear is defective.
8. Check the Paper Feed Motor
connector.
9. Staple Motor is jammed with a staple.
E7-27 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Tray Finisher Tray Lift Finisher 1. Check the Stack Tray Paper Height
Lift Motor Sensor does not turn Detection Sensor, or Paper Hold Lever
Off/On within a Detection Sensor connectors.
predetermined time. 2. Stack Tray Paper Height Detection
Sensor, or the Paper Hold Lever
Detection Sensor is defective.
3. Check the Lift Motor connector.
4. Lift Motor is defective.
5. PCB is defective. (Finisher Controller
PCB for DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/
FS325, CONT PCB for DA-FS402W/
FS402/FS350/FS320)
6. Lift Drive Gear is defective.
E7-28 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Finisher Punch Home Finisher 1. Punch Home Position Sensor is
Motor Position Sensor does defective.
not turn Off/On within a 2. Punch Motor Lock Sensor is defective.
predetermined time. 3. Finisher Controller PCB is defective.
4. Punch Motor is defective.

475
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E7: Optional Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E7-29 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Finisher Side Finisher 1. Side Registration Home Position
Shift Motor Registration Home Sensor is defective.
Position Sensor does 2. Finisher Controller PCB is defective.
not turn Off/On within a 3. Side Registration Motor is defective.
predetermined time.
E7-51 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Finisher Delivery Belt Finisher 1. Delivery Belt Home Position Sensor is
Delivery Motor Home Position Sensor defective.
does not turn Off/On 2. Check the wiring between the Finisher
within a predetermined Controller PCB, and the Delivery
time. Motor.
3. Stack Delivery Roller is abnormal.
4. Delivery Motor is defective.
5. PCB is defective. (Finisher Controller
PCB)
E7-52 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Paddle 1. Paddle Home Finisher 1. Paddle Home Position Sensor is
Motor Position Sensor defective.
does not turn Off 2. Swing Guide Home Position Sensor is
within a defective.
predetermined time. 3. Check the wiring between the Finisher
2. Paddle Home Controller PCB, and the Paddle Motor.
Position Sensor 4. Paddle, Swing Guide Assembly is
does not turn On abnormal. Try turning the Paddle Motor
within a clockwise and counter-clockwise by
predetermined time. hand. Is there a mechanical tapping in
the rotation of the Paddle, or the up/
down movement of the Swing Guide?
Correct the mechanical mechanism.
5. Finisher Controller PCB is defective.
E7-53 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Saddle Saddle Folding Sensor Finisher 1. Saddle Folding Sensor is defective.
Folding Sensor does not detect the 2. Finisher PCB is defective.
proper signal to
correctly adjust the
Folding position.
E7-54 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch No response from Finisher 1. Finisher PCB is defective.
Communication Punch unit within a 2. Punch PCB is defective.
Abnormal predetermined time.
E7-55 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Punch unit does not Finisher Punch PCB is defective.
Power Supply detect +24 VDC.
E7-56 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Punch Registration Finisher 1. Punch Registration Sensor is
Registration Sensor does not detect defective.
Sensor the proper signal to 2. Punch PCB is defective.
correctly adjust the
Punching position.

476
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E7: Optional Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E7-57 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Punch Folding Sensor Finisher 1. Finisher Punch Sensor is defective.
Sensor does not detect the 2. Punch PCB is defective.
(Horizontal proper signal to
Registration) correctly adjust the
Folding position.
E7-58 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Punch Punch Sensor does Finisher 1. Punch Sensor is defective.
Sensor not detect the proper 2. Punch PCB is defective.
(Waste Full) signal to adjust
Punching position.
E7-59 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Upper Paper Height detection Finisher 1. Check the Stack Tray Paper Height
Limit Sensor Sensor detects the Detection Sensor, or Paper Hold Lever
Upper Limit. Detection Sensor connectors.
2. Stack Tray Paper Height Detection
Sensor, or the Paper Hold Lever
Detection Sensor is defective.
3. Upper Limit Detection Sensor is
defective.
4. Check the Upper Limit Detection
Sensor connector.
5. PCB is defective. (Finisher Controller
PCB for DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/
FS325, CONT PCB for DA-FS402W/
FS402/FS350/FS320)
E7-60 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Rear Aligning Home Finisher 1. Rear Aligning Home Position Sensor is
Aligning: Rear Position Sensor does defective.
Motor not detect On/Off. 2. Rear Aligning Motor is defective.
E7-61 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Front Aligning Home Finisher 1. Front Aligning Home Position Sensor is
Aligning: Front Position Sensor does defective.
Motor not detect On/Off. 2. Front Aligning Motor is defective.
E7-62 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Stapler Sensor detects Finisher 1. Staple Jammed in the Cartridge.
Aligning: Stapler Stapler Jam twice 2. Stapler Sensor is defective.
continuously. 3. Stapler Motor is defective.
E7-63 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Backup Backup RAM 1 Data Finisher Punch PCB is defective.
RAM 1 (Punch) on Punch PCB is
Data Error abnormal.
E7-64 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325
Finisher Backup Backup RAM 2 Data Finisher Finisher Controller PCB is defective.
RAM 2 on Finisher Controller
(Finisher) Data PCB is abnormal.
Error
E7-65 DA-FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325, DA-FS402W/FS402/FS350/FS320
Finisher Communication Error Finisher 1. Incorrect Finisher ROM Version.
Communication between EC PCB and 2. Incorrect EC Firmware Version.
Error (EC PCB- Finisher PCB.
Finisher PCB)

477
 DP-C406/C306/C266
E7: Optional Unit Error Codes
Code Function Contents Section Check Points
E7-90 Hardware Key Hardware Key is Hardware 1. Incorrect Hardware Key is installed.
Abnormal incorrect. Key 2. Hardware Key is defective.
E7-91 DP-C405/C354 Series Only
Data Security Hardware Key (Data Hardware Hardware Key for Data Security Kit is not
Kit Abnormal Security Kit) is not Key installed.
installed.
Note:
These error codes will appear only when the optional accessories are installed. Refer to the appropriate
Optional Unit Service Manual.

E13: No Toner / E14: Toner Waste Container Full

Code Function Check Points
E13-01 Out of Toner (Y) 1. Toner Cartridge is not installed correctly.
E13-02 Out of Toner (M) 2. Out of Toner.
E13-03 Out of Toner (C) 3. Check the TDC Sensor connector.
4. TDC Sensor is defective.
E13-04 Out of Toner (BK)
5. Check the EC PCB connector.
6. EC PCB is defective.
E14 Toner Waste Container Sensor 1. Toner Waste Container is full.
2. Check the Toner Waste Container Sensor connector.
3. Toner Waste Container Sensor is defective.
4. Check the EC PCB connector.
5. EC PCB is defective.
Note:
These error codes will appear on the Service Mode only (“F8-06 Error Log Print/View”, and “F9-03-01
Machine Information”).

Paper Full Error

Display Function Check Points
“Remove Paper Paper Full Sensor 1. Paper Full Sensor is defective.
from Inner Tray” 2. EC PCB is defective.
--- Paper Full Sensor 1. Check the Paper Full Sensor connector.
2. Paper Full Sensor is defective.
3. EC PCB is defective.
4. Service Mode F5-173 setting is OFF.

478
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.5.4. Fuse List (For DP-C406/C405 Series)

Fuse Used
PCB Error Code (when fused) Possible Cause (Fused)
REF Voltage
ADF F2 +24VS No stamp operation Stamp solenoid Harness short
EC F1 +5V E5-01 Interlock Harness short
F2 +5V E4-11 ADU_PCB +5V Harness short
F3 +24VM E2-02 2nd Tray lift up motor Harness short
F4 +24VM E2-01 1st Tray lift up motor Harness short
F5 +5V Paper Jam 2nd Tray 2nd Tray sensor +5V Harness short
F6 --- --- ---
F7 +5V E3-79 or E3-80 IBT belt HP Sensor +5V Harness short
F8 +24VM E3-35 or E3-36 Bottle Motor C/K +24VM Harness short
F9 +24VM E3-33 or E3-34 Bottle Motor Y/M +24VM Harness short
F11 +5V LSU E1-60, E1-61, E1-62, E1- LSU +5V Harness short
63, E1-64, E1-65
F12 +5V E3-37, E3-38, E3-63, E3- MOTDRV_PCB +5V Harness short
64, E4-03,E4-43
F13 +5V E3-85, E3-86, E3-87 Reg. Sensor +5V Harness short
WTB full
F14 +24VF E5-01, E5-02, E3-90, E3- Each FAN Motor Harness short
91, E3-92, E3-93, E3-87
F15 +24VM E1-60, E1-61, E1-62, E1- LSU polygon motor Harness short
63, E1-64, E1-65
F16 +24VM 3rd/ 4th Tray Paper Jam CST_PCB +24VM Harness short
F17 +5V No Print OP. Card Counter Harness short
F18 +24VM OP. Transport Unit Paper TRU_PCB +24VM Harness short
Jam
F19 +5V Exit paper not full Exit Paper full sensor +5V Harness short
MOTDRV F1 +24VM E3-38 or E3-64 STR Motor +24VM Harness short
F3 +24VM E4-03 or E4-43 Fuser Motor +24VM Harness short
F4 +24VM E3-37 or E3-63 FTR Motor +24VM Harness short
ADU F1 +24VF E4-11 Right cover FAN +24VF Harness short
F2 +24VM ADU, 1st Tray Paper Jam ADU_PCB parts failure
SCN F1 +5V E1-01, E1-31, E5-12, E5- SCN_PCB Failure (Power short)
17, E5-19 Harness short (Scanner Motor, Scanner HP
sensor, Size sensor)
F2 +24VD No ADF operation ADF_PCB Failure (Power short)
Harness short
F3 +24VS E1-01 Scanner Motor failure, Harness short
F4 +5VADF No ADF operation ADF_PCB, ADF Sensor failure (Power short,
Harness short)
F5 +5VP No ADF original detection ADF_PCB HP sensor failure (Harness short)
SC F1 --- --- ---
F2 --- --- ---
F3 +3.3V No LCD display LCD failure
Harness short
F4 +24V Domestic version only Speaker is defective.
Pinched harness
F5 +3.3V Domestic version only VGB PCB failure
Pinched harness
F6 +24V LCD_back Light OFF LCD Inverter failure, Harness short

479
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fuse Used
PCB Error Code (when fused) Possible Cause (Fused)
REF Voltage
SC F7 +5V PNL no operation PNL1 failure
PNL3 failure
Harness short
F8 +5V PNL no operation PNL1 failure
PNL3 failure
Harness short
F9 --- --- ---
F10 +24V E5-60 PS FAN failure
Harness short
TRU F1 +24V No paper feed operation TRU_Motor failure, Harness short
CST F1 +24V E2-03 Lift up motor lock, failure, Harness short
F2 +24V E2-04 Lift up motor lock, failure, Harness short
F3 +5V 3rd/ 4th Tray Sensor error 3rd/ 4th Tray Sensor failure, Harness short
DC2.5 F1 --- --- Due to unnecessary component, DC2.5 PCB
has been deleted.
DC12 F1 +24V No HDD Operation HDD failure, HDD Power Harness short
FCB F901 +24V No external TEL line Parts failure or short
operation
F902 +5V No monitor sound IC failure, parts short
F903 +3.3V No Fax operation IC failure, parts short

ADF PC Board

CN662 CN650
CN652
CN653
CN654

ADF
CN663

CN655
CN658

F2
CN660

CN661 CN659

480
 DP-C406/C306/C266
EC PC Board

CN505 CN510 CN509

CN502 CN503 CN504 CN507

F7 F12
CN506 CN508
F8 F9

CN530
F17 F19 F18

CN537
F14

CN511
CN531

CN512
F6 F1
CN536
CN538

CN535

CN519

CN532
CN540

CN520

CN513
EC
CN541

CN514
CN501

F15

CN515
F16
CN522
CN529 CN527 CN525 F2
F13 F11 CN516

F3 CN526 F5 CN524 F4 CN521 CN518 CN517

CN528 CN523

MOTDRV PC Board

CNP552 CNP553 CNP551

F1 F2
F4 F3

MOTDRV

CNP550

481
 DP-C406/C306/C266
ADU PC Board

CN411 CN410

CN409
F2

CN400

CN408
F1

CN412

ADU

CN407
CN406
CN401

CN405
CN404

CN402 CN403

SCN PC Board

CN708 CN707 CN710

F5
CN701

F2

SCN
CN711

F3
CN703

F4 F1

CN702 CN704
CN713 CN709 CN706

482
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC PC Board

CN58 CN59 CN56 CN51

F6 F8 CN63
CN2
F7 F3 F9

CN94
CN57

F5 CN9

CN65
CN92

CN8
F4
F2

F1

CN67
CN93
CN4

CN85

CN3
CN87

CN5

CN11
CN13

CN99

CN12

SC

CN68 CN6

CN61
CN69

F10
CN55
CN52 CN53 CN102 CN64 CN1
CN7

TRU PC Board
CN613

TRU F1

CN612 CN611

483
 DP-C406/C306/C266
CST PC Board

CN602 CN609 F3
CN601

F1
CN603

F2
CST
CN604

CN605 CN607 CN606 CN608

DC12 PC Board

CN142
F1
CN141

DC12
CN145

CN144

CN143

FCB PC Board

CN355
CN357
CN361

FCB
F902 F903 F901
CN354

CN352

CN356
F601

F602
CN353

CN360 CN359

484
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.6. Information Codes Table (For Facsimile)

Fax Information Codes

Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
012 RCV C, D The length of the received Transmitter Document Jam.
document is over 2 m.
030 XMT B Read Point Sensor does not Document is not set properly.
activate within 10 seconds after the Defective Read Point Sensor.
document starts feeding.
031 XMT C Transmitting document was longer The document may jam.
COPY than 2,000 mm (or 78.7 in). Defective Read Point Sensor.
(Super Fine / 600 dpi : 1,387 mm
(or 54 in))
061 - A ADF Door is open. Cover is not firmly closed.
Connectors are not firmly connected.
212 XMT A-E Interface error occurred between Modem is defective. (FCB PCB)
RCV the CPU and modem. Software problem occurred. (SC PCB)
The line is defective.
400 XMT B T1 timer (35±5 sec) elapsed Wrong number is dialed and the START
without detecting 300 bps signal. button is pushed.
Telephone line is disconnected while
dialing.
FCB PCB (Modem) is defective.
Receiver is defective. (It may only be
transmitting CED)
401 XMT B DCN was returned from receiver Your machine's ID Number is not
while transmitter is waiting for CFR programmed.
or FTT. Possible incompatibility, or incorrect
Password (Password Reception,
Selective Receive).
Mailbox is full.
402 XMT B DCN was returned from receiver Receiver working in non-CCITT mode
while transmitter is waiting for NSF/ only. (Possible incompatibility)
DIS.
403 RCV B Transmitter had no polling function. “POLLED=ON” (polling XMT ready) is
(Polling) not set at the transmitter.
Document to be transmitted is not
placed at the transmitter.
404 XMT B Transmitter sent NSS (or DCS) Receiver is defective. (Modem, etc.)
followed by TCF three times, but FCB PCB is defective.
the receiver did not respond. (CFR Receiver disconnects line during first
or FTT is usually returned) NSS (or DCS) is transmitted.
405 XMT B Transmitter received FTT after it Line quality is poor. (TCF is damaged
transmitted TCF at 2400 bps. due to line noise)
Received RTN after communicating Receiver is defective. (Modem, etc.)
at 2400 bps. FCB PCB is defective.
406 RCV B XMT-Password mismatched. RCV- XMT, RCV password does not match.
(Password Password mismatched. Last 4 digits of TSI does not match with
Comm.) Selective RCV incomplete. the last 4 digits of Auto Dial telephone
number.
407 XMT D Transmitter received no response Receiver is defective. (No paper, paper
after it transmitted post message, jamming, etc.)
such as EOP, MPS, EOM, etc...or Receiver ceased receiving because of
received DCN. excessive error. (Line quality is poor)
FCB PCB (Modem) is defective.

485
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fax Information Codes
Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
408 XMT D Transmitter received RTN after it Receiver receives data with error. (Line
transmitted EOP, MPS, or EOM. quality is poor)
Receiver is defective. (Modem, etc.)
FCB PCB is defective.
409 XMT D Transmitter receives PIN after it Receiver receives data with error due to
transmitted a post message, such poor line quality, and receiving operator
as EOP, MPS, EOM, etc. requests voice contact.
Receiver is defective. (Modem, etc.)
FCB PCB is defective.
410 RCV D Received DCN while waiting for Interface or line is faulty.
post command. (EOP, MPS, EOM, Transmitter is defective.
etc.)
411 RCV B Received DCN after transmitting Transmitter is not ready for polling
(Polling) NSC. communication.
Password does not match between the
transmitter, and the receiver.
412 G3 RX B, D No response within 12 seconds in Transmitter is defective.
NSS/DCS/MPS wait state. (After FCB PCB is defective.
transmitting FTT)
414 RCV B No response received after Password does not match between the
(Polling) transmitting 3rd NSC. transmitter, and the receiver.
Transmitter is defective. (No original,
document jam, etc.)
415 XMT B Remote side attempted to receive Inform the remote side that your
(Polling) message from your machine in machine does not have the polling
polling communication. transmission feature.
416 RCV D Receiver did not detect post Transmitter is defective.
command, such as EOP, MPS, Line quality is poor. (RTC signal is
EOM, etc. distorted due to line noise)
FCB PCB is defective.
417 RCV C Receiver returned RTN in response Line quality is poor. (There are
to post message. excessive errors in received data)
FCB PCB is defective.
420 RCV B T1 timer (35 sec.) elapsed without There is wrong incoming call.
detecting 300 bps signal. (Non-facsimile communication)
Transmitter is defective.
FCB PCB is defective.
421 RCV B Busy Tone is detected after sending Remote station disconnected the line.
NSF Signal. Wrong number is dialed.
427 G3 B DCN received to NSF/CSI/DIS The interface is incompatible.
RCV transmitted.
433 XMT B, D T.30 Protocol abnormal. Defective remote station.
RCV
434 XMT or B CD (response from Modem) did not Remote unit is defective.
RCV turn OFF within 180 sec. after FCB PCB is defective.
receiver detected FLAG signal.
436 G3 RX C DCN received after transmitting Transmitter is defective or incompatible.
FTT. Line quality is poor.

486
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fax Information Codes
Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
438 G3 RX B Received TSI is refusal ID number Received TSI (ID number) is registered
as Junk fax. in Junk fax Address Book.
Note:
This error code is not indicated on
LCD, is recorded for RDS.
456 RCV B Received relay transfer request, or
confidential document to distribute
to an end receiving station, or all
confidential mailboxes are used.
457 RELAY B Remote unit does not have
XMT Relayed XMT, or Confidential
CONF. Comm. capability.
XMT/POLL
459 RCV C Failed training in Phase C. Line quality is poor. (Training signal is
distorted due to line noise)
FCB PCB is defective.
490 RCV C Sum of error lines exceeded the Line quality is poor.
limit (Function Parameter No. 70) of FCB PCB is defective.
64 lines.
494 RCV C Interval between two EOLs was Transmitter is defective.
more than 10 sec. when receiver Line quality is poor. (EOL is damaged
received message data. due to line noise)
FCB PCB is defective.
495 XMT C During reception, CD turned OFF, Line is disconnected.
RCV or continued ON for long time. Transmitter is defective.
During communication, lost loop - FCB PCB is defective.
current.
496 XMT C CS of modem is not able to turn FCB PCB is defective.
ON.
501 XMT/RCV B Incompatible Modem on the
(V.34) Remote unit.
502 XMT/ B, C, D During reception, CD turned OFF, Line is disconnected.
RCV(V.34) or continued ON for long time. Transmitter is defective.
During communication, lost loop - FCB PCB is defective.
current.
503 XMT/RCV B, C, D CS of modem is not able to turn ON FCB PCB is defective.
(V.34) during training. Line is disconnected.
504 RCV/V.34 B Polling is rejected from the remote No polling original is set.
(Polling) station.
505 XMT/V.34 B Polling XMT is rejected. No polling original is set.
(Polling)
540 XMT ECM B No response after transmitting 3rd Incompatible interface.
CTC, or DCN received.
541 XMT ECM D No response after transmitting 3rd Line is faulty.
EOR, or received DCN. FCB PCB abnormal.
542 XMT ECM D No response to the 3rd RR Remote unit is abnormal.
transmitted, or received DCN.
543 XMT ECM D T5 timer (60 sec.) elapsed without Remote unit is abnormal.
MCF.
550 RCV ECM C Timer between frames in phase C Defective remote station.
has elapsed.

487
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fax Information Codes
Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
554 RCV ECM D Transmitted ERR after receiving Faulty line.
EOR. FCB PCB abnormal.
555 RCV ECM D Transmitted PIN after receiving Faulty line and Operator Call requested
EOR. by RX side.
570 RCV B Password, or machine code did not
match during remote diagnostic
communication.
571 XMT B Remote unit did not have the
remote diagnostic function.
580 XMT B Sub-address transmission to a unit Sub-address transmission to a unit that
that has their DIS bit 49 (NSF bit has no Sub-address function.
155) OFF.
581 XMT B Sub-address Password Sub-address transmission to a unit that
transmission to a unit that has their has no Sub-address function.
DIS bit 50 (NSF bit 156) OFF.
582 XMT B Sub-address SEP (for Polling) Sub-address transmission to a unit that
transmission to a unit that has their has no Sub-address function.
DIS bit 47 (NSF bit 130) OFF.
623 XMT A No original was in the ADF. (Built-in Operator removed the original from the
dialer engaged) ADF after dialing was completed.
Original was not set properly in the
ADF.
630 XMT or B Redial count over. No dial tone detected. Sensor dial tone
RCV is not detected. (Country dependent)
(Polling) Busy tone is detected. (Country
dependent) T1 timer (35±5 sec)
elapsed without a signal from the
receiver.
634 XMT Redial count over with no
response, or busy tone was not
detected.
Note:
U.S.A. and Canadian models will
redial only once if a busy tone is
not detected.
638 XMT Power turned Off with applicable Power switched off.
data in memory, or during Power failure occurred.
communication.
712 XMT LAN Unknown email address replied Mail Server received an incorrect email
from the Mail Server. address. (Dependent on Server's Mail
application)
714 XMT RCV LAN LAN Interface error. The 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-
Cannot logon to the LAN. T cable is not connected.
An unexpected LAN problem occurred.
715 XMT LAN TCP/IP connection timed out. Incorrect IP Address is set.
Verify the IP Address, Default Router IP
Address, SMTP Server IP Address.
716 XMT LAN Cannot logon to the LAN. Incorrect SMTP Server IP Address is
set.
No email application is activated on the
Mail Server.

488
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fax Information Codes
Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
717 XMT LAN Incomplete SMTP Protocol Mail Server’s hard disk may be full.
transmission. Mail Server is defective.
718 XMT LAN Page Memory Overflow occurred Check the document size, and
while receiving printing data. The resolution.
paper size selected within your Ask originator to re-send in a supported
application to print is larger than the size, and resolution.
paper size loaded in the paper
tray(s).
719 RCV LAN Received data via LAN is in a Ask the originator to re-send with a
format that is not supported. supported file attachment:
* In a TIFF-F format.
* Image data conforming to A4/Letter
size.
720 POP LAN Unable to connect to the POP Incorrect POP Server address is set.
Server. POP Server is down.
721 POP LAN Unable to login to the POP Server. Incorrect User Name or Password is
set.
722 RCV LAN Failed to obtain the Network DHCP is not available.
Parameters (such as: IP Address, (Contact the Network Administrator.)
Subnet Mask, Default Gateway IP
Address, etc.) from the DHCP
server.
725 XMT POP LAN DNS Server connection timed out. Incorrect DNS Server address is set.
DNS Server is down.
726 XMT POP LAN Received an error response from Incorrect POP Server address is set.
the DNS Server. Incorrect SMTP Server address is set.
728 XMT LAN Received an Error, or No Response Remote Internet Fax Errors: Memory
from the Remote Overflow, or No Power.
Internet Fax. (SMTP Direct XMT) (Retry is not possible)
729 XMT LAN Failed to authenticate (SMTP SMTP AUTHENTICATION, User Name
AUTHENTICATION) when and/or Password are incorrect.
connecting with the SMTP server. (Contact the Network Administrator.)
730 RCV LAN Unable to program the Internet Verify that the Fax Parameter #158 is
parameters, or the autodialer via set to Valid.
Email from a PC.
731 RCV LAN Dialer full while Relayed Dial buffer for manual number dialing
Transmission Request was (70 stations) are being used.
received.
734 RCV LAN Internet Fax Communications and Contact the device administrator.
POP reception functions are
disabled.
741 XMT, PSTN Unable to dial Deleted the registered station name
Polling before dialing with Timer Controlled
Communications, etc.
800 Relay PSTN The machine was requested to
Comm. relay a document but has no Relay
Hub capability.
814 Conf. XMT PSTN The remote station does not have
Conf. Relay XMT, nor Confidential
Polling Communication capability.
Relay
Comm.

489
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Fax Information Codes
Code Mode Phase Description of Problem Cause
815 Conf. RCV PSTN Mailbox is full.
816 Conf. PSTN The received Polling Password did
Polled not match.
825 Conf. RCV PSTN Parameter settings of the remote
Conf. station are not properly set.
Polled
850 XMT LAN Dept. Code ID mismatch occurred Set the Dept. Code of the Panafax
between the machine and Panafax Desktop or Fax Driver to a matching ID
Desktop or the Fax Driver. code, or uncheck the Department Code
check box in the Fax Driver.
870 XMT, PSTN Memory overflow occurred while
Polling storing documents into memory.
871 TX/RX PSTN File number overflow occurred.
872 RX PSTN Mail box overflow occurred for
receiving.
873 RX PSTN File append error.
875 RX PSTN Receiving Page error. SC PCB is defective.
880 - - File Access Error.
881 TX/RX - No file found or no page found.
884 TX/RX - File Access Error.
- - LAN Memory file access error. SC PCB is defective.

490
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.7. Diagnostic Codes (For Facsimile)
The 16-digit Diagnostic Code is provided for the service engineer to analyze how the communication was
performed. The code is recorded on the Journal.

Journal Example

************* -Journal- ******************* Date MMM-dd-yyyy ******** TIME 09:39 **** P.01

No. Comm. Pages File Duration X/R Idenyification Date Time Diagnostic

001 OK 001/002 149 00:00:00 XMT 215 MMM-dd 01:55 C8444B0577000000

002 -- 001/001 151 00:00:00 XMT TEST MMM-dd 01:55 001 STN(S)LAN
003 -- 003/003 153 00:00:00 XMT fax@nwfax1 MMM-dd 01:55 001 STN(S)LAN
004 OK 003/003 154 00:00:00 RCV [email protected] MMM-dd 01:55 LAN
005 OK 001 155 00:00:00 XMT 215 MMM-dd 01:55 C0542B0577000000
006 634 000/003 156 00:00:00 XMT 215 MMM-dd 01:55 0800420000000000

1st digit 16th digit

-PANASONIC -

******** DP-Cxxxx ************** -HEAD OFFICE - ***** -12345678901234567890- *******

1st Digit: Manufacturer Code

-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Manufacturer Code (New)
Manufacturer Code
(Refer to 16th Digit)
0 - Brother
1 Casio Konica
2 Canon Kyocera
3 Sanyo -
4 Sharp -
5 Tamura -
6 Toshiba -
7 NEC -
8 Oki -
9 Hitachi -
A Xerox -
B Fujitsu -
C Panasonic (Matsushita) -
D Mitsubishi -
E Murata -
F Ricoh -

491
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2nd Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
ID (TSI, CSI, CIG) RTN DCN STOP Button
0 - - - -
1 Received - - -
2 - Received - -
3 Received Received - -
4 - - Received -
5 Received - Received -
6 - Received Received -
7 Received Received Received -
8 - - - Pressed
9 Received - - Pressed
A - Received - Pressed
B Received Received - Pressed
C - - Received Pressed
D Received - Received Pressed
E - Received Received Pressed
F Received Received Received Pressed

3rd Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Resolution (dpi) Paper Width
0 - A4
1 S-Fine A4
2 400 x 400 A4
3 300 x 300 A4
4 - B4
5 S-Fine B4
6 400 x 400 B4
7 300 x 300 B4
8 600 x 600 A4
9 600 x 600 B4
A - -
B 600 x 600 A3
C - A3
D S-Fine A3
E 400 x 400 A3
F 300 x 300 A3

492
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Scanning Rate Resolution
0 20 ms/line Std
1 5 ms/line Std
2 10 ms/line Std
3 - Std
4 40 ms/line Std
5 - Std
6 - Std
7 0 ms/line Std
8 20 ms/line Fine
9 5 ms/line Fine
A 10 ms/line Fine
B - Fine
C 40 ms/line Fine
D - Fine
E - Fine
F 0 ms/line Fine

5th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Memory/
Deferred Comm. Dialing/RCV
Non-Memory
Manual
0 - Non-Memory
Communication
Manual
1 Used Non-Memory
Communication
2 - Auto Dialing Non-Memory
3 Used Auto Dialing Non-Memory
4 - Auto RCV Non-Memory
5 Used Auto RCV Non-Memory
6 - Remote RCV Non-Memory
7 Used Remote RCV Non-Memory
Manual
8 - Memory
Communication
Manual
9 Used Memory
Communication
A - Auto Dialing Memory
B Used Auto Dialing Memory
C - Auto RCV Memory
D Used Auto RCV Memory
E - Remote RCV Memory
F Used Remote RCV Memory

493
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Polling XMT/RCV Selective Comm. Password Comm.
0 - RCV Off Off
1 Yes RCV Off Off
2 - XMT Off Off
3 Yes XMT Off Off
4 - RCV On Off
5 Yes RCV On Off
6 - XMT On Off
7 Yes XMT On Off
8 - RCV Off On
9 Yes RCV Off On
A - XMT Off On
B Yes XMT Off On
C - RCV On On
D Yes RCV On On
E - XMT On On
F Yes XMT On On

7th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Sub-Address Confidential Turnaround
Relayed Comm.
Comm. Comm. Polling
0 - - - -
1 Yes - - -
2 - Yes - -
3 Yes Yes - -
4 - - Yes -
5 Yes - Yes -
6 - Yes Yes -
7 Yes Yes Yes -
8 - - - Yes
9 Yes - - Yes
A - Yes - Yes
B Yes Yes - Yes
C - - Yes Yes
D Yes - Yes Yes
E - Yes Yes Yes
F Yes Yes Yes Yes

494
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Advanced Comm. Cover Sheet XMT
0 - -
1 Report XMT -
2 Check & Call -
3 - -
4 Memory Transfer -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - Yes
9 Report XMT Yes
A Check & Call Yes
B - Yes
C Memory Transfer Yes
D - Yes
E - Yes
F - Yes

9th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Standard/ Non-
Short Protocol
Standard
0 - Standard
1 - Standard
2 - Standard
3 - Standard
4 - Standard
5 - Standard
6 - Standard
7 - Standard
8 - Non-Standard
9 B Non-Standard
A - Non-Standard
B D Non-Standard
C - Non-Standard
D B Non-Standard
E - Non-Standard
F D Non-Standard

495
 DP-C406/C306/C266
10th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Coding ECM
0 MH -
1 MR -
2 MMR -
3 JBIG -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 MH Yes
9 MR Yes
A MMR Yes
B JBIG Yes
C - Yes
D - Yes
E - Yes
F - Yes

11th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Symbol Rate
V.34
(V.34)
0 - -
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 2400 sr Yes
9 - Yes
A 2800 sr Yes
B 3000 sr Yes
C 3200 sr Yes
D 3429 sr Yes
E - Yes
F - Yes

496
 DP-C406/C306/C266
12th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data Modem Speed
Modem Speed
(V.34)
0 2400 bps -
1 4800 bps 2400 bps
2 7200 bps 4800 bps
3 9600 bps 7200 bps
4 TC 7200 bps 9600 bps
5 TC 9600 bps 12000 bps
6 12000 bps 14400 bps
7 14400 bps 16800 bps
8 - 19200 bps
9 - 21600 bps
A - 24000 bps
B - 26400 bps
C - 28800 bps
D - 31200 bps
E - 33600 bps
F - -

13th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Line Status
0 -
1 Private Line
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
A -
B -
C -
D -
E -
F -

497
 DP-C406/C306/C266
14th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Color Comm.
0 Mono
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
A -
B -
C -
D -
E -
F -

15th Digit
-: Not used/defined

16th Digit
-: Not used/defined
Fax Diagnostic Codes
Definition
Data
Paper Length Manufacturer Code
0 A4 Current
1 B4 Current
2 A3 Current
3 ∞ Current
4 A4 New
5 B4 New
6 A3 New
7 ∞ New
8 - -
9 - -
A - -
B - -
C - -
D - -
E - -
F - -

498
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.8. Troubleshooting (For Printer)
4.8.1. Checking the Basics
This section explains how to solve problems including error messages, or unexpected printing results.
If the Printing System is not printing or working as expected, and if you are not sure what to do, start your
troubleshooting by checking the basics below:
• Ensure that the Ethernet LAN (10Base-T / 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T) Cable is connected properly
• Ensure that the Internet Parameters are correct
• Ensure that the Unit is turned On
• Ensure that the Paper is set properly in the Unit
• No error message is displayed on the Unit
• Try printing a test page from the printer driver properties dialog box

4.8.2. Document Does Not Print Properly

Problem Possible Solution(s)

• Check, and specify the paper size and orientation settings in the
Character is not printing in the
printer driver to coincide with the application.
correct positions, or the
• Check if the specified paper is loaded in the Panasonic Device.
characters near the edges of
• Increase the Page Margins in the application. The Panasonic Device
the page are missing.
requires minimum margins of ¼ inches (5 mm) on all sides.
• Check if the selected font is installed in the PC.
• Check if the selected font is being replaced with a proper printer font in
The font type is incorrect the Font Substitution Table of the Printer Driver Properties dialog box.
• Select “Always use True Type fonts” from the Font tab of the Printer
Driver Properties dialog box.
The character is not smooth. • Select an outline font instead of a bit map font.
Fine line print cannot be • Select 600 dpi resolution.
obtained.
Poor photograph print quality. • Select 600 dpi resolution.
Different character, or symbol • Check if the Panasonic Printing System (PCL) printer driver is
from the document is printed. selected.
The printer does not print • Insufficient Printer Page Memory in the Panasonic Device, install an
anything, or prints irregular Expansion D-RAM Card, or change the resolution to 300 dpi in the
images from the middle of the Quality tab of the Printer Driver Properties dialog box.
1st page.
• Select the Spool settings “Start printing after first page is spooled”
Printing is exceedingly slow. from the Details tab of the Printer Driver Properties dialog box.
• Select 300 dpi resolution.

4.8.3. Error Message Appears on the PC

Error Message Possible Solution(s)

• Check if the Panasonic Device is turned “On”, and the 10Base-T /
Network Print DLL Error. 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T cable is properly connected.
• Printer Properties may be incorrectly configured. (i.e. Printer Port)
• The Panasonic Device may be processing a different print job, please
Network Port is Busy. wait, and try again later.
• The Panasonic Device is either Transmitting, or Receiving an email.
Cannot print because an error is • Verify, and specify the paper size, or orientation to coincide with the
found in the current printer application, and the printer driver settings.
setting.

499
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4.8.4. Error Message Appears on the Unit

Error Message Possible Solution(s)

• There may not be enough Sort Memory available in the Panasonic
Cannot complete print job; Device to complete the print job.
Image memory overflow Either install an optional Sort Memory, or change the resolution to 300
dpi in the Printer Driver Properties dialog box.
• The print settings may not be matched for the system.
Cannot complete print job; Change the printing settings in the Printer Driver Properties dialog
Confirm print condition box.
Ex: Multi-sized printing.
Cannot print; • Change the resolution to 300 dpi in the Printer Driver properties dialog
System error box.

4.8.5. System Error (CD Drive Related Error During Installation)

Error Message Possible Solution(s)

Cannot read the drive. • Insert the CD into the drive, and click “Retry”.

500
 DP-C406/C306/C266

5 Service Modes
5.1. Service Modes (For Copier)
These Service Modes are provided to assist the technician in checking for abnormalities in the copier, and a
means of making adjustments to the Input/Output of major components.
Caution:
The factory default parameters are preset (destination dependent) for optimum performance, and in
compliance with the local telecommunication regulations/standards, and do not need to be changed.
Changing some of these parameters may cause the unit to be no longer compliant or become inoperable.

5.1.1. Service Mode Procedure

1. To select the Service Mode
The service mode is selected when the “Function”, “Copy” and “3” keys are simultaneously pressed,
Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000), then F1 will appear in the display.
2. To exit the Service Mode
The service mode is reset when the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys are pressed simultaneously.

5.1.2. Copier Service Mode Functions

Service Modes (For Copier)
Service
Item Function
Mode
F1 Self Test 00 CCD Test This test is used for checking the CCD.
01 LCD/LED Test This test is used for checking the LCD, and LEDs.
02 Page Memory Test This test is used for checking the Page Memory.
03 Print Test Patterns Prints the pattern for setting the Paper position alignment,
~ etc.
48
F2 Single Copy Test One sheet is copied when the Start key is pressed.
F3 Continuous Copy Test Multi copies are made when the Start key is pressed.
F4 Input / Output Status Test The functioning of Input / Output items (selected item
numbers) is checked.
F5 Function Parameters Various function settings (selected by code numbers) can be
changed.
F6 Adjust Parameters Various function settings (selected by code numbers) can be
adjusted.
F7 Electronic Counter Electronic Counters for Maintenance
F8 Service Adjustment Perform pseudo-operation of an item (selected by code
numbers)
F9 Unit Maintenance Fax Service Mode, Service Alert Tel #, Firmware Version,
Print Device Info, etc.

501
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 / F6 Information List (Sample)

**********-F5/F6 Information List-****** Date MMM-dd-yyyy *** Time 12:01 *** P.01

F5-000 Country Version USA/CAN F5-087 PM Cycle (ADF) No

F5-002 Low Power Sleep Mode On F5-088 USB Port Function Off
F5-004 LSU Off Timer 15 Sec F5-090 Panel Beep Sound Soft
F5-005 LSU Fan Extention None F5-091 M1, Size 70*160
F5-006 Job Tracking Server No F5-092 M2, Size 95*220
F5-007 Language Default English F5-104 Red Sel(2C/1C Copy) 1
F5-008 Batch Printing Mode On F5-105 Green Sel(2C/1C Copy) 1
F5-012 Printer Fan Extention None F5-106 Blue Sel(2C/1C Copy) 1
F5-013 Paper Out Red Indicator On F5-107 Photo Paper HT mode Errordif
F5-014 Paper Size Tray 1 8.5x11 F5-109 JPEG Sampling Ratio 4.1.1

F5-015 Paper Size Tray 2 11x17 F5-112 View Simulated Coverage Off
F5-016 Paper Size Tray 3 8.5x11-R F5-115 Accounting Server Func No
F5-017 Paper Size Tray 4 Legal F5-120 Heater Off Timer 60 sec
F5-020 ADF Auto F5-121 Fuser Unit Type USA/CAN
F5-021 Finisher Auto F5-122 Between Pages Timer 30 sec
F5-022 System Console Auto F5-123 Fuser Temp Switching Paper2
F5-023 Paper Transport Unit Auto F5-125 AC Bias Phase FullSpeed No
F5-026 2-Sided Unit Auto F5-126 AC Bias Phase HalfSpeed No
F5-032 Job Build And SADF Mode Yes F5-130 Auto Print Image Ctrl Yes
F5-034 Multi Size Feed Default Off F5-131 Drum Life Laser Yes

F5-038 2-Sided Mode Default No F5-132 Drum Life Charge Yes

F5-040 Dounle Count LDR F5-133 Drum Temp. Charge Yes
F5-041 Count Up Timing At Exit F5-135 TDC Deve. Life Yes

**********-F5/F6 Information List-****** Date MMM-dd-yyyy *** Time 12:01 *** P.02

* F6-000 Registration Clr Normal -5 F6-078 DEV2 MTR Half Speed 0

* F6-001 Registration Clr Slow -5 F6-080 Feed MTR B/W STD Speed 0
* F6-005 Registration B/W Normal -2 F6-081 Feed MTR CL STD Speed 0
* F6-006 Registration B/W Slow -5 F6-083 Feed MTR Half Speed 0
* F6-007 Registration B/W & CL -4 F6-085 IT Motor B/W STD Speed 0
F6-010 Paper Loop Tray,B/W,Nrm 0 F6-086 IT Motor CL STD Speed 4
F6-011 Paper Loop Tray,Clr,Nrm 0 F6-088 IT Motor Half Speed 4
F6-012 Paper Loop Tray,*,Slow 0 F6-090 Fuser MTR BK STD Speed -5
F6-013 PaperLoop Tray,Thick,Slw 0 F6-091 Fuser MTR CL STD Speed -5
F6-015 Paper Loop By-p,B/W,Nrm 0 F6-093 Fuser MTR Half Speed -5

F6-016 Paper Loop By-p,Clr,Nrm 0 F6-095 Fuser MTR Half Speed L 1

F6-017 Paper Loop By-p,*,SLW 0 F6-096 Fuser MTR Half SpeedENV 0
F6-018 Paper Loop Bp,Thick,Slow 0 F6-124 Warm Up Timer 0
F6-020 Paper Loop ADU,B/W,Nrm 0 F6-125 T4 Tmp (Color Half Spd) 0
F6-021 Paper Loop ADU,Clr,Nrm 0 F6-126 T4 Tmp (Mono Half Spd) 0
F6-022 Paper Loop ADU,*,Slow 0 F6-127 T4 Tmp (Color STD Spd) 0
F6-023 PaperLoop ADU,Thick,Slw 0 F6-128 T4 Tmp (Mono STD Spd) 0
F6-025 Registration Void 20 F6-129 T5 Tmp 0
F6-026 Pick up By-p,B/W,Nrm 0 F6-130 OHP Min Temp 0
F6-027 Pick up By-p,Clr,Nrm 0 F6-131 OHP Max Temp 0

F6-028 Pick up By-p,*,Slow 0 F6-132 Long Min Temp 0

F6-029 Pick up Bp,Thick,Slow 0 F6-133 Envelope Min Tmp 0
F6-030 Trail Edge Void A3,LD 20 F6-134 Envelope Max Tmp 0

502
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Machine Setup Information List (Sample)

**********- M a c h i n e S e t u p I n f o r m ation -****** Date dd-MMM-yyyy *** Time12:01 *** P.01

1.Machine Information
Machine Name : DP-xxxx
Mac Address : 0800230389F5
Serial Number : sssssssssss
2.Firmware Version
SC : AAVxxxxxPU
SC BOOT : Cxxx
PNL : Vxxxxx
EC : 40cpm Vxxxxx
SCN : Vxxxxx
FCB : FCBxxxxxxxx_xx
Finisher : xxxxxx

3.Memory Capacity
Main Memory : 512 MB
Image Memory : 768 MB
Sort Memory : 12 GB
Fax Memory : 3 MB

4.Commponent
3rd Paper Feed Module : Yes
4th Paper Feed Module : Yes
Finisher : FS405W
Punch Unit : Yes
Fax Board : Yes
Network Scanner/Email : Yes
PS Printer : No
Internet Fax : Yes
HDD : xxx xxxxxxx-xxxxxx *See Note:

5.Error Log
Total Print Count : 19053

No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count | No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
01 dd-MMM-yyyy 11:11 J01 XX-00000008 |
02 dd-MMM-yyyy 11:31 E05-42 XX-00000000 |
(See Remarks) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -

***** DP-xxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

Note:
HDD vendor name and model number.

503
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Total Counter List (Sample)

**********-F7 Total Counter List-****** Date dd-MMM-yyyy *** Time 12:01 *** P.01

F7-01 Applicatuion Password : ****

F7-02 Maintenance Count

000 Total Count B/W : 3553
001 Total Count 1C : 4
002 Total Count 2C : 0
003 Total Count 4C : 15484
004 Total Print Count : 19041
005 Toner Page Count Y : 1519
006 Toner Page Count M : 10452
007 Toner Page Count C : 4957
008 Toner Page Count BK : 6851
010 PM Count : 19041
011 Scanner PM Count : 244
012 ADF Count : 4076
013 ADF PM Count : 4076
015 OPC Drum Count Y : 22645
016 OPC Drum Count M : 14078
017 OPC Drum Count C : 14078
018 OPC Drum Count BK : 17841
020 Avg.Print/DrumRiseUpC : 6.45
021 Avg.Print/DrumRiseUpB/W : 1.87
022 Avg.Print/DrumRiseUpAUT : 12.23
025 Drum Life Count Down Y : 11127
026 Drum Life Count Down M : 22803
027 Drum Life Count Down C : 22805
027 Drum Life Count Down BK : 20986
030 AC Charge Count Y : 9292865
031 AC Charge Count M : 5119027
032 AC Charge Count C : 5116857
033 AC Charge Count BK : 6223468
035 DC Charge Count Y : 3406321
036 DC Charge Count M : 1602575
037 DC Charge Count C : 1604882
038 DC Charge Count BK : 2307566
040 Deve. Unit Count Y : 29500
041 Deve. Unit Count M : 29500
042 Deve. Unit Count C : 29500
043 Deve. Unit Count BK : 50520
045 Developer Count Y : 11416
046 Developer Count M : 11416
047 Developer Count C : 11416
048 Developer Count BK : 19551
050 Transfer Belt Count : 38214
051 Belt Life Count Down : 192322
052 STR Life Count : 50280
053 Belt RotationTime Count : 21813
054 STR RotationTime Count : 22532
055 Deve.UnitRotateCount Y : 11416
056 Deve.UnitRotateCount M : 11416
057 Deve.UnitRotateCount C : 11416
058 Deve.UnitRotateCount BK : 19551
060 Add Toner Count Y : 10003
061 Add Toner Count M : 7527
062 Add Toner Count C : 7491
063 Add Toner Count BK : 16007
065 Fuser Belt Remain Count : 80958
066 Fuser Main Remain Count : 200958

- -

***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

504
 DP-C406/C306/C266
SC Board Check List (Sample)

**********-SC Board Check List-****** Date dd-MMM-yyyy *** Time 12:01 *** P.01

Mac Address : 0800230389F5

1.Memory (See Note: 1) Capacity Status (See Note: 2, 3)

Main Memory : 512 MB OK
Image Memory[Y,M] : 320 MB OK
Image Memory[C,K] : 320 MB OK
Image Memory[L] : 128 MB OK
Sort Memory : 128 MB OK

2.LSI Access
ColorPYXION : OK
BIRD : OK
ISIS : OK
JBIG DEC : V00013
JBIG CMP : V00009
CPT : OK

3.Option
DNGL(1) : PS
DNGL(2) : NWS
DNGL(3) : No
DNGL(4) : No
Fax : Yes
HDD : Yes
SD Card : No
SD(on Board) : No
USB Memory : No

Note:
1. There are 3 type of Page memory. While copying,
No.1 = C, M
No.2 = Y, K
No.3 = L (B/W mode lightness element data memory)
2. If memory status shows other than OK, specified IC/Memory or peripheral circuit may have problem. To
determine the failed location, require the special tool which does not supply to sales company.
Therefore, at field, can not determine the detail failed chips.
3. Status column shows “NG” when problem detected.
Even shows NG, confirmed memory size will be displayed on list.
Confirmed memory area will execute memory test (specified pattern write and verify) then result will be
shown on the list.

505
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.3. F1 Mode: Self Test
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “1” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F1 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number. (Press the “Start” key to begin, and press the “Stop” key to stop.)
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the desired function.
When the “Stop” key is pressed, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[5] Select the “Close” button.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

F1 Mode
Remarks
No. Item Function
Printout Print Mode
00 CCD Test This test is used for checking --- ---
the CCD.
01 LCD/LED Test This test is used for checking --- ---
the LCD and LEDs.
02 Page Memory Test This test is used for checking Mono (BK) ---
the Page Memory.
03 Print Test Pattern 1 Prints the pattern for setting the Mono (BK) Color, Full Speed
04 Print Test Pattern 2 Paper position alignment. Color, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
05 Print Test Pattern 3 Mono, Full Speed
06 Print Test Pattern 4 Mono, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
07 Print Test Pattern 5 Mono, Mixed Speed
08 Print Test Pattern 6 Prints the “Slant” pattern for Mono, Full Speed
09 Print Test Pattern 7 setting the Paper position Color, Full Speed
10 Print Test Pattern 8 alignment. Mono, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
11 Print Test Pattern 9 Prints the “Grid” pattern for Mono, Full Speed
12 Print Test Pattern 10 setting the Paper position Color, Full Speed
13 Print Test Pattern 11 alignment. Mono, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
14 Print Test Pattern 12 Prints the pattern for setting the Color, Full Speed
15 Print Test Pattern 13 “Duplex” Paper position Color, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
16 Print Test Pattern 14 alignment. Mono, Full Speed
17 Print Test Pattern 15 Mono, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
18 Print Test Pattern 16 Mono, Mixed Speed
19 Print Test Pattern 17 Prints the pattern for Color Color Color, Full Speed
(A3/11x17 Only) Registration. (Use for Color
Registration Adjustment)
20 Print Test Pattern 18 Prints the pattern using All Color (Y)
21 Print Test Pattern 19 Primary Colors Color (M)
22 Print Test Pattern 20 Color (C)
23 Print Test Pattern 21 Color (BK)
24 Print Test Pattern 22 Prints the 2 by 2 pattern Color (Y) Color, Full Speed
25 Print Test Pattern 23 Color (M)
26 Print Test Pattern 24 Color (C)
27 Print Test Pattern 25 Color (BK)
28 Print Test Pattern 26 Prints the 4 by 4 pattern Color (Y) Color, Half Speed (1200 dpi)
29 Print Test Pattern 27 Color (M)
30 Print Test Pattern 28 Color (C)
31 Print Test Pattern 29 Color (BK)

506
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F1 Mode
Remarks
No. Item Function
Printout Print Mode
32 Print Test Pattern 30 Prints the 1 by 1 pattern Color (Y) Color, Full Speed
33 Print Test Pattern 31 Color (M)
34 Print Test Pattern 32 Color (C)
35 Print Test Pattern 33 Color (BK)
36 Print Test Pattern 34 Prints the pattern for Fusing Color (BK)
(A3/11x17 Only)
37 Print Test Pattern 35 Color (YMC)
(A3/11x17 Only)
38 Print Test Pattern 36 This test is used for checking Color Color (1 by 1), Full Speed
(A3/11x17 Only) the OPC Drum for scratches.
39 Print Test Pattern 37
40 Print Test Pattern 38
41 Print Test Pattern 39 (Factory use only)
42 Print Test Pattern 40
43 Print Test Pattern 41
44 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print Test Pattern 42
(Factory use only)
(A3/11x17 Only)
45 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print Test Pattern 43
(Factory use only)
(A3/11x17 Only)
46 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print Test Pattern 44
(Factory use only)
(A3/11x17 Only)
47 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print Test Pattern 45
(Factory use only)
(A3/11x17 Only)
48 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print Test Pattern 46 (Factory use only)

507
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.4. F4 Mode: Input/Output Status Test
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “4” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F4 Service Mode.
[3] Input the code number, and press the “Start” key to activate the test.
If you wish to cancel the test, press the “Stop” key.
[4] Press the “Stop” key.
[5] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

F4 Mode (Input Check)

Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
100 Size Sensor X Original detected on the X 1 See Note:
position.
Size Sensor Y Original detected on the Y 1
position.
Size Sensor Z Original detected on the Z 1
position.
Size Sensor A Original detected on the A 1
position.
Size Sensor B Original detected on the B 1
position.
101 +24V Line Error Detecting Signal +24V Line is OFF. 1
Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
ADF/Platen Cover Open Sensor ADF/Platen Cover is open. 1
ADF/Platen Cover Angle Sensor ADF/Platen Cover is open 1
more than 30° angle.
102 ADF Detection Sensor Unit is not connected. 1
ADF Cover Open Detection Sensor Cover is open. 1
ADF Paper Exit Detection Sensor Original is detected. 1
ADF Inverting Detection Sensor Original is detected. 1
ADF Registration Sensor 3 Original is detected. 1
ADF Registration Sensor 2 Original is detected. 1
ADF Registration Sensor 1 Original is detected. 1
103 ADF Original Length Sensor 2 Sensor is activated. 1
ADF Original Length Sensor 1 Sensor is activated. 1
ADF Original Width Sensor 2 Sensor is activated. 1
ADF Original Width Sensor 1 Sensor is activated. 1
ADF Original Sensor Original is detected. 1
104 Not Used
~
199
Note: F4-100
Z B A

Y Platen
X
Front Side

508
 DP-C406/C306/C266

F4 Mode (Output Check)

No. Item Function Remark
200 Lamp When SCN PCB CN704-3, CN704-4 signal level
changes to 0V from +24V, Lamp operates for 4
seconds.
201 ADF Motor 1 Rotating ADF Motor 1 spins at a 50% rate.
(50% rotation speed)
202 ADF Motor 1 Rotating ADF Motor 1 spins at a 100% rate.
(100% rotation speed)
203 ADF Motor 1 Rotating ADF Motor 1 spins at a 400% rate.
(400% rotation speed)
204 ADF Motor 2 Reverse Rotating ADF Motor 2 spins in reverse at a 50% rate.
(50% rotation speed)
205 ADF Motor 2 Reverse Rotating ADF Motor 2 spins in reverse at a 100% rate.
(100% rotation speed)
206 ADF Motor 2 Reverse Rotating ADF Motor 2 spins in reverse at a 400% rate.
(400% rotation speed)
207 ADF Paper Feed Roller Clutch When CN655-2 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
208 ADF Registration Roller 1 Clutch When CN656-4 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
209 ADF Registration Roller 2 Clutch When CN656-2 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
210 ADF Inverting Roller 1 Clutch When CN659-6 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
211 ADF Inverting Roller 2 Clutch When CN659-7 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
212 ADF Speed Down Clutch When CN659-5 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, clutch operates for 3 seconds.
213 ADF Solenoid When CN660-7 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, Solenoid operates for 200ms.
214 ADF Inverting Solenoid When CN660-5 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, Solenoid operates for 200ms.
215 ADF Pinch Roller Solenoid When CN660-2 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, Solenoid operates for 1 second.
216 ADF Stamp Solenoid When CN658-2 signal level changes to 0V from
+24V, Solenoid operates for 1 second.
217 Not Used
~
299

F4 Mode (Input Check)

Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
300 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
24V M PS “On” Detection +24V PS Voltage is Off. 1
300 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
100V/200V LVPS Signal LVPS is connected. 0 1 : 200V LVPS
24V F PS “On” Detection +24V PS Voltage is Off. 1
24V M PS “On” Detection +24V PS Voltage is Off. 1

509
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
301 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Feed Cover 2 Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 0
Right Cover Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
Feed Cover 1 Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
Front Cover Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
New OPC Drum Unit BK Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit C Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit M Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit Y Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
301 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Right Cover 3 Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 0
Right Cover 1 Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
Right Cover 2 Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
Front Cover Open/Close Sensor Cover is open. 1
New OPC Drum Unit BK Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit C Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit M Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
New OPC Drum Unit Y Detection OPC Drum Unit detected. 1
302 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Upper Limit Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 1
Paper Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Upper Limit Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Upper Limit is detected. 1
Paper NP Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Paper Tray Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 1 (2nd Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Tray Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 1 (1st Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
302 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Paper Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Upper Limit Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 1
Paper NP Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Paper Tray Sensor (2nd Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 1 (2nd Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Tray Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 1 (1st Paper Tray) Sensor is activated. 1
303 OHP Sensor OHP is detected. 1
Registration Sensor Paper is detected. 0
STR Cam Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated. 0
STR Cam Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated. 0
FTR Cam Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated. 0
FTR Cam Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated. 0

510
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
304 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Belt Motor Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Fuser Unit Enter Sensor Sensor is activated. (Hi) 1
IT Belt Home Position Sensor. IT Belt Home Position is 1
detected.
304 DP-C354 Series Only
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Fuser Unit Enter Sensor Sensor is activated. (Hi) 1
IT Belt Home Position Sensor. IT Belt Home Position is 1
detected.
304 DP-C322 Series Only
IH Core Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated A3 0
Home Position. (Lo)
IH Core Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated A3 0
Home Position. (Lo)
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 Sensor is not activated 0
Release Position. (Lo)
Fuser Unit Enter Sensor Sensor is activated. (Hi) 1
IT Belt Home Position Sensor. IT Belt Home Position is 1
detected.
305 Polygon Motor Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Development Motor 2 Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Development Motor 1 Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Drum Motor 2 Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Drum Motor 1 Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Paper Feed Motor Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Paper Full Sensor Paper is not full. 0

511
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
306 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Toner Cartridge Fan Ready (Lock) Ready state not detected. 1
IH Driver Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor BK
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor C
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor M
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor Y
Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 Rotation not detected. 0
(Low = not detected).
Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 1 Rotation not detected. 0
(Low = not detected).
306 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
IH Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 1
IH Driver Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor BK
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor C
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor M
Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Locked position detected. 0
Detection Sensor Y
Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 1 Rotation not detected. 0
(Low = not detected).
307 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
IH Cooling Fan Ready (Lock) Ready state not detected. 1
IH PCB Cooling Fan Rotating Ready state not detected. 1
Detection
Pressure Roller Fan Ready (Lock) Ready state not detected. 1
LSU Fan Ready (Lock) Ready state not detected. 1
Shutter Sensor LSU closed Shutter 1
detected.
Sub Toner Fan Ready (Lock) Ready state not detected. 1
307 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Belt Motor Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Shutter Sensor 1 LSU closed Shutter 0
detected.
Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 Rotation not detected. 0
(Low = not detected).
LSU Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 1
Toner Bottle Fan Ready Ready state is detected. 1
Pressure Roller Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 1

512
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
308 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Thermistor 4 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 2 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 1 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 4 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
Thermistor 2 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
Thermistor 1 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
308 DP-C322 Series Only
Thermistor 4 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 3 Broken Wire Broken wire detected. 0
Detection
Thermistor 2 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 1 Broken Wire Detection Broken wire detected. 0
Thermistor 4 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
Thermistor 3 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
Thermistor 2 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
Thermistor 1 Abnormal High Abnormal High 0
Temperature Detection Temperature detected.
309 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Registration Sensor 2 Paper Jam is detected. 0
OP Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Paper Jam is detected. 0
Intermediate Roller Sensor Paper Jam is detected. 0
309 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Jam Sensor Paper Jam is detected. 0
310 Paper Path Sensor (4th Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Upper Limit Sensor (4th Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 1
NP Sensor (4th Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
4th Tray Detection Sensor Unit is connected. 0
4th Tray Sensor Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Feed PCB Detection (Paper PCB is connected. 1
Tray Option)
Paper Feed Motor Look Detection Motor is Stopped. 1
(Paper Tray Option)

513
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
311 Paper Path Sensor (3rd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Upper Limit Sensor (3rd Paper Tray) Upper Limit is detected. 1
NP Sensor (3rd Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Paper Remaining Sensor 3 (3rd Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Tray)
Paper Remaining Sensor 4 (4th Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Tray)
3rd Tray Detection Sensor Unit is connected. 0
3rd Tray Sensor Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Tray Open Sensor (Paper Door is opened. 0
Tray Option)
312 Transportation Unit Path Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Outer Exit Tray Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Transportation Unit Cover Sensor Cover is open. 0
Transportation Unit Detection Sensor Unit is connected. 1
313 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Paper Size Sensor 3 (Sheet Bypass) Sensor is activated. 1
Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Right Cover Fan Ready Fan is stopped. 1
Inner Exit Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor Paper is detected. 0
NP Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Intermediate Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
313 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Paper Size Sensor 3 (Sheet Bypass) Sensor is activated. 1
Intermediate Roller Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Cooling Fan for Main Unit Ready Fan is stopped. 1
Inner Exit Sensor Paper is detected. 0
Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor Paper is detected. 0
NP Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
Upper Limit Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 1
Intermediate Sensor (1st Paper Tray) Paper is detected. 0
314 ADU 0 Inner Exit Sensor Paper is detected. 0
ADU 1 Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected. 0
ADU 2 Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected. 0
ADU Right Cover Open Sensor Door is opened. 0
NP Sensor (Sheet Bypass) Paper is detected. 1
Size Sensor 1 (Sheet Bypass) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 2 (Sheet Bypass) Sensor is activated. 1
Size Sensor 3 (Sheet Bypass) Sensor is activated. 1
315 Coin Vendor Insufficient Amount Insufficient Amount “0” is 1
Signal detected.
Mechanical Counter Detection Unit is connected. 0
Sensor (Monochrome)
Mechanical Counter Detection Unit is connected. 0
Sensor (Color)

514
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
316 Developer Unit BK Detection Sensor Developer Unit is 0
connected.
Developer Unit C Detection Sensor Developer Unit is 0
connected.
Developer Unit M Detection Sensor Developer Unit is 0
connected.
Developer Unit Y Detection Sensor Developer Unit is 0
connected.
STR Leak Detection Leak is detected. 0
Toner Waste Container Full Toner Waste Container is 1
Detection Sensor full.
Toner Waste Container Detection Toner Waste Container is 1
Sensor detected.
317 Finisher Unit Detection Sensor Unit is connected. 0
318 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
100V/200V LVPS Signal LVPS is connected. 0
24VF PS “On” Detection +24V PS Voltage is Off. 1
319 Not Used
320 LVPS Fan Ready Ready state not detected. 0
321 Not Used
~
399

F4 Mode (Output Check)

No. Item Function Remark
400 Toner Bottle Fan Toner bottle fan rotates.
401 IH Driver Fan IH driver fan rotates.
402 LSU Fan LSU fan rotates.
403 Pressure Roller Fan Pressure roller fan rotates.
404 IH Cooling Fan IH cooling fan rotates.
405 Right Cover Fan Right cover fan rotates.
406 Not Used
~
439
440 Developing Motor 1 Motor stops automatically after rotating 5 sec.
441 Developing Motor 2 Motor stops automatically after rotating 5 sec.
442 Toner Cartridge Motor Y Motor stops automatically after rotating 2 sec.
443 Toner Cartridge Motor M Motor stops automatically after rotating 2 sec.
444 Toner Cartridge Motor C Motor stops automatically after rotating 2 sec.
445 Toner Cartridge Motor BK Motor stops automatically after rotating 2 sec.
446 Intermediate Transfer (IT) Belt Motor stops automatically after rotating 5 sec.
Motor
447 FTR Pressure Motor Motor rotates after detecting home position, and
then it stops automatically.
448 STR Pressure Motor Motor rotates after detecting home position, and
then it stops automatically.

515
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Output Check)
No. Item Function Remark
449 Fuser Motor Rotation in Forward Press Start : Without
Direction The Fuser Motor rotates in the Forward heating.
Direction, initiating contact between the
Pressure Roller and Fuser Roller. (ON position)
Press Stop :
The Fuser Motor rotates in the Reverse
direction, initiating separation of the Pressure
Roller from the Fuser Roller, and then the motor
stops automatically. (OFF position)
450 Fuser Motor Rotation in Reverse Pressure Roller from the Fuser Roller, and then
Direction the motor stops automatically. (OFF position)
451 DP-C322 Series Only
Core Switching Motor Core switching motor rotates.
452 Lift Motor (1st Paper Tray) Lift motor rotates.
453 Lift Motor (2nd Paper Tray) Lift motor rotates.
454 Lift Motor (3rd Paper Tray) Lift motor rotates.
455 Lift Motor (4th Paper Tray) Lift motor rotates.
456 Paper Feed Motor Paper feed motor rotates.
457 Paper Feed Motor (Paper Tray Paper feed motor rotates.
Option)
458 Transportation Unit Motor Transportation unit motor rotates.
459 LSU Motor LSU motor rotates.
460 Not Used
~
479
480 STR Guide Solenoid Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
481 Solenoid (Sheet Bypass) Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
482 PF Solenoid 1 Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
483 PF Solenoid 2 Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
484 PF Solenoid 3 Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
485 PF Solenoid 4 Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
486 Paper Exit Path Switching Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for
Solenoid (Outer) 0.3 sec.
487 Paper Exit Path Switching Solenoid stops automatically after re-energizing
Solenoid (Inner) for 0.3 sec.
488 Sensor Shutter Solenoid Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2
sec.
489 ADU Path Switching Solenoid Solenoid stops automatically after re-energizing
(ADU) for 0.3 sec.
490 ADU Path Switching Solenoid Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for
(Exit) 0.3 sec.
491 Not Used
~
519

516
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Output Check)
No. Item Function Remark
520 Registration Clutch Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
521 Intermediate Roller Clutch Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
522 Clutch (Sheet Bypass) Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
523 PF Clutch 1 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
524 PF Clutch 2 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
525 PF Clutch 3 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
526 PF Clutch 4 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
527 ADU Clutch 1 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
528 ADU Clutch 2 Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
529 Exit 2 Way Roller Rotation in Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
Forward Direction Clutch min.
530 Exit 2 Way Roller Rotation in Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
Reverse Direction Clutch min.
531 Paper Feed Intermediate Roller Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
Clutch (Paper Tray Option) min.
532 Transportation Unit Transport Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
Clutch min.
533 DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only
Speed Increasing Clutch Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
534 DP-C406/C405/C306/C305 Only
OP Speed Increasing Clutch Clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1
min.
535 Not Used
~
559
560 Mechanical Counter 1 Stops automatically after 1 count.
561 Mechanical Counter 2 Stops automatically after 1 count.
562 Not Used
~
599

517
 DP-C406/C306/C266

F4 Mode (Input Check)

Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
600 Entrance Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected. 1 1-Bin Finisher
Exit Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected. 1 (DA-FS402W/
Alignment Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1 FS402/FS350/
FS320) Only.
Paper Detection Sensor Sensor is activated. 1
Paper Holding Sensor Sensor is activated. 1
Upper Limit Detection Sensor Upper Limit is detected. 1
Exit Tray Full Sensor Paper Exit Tray is full. 1
Stapler Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
601 Stapler Cartridge Sensor No Stapler Cartridge is 1
detected.
Staple Empty Limit Sensor Stapler nearly empty is 1
detected.
Stapler Unit Lock Sensor Stapler Unit is detected. 1
Stapler Cover Switch Cover is open. 0
Top Cover Sensor Cover is open. 0
Joint Detect Sensor Finisher Unit is detected. 0
602 Not Used
~
649

F4 Mode (Output Check)

No. Item Function Remark
650 Transportation Motor Paper transport motor rotates. 1-Bin Finisher
651 Alignment Motor Alignment Motor rotates. (DA-FS402W/
652 Tray Motor Tray motor rotates. FS402/FS350/
FS320) Only.
653 Stapler Motor The stapler motor turns one revolution, then
resets.
654 Paddle Solenoid The solenoid energizes for 0.5 second cycle.
655 Gear Solenoid The solenoid energizes for 0.5 second cycle.
656 Paper Set Lever Solenoid The solenoid energizes for 1 second cycle.
657 Not Used
~
699

F4 Mode (Input Check)

Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
700 Punch Timing Sensor Paper is detected. 1 1-Bin Saddle-
Paper Path Entrance Sensor Paper is detected. 1 Stitch Finisher
Processing Tray Sensor Paper is detected. 1 (DA-FS405W/
FS405/FS356/
Folding Position Sensor Paper is detected. 1
FS325) Only.
Joint Detect Switch Finisher Joint is not 0
detected.
Front Door Switch Cover is open. 0
Front Door Sensor Cover is open. 0
Top Cover Sensor Cover is open. 0

518
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Input Check)
Message
No. Function Condition Display Remarks
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
701 Paddle Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1 1-Bin Saddle-
Stack Delivery Roller Home Position Home position is detected. 1 Stitch Finisher
Sensor (DA-FS405W/
Delivery Belt Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1 FS405/FS356/
FS325) Only.
Rear Alignment Home Position Home position is detected. 1
Sensor
Front Alignment Home Position Home position is detected. 1
Sensor
Folding Roller Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
Folding Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
Folding Paper Tray Home Position Paper is detected. 1
Sensor
702 Stapler Connect Signal Stapler is connected. 1
Stapler Slide Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
Stapler Home Position Sensor Home position is detected. 1
Stapler Safety Switch Stapler drive ready is 1
detected.
Staple Sensor Staple is detected. 1
Self Prime Sensor Staple is detected. 1
703 Stack Tray Paper Sensor Paper is detected. 1
Paper Surface Sensor Paper surface is detected. 1
Stack Tray Middle Sensor Middle Position is 1
detected.
Stack Tray Upper Limit Sensor Upper limit is detected. 1
Stack Tray Lower Limit Sensor Lower limit is detected. 1
704 Punch Unit Connect Signal Punch Unit is connected. 1
705 Not Used
~
749

F4 Mode (Output Check)

No. Item Function Remark
750 Transportation Motor Paper Transport Motor rotates. 1-Bin Saddle-
751 Saddle Roller Contacting Saddle Roller making contact. Stitch Finisher
752 Stack Delivery Motor rotates in Stack Delivery Motor rotates. (DA-FS405W/
the forward direction FS405/FS356/
FS325) Only.
753 Stack Delivery Motor rotates in Stack Delivery Motor rotates.
the reverse direction
754 Paddle Rotates Paddle rotates.
755 Stack Roller Contacting Stack Roller making contact.
756 Slide Motor Stapler Unit horizontal shift.
757 Alignment Operation Alignment Plate shuttle home position between A4
position.
758 Tray Motor Tray shuttle paper surface between full position.
759 Staple Operation Staple operates.
760 Folding Operation Folding operates.
761 Transport Motor (Folding) Transport to folding position.
762 Folding Clutch Clutch turns ON/OFF for 1 sec. cycle.

519
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F4 Mode (Output Check)
No. Item Function Remark
763 Punch Operation Punch operates. 1-Bin Saddle-
764 Punch Horizontal Registration Punch horizontal registration operates Stitch Finisher
Operation (DA-FS405W/
FS405/FS356/
FS325) Only.
765 Not Used
~
799

520
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.5. F5 Mode: Function Parameters (For Copier)
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “5” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F5 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the desired function, and select the “OK” button.
When the “Cancel” button is selected, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[5] Select the “Close” button.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[7] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)

F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
00 Country Version Japan Country Dependent Check the destination of the
USA/CAN Firmware. (Read Only)
Europe
Other
01 Not Used
02 DP-C406 Series Only
Low Power Sleep Off On Low Power Sleep Mode setting.
Mode On When this function is “On”, the
power consumption is lower than
conventional model. If under the
following conditions, it does not
work “Low Power Sleep Mode”
however this setting is “On”.

-HDD is not installed, Insertion File

function is “On”.
03 Not Used
04 LSU Off Timer 5 sec. 15 sec. Set the Polygon Motor rotation time
10 sec. period after completing the print
15 sec. job. If the set time period is longer
20 sec. than the recommended 15 sec., the
30 sec. interval period between printing
40 sec. operation is shorter, and the
50 sec. increase in spinning time may
60 sec. shorten the motor's useful life
cycle.
05 LSU Fan Extension None None Prevent temperature from rising
2 min. inside of the unit by extending the
5 min. LSU Fan timer in a heavy usage
environment.
06 Job Tracking Server No No Activate the Job Tracking Server. It
Yes works with the Communication Job
Search function of the Panasonic
Network Accounting Manager.

521
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
07 Language Default English English Change the Language used for the
(Available language French LCD messages. The selectable
selections are C. French languages may differ depending on
Destination German the destination.
Dependent) Swedish
Italian
Dutch
Portugal
Spanish
Norway
Danish
Finnish
English
Polish
Hungary
Japanese
Czech
Russian
Greek
Chinese
Taiwan
Korean
08 Batch Printing Mode On On Enable batch printing for multiple
Off print jobs to shorten the print time.
09 Not Used
~
11
12 Printer Fan None None Prevent temperature from rising
Extension 2 min inside of the unit by extending the
5 min Fuser Fan timer in a heavy usage
environment.
13 Paper Out Red On On Select whether to enable the Out of
Indicator Off Paper Red Warning Light indicator.
14 Paper Size Tray 1 None 8.5 x 11 (for USA / Set the paper size and the media
[When “OK” is A4 Canada) type for Tray 1.
selected, a prompt B5 A4 (for Europe) Select “None” to disable the Tray.
comes up asking for 8.5 x 11
the desired Media 16K (For China)
Type - Trays 2, 3 & 4
work the same way]
Media Type DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Plain Plain
Glossy
Recycled
Thick
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Plain Plain
Glossy
Recycled

522
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
15 Paper Size Tray 2 None 11 x 17 (for USA / Set the paper size and the media
[When “OK” is A3 Canada) type for Tray 2.
selected, a prompt B4 A3 (for Europe) Select “None” to disable the Tray.
comes up asking for A4
the desired Media A4-R
Type - Trays 1, 3 & 4 B5
work the same way] B5-R
A5-R
8 x 13
8.5 x 13
11 x 17
LEGAL
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11R
5.5 x 8.5
8K (For China)
16K (For China)
Media Type DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Plain Plain
Glossy
Recycled
Thick
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Plain Plain
Glossy
Recycled
16 Paper Size Tray 3 Same as F5-15 None Set the paper size and the media
Media Type Plain type for Tray 3.
Enable the Optional Tray.
17 Paper Size Tray 4 Same as F5-15 None Set the paper size and the media
Media Type Plain type for Tray 4.
Enable the Optional Tray.
18 Not Used
~
19
20 ADF No Auto Select whether to automatically
Auto detect or disable the ADF Unit.
21 Finisher No Auto Select whether to automatically
Auto detect or disable the Finisher Unit.
22 System Console No Auto Select whether to automatically
Auto detect or disable the System
Console.
23 Paper Transport Unit No Auto Select whether to automatically
Auto detect or disable the Paper
Transport Unit.
24 Not Used
~
25
26 2-Sided Unit No Auto Select whether to automatically
Auto detect or disable the Duplex Unit.
27 Not Used
~
31

523
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
32 Job Build and SADF No Yes Set whether the Job Build and
Mode Yes SADF mode are enabled.
33 Not Used
34 Multi Size Feed Off Off Set whether the Multi Size Feed is
Default On enabled.
35 Not Used
~
37
38 2-Sided Mode No No Set the default 2-Sided mode.
Default 1 to 2
2 to 2
B to 2
39 Not Used
40 Double Count No LDR (for USA / Set the specified paper size to be
LDR Canada) counted as double.
LDR / LGL
LDR+
LGL+
LDR / LGL+
No A3 (for Europe /
A3 Taiwan)
A3, B4
A3+
B4+
A3, B4+
No A3 (for China)
A3
A3, B4
A3+
B4+
A3, B4+
A3, B4, 8K
41 Count Up Timing At feed At exit Set the timing when the count
At exit occurs.
42 KEY/DEPT Counter No No Select the counter type.
Ext. Cntr
Ext. Cnt2
Dept.
43 Key Counter Timing At feed At feed Set the timing when the count
At exit occurs.
44 Insert Paper Count No No Set whether to count the Inserted
Yes Paper.
45 Dept Code Reentry Yes Yes (for USA / Set whether requires the entry of
Again No Canada) the department code for each job.
No (for Europe)
46 Not Used
~
50
51 DP-C406 Series Only
Dept. Counter Yes Yes Set whether to enable the
(COPY) No department counter for copy jobs.
Cl only

524
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
51 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Dept. Counter Yes Yes Set whether to enable the
(COPY) No department counter for copy jobs.
52 Dept. Counter (FAX) No No Set whether to enable the
Yes department counter for fax jobs.
53 Not Used
54 Margin Reduction No No Set whether to reduce the copy
Yes image for copying with the binding
margin.
55 Margin Value Default 5 mm 10 mm Set the default value for the binding
10 mm margin.
15 mm
20 mm
56 Edge Value Default 5 mm 5 mm Set the default value for the edge.
10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
57 Book Value Default 15 mm 20 mm Set the default value for the void in
20 mm the center of the book.
25 mm
30 mm
58 U14 Clear Continue Any Keys Set the default U14 User Code
Any Keys resetting method when the warning
indication occurs.
59 Oper. Add Toner Stop Stop Select whether to cancel a job
Alarm Continue when the toner empty error is
detected during the copying
process.
60 Auto Tray Selection No Yes Enable Auto Tray Selection.
Yes When the specified tray runs out of
paper, a tray with the same paper
size is automatically selected.
61 Not Used
62 Overflow Detection No No Set whether to detect as overflow
Yes condition if the number of stapled
sets exceeds the preset limit.
(Refer to Sect 12.1.1.2. (DA-
FS405W/FS405/FS356/FS325),
12.2.1.2. (DA-FS402W/FS402/
FS350/FS320))
63 U13 Clear Any Keys Any Keys Set the default U13 User Code
Func + 1 resetting method when the warning
indication occurs.
64 Dept. Counter Yes Yes Set whether to enable the
(SCANNER) No department counter for scan jobs.
65 DP-C406 Series Only
Dept. Counter Yes Yes Set whether to enable the
(PRINTER) No department counter for print jobs.
Cl only
65 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Dept. Counter Yes Yes Set whether to enable the
(PRINTER) No department counter for print jobs.

525
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
66 Not Used
67 Page Insertion Blank Blank Set the default type for the page
Default Copy insertion.
68 Cover Mode Default F, Blank F, Blank Set the default type for the cover
F, Copy mode.
FB, Blank
FB, Copy
69 Reduce N in 1 Space No No For N in 1 Copy, set whether to
Yes leave a margin between copy
images.
70 PM Cycle No 120 K Set the PM cycle.
1.5 K
2.5 K
5K
10 K
15 K
20 K
30 K
40 K
60 K
80 K
90 K
120 K
150 K
200 K
240 K
71 Not Used
~
77
78 A4/LTR Size Select No No Set whether to determine the paper
Yes size to be A4/LTR if the original is
smaller than A4/LTR.
79 Not Used
80 Paper Size Priority A3 8.5 x 11 (for USA / Set the automatic paper size
B4 Canada) selection priority when the size is
A4 A4 (for Europe) not specified.
A4-R
B5
B5-R
A5-R
8 x 13
8.5 x 13
11 x 17
LEGAL
8.5 x 11
8.5 x 11 R
5.5 x 8.5
8K
16K
81 B4/FLS Size B4 B4 Select B4 or FLS (European paper
Selection 8 x 13 size).
8.5 x 13

526
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
82 Manual Skyshot Off Off Enable or disable the Manual
Mode M1, On Skyshot mode.
M2, On Off :
M1, M2, On The Manual Skyshot mode is
disabled.
M1,On :
The image is copied in pre-
registered M1 size.
(Standard setting : 70 x 160 mm)
M2,On :
The image is copied in pre-
registered M2 size.
(Standard setting : 95 x 220 mm)
M1,M2,On :
Copied in pre-registered M1 or
M2 size.
83 Digital Skyshot Mode No Normal Set the default value of Digital
Normal Skyshot Mode.
Quality
84 Not Used
~
85
86 PM Cycle (Optics) No No Set the Scanner PM Cycle.
40 K
60 K
120 K
240 K
360 K
480 K
600 K
87 PM Cycle (ADF) No No Set the ADF PM Cycle.
40 K
60 K
120 K
240 K
360 K
480 K
600 K
88 USB Port Function Off Off Avoid creating many USB Ports on
Once the PC. (Ex : When connecting the
On PC for Inspection or Demonstration
purposes.)
Off :
Creates ports for each Machine.
Once :
Creates 1 fixed port for the Model
Series on the 1st connection only,
then creates a port for each
Machine.
On :
Creates 1 fixed port for the Model
Series.

527
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
89 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
LAN Speed/Duplex Auto Auto Set the ethernet connection type.
10 Half
10 Full
100 Half
100 Full
90 Panel Beep Sound Off Soft Set the volume of the beep sound
Soft when the panel is selected.
Loud
91 M1, Size Set the default size 70 x 160 Change the Manual skyshot size
for Manual Skyshot registered in the M1 key.
92 M2, Size Mode, M1 and M2. 95 x 220 Change the Manual skyshot size
registered in the M2 key.
93 Not Used
~
94
95 Paper Size (FA)
96 Bypass Detection
(Factory use only)
97 BP Tray A4R/FLS/
LGL (FA)
98 Not Used
~
103
104 Red Sel (2C/1C 1 1 Select Red density for the 2C/1C
Copy) 2 color copy mode.
3 1 : Standard Red,
2 : Lighter Red,
3 : Darker Red
105 Green Sel (2C/1C 1 1 Select Green density for the 2C/1C
Copy) 2 color copy mode.
3 1 : Standard Green,
2 : Lighter Green,
3 : Darker Green
106 Blue Sel (2C/1C 1 1 Select the Blue density for the 2C/
Copy) 2 1C color copy mode.
3 1 : Standard Blue,
2 : Lighter Blue,
3 : Darker Blue
107 Photo Paper HT Errordif Errordif Select the type of halftone to use
Mode Screen for the photo paper. Avoid using
‘screen’ for normal use.
108 Not Used
109 JPEG Sampling 4. 1. 1 4. 1. 1 Select the compression ratio for
Ratio 4. 2. 2 Network Scanner.
4. 4. 4 4.1.1 is the standard ratio.
4. 2. 0

528
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
110 DP-C405/C354 Series Only Set the capacity of Black Toner
Toner Cartridge 5K Type 28K Type bottle.
(Black) 28K Type 20K Type (for DP- DP-C406 Series : Not Available
20K Type (for DP- C213) (for USA / DP-C405/C354/C322 Series :
C213) Canada) Available
DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Cartridge 5K Type 28K Type (for
(Black) 28K Type Europe, and Other
Destinations)
111 DP-C405/C354 Series Only Set the capacity of Color Toner
Toner Cartridge 5K Type 20K Type bottle.
(Color) 20K Type 14K Type (for DP- DP-C406 Series : Not Available
14K Type (for DP- C213) (for USA / DP-C405/C354/C322 Series :
C213) Canada) Available
DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Cartridge 5K Type 20K Type (for
(Color) 20K Type Europe and Other
Destinations)
112 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
View Simulated Off Off Set whether to enable viewing of
Coverage On simulated coverage.
113 Not Used
~
114
115 Accounting Server No No Activate the Accounting Server
Func Yes (PNAM) Function in the
Department Counter mode.
116 Not Used
~
119
120 Heater Off Timer None 60 sec Set the default Heater Standby
5 sec timer. Longer time period that the
10 sec heater remains On after printing
15 sec may shorten the Fuser Unit life
20 sec cycle. (Default value is 60 sec)
25 sec
30 sec
45 sec
60 sec
2 min
3 min
121 DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Fuser Unit Type Jpn/Euro USA/CAN (for USA Select the Fuser Unit type.
USA/CAN / Canada) (For DP-C322 Series)
Jpn/Euro (for
Europe)

529
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
122 Between Pages None 30 sec Set the Between Pages Timer.
Timer 5 sec Longer value may shorten the
10 sec Fuser Unit life cycle. (Default value
15 sec is 30 sec.)
20 sec
25 sec
30 sec
45 sec
60 sec
123 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Fuser Temp Paper 1 Paper 2 Set the temperature of the Fuser
Switching Paper 2 Unit. (Adjust the value when the
printed paper curls.)
124 Not Used
125 AC Bias Phase No No Set the AC Bias Phase to reduce
FullSpeed Yes the ultrasound emitted in the
Developer Unit. (Color full speed
mode)
126 AC Bias Phase No No Set the AC Bias Phase to reduce
HalfSpeed Yes the ultrasound emitted in the
Developer Unit. (Color half speed
mode)
127 Not Used
~
129
130 Auto Print Image Ctrl No Yes Activate the Auto Print Image
Yes Control (APIC).
131 Drum Life Laser Yes
132 Drum Life Charge (Factory use only) Yes
133 Drum Temp. Charge Yes
134 Not Used
135 TDC Deve. Life Yes
136 TDC Half Speed Yes
(Factory use only)
137 TDC Humidity Yes
138 TDC Image Control Yes
139 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Control Mode SpeedQuality Quality Set the Automatic Picture Control
(APIC) Mode for Speed
(Productivity) or Quality (Image
Quality). In the speed mode,
printing speed is increased by
skipping some of the density
control process.
140 TDC Image Case Y Medium
141 TDC Image Case M Medium
(Factory use only)
142 TDC Image Case C Medium
143 TDC Image Case BK Medium
144 Not Used
145 FTR Control (Factory use only) Yes
146 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Device (Factory use only) Yes

530
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
147 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Humidity (Factory use only) Yes
148 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR OPC Drum (Factory use only) Yes
149 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Deve. (Factory use only) Yes
150 FTR STD Current Y Medium
151 FTR STD Current M Medium
(Factory use only)
152 FTR STD Current C Medium
153 FTR STD Current BK Medium
154 Not Used
155 STR Control Yes
(Factory use only)
156 STR Device Yes
157 STR STD Current Min Medium Select the STR Standard Current.
Low Min : for Light color original
Medium Low : for Halftone original
High High: for Solid 2 color original
Max Max : for Solid 3 color original
158 STR T/H (Factory use only) Yes
159 Not Used
160 Discharge Control Yes
161 Discharge T/H Yes
Control
(Factory use only)
162 Transfer Belt Control Yes
163 Belt Motor Reverse 1/200
Ctrl
164 Drum Warning Select Off On Set whether to activate the Drum
On life warning.
165 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Off 2 Supply toner when the remaining of
Control Y 1 the Developer gets low to secure
2 the performance of the TCD
3 sensor.
4
5
6
7
166 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Off 2 Supply toner when the remaining of
Control M 1 the Developer gets low to secure
2 the performance of the TCD
3 sensor.
4
5
6
7

531
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
167 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Off 2 Supply toner when the remaining of
Control C 1 the Developer gets low to secure
2 the performance of the TCD
3 sensor.
4
5
6
7
168 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Off 2 Supply toner when the remaining of
Control BK 1 the Developer gets low to secure
2 the performance of the TCD
3 sensor.
4
5
6
7
169 DP-C405/C354 Series Only
Drum Life Advance Normal Normal
Mode Long
170 Color Reg Control Off-0 On Set the Color Registration Control.
Off-1
On
171 Skew Control Off On Set the Skew Control.
On When the Skew Control is disabled,
the mechanical skew value of the
LSU unit needs to be readjusted.
172 Color Reg Entry Min Medium Set the frequency of the Color
Low Registration density control.
Medium Min (occurs most frequent),
Medium (default).
173 Paper Full Sensor No Yes Set whether to activate the Paper
Yes Full Sensor of the Inner Tray.
174 Mono Color Judge Off Off Set whether to disable Auto
Invalid On Detection of monochrome or color
original.
175 Mechanical Counter1 No No (for USA/ Select the color type for the
BK Canada) mechanical counter 1.
1C BK (Others)
BK+1C
2C
BK+1C+2C
4C
2C+4C
1C+2C+4C
Total

532
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F5 Mode
No. Item Selection Default Setting Remarks
176 Mechanical Counter2 No No (For USA/ Select the color type for the
BK Canada) mechanical counter 2.
1C 1C+2C+4C
BK+1C (Others)
2C
BK+1C+2C
4C
2C+4C
1C+2C+4C
Total
177 PS Limit Toner Off On Set to limit Toner Overlap in PS
Overlap On printing. Recommended to set it
‘ON’.
178 PS Change CIE- No No Select the default when not using
Color Use Yes “UseCIEColor” command on the
PS command.
179 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Param/Cnt Auto No No Back up the counter logs on the SD
Backup Yes Card.
(See section 3.8. for
more details)
179 DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Counter Backup No No Back up the counter logs on the SD
(See section 3.8. for Yes Card.
more details)
180 Not Used
~
191

533
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.6. F6 Mode: Adjust Parameters (For Copier)
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “6” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the “Input” button code number, and select the “OK” button.
If you wish to input minus value, press the “Reset” key.
When the “Cancel” button is selected, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[5] Select the “Close” button.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[7] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)
Note:
The Factory Setting is different in each model.

F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
000 DP-C406/C405 Series, DP-C354/C264
Registration Clr Color original registration adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Normal standard speed.
DP-C323/C263/C213, DP-C322 Series
Registration Clr Color original registration adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Normal normal print speed.
001 Registration Clr Slow Color original registration adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
half of standard speed.
002 Not Used
~
004
005 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305, DP-C354/C323, DP-C322
Registration B/W Monochrome original registration -50 ~ +50 0.34 mm
Normal adjustment for standard speed.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C263, DP-C262
Registration B/W Monochrome original registration -50 ~ +50 0.27 mm
Normal adjustment for standard speed.
DP-C264
Registration B/W Monochrome original registration -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Normal adjustment for standard speed.
DP-C213
Registration B/W Monochrome original registration -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Normal adjustment for normal print speed.
006 Registration B/W Slow Monochrome original registration -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
adjustment for half of standard speed.
007 DP-C406/C405 Series, DP-C354/C264
Registration B/W & CL Mixed original registration adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
standard speed.
DP-C323/C263/C213, DP-C322 Series
Registration B/W & CL Mixed original registration adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
standard speed.
008 Not Used
~
009

534
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
010 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305, DP-C354/C323, DP-C322
Paper Loop Tray, B/W, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.34 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C263, DP-C262
Paper Loop Tray, B/W, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.27 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C264
Paper Loop Tray, B/W, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C213
Paper Loop Tray, B/W, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
011 DP-C406/C405 Series, DP-C354/C264
Paper Loop Tray, Clr, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm Color original at standard speed.
DP-C323/C263/C213, DP-C322 Series
Paper Loop Tray, Clr, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm Color original at standard speed.
012 Paper Loop Tray, *, Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
Slow Mixed originals at half of the standard
speed.
013 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Paper Loop Try, Thick, Fine Adjustment for an individual tray for -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
Slw Monochrome/Color Thick at standard
speed.
014 Not Used
015 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305, DP-C354/C323, DP-C322
Paper Loop By-p, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.34 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C263, DP-C262
Paper Loop By-p, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.27 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C264
Paper Loop By-p, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C213
Paper Loop By-p, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
016 DP-C406/C405 Series, DP-C354/C264
Paper Loop By-p, Clr, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm Color original at standard speed.
DP-C323/C263/C213, DP-C322 Series
Paper Loop By-p, Clr, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm Color original at standard speed.
017 Paper Loop By-p, *, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
SLW Mixed original at half of the standard speed.
018 Paper Loop Bp, Thick, Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
SLW Thick original at half of the standard speed.
019 Not Used

535
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
020 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305, DP-C354/C323, DP-C322
Paper Loop ADU, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for -50 ~ +50 0.34 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C266, DP-C265, DP-C263, DP-C262
Paper Loop ADU, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for -50 ~ +50 0.27 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C264
Paper Loop ADU, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C213
Paper Loop ADU, B/W, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm Monochrome original at standard speed.
021 DP-C406/C405 Series, DP-C354/C264
Paper Loop ADU, Clr, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for Color -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm
Nrm original at standard speed.
DP-C323/C263/C213, DP-C322 Series
Paper Loop ADU, Clr, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for Color -50 ~ +50 0.21 mm
Nrm original at standard speed.
022 Paper Loop ADU, *, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for Mixed -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
Slow original at half of the standard speed.
023 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Paper Loop ADU, Fine Adjustment for the ADU for -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm
Thick, Slw Monochrome/Color Thick at half of the
standard speed.
024 Not Used
025 Registration Void Lead edge read point adjustment. 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
026 DP-C406/C306, DP-C405/C305
Pick up By-p, B/W, Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for -20 ~ +20 1.70 mm
Nrm monochrome original at standard speed.
DP-C266, DP-C265
Pick up By-p, B/W, Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for -20 ~ +20 1.35 mm
Nrm monochrome original at standard speed.
027 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Pick up By-p, Clr, Nrm Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for color -20 ~ +20 1.27 mm
original at standard speed.
028 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Pick up By-p,*,Slow Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for common at -50 ~ +50 0.525 mm
half of the standard speed.
029 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Pick up Bp,Thick,Slow Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for Thick at -50 ~ +50 0.525 mm
half of the standard speed.
030 Trail Edge Void A3, LD Trail edge void for A3, LD (11 x 17) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
adjustment.
031 Trail Edge Void B4, LG Trail edge void for B4, LG (Legal) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
adjustment.
032 Trail Edge Void FLS Trail edge void for FLS (8.5 x 13, 8 x 13) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
adjustment.
033 Trail Edge Void A4R, Trail edge void for A4R, LTR (8.5 x 11 R) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
LTR adjustment.
034 Trail Edge Void B5R Trail edge void for B5R adjustment. 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm

536
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
035 Trail Edge Void A4, LT Trail edge void for A4, LT (8.5 x 11) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
adjustment.
036 Trail Edge Void B5, Trail edge void for B5, Exc (7.25 x 10.5) 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm
Exc adjustment.
037 Not Used
~
039
040 Side Adjust (Bypass) LSU side to side adjustment for the Sheet -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Bypass.
041 Side Adjust (Tray1) LSU side to side adjustment for the Tray1. -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
042 Side Adjust (Tray2) LSU side to side adjustment for the Tray2. -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
043 Side Adjust (Tray3) LSU side to side adjustment for the Tray3. -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
044 Side Adjust (Tray4) LSU side to side adjustment for the Tray4. -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
045 Side Adjust (ADU, By- LSU side to side adjustment for ADU, Sheet -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
p) Bypass.
046 Side Adjust (ADU, LSU side to side adjustment for ADU, -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Tray1) Tray1.
047 Side Adjust (ADU, LSU side to side adjustment for ADU, -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Tray2) Tray2.
048 Side Adjust (ADU, LSU side to side adjustment for ADU, -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Tray3) Tray3.
049 Side Adjust (ADU, LSU side to side adjustment for ADU, -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Tray4) Tray4.
050 Not Used
~
054
055 Polygon Motor Speed, Polygon motor speed adjustment for color -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
CL printouts.
056 Polygon Motor Speed, Polygon motor speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
B/W monochrome printouts.
057 Not Used
~
059
060 OPC1 MTR CL STD OPC1 motor standard speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed color printouts.
061 OPC1 MTR CL Half OPC1 motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed adjustment for color printouts.
062 Not Used
~
064
065 OPC2 MTR B/W STD OPC2 motor standard speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed monochrome printouts.
066 OPC2 MTR CL STD OPC2 motor standard speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed color printouts.
067 Not Used
068 OPC2 MTR Half OPC2 motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed adjustment for mixed printouts.
069 Not Used
070 DEV1 MTR CL STD Developer1 motor standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed adjustment for color printouts.

537
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
071 DEV1 MTR CL Half Developer1 motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed adjustment for color printouts.
072 Not Used
~
074
075 DEV2 MTR B/W STD Developer2 motor standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed adjustment for monochrome printouts.
076 DEV2 MTR CL STD Developer2 motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed adjustment for color printouts.
077 Not Used
078 DEV2 MTR Half Speed Developer2 motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
adjustment for mixed printouts.
079 Not Used
080 Feed MTR B/W STD Feed motor standard speed adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.10 %
Speed monochrome printouts.
081 Feed MTR CL STD Feed motor standard speed adjustment for -50 ~ +50 0.10 %
Speed color printouts.
082 Not Used
083 Feed MTR Half Speed Feed motor half of standard speed -50 ~ +50 0.10 %
adjustment for mixed printouts.
084 Not Used
085 IT Motor B/W STD Intermediate Transfer motor standard -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed speed adjustment for monochrome
printouts.
086 IT Motor CL STD Intermediate Transfer motor standard -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
Speed speed adjustment for color printouts.
087 Not Used
088 IT Motor Half Speed Intermediate Transfer motor half of -99 ~ +99 0.05 %
standard speed adjustment for mixed
printouts.
089 Not Used
090 Fuser MTR BK STD Fuser motor standard speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed monochrome printouts.
091 Fuser MTR CL STD Fuser motor standard speed adjustment for -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
Speed color printouts.
092 Not Used
093 Fuser MTR Half Speed Fuser motor half of standard speed -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
adjustment for mixed printouts.
094 Not Used
095 Fuser MTR Half Speed Fuser motor L (Long Paper) half of standard -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
L speed adjustment.
096 DP-C406 Series Only
Fuser MTR Half Speed Fuser motor ENV (Envelope) half of -99 ~ +99 0.10 %
ENV standard speed adjustment.
097 Not Used
~
123

538
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
124 Warm UP Timer Warm up timer adjustment. When -20 ~ +20 1 sec.
temperature is low, rotates fuser for warm
up. If 1st print in the morning is not fusing
correctly, extend the warm up time.
value increases -> time is extended
125 T4 tmp (color Half Spd) Color half speed Fuser temperature -5 ~ +5 1 °C
adjustment.
value increases -> temperature goes up
126 T4 tmp (mono Half B/W half speed Fuser temperature -5 ~ +5 1 °C
Spd) adjustment.
value increases -> temperature goes up
127 T4 tmp (color STD Color full speed Fuser temperature -5 ~ +5 1 °C
Spd) adjustment.
value increases -> temperature goes up
128 T4 tmp (mono STD B/W full speed Fuser temperature -5 ~ +5 1 °C
Spd) adjustment.
value increases -> temperature goes up
129 T5 tmp At standby mode temperature adjustment. -5 ~ +5 1 °C
value increases -> temperature goes up
130 OHP Min Temp OHP minimum temperature adjustment. -30 ~ +30 1 °C
131 OHP Max Temp OHP maximum temperature adjustment. -30 ~ +30 1 °C
132 Long Min Temp Long paper minimum temperature -30 ~ +30 1 °C
adjustment.
133 Envelope Min Temp Envelope minimum temperature -30 ~ +30 1 °C
adjustment.
134 Envelope Max Temp Envelope maximum temperature -30 ~ +30 1 °C
adjustment.
135 Th1 Temp (Print Start) Thermistor1 temperature at the start of 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
printing.
136 Th2 Temp (Print Start) Thermistor2 temperature at the start of 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
printing.
137 DP-C322 Series Only
Th3 Temp (Print Start) Thermistor3 temperature at the start of 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
printing.
138 Th4 Temp (Print Start) Thermistor4 temperature at the start of 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
printing.
139 Not Used
140 Th1 Temp (Error) Thermistor1 temperature when error 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
occurred.
141 Th2 Temp (Error) Thermistor2 temperature when error 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
occurred.
142 DP-C322 Series Only
Th3 Temp (Error) Thermistor3 temperature when error 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
occurred.
143 Th4 Temp (Error) Thermistor4 temperature when error 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
occurred.
144 Not Used
145 IH Voltage (Print Start) IH drive voltage at the start of printing. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
146 IH Current (Print Start) IH drive current at the start of printing. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)

539
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
147 Cnt. Ratio (Print Start) Control ratio at the start of printing. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
148 Not Used
~
149
150 IH Voltage (Error) IH drive voltage when error occurred. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
151 IH Current (Error) IH drive current when error occurred. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
152 Control Ratio (Error) Control ratio when error occurred. 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
153 Not Used
~
199
200 Color Text Contrast Color contrast adjustment for Text Mode. -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
201 Color T/P Contrast Color contrast adjustment for Text/Photo -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode.
202 Color Photo Contrast Color contrast adjustment for Photo Mode. -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
203 Not Used
~
204
205 Mono. Text Contrast Monochrome contrast adjustment for Text -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode.
206 Mono. T/P Contrast Monochrome contrast adjustment for Text/ -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Photo Mode.
207 Mono. Photo Contrast Monochrome contrast adjustment for Photo -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode.
208 Not Used
~
209
210 Color Text Density (lt) Color image density adjustment for Text -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
211 Color T/P Density (lt) Color image density adjustment for Text/ -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Photo Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
212 Color Photo Density (lt) Color image density adjustment for Photo -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
213 Not Used
~
214
215 Color Text Density (dk) Color image density adjustment for Text -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
216 Color T/P Density (dk) Color image density adjustment for Text/ -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Photo Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
217 Color Photo Density Color image density adjustment for Photo -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
(dk) Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
218 Not Used
~
219

540
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
220 Mono. Text Density (lt) Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Text Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
221 Mono. T/P Density (lt) Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Text/Photo Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
222 Mono. Photo Density Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
(lt) Photo Mode (highlight).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
223 Not Used
~
224
225 Mono. Text Density Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
(dk) Text Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
226 Mono. T/P Density (dk) Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
Text/Photo Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
227 Mono. Photo Density Monochrome image density adjustment for -32 ~ +31 1/256 step
(dk) Photo Mode (dark).
(-) : Darker. (+) : Lighter.
228 Not Used
~
229
230 Adjust Text Sharpness Scanner Sharpness adjustment using -3 ~ +3 1 level step
digital image processing for Text Copy
Mode.
231 Adjust T/P Sharpness Scanner Sharpness adjustment using -3 ~ +3 1 level step
digital image processing for Text /Photo
Copy Mode.
232 Adjust Photo Scanner Sharpness adjustment using -3 ~ +3 1 level step
Sharpness digital image processing for Photo Copy
Mode.
233 Not Used
~
234
235 Adjust Auto Mode B/W, Color judgment slice level. 0 ~ +15 1 level step
(slice) value increases -> level goes up
236 Adjust Auto Mode B/W, Color judgment area level. 0 ~ +15 1 level step
(area) value increases -> level goes up
237 Adjust 2C Mode Color/Monochrome level adjustment using 0 ~ +15 1 level step
digital image processing for 2-Color Copy
Mode.
238 Not Used
~
239
240 Adjust Saturation Chroma adjustment. -32 ~ +31 1 level step
241 Adjust Color balance Color balance adjustment. 0 ~ +10 1 level step
242 Adjust Tint Tint adjustment. -1 ~ +2 1 level step
243 Adjust Hue Circle Hue circle adjustment. -3 ~ +3 10 °

541
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
244 Not Used
~
245
246 Rm. G-Color Start Y Horizontal start line position adjustment for +2 ~ +8192 1 dot.
Digital Sky Shot mode.
247 Rm. G-Color End Y Horizontal end line position adjustment for +2 ~ +8192 1 dot.
Digital Sky Shot mode.
248 Rm. G-Color Start Y Horizontal start line position adjustment for +2 ~ +8192 1 dot.
(p) Digital Sky Shot mode.
249 Rm. G-Color End Y (p) Horizontal end line position adjustment for +2 ~ +8192 1 dot.
Digital Sky Shot mode.
250 ADF Rm. G-Color Start Vertical start position adjustment for base 0 ~ +16 1/16
X hue (ADF).
251 ADF Rm. G-Color End Vertical end position adjustment for base 0 ~ +16 1/16
X hue (ADF).
252 FB Rm. G-Color Start Vertical start position adjustment for base 0 ~ +16 1/16
X hue (FB).
253 FB Rm. G-Color End X Vertical end position adjustment for base 0 ~ +16 1/16
hue (FB).
254 Not Used
255 CL. Rm. G-Cl. Gmm:R Gamma adjustment for real time base hue -8 ~ +7 1 level step
(color).
256 CL. Rm. G-Cl. Offset:R Offset adjustment for real time base hue -128 ~ +127 1/256 step
(color).
257 Mono. Rm. G-Cl. Gamma adjustment for real time base hue -8 ~ +7 1 level step
Gmm:R (monochrome).
258 Mono. Rm. G-Cl. Offset adjustment for real time base hue -128 ~ +127 1/256 step
Offset:R (monochrome).
259 Not Used
260 CL. Rm. G-Cl. Gmm:M Gamma adjustment for pre-scan base hue -8 ~ +7 1 level step
(color).
261 CL. Rm. G-Cl. Offset:M Offset adjustment for pre-scan base hue -128 ~ +127 1/256 step
(color).
262 Mono. Rm. G-Cl. Gamma adjustment for pre-scan base hue -8 ~ +7 1 level step
Gmm:M (monochrome).
263 Mono. Rm. G-Cl. Offset adjustment for pre-scan base hue -128 ~ +127 1/256 step
Offset:M (monochrome).
264 Not Used
265 Tone Adjust Under Adjust auto contrast minimum level. -64 ~ +63 1/256 step
Limit (-) : Down. (+) : Up.
value increases -> level goes up
266 Not Used
~
279
280 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Adj Scanner Sharpness adjustment for Network -3 ~ +3 1 step
Sharpness Scanner.
281 Not Used
~
299

542
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
300 Adj 100% Side-Side Identical vertical (side-to-side) size ratio -9 ~ +9 0.1 %
Read (FB, ADF) adjustment.
301 100% Selection Select from 99.1% to 100.9% adjustment. -9 ~ +9 0.1 %
(FB, ADF).
302 Not Used
~
304
305 Original Registration Platen original registration detection timing -30 ~ +30 0.2 mm
adjustment.
306 Trail Edge Read Trail edge void adjustment. -9 ~ 0 0.5 mm
Timing
307 CCD Read Position CCD read position adjustment. -50 ~ +50 0.2 mm
Adj
308 Adj 100% Lead-Tail Identical horizontal (top-to-bottom) size -9 ~ +9 0.1 %
Read ratio adjustment.
309 FB Shading Position Shading position offset (FB) adjustment. -10 ~ +10 0.1 mm
310 FB Lead Void Setting Registration edge void (FB) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
311 FB Side Void Setting Registration side void (FB) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
312 FB Trail Void Setting Registration trail void (FB) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
313 Not Used
314 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
ADF Shading Position Shading position offset (ADF) adjustment. -3 ~ +3 0.03 mm
315 ADF Lead Void Setting Registration edge void (ADF) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
316 ADF Side Void Setting Registration side void (ADF) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
317 ADF Trail Void Setting Registration trail void (ADF) adjustment. 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
318 Not Used
~
319
320 Stamp Position Adjust Verification Stamp position adjustment. -50 ~ +50 0.3 mm
321 ADF Reverse Stop ADF reverse stop position adjustment. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
Posi.
322 ADF Exhaust Stop ADF ejection stop position adjustment. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
Posi.
323 ADF Feed Regist. 1- Individual Fine Adjustment for ADF 1 sided. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
Sided
324 ADF Feed Regist. 2- Individual Fine Adjustment for ADF 2 sided. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
Sided
325 ADF Read Main Scan ADF horizontal image read start position -99 ~ +99 0.05 mm
Pos. adjustment.
326 Original Lead Edge ADF Original Lead Edge adjustment. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
ADF
327 Original Trail Edge ADF Original Trail Edge adjustment. -99 ~ +99 0.3 mm
ADF
328 ADF 100% Image 1- Identical vertical (side-to-side) size ratio -9 ~ +9 0.1 %
Sided adjustment.
329 ADF 100% Image 2- Identical horizontal (top-to-bottom) size -9 ~ +9 0.1 %
Sided ratio adjustment.
330 FB Lead Void (NWS) Lead edge void for Network Scanner (FB) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.

543
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
331 FB Side Void (NWS) Side edge void for Network Scanner (FB) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.
332 FB Trail Void (NWS) Trail edge void for Network Scanner (FB) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.
333 Not Used
~
334
335 ADF Lead Void (NWS) Lead edge void for Network Scanner (ADF) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.
336 ADF Side Void (NWS) Side edge void for Network Scanner (ADF) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.
337 ADF Trail Void (NWS) Trail edge void for Network Scanner (ADF) 0 ~ +9 0.5 mm
adjustment.
338 Not Used
~
399
400 AC Charge Freq.Adj. -77 ~ +127
Full
401 AC Charge Freq.Adj. -107 ~ +127
(Factory use only)
Half
402 AC Charge Freq.Adj. -58 ~ +127
B/W
403 Not Used
~
404
405 AC Charge Adj. Y Full -127 ~ +92 3.79 μA/step
406 AC Charge Adj. M Full -127 ~ +92 3.79 μA/step
407 AC Charge Adj. C Full (Factory use only) -127 ~ +92 3.79 μA/step
408 AC Charge Adj. BK -127 ~ +92 3.79 μA/step
Full
409 Not Used
410 AC Charge Adj. Y Half -85 ~ +127 3.60 μA/step
411 AC Charge Adj. M Half -85 ~ +127 3.60 μA/step
412 AC Charge Adj. C Half (Factory use only) -85 ~ +127 3.60 μA/step
413 AC Charge Adj. BK -85 ~ +127 3.60 μA/step
Half
414 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
AC Charge Adj. B/W -125 ~ +71 40: 3.87 μA/step
(Factory use only) 30: 3.87 μA/step
26: 3.95 μA/step
DP-C354 Series Only
AC Charge Adj. B/W -125 ~ +71 35: 4.24 μA/step
(Factory use only) 32: 4.24 μA/step
26: 3.98 μA/step
DP-C322 Series Only
AC Charge Adj. B/W -125 ~ +71 32: 4.24 μA/step
(Factory use only)
26: 3.98 μA/step
415 Not Used
~
419
420 DC Charge Adj. Y Full (Factory use only) -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step

544
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
421 DC Charge Adj. M Full -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
422 DC Charge Adj. C Full -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
(Factory use only)
423 DC Charge Adj. BK -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
Full
424 Not Used
425 DC Charge Adj. Y Half -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
426 DC Charge Adj. M Half -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
427 DC Charge Adj. C Half -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
428 DC Charge Adj. BK -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
Half
429 DC Charge Adj. B/W -88 ~ +127 3.71 μA/step
430 AC Bias Freqency Adj. -118 ~ +10
431 AC Bias Duty Adj. (Factory use only) -95 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
432 AC Bias 4C Adj. Full -127 ~ +127 3.91 V/step
433 AC Bias Adj. Half -127 ~ +127 3.91 V/step
434 AC Bias Adj. B/W -127 ~ +127 3.91 V/step
435 DC Bias Adj. Y Full -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
436 DC Bias Adj. M Full -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
437 DC Bias Adj. C Full -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
438 DC Bias Adj. BK Full -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
439 Not Used
440 DC Bias Adj. Y Half -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
441 DC Bias Adj. M Half -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
442 DC Bias Adj. C Half -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
443 DC Bias Adj. BK Half -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
444 DC Bias Adj. B/W -125 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
445 DC Charge Y WO/ -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Paper (Factory use only)
446 DC Charge M WO/ -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Paper
447 DC Charge C WO/ -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Paper
448 DC Charge BK WO/ -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Paper
449 Not Used
450 DC Charge Y WO/P -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Half
451 DC Charge M WO/P -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Half
452 DC Charge C WO/P -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Half
453 DC Charge BK WO/P -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
(Factory use only)
Half
454 DC Charge B/W WO/ -127 ~ +68 3.71 V/step
Paper
455 DC Bias Adj. WO/ -52 ~ +127 3.13 V/step
Paper
456 Laser Power Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Full

545
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
457 Laser Power Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Full
458 Laser Power Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Full
459 Laser Power Adj.BK -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Full
460 Laser Power Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
(Factory use only)
Half
461 Laser Power Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Half
462 Laser Power Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Half
463 Laser Power Adj.Bk -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
Half
464 Not Used
465 Laser Pwr Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
1200dpi
466 Laser Pwr Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
1200dpi
467 Laser Pwr Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
1200dpi
468 Laser Pwr Adj.Bk -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
1200dpi (Factory use only)
469 Laser Power Adj. B/W -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mW/step
470 Solid PWM Adj. Y Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
471 Solid PWM Adj. M Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
472 Solid PWM Adj. C Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
473 Solid PWM Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
Full
474 Not Used
475 Solid PWM Adj. Y Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
476 Solid PWM Adj. M Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
477 Solid PWM Adj. C Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
478 Solid PWM Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
Half
479 Solid PWM Adj. B/W (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
480 Edge PWM Adj. Y Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
481 Edge PWM Adj. M Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
482 Edge PWM Adj. C Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
483 Edge PWM Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
Full
484 Not Used
485 Edge PWM Adj. Y Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
486 Edge PWM Adj. M Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
487 Edge PWM Adj. C Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
488 Edge PWM Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
(Factory use only)
Half
489 Edge PWM Adj. B/W -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
490 Dot PWM Adj. Y Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
491 Dot PWM Adj. M Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step

546
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
492 Dot PWM Adj. C Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
(Factory use only)
493 Dot PWM Adj. BK Full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
494 Not Used
495 Dot PWM Adj. Y Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
496 Dot PWM Adj. M Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
497 Dot PWM Adj. C Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
498 Dot PWM Adj. BK Half -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
499 Dot PWM Adj. B/W -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
500 Solid PWM Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi (Factory use only)
501 Solid PWM Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
502 Solid PWM Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
503 Solid PWM Adj. -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
BK1200dpi
504 Not Used
505 Edge PWM Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
506 Edge PWM Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
(Factory use only)
507 Edge PWM Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
508 Edge PWM Adj. -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
BK1200dpi
509 Not Used
510 Dot PWM Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
511 Dot PWM Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
(Factory use only)
512 Dot PWM Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
1200dpi
513 Dot PWM Adj. -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step
BK1200dpi
514 Not Used
515 STR Cleaning Adj. + Cleaning voltage plus value for STR -32 ~ +9 28.04 V/step
adjustment.
(Factory use only)
516 STR Cleaning Adj. - Cleaning voltage minus value for STR -32 ~ +127 28.04 V/step
adjustment.
(Factory use only)
517 Not Used
~
519
520 TDC Gain Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.039 V/step
521 TDC Gain Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.039 V/step
522 TDC Gain Adj. C (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.039 V/step
523 TDC Gain Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.039 V/step
524 TDC Gain Adj. B/W -127 ~ +127 0.039 V/step

547
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
525 DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Limit Adj. 0 ~ +24
(Factory use only)
Y
526 DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Limit Adj. 0 ~ +24
(Factory use only)
M
527 DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Limit Adj. 0 ~ +24
(Factory use only)
C
528 DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Limit Adj. 0 ~ +24
(Factory use only)
BK
529 Not Used
530 DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Band Target Y (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
531 DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Band Target M (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
532 DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Band Target C (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
533 DP-C322 Series Only
Toner Band Target BK (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
534 Not Used
535 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Solid Target Y (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64 0.016 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Solid Target Y (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
536 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Solid Target M (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64 0.016 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Solid Target M (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
537 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Solid Target C (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64 0.016 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Solid Target C (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
538 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Solid Target BK (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64 0.016 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Solid Target BK (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
539 Not Used
540 APIC Edge PWM -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
Target Y
541 APIC Edge PWM -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
Target M
(Factory use only)
542 APIC Edge PWM -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
Target C
543 APIC Edge PWM -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
Target BK
544 Not Used

548
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
545 APIC Dot PWM Target -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
Y
546 APIC Dot PWM Target -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
M
(Factory use only)
547 APIC Dot PWM Target -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
C
548 APIC Dot PWM Target -127 ~ +127 0.016 V/step
BK
549 Not Used
550 TDC Gain Voltage Y -127 ~ +105 0.039 V/step
551 TDC Gain Voltage M -127 ~ +105 0.039 V/step
552 TDC Gain Voltage C -127 ~ +105 0.039 V/step
553 TDC Gain Voltage BK -127 ~ +105 0.039 V/step
554 TDC Gain Voltage B/W -127 ~ +105 0.039 V/step
555 TDC Judg. Lebel Y -25 ~ +25 0.016 V/step
556 TDC Judg. Level M -25 ~ +25 0.016 V/step
557 TDC Judg. Level C -25 ~ +25 0.016 V/step
558 TDC Judg. Level BK (Factory use only) -25 ~ +25 0.016 V/step
559 TDC Judg. Level B/W -25 ~ +25 0.016 V/step
560 TDC Max. Read Only -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y
561 TDC Max. Read Only -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
M
562 TDC Max. Read Only -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
C
563 TDC Max. Read Only -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
BK
564 Not Used
565 TDC Min. Read Only Y -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
566 TDC Min. Read Only M -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
567 TDC Min. Read Only C (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
568 TDC Min. Read Only -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
BK
569 Not Used
570 TDC Avg. Read Only Y TDC sensor power adjustment for average -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
toner output supply (Y).
571 TDC Avg. Read Only TDC sensor power adjustment for average -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
M toner output supply (M).
572 TDC Avg. Read Only C TDC sensor power adjustment for average -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
toner output supply (C).
573 TDC Avg. Read Only TDC sensor power adjustment for average -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
BK toner output supply (BK).
574 Not Used
575 Toner Supply Read Y 0 ~ +7 (Read Only)
576 Toner Supply Read M 0 ~ +7 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
577 Toner Supply Read C 0 ~ +7 (Read Only)
578 Toner Supply Read BK 0 ~ +7 (Read Only)
579 Not Used

549
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
580 TDC Deve. Life Read -63 ~ +63 (Read Only)
Y
581 TDC Deve. Life Read -63 ~ +63 (Read Only)
M
(Factory use only)
582 TDC Deve. Life Read -63 ~ +63 (Read Only)
C
583 TDC Deve. Life Read -63 ~ +63 (Read Only)
BK
584 Not Used
585 Drum Life Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read Y
586 Drum Life Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read M
(Factory use only)
587 Drum Life Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read C
588 Drum Life Chrge Read -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
BK
589 Not Used
590 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
Y
DP-C322 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read 0 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
Y
591 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
M
DP-C322 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read 0 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
M
592 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
C
DP-C322 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read 0 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
C
593 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
BK
DP-C322 Series Only
Drum Life Laser Read 0 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
BK
594 Drum Life Laser Adj. -10 ~ + 10 10 %/step
4C
595 Drum T/H Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read Y
(Factory use only)
596 Drum T/H Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read M
597 Drum T/H Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read C

550
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
598 Drum T/H Charge -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
Read BK
599 Not Used
600 Drum Life Charge Y -67 ~ 0 (Read Only)
WO/P
601 Drum Life Charge M -67 ~ 0 (Read Only)
WO/P
(Factory use only)
602 Drum Life Charge C -67 ~ 0 (Read Only)
WO/P
603 Drum Life Chrge BK -67 ~ 0 (Read Only)
WO/P
604 Not Used
605 Drum T/H Charge Y -15 ~ +15 (Read Only)
WO/P
606 Drum T/H Charge M -15 ~ +15 (Read Only)
WO/P
(Factory use only)
607 Drum T/H Charge C -15 ~ +15 (Read Only)
WO/P
608 Drum T/H Charge BK -15 ~ +15 (Read Only)
WO/P
609 Not Used
610 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Read Y (Factory use only) -24 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Read Y (Factory use only) -12 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
611 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Read M (Factory use only) -24 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Read M (Factory use only) -12 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
612 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Read C (Factory use only) -24 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Read C (Factory use only) -12 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
613 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Read BK (Factory use only) -24 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
DP-C322 Series Only
TDC Image Read BK (Factory use only) -12 ~ +24 0.039 V/step
614 Not Used
615 TDC T/H Read Y -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
616 TDC T/H Read M -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
(Factory use only)
617 TDC T/H Read C -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
618 TDC T/H Read BK -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
619 Not Used
620 TDC Half Speed Read -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
Y
621 TDC Half Speed Read -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
(Factory use only)
M
622 TDC Half Speed Read -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
C

551
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
623 TDC Half Speed Read -63 ~ +63 (Read only)
(Factory use only)
BK
624 Not Used
625 FTR/STR Temp. Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
626 FTR/STR Humidity (Factory use only) 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
Read
627 Not Used
~
629
630 FTR Drive Read Y 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
631 FTR Drive Read M 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
(Factory use only)
632 FTR Drive Read C 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
633 FTR Drive Read BK 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
634 Not Used
635 STR Drive Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
(Factory use only)
636 Discharge Drive 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
637 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
STR Current Read (Factory use only) 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
638 Not Used
~
639
640 Patch Sens Read Y To detect the toner density of the patch on 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
641 Patch Sens Read M the transfer belt at APIC and reflect to patch 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
642 Patch Sens Read C compensation (F6-610 ~ F6-613) after data 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
process.
643 Patch Sens Read BK 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
644 Not Used
645 Reg Sens Dirty Std Image density sensor dirt base value. When -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read executing Shipment set or F8-29, the Image
density sensor calibration data is stored.
This value is the base of F6-646
646 Reg Sens Dirty Mon Image density sensor dirt monitor. When -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Read executing Shipment set or F8-29, value is
reset to “0”. If Sensor surface is dirty, “-”
value will be stored. If lower than “-10”, the
Image density sensor should be clean.
647 Not Used
~
649
650 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Charge Read -27 ~ +27 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
Y
651 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Charge Read -27 ~ +27 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
M
652 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Charge Read -27 ~ +27 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
C
653 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Charge Read -27 ~ +27 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
BK

552
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
654 Not Used
655 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Bias Read Y (Factory use only) -32 ~ +32 (Read Only)
656 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Bias Read M (Factory use only) -32 ~ +32 (Read Only)
657 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Bias Read C (Factory use only) -32 ~ +32 (Read Only)
658 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC DC Bias Read -32 ~ +32 (Read Only)
(Factory use only)
BK
659 Not Used
660 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Laser Read Y (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
661 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Laser Read M (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
662 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Laser Read C (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
663 DP-C322 Series Only
APIC Laser Read BK (Factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
664 Not Used
665 APIC Edge PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
Y
666 APIC Edge PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
M
(Factory use only)
667 APIC Edge PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
C
668 APIC Edge PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
BK
669 Not Used
670 APIC Dot PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
Y
671 APIC Dot PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
M
(Factory use only)
672 APIC Dot PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
C
673 APIC Dot PWM Read 0 ~ +255 (Read only)
BK
674 Not Used
675 Belt Length Read Only (Factory use only) -70 ~ +61 (Read only)
676 Not Used
~
679
680 FTR Adj. Y -127 ~ +127 0.147 μA/step
681 FTR Adj. M -127 ~ +127 0.147 μA/step
(Factory use only)
682 FTR Adj. C -127 ~ +127 0.147 μA/step
683 FTR Adj. BK -127 ~ +127 0.147 μA/step
684 Not Used

553
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
685 STR Adj. Face -57 ~ +127 28.04 V/step
686 STR Adj. Back -86 ~ +127 28.04 V/step
(Factory use only)
687 Discharge Adj. Face 0 ~ +127 17.16 V/step
688 Discharge Adj. Back -86 ~ +117 17.16 V/step
689 Not Used
690 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Device Adj. Y (Factory use only) -100 ~ +127 25.68 V/step
691 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Device Adj. M (Factory use only) -100 ~ +127 25.68 V/step
692 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Device Adj. C (Factory use only) -100 ~ +127 25.68 V/step
693 DP-C322 Series Only
FTR Device Adj. BK (Factory use only) -100 ~ +127 25.68 V/step
694 Not Used
695 STR Resistance Adj. -3 ~ +127 4 MΩ/step
696 STR Voltage Adj. (Factory use only) -25 ~ +127 16 V/step
697 Belt Reverse Time Adj. -1 ~ +12 10 msec./step
698 Not Used
~
699
700 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
APIC Status 0 ~ +2 0: Full
1: Short
(Factory use only)
2: B/W
(Read Only)
701 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Color APIC (Factory use only) 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
702 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
B/W APIC (Factory use only) 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
703 Not Used
~
704
705 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Max Adj. Y (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12
706 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Max Adj. M (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12
707 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Max Adj. C (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12
708 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Max Adj. -12 ~ +12
(Factory use only)
BK
709 Not Used
710 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Min Adj. Y (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12
711 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Min Adj. M (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12
712 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Min Adj. C (Factory use only) -12 ~ +12

554
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
713 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Image Min Adj. -12 ~ +12
(Factory use only)
BK
714 Not Used
715 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Patch Y (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64
716 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Patch -64 ~ +64
(Factory use only)
M
717 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Patch -64 ~ +64
(Factory use only)
C
718 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery Patch -64 ~ +64
(Factory use only)
BK
719 Not Used
720 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery TDC. Y (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64
721 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery TDC. M (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64
722 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery TDC. C (Factory use only) -64 ~ +64
723 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
TDC Recovery TDC. -64 ~ +64
(Factory use only)
BK
724 Not Used
~
819
820 Color Reg Result Y-L- Color (Y) Left sensor horizontal registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X compensation adjustment.
821 Color Reg Result Y-L- Color (Y) Left sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
822 Color Reg Result Y-C- Color (Y) Middle sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.
823 Color Reg Result Y-C- Color (Y) Middle sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
824 Color Reg Result Y-R- Color (Y) Right sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.
825 Color Reg Result Y-R- Color (Y) Right sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
826 Color Reg Result M-L- Color (M) Left sensor horizontal registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X compensation adjustment.
827 Color Reg Result M-L- Color (M) Left sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
828 Color Reg Result M-C- Color (M) Middle sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.
829 Color Reg Result M-C- Color (M) Middle sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
830 Color Reg Result M-R- Color (M) Right sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.

555
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
831 Color Reg Result M-R- Color (M) Right sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
832 Color Reg Result C-L- Color (C) Left sensor horizontal registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X compensation adjustment.
833 Color Reg Result C-L- Color (C) Left sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
834 Color Reg Result C-C- Color (C) Middle sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.
835 Color Reg Result C-C- Color (C) Middle sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
836 Color Reg Result C-R- Color (C) Right sensor horizontal -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
X registration compensation adjustment.
837 Color Reg Result C-R- Color (C) Right sensor vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
Y compensation adjustment.
838 Not Used
~
839
840 Color Reg Calib. L Left sensor color registration LED intensity -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
target value adjustment.
841 Color Reg Calib. C Middle sensor color registration LED -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
intensity target value adjustment.
842 Color Reg Calib. R Right sensor color registration LED intensity -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
target value adjustment.
843 Not Used
~
844
845 Color Reg Sensor Left sensor color registration LED intensity 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
mon. L target value monitor adjustment.
846 Color Reg Sensor Middle sensor color registration LED 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
mon. C intensity target value monitor adjustment.
847 Color Reg Sensor Right sensor color registration LED intensity 0 ~ +255 (Read Only)
mon. R target value monitor adjustment.
848 Not Used
~
849
850 Color Reg Slice L Color registration of left sensor slice level -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
adjustment.
851 Color Reg Slice C Color registration of middle sensor slice -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
level adjustment.
852 Color Reg Slice R Color registration of right sensor slice level -127 ~ +127 0.016 mV
adjustment.
853 Not Used
~
854
855 Skew Y Right Rotation Color (Y) skew registration adjustment. -99 ~ +99 (Read Only)
856 Skew M Right Rotation Color (M) skew registration adjustment. -99 ~ +99 (Read Only)
857 Skew C Right Rotation Color (C) skew registration adjustment. -99 ~ +99 (Read Only)
858 Color Reg Main Max Maximum dot color horizontal registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
adjustment.
859 Color Reg Sub Max Maximum dot color vertical registration -127 ~ +127 (Read Only)
adjustment.

556
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F6 Mode
No. Item Remarks Setting Range
860 Color Reg Offset L-Y Color registration horizontal offset for left -3 ~ +3 1 dot
sensor adjustment.
861 Color Reg Offset C-Y Color registration horizontal offset for -3 ~ +3 1 dot
middle sensor adjustment.
862 Color Reg Offset R-Y Color registration horizontal offset right -3 ~ +3 1 dot
sensor adjustment.
863 Not Used
~
899
900 DP-C406 Series Only
Emphasized Color Emphasized Color Range adjustment. 15 ~ +45 1 step
Range
901 DP-C406 Series Only
Cyan Ratio “Cyan” Cyan Ratio adjustment of “Cyan”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
902 DP-C406 Series Only
Magenta Ratio Magenta Ratio adjustment for “Magenta”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
“Magenta”
903 DP-C406 Series Only
Yellow Ratio “Yellow” Yellow Ratio adjustment for “Yellow”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
904 DP-C406 Series Only
Magenta Ratio “Red” Magenta Ratio adjustment for “Red”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
905 DP-C406 Series Only
Yellow Ratio “Red” Yellow Ratio adjustment for “Red”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
906 DP-C406 Series Only
Cyan Ratio “Green” Cyan Ratio adjustment for “Green”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
907 DP-C406 Series Only
Yellow Ratio “Green” Yellow Ratio adjustment for “Green”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
908 DP-C406 Series Only
Cyan Ratio “Blue” Cyan Ratio adjustment for “Blue”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
909 DP-C406 Series Only
Magenta Ratio “Blue” Magenta Ratio adjustment for “Blue”. 0 ~ +100 1 step
910 DP-C406 Series Only
SD Print Contrast Adj. SD Print Contrast Adjustment. 1 ~ +40 1 step
911 DP-C406 Series Only
SD Print Color Balance Color Balance “Cyan” adjustment for SD 0 ~ +10 1 step
C Print.
912 DP-C406 Series Only
SD Print Color Balance Color Balance “Magenta” adjustment for SD 0 ~ +10 1 step
M Print.
913 DP-C406 Series Only
SD Print Color Balance Color Balance “Yellow” adjustment for SD 0 ~ +10 1 step
Y Print.
914 DP-C406 Series Only
SD Print Color Balance Color Balance “Black” adjustment for SD 0 ~ +10 1 step
K Print.
915
~
998
999 F5/F6 Initialization Resets the Parameters to default values.

557
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.7. F7 Mode: Electronic Counter
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “7” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F7 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the desired function.
[5] Select the “Input” button code number, and select the “OK” button.
When the “Cancel” button is selected, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[6] Select the “Close” button twice.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[8] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)

F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
00 List Print
01 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Application Password Password for Firmware Version update, Print
job queue functions, and various PC application
operations.
DP-C322 Series Only
Key Operator ID Code Key Operator’s identification code for access to
the counter mode.
02 Maintenance 00 Total Count B/W Copies / Prints Total Counter.
Count 01 Total Count 1C
02 Total Count 2C
03 Total Count 4C
04 Total Print Count
05 Toner Page Count Y Copies / Prints Toner Page Counter.
06 Toner Page Count M
07 Toner Page Count C
08 Toner Page Count BK
09 Not Used
10 PM Count Preventive Maintenance Counter.
11 Scanner PM Count Scanner Reading PM Counter.
12 ADF Count Total Originals fed through the ADF Counter.
13 ADF PM Count ADF PM counter
14 Not Used
15 OPC Drum Count Y Recording paper fed through the OPC Drum
16 OPC Drum Count M PM Counter.
17 OPC Drum Count C
18 OPC Drum Count BK
19 Not Used

558
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
02 Maintenance 20 Avg. Print/DrumRiseUpC OPC Drum Average Print Counter. (Read only)
Count 21 Avg. Print/DrumRiseUpB/W Average amount of each mode prints per job.
22 Avg. Print/DrumRiseUpAUT The displayed number shows the average
amount of copies in each mode that are being
printed by the machine
F7-02-20 = color mode
F7-02-21 = B&W mode
F7-02-22 = auto mode
23 Not Used
~
24
25 Drum Life Count Down Y Drum Life Count Down Counter. (Read only)
26 Drum Life Count Down M
27 Drum Life Count Down C
28 Drum Life Count Down BK
29 Not Used
30 AC Charge Count Y AC Charge Integrated value.
31 AC Charge Count M
32 AC Charge Count C
33 AC Charge Count BK
34 Not Used
35 DC Charge Count Y DC Charge Integrated value.
36 DC Charge Count M
37 DC Charge Count C
38 DC Charge Count BK
39 Not Used
40 Deve. Unit Count Y Developer Counter.
41 Deve. Unit Count M Perform F8-09 to reset counter. (Read Only)
42 Deve. Unit Count C
43 Deve. Unit Count BK
44 Not Used
45 Developer Count Y Developer Units Counter.
46 Developer Count M Perform F8-09/11 to reset counter.
47 Developer Count C
48 Developer Count BK
49 Not Used
50 Transfer Belt Count Transfer Belt Unit Counter.
Perform F8-29 to reset counter.
51 Belt Life Count Down Transfer Belt Life Count Down Counter. (Read
Only)
Perform F8-29 to reset counter.
52 STR Life Count STR / Cleaning Blade Counter. (Read Only)
Perform F8-32 to reset counter.
53 Belt RotationTime Count Transfer Belt Running Counter.
Perform F8-29 to reset counter.
54 STR RotationTime Count STR Running Counter.
Perform F8-32 to reset counter.

559
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
02 Maintenance 55 Deve.UnitRotateCountY Developer Unit Counter.
Count 56 Deve.UnitRotateCountM Perform F8-09 to reset counter.
57 Deve.UnitRotateCountC
58 Deve.UnitRotateCountBK
59 Not Used
60 Add Toner Count Y Toner Supply Counter.
61 Add Toner Count M Perform F8-09/11 to reset counter.
62 Add Toner Count C
63 Add Toner Count BK
64 Not Used
65 Fuser Belt Remain Count Fuser Belt Life Counter. (Read Only)
Perform F8-26 to reset counter.
66 Fuser Main Remain Count Fuser Life Counter. (Read Only)
Perform F8-27 to reset counter.
67 Fuser Main Exch Count Fuser Main Exchange Counter for 240 PM.
Perform F8-27 to count up (+1).
(Factory use only)
68 IT Unit Exch Count IT Belt Exchange Counter for 240 PM.
Perform F8-29 to conut up (+1).
(Factory use only)
69 Not Used
70 Dot Count Y
71 Dot Count M
(Factory use only)
72 Dot Count C
73 Dot Count BK
74 Not Used
75 Total Dot Count BK B/W
76 Total Dot Count Y
77 Total Dot Count M
78 Total Dot Count C
79 Total Dot Count BK CL (Factory use only)
80 Last Page Dot Count Y
81 Last Page Dot Count M
82 Last Page Dot Count C
83 Last Page Dot Count BK
84 Not Used
85 Fuser Belt Page Count Fuser Belt Unit Counter.
86 Fuser Belt Time Count Perform F8-26 to reset counter.
87 Fuser Main Page Count Fuser Unit Counter.
88 Fuser Main Time Count Perform F8-27 to reset counter.
89 Not Used
90 Drum Extra Count Y OPC Drum Unit Counter.
91 Drum Extra Count M
92 Drum Extra Count C
93 Drum Extra Count BK
94 Belt Extra Count Transfer Belt Unit Counter.

560
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
02 Maintenance 95 Img. Area Page Count Y
Count 96 Img. Area Page Count M
(Factory use only)
97 Img. Area Page Count C
98 Img. Area Page Count BK
99 Not Used
100 Img. Area Dot Count Y
101 Img. Area Dot Count M
(Factory use only)
102 Img. Area Dot Count C
103 Img. Area Dot Count BK
104 Not Used
DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Maintenance 105 APIC Add Toner Count Y 1/3 supply ----- count 1
Count 106 APIC Add Toner Count M 2/3 supply ----- count 2
107 APIC Add Toner Count C All supply ----- count 3
Counter clear after executing APIC
108 APIC Add Toner Count BK
(Factory use only)
109 Not Used
110 TDC Recovery Count Y Every TDC recovery count 1
111 TDC Recovery Count M Counter reset when executing F8-09 or F8-11.
112 TDC Recovery Count C (Factory use only)
113 TDC Recovery Count BK
114 Not Used
~
124
03 Paper Feed 00 Bypass Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Sheet Bypass
Count counter.
01 1st Paper Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Tray 1
counter.
02 2nd Paper Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Tray 2
counter.
03 3rd Paper Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Tray 3
counter.
04 4th Paper Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Tray 4
counter.
05 Not Used
06 2-Sided Count 2-sided Total Prints Counter.
07 A4/8.5 x 11 Count A4 / Letter Total Prints Counter.
08 A4-R/8.5 x 11-R Count A4-R / Letter-R Total Prints Counter.
09 A3/11 x 17 Count A3 / Ledger Total Prints Counter.
10 B4 / LEGAL Count B4 / Legal Total Prints Counter.
For Taiwan : DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Paper Feed 11 Not Used
Count ~
14
15 A3 Total Count B/W A3 Total Counter. (Read Only)
16 A3 Total Count 1C
17 A3 Total Count 2C
18 A3 Total Count 4C
19 Not Used

561
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
03 Paper Feed 20 A3 Copy Print Count B/W A3 Copy Print Counter.
Count 21 A3 Copy Print Count 1C
22 A3 Copy Print Count 2C
23 A3 Copy Print Count 4C
24 Not Used
25 A3 PC Print Count B/W A3 PC Print Counter.
26 A3 PC Print Count 4C
27 A3 Fax Print Count A3 Fax Counter.
28 A3 Other Print Cnt B/W A3 Other Print Counter.
29 DP-C406 Series Only
A3 PC Print Count 2C A3 PC Print Counter.
30 A4 Total Count B/W A4 Total Counter. (Read Only)
31 A4 Total Count 1C
32 A4 Total Count 2C
33 A4 Total Count 4C
34 Not Used
35 A4 Copy Print Count B/W A4 Copy Print Counter.
36 A4 Copy Print Count 1C
37 A4 Copy Print Count 2C
38 A4 Copy Print Count 4C
39 Not Used
40 A4 PC Print Count B/W A4 PC Print Counter.
41 A4 PC Print Count 4C
42 A4 Fax Print Count A4 Fax Counter.
43 A4 Other Print Cnt B/W A4 Other Print Counter.
44 DP-C406 Series Only
A4 PC Print Count 2C A4 PC Print Counter.
04 Scanner Count 00 ADF Count Total originals fed through the ADF counter.
01 ADF Read Count Total originals scanned through the ADF
counter.
02 Scanner Count Scanning operations Total Counter.
03 Scanner Read Count Scanner Total Read Counter.
05 Copy Count 00 Copy Print Count B/W Copies Total Prints Counter.
01 Copy Print Count 1C
02 Copy Print Count 2C
03 Copy Print Count 4C
04 Copy Print Count Single
05 Copy Scan Count Copies Total Scan Counter.
06 PC Count 00 PC Print Count B/W Printed from PC Total Prints Counter.
01 PC Print Count 4C
02 PC Print Count Single
03 PC Scan Count Scanned to PC Total Scan Counter.
04 DP-C406 Series Only
PC Print Count 2C Printed from PC Total Prints Counter.
07 Fax Count 00 Fax Transmit Count Fax Total Transmit Counter.
01 Fax Receive Count Fax Total Receive Counter.
02 Fax Print Count Fax Total Print Counter.
03 Fax Print Count Single Fax Print count up by 1.

562
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F7 Mode
No. Item Function Remarks
08 All Counter --- All Counter Clear Clears All Counters
Clear
09 Network --- Network Password To set the Network Password setting of
Password connecting the Network.
10 Image Area 00 Image Area Y (AVG) Image Area Average Counter
Count 01 Image Area M (AVG)
02 Image Area C (AVG)
03 Image Area BK (AVG)
04 Not Used
05 Clear Image Area Y (AVG) Clear Image Area Average Counter
06 Clear Image Area M (AVG)
07 Clear Image Area C (AVG)
08 Clear Image Area BK (AVG)
11 Simulated PG 00 Simulated PG Count 4C Simulated PG Counter (Read Only)
Count 01 Simulated PG Count B/W
05 Simulated PG Count Y
06 Simulated PG Count M
07 Simulated PG Count C
08 Simulated PG Count BK
10 CLR Simulated PG Count
12 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Report Count 00 Report Print Count B/W Report Counter (Read Only)
13 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Simulated 00 Simulated Coverage 4C To set print coverage at printing.
Coverage % 01 Simulated Coverage B/W
05 CLR Coverage % Counter
06 Average Coverage % 4C
07 Average Coverage % B/W
14 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Service Mode Password Password for Service Mode.

563
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.8. F8 Mode: Service Adjustment
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “8” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F8 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the desired function, and select the “OK” button.
When the “Stop” key is pressed, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[5] Select the “Close” button.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[7] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)

F8 Mode
No. Item Remarks
00 Exp. Lamp Replacement When replacing the exposure lamp.
Procedure:
a) Press the Start key to move the exposure lamp to the
position (approx. 250 mm from the optics home position)
where it can be replaced.
b) To return the optical system to the home position, press the
Clear key.
01 Not Used
~
05
06 Error Log Print/View Each time the arrow button is pressed, the machine displays
errors or paper jam codes stored in memory, beginning with the
oldest code.
Note:
Only the 30 most recent codes are displayed.
07 Error Log Clear Clears Log
08 (Factory Use Only)
09 Toner Density Adj Toner Density Adjustment Operation.
(When replacing Developer Unit.)
10 Not Used
11 Deve. Counter Reset Resets the Developer Counter and adjusts the Toner Density.
(When replacing Developer.)
12 Not Used
~
18
19 Move Mirror To Lock a) Press the Start key to move the mirror unit to the locked
position for transporting the copier.
b) When the mirror unit is locked, the machine will not accept
any numerical key input.
Note:
The locking operation is automatically reset when the Power
switch is turned ON again.
20 Not Used
~
24
25 Drum Counter Reset Resets the Drum Counter and adjusts the Toner Density.
26 FuserBeltCounter Reset Resets the Fuser Belt Counters (F7-02-65/85/86).
27 FuserMainCounter Reset Resets the Fuser Main Counters (F7-02-66/87/88).

564
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F8 Mode
No. Item Remarks
28 Belt Length Control Measures the Transfer Belt Length
29 Belt Counter Reset Resets Transfer Belt Counter and measures Transfer Belt
Length
30 Color Reg Color Registration Manual Adjustment Operation.
31 Not Used
32 STR Counter Reset Resets the STR Counter
33 Not Used
~
34
35 (Factory Use Only)
(DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only)
36 Not Used
~
39
40 Fuser Main Exch Reset Resets the Fuser Main Exchange Counter (F7-02-67) and
Performs F8-27.
41 IT Unit Exch Reset Resets the IT Unit Exchange Counter (F7-02-68) and Performs
F8-29.
42 Not Used
~
46
47 ADF Continuous Test Press Start key to begin.
48 Platen Continuous Test Press Start key to begin.
49 Not Used
50 Scan Image Test Available when the Network Scanner Option is installed.

565
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.1.9. F9 Mode: Unit Maintenance
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select the desired code number.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[4] Select the desired function, and select the “OK” button.
[5] Select the “Close” button twice.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[7] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)

F9 Mode
No. Item Remarks
00 Fax Service Mode
01 Service Alert Tel # Displays the contact number when a machine
malfunction occurs.
02 Firmware Version 00 SC Displays the firmware version for SC.
01 SC Boot Displays the firmware version for SC Boot.
02 PNL Displays the firmware version for PNL.
03 EC Displays the firmware version for EC.
04 SCN Displays the firmware version for SCN.
05 Finisher Displays the firmware version for Finisher.
06 FCB Displays the firmware version for FCB.
07 Not Used
~
11
12 DP-C405/C354 Series Only
Data Security Kit Displays the firmware version for Data
Security Kit.
03 Print Device Info. 00 F5/F6 Parameters Prints the memory contents of the F5 and F6
modes.
01 Machine Information Prints the machine setup information list.
02 System Address Info. Prints the system memory setting.
03 Not Used
04 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Print All Settings Prints All Settings. 2 Sided Print available.
05 Calibration Information. Prints the calibration information.
06 SC Board Check List Prints the SC Board check list.
07 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
Printer Error Log Prints the Printer Error Log list.
08 Not Used
04 RAM Edit Mode 00 Relative Address Setting Setting of Relative address.
01 Not Used
05 Serial Number - - Indicate of Serial number.

566
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F9 Mode
No. Item Remarks
06 RAM Initialize 00 Parameter Initialize Resets the Fax and Function parameters to
default values.
Note:
Turn the Power Switch to the OFF, and
back to the ON position to enable the
parameter settings.
01 All Job Clear Clears all Jobs stored in Flash Memory.
02 Not Used
03 Shipment Set Clears All Jobs, All Preset Data, Parameter
Initialize & Resets the Counters (Fax).
04 LBP Fuser Reset Clears the LBP fuser error.
05 Dept. Counter Clear Clears the Department Counter.
06 Job Log Clear Clears the Job Log.
07 Image Box Name Init Initialize the Image Box Name.
08 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Maintenance Info. Clear Maintenance Information clear.
07 Firmware Update 00 Update from Card Updates the firmware in the machine with the
Master Firmware Card.
01 Update from USB Updates the firmware in the machine with the
USB.
08 Not Used - - -
~
09
10 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Param/Counter 00 SC Counter Restore Restores the SC Counter Information.
Restore 01 EC Counter Restore (See section 3.8. for details)
02 Parameter Restore
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Counter Restore 00 SC Counter Restore Restores the SC Counter Information.
01 EC Counter Restore (See section 3.8. for details)
11 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Param Backup to SD Backup the Parameter.
(See section 3.9. for details)
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Parameter Backup Backup the Parameter.
(See section 3.9. for details)
12 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Param Restore from SD Restore the Parameter.
(See section 3.9. for details)
DP-C354/C322 Series Only
Parameter Restore Restore the Parameter.
(See section 3.9. for details)
13 DP-C406 Series Only
Image Memory Size Displays the Image memory size (MB).
DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only
Page Memory Size Displays the page memory size (MB).
14 Sort Memory Size Displays the sort memory size (MB).
15 Not Used - - -

567
 DP-C406/C306/C266
F9 Mode
No. Item Remarks
16 Remote Panel 00 IP Address Setting of the Remote Operation Panel
(USA only) 01 Port Number (Tx) Option.
02 Port Number (Rx)
17 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
- - To activate or inactivate Logging.
(Factory Use Only)
- -
18 DP-C406/C405/C354 Series Only
- - To activate or inactivate save the Log.
(Factory Use Only)
- -
19 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Power On Display 00 Original To change the Panel Display when
01 Custom Power Switch is turned ON.
(See section 3.11. for details)
20 Counter Backup To SD 00 SC Counter Backup Backup the Counter.
01 EC Counter Backup (See section 3.9. for details)
21 Counter Restore From 00 SC Counter Restore Restore the Counter.
SD 01 EC Counter Restore (See section 3.9. for details)
22 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Print Maintenance Info. 00 Simulated List: 1 month Prints the Printer Maintenance Informations.
01 Simulated List: All (See section 3.7. for details)
02 Machine Usage List
03 Machine Diagnostic List
04 Maintenance List
23 DP-C406/C405 Series Only
Maint. Info. Manager 00 Export Information To correct and check recorded the Service
01 Service History Maintenance history.
02 Not Used (See section 3.7. for details)
03 Category of Business
04 Service History Func.
24 DP-C406 Series Only
Add Customized Screen Add Customized Screen on the Touch Panel.
(See section 3.10. for details)
Note:
When it change to new screen by overwrite.

568
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2. Service Modes (For Facsimile)
Caution:
The factory default parameters are preset (destination dependent) for optimum performance, and in
compliance with the local telecommunication regulations/standards, and do not need to be changed.
Changing some of these parameters may cause the unit to be no longer compliant, or become inoperable.

5.2.1. Fax Service Mode Procedure

To enter the Fax Service Mode
The service mode is selected when the “Function”, “Copy” and “3” keys are simultaneously pressed,
Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is 00000000),
then F1 will appear in the display.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select the desired function or code number, and select the “OK” button.
When the “Cancel” button is selected, the selected code input will not be accepted.
[5] Select the “Close” button three time.
[6] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
[7] Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch on
the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position.)
Note:
The following buttons provide these functions in the Service Mode:
“Start” : The new setting value is stored in the machine.
“ ” : Scroll the function parameter number down.
“ ” : Scroll the function parameter number up.

5.2.2. Fax Service Mode Table

The following service modes are provided to assist you in setting operational functions of the unit, and
determining the condition of the unit.

Service Modes (For Facsimile)

No. Service Mode Description
00 Not Used
01 Function Param. Setting Allows changes to the function parameters (the home position, etc.).
02 RAM Edit Mode Factory use only.
03 Print Param List / Report Prints the Function Parameter List, Page Memory Test, Printer Report,
All Document File, Protocol Trace, and Toner Order Form.
04 MODEM Tests Generates various binary, tonal, and DTMF modem signals.
05 Not Used
06 RAM Initialize Initialize RAM, and restore the default value of the function
parameters.
Note:
Turn the Power Switch to the OFF, and back to the ON position to
enable the parameter settings.
07 Not Used
08 Check & Call Allows input of information for Service Alert Report, Maintenance Alert
Report, and Toner Order Form.
09 System Maintenance Sending a Received File during a fatal printer error.

569
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.3. Fax Service Mode 1 (Function Parameter Setting)
Use the following procedure to change the function parameters.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “01 Function Parameter Setting”.
[5] Select the desired function or code number, and select the “OK” button.
[6] Select the desired code number, and press the “Start” key. If you wish to input minus value, press the
“Reset” key. When the “Cancel” button is selected, selected code input will not be accepted.
If you wish to select another function, select the Tab button or the “ ”, “ ” buttons.
[7] Select the “Close” button three times.
[8] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Function Parameter Table

No. Parameter Selections Function
000 Monitor/Tel Dial Monitor Selects whether the machine starts to TX
Tel/Dial automatically during On-Hook dialing.
Monitor : Start to TX after pressing Start
TEL/DIAL : Start to TX automatically
001 Alarm Status Off Selects the No Paper or No Toner alarm status.
Timer OFF : Alarm is disabled.
Constant Timer : Alarm will shut off after 6 seconds.
Constant : Alarm will not stop until “Stop” is
pressed or the error is cleared/
corrected.
002 Stop Comm. JRNL Off Selects whether the machine prompts to print the
On COMM. Journal when the printout condition is set to
INC, and Stop is pressed during communication.
003 Continuous Polling Off Selects whether the Continuous Polling feature is
Stn enabled.
Hub Stn : Place the document(s) on the ADF, or Platen,
then press the assigned Program Key to
store, or add the documents into a polled file.
(See Note 1)
Hub : When the polling command is initiated, the
machine will continuously poll originals from
the remote stations until it is interrupted by
pressing “Stop”.
004 Numeric ID Set Off Selects whether the machine accepts and allows to
On set or change the Numeric ID.

570
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
005 Destination Code 000: Austria Specified destinations only.
001: U.K.
002: Canada
003: Denmark
004: Taiwan
005: Finland
006: Germany
007: Netherlands
008: Italy
009: Spanish
010: Hong Kong
011: Australia
012: Switzerland
013: Norway
015: Portuguese
016: Ireland
017: Belgium
018: Sweden
019: Turkey
020: U.S.A.
021: France
022: New Zealand
025: Japan
029: Poland
030: Czech
031: Russia
032: Greece
033: Hungary
034: Indonesia
035: South Korea
038: Malaysia
039: China
045: Thailand
048: South Africa
049: Singapore
050: Universal
051: East Euro
006 ID Display Number (Numeric ID) Selects the priority of displaying the ID.
Chara (Character ID)
Name (Station Name)
Dial
007 DP-C354/322 Series Only
JRNL Column Station Selects the contents of the ID to display on the
RCV’D ID Journal.
008 Monitor Off Selects whether the Monitor is ON/OFF for
On monitoring fax signals.
(FOR SERVICE USE ONLY)
009 DC Loop Off (Normal) Selects a false Off Hook state for back to back
On (Off Hook) communication test.
010 TX Level 00 = 0 dBm ~ Selects the TX signal output level, 0 to -15 dBm in 1
-15 = -15 dBm dBm steps. (Refer to Chapter 4.3.)

571
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
011 RX Level -43 dBm Selects the receiving sensitivity of -33/-38/-43/-48
-38 dBm dBm.
-33 dBm
-48 dBm
012 DTMF Level 00 = 0 dBm ~ Selects the DTMF output level, 0 to -15 dBm in 1
-15 = -15 dBm dBm steps.
013 G3 RX EQL 0dB Selects the cable equalizer for G3 reception mode,
4dB 0dB, 4dB, 8dB or 12dB.
8dB
12dB
014 G3 TX EQL 0dB Selects the cable equalizer for G3 transmission
4dB mode, 0dB, 4dB, 8dB or 12dB.
8dB
12dB
015 Not Used
~
016
017 TX Start 2400 bps Selects the transmission modem start speed,
4800 bps 14400/12000/TC9600/TC7200/9600/7200/4800/
7200 bps 2400 bps.
9600 bps Note:
TC7200 This parameter is applicable only when
TC9600 communicating with regular G3 machines. When
12000 bps communicating with Super G3 (V.34) machines,
14400 bps use Parameter No. 32.
018 RX Start 2400 bps Selects the reception modem start speed, 14400/
4800 bps 12000/TC9600/TC7200/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps.
7200 bps Note:
9600 bps This parameter is applicable only when
TC7200 communicating with regular G3 machines. When
TC9600 communicating with Super G3 (V.34) machines,
12000 bps use Parameter No. 33.
14400 bps
019 ITU-T V.34 Off Selects whether the ITU-T V.34 is Off, On or Select.
On Select : Select whether the ITU-T V.34 is Off or On,
Select when entering Phone Book Dialing
Numbers or Manual Number Dialing.
020 ITU-T ECM Off (Invalid) Select the ECM mode.
On (Valid) Note:
When communicating with V.34, the ECM mode
becomes effective automatically regardless of this
parameter setting.
021 EP Tone Off (without EP Tone) Selects whether to add the echo protect tone on
On (with EP Tone) V.29 mode. (Used when Echo Suppression is
disabled.)
On : Add
Off : Do not add
022 Signal Interval 100 ms Selects the time interval between the receiving
200 ms signal and the transmitting signal.
500 ms
023 TCF Check Normal (Short) Selects the TCF check interval Long/Short
Long

572
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
024 CED Frequency 1080 Hz (non ITU-T) Selects the CED frequency 2100/1080 Hz
2100 Hz
025 COMM. Start-Up First Selects the communication start-up condition (XMT
Second and Polling). (Used when Echo Suppression is
disabled.)
026 Non-Standard Off (Invalid) Selects own mode (Panafax mode).
On (Valid)
027 Short Protocol B Off (Invalid) Selects the short protocol mode.
On (Valid)
028 Short Protocol D Off (Invalid) Selects the short protocol mode. When activated, it
On (Valid) allows the machine to automatically store the
modem speed for each Auto Dial Number.
029 Remote Diagnostics Off (will not accept) Selects whether the machine accepts Remote
On (accepts) Diagnostics from the service station.
030 CED & 300 bps 75 ms Selects the pause interval between the CED and the
1 sec 300 bps signal. (Used when Echo Suppression is
disabled.)
031 RTC = EOL x 12 Off (EOLx6) Selects the RTC signal, EOLx6 or EOLx12.
On (EOLx12)
032 V34 TX Start 2400-33600bps JRNL Column
(DP-C354/322 Series Only)
033 V34 RX Start 2400-33600bps Selects the receiving modem start speed for V.34
communication, 33600-2400 bps.
Press “ ” or “ ” to select the symbol rate.
034 V34 TX SR 2400-3429sr Selects the transmission symbol rate for V.34, 3429/
3200/3000/2800/2400 sr.
Press “ ” or “ ” to select the symbol rate.
035 V34 RX SR 2400-3429sr Selects receiving symbol rate for V.34, 3429/3200/
3000/2800/2400 sr.
Press “ ” or “ ” to select the symbol rate.
036 Not Used
037 Protocol Display Off (not displayed) Selects whether to display the modem speed during
On (displayed) communication. (Press the Job Status Key to
display)
038 Not Used
039 Flash Time 50 ms ~ 1000 ms Selects the pause interval before activating the
Flash key.
040 Flash Time (PSTN) 50 ms ~ 1000 ms Selects the pause interval before activating the
Flash key. (For Germany, Austria and Czech)
041 Pause Time 1 = 1 sec. ~ Selects the pause interval from 1 sec. ~ 10 sec. for
10 = 10 sec. dialing through a switchboard, or for international
calls.
042 Not Used
043 Redial Interval 0 = no waiting ~ Selects the redial interval from 0 to 15 minutes in 1
15 = 15 minutes minute steps.
044 Redial Count 0 = no redial ~ Selects the redial count from 0 to 15 times in 1 step
15 = 15 times intervals.
0 ~ 9 (For Australia Only) Note:
In order to comply with the requirements TBR21 in
the EC countries, do not select 15 times.

573
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
045 Ring Detect Count 1 = 1 ring ~ Selects the ring detection count from 1 to 9 rings in
9 = 9 rings 1 ring step intervals.
046 On-Hook Time 0 = 0 sec. ~ Selects the on-hook time between sequential
90 = 90 sec. communication calls in 1 second step intervals.
047 Response Wait 1 = 1 sec. ~ Selects the waiting interval for the response after
Interval 90 = 90 sec. completing the dialing.
20 ~ 150 sec. (For
France Only)
048 Not Used
~
049
050 Ring Detect Mode Normal Selects the quality of ringer detection. Use if the line
Rough signal is out of regulation, set to “Rough” so that
the unit may detect the ringing signals.
051 Not Used
052 Pulse Rate 10 pps Selects the dial pulse rate 10/20 pps.
20 pps
053 Not Used
~
054
055 Busy Tone Check Off Selects whether to detect the Busy Tone.
On
056 Dial Tone Check Off Selects whether to detect Dial Tone before dialing
On the telephone number.
057 DC Loop Check Off Selects whether the unit checks the DC Loop during
(Except for USA On communication.
and Canada)
058 Comm. JRNL + Off (without image) Selects whether the machine prints the COMM.
Image On (with image) Journal with image.
059 Confidential RCV Off (does not print out) Selects whether the machine prints the Confidential
Report On (prints out) RCV Report.
060 Version Indicates the FCB
software version.
061 TX/RX/PRT/CPY 00 = Fax Transmit Count Displays the transmitted, received, total printed and
01 = Fax Receive Count copied document count.
02 = Total Count
03 = Copy Print Count
062 Print Counter Off Selects whether to print in the Fax Parameter List,
On the counter information that is displayed in the
Function Parameter No. 61.
063 Not Used
~
067
068 NYSE Fax Forward Off Selects whether the machine will forward the
(USA and Canada On incoming, and outgoing faxes to a specified station.
Only) Note:
Once this parameter is activated, Fax Forwarding
via Fax Parameter No. 054 is automatically
disabled, an Access Code of “0000” is
automatically assigned and Fax Parameter No.
038 has a new setting added called “NYSE”.

574
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
069 NYSE Local Print Inc Selects the printing condition for the incoming faxes
(USA and Canada On (Always) after Fax Forwarding.
Only) INC. : Prints only if Fax Forwarding fails.
ON : Always prints.
070 Line Error 128 lines 1. Selects the line disconnect condition during
256 lines reception. If the number of line errors exceed this
512 lines setting, the unit will disconnect the line.
1024 lines 2. Selects the transmit condition of RTP/PIP, or
2048 lines RTN/PIN. (Available if No. 73 Error Detect is set
Off (will not disconnect to “LINES”) (See Note 2)
line)
071 Total Error 5 Selects the transmit condition of RTP/PIP or RTN/
10 PIN. (Available if No. 73 Error Detect is set to
15 “RATE”.) (See Note 3)
20
072 Continuous Error Off Selects the continuous total error criteria of Off/3/6
3 or 12 lines in Standard mode. If continuous total
6 error exceeds this setting, the unit will transmit RTN/
12 PIN. (Available if No. 73 Error Detect is set to
“RATE”.)
073 Error Detect Lines Selects the error detect condition Lines/Rate.
Rate
074 RTN Receive Discon Selects whether to disconnect the phone line, or to
Conti continue when “RTN” is received.
075 Coding MH (MH only) Selects the coding scheme.
MR (MH or MR)
MMR (MH, MR or MMR)
JBIG (MMR, MR, MH or
JBIG)
076 Batch TX 1 = Off Selects whether the batch transmission is available.
2 = On (DP-C322 Series : USA and Canada Only)
077 RX JAM Length Off (unlimited) Selects the maximum length of a received
2m document that can be printed.
078 Not Used
~
079
080 Original Lead Edge -99 ~ +99 Adjusts the distance between the scanning sensor
ADF ON position, and the scanning start position.
081 Original Tail Edge -99 ~ +99 Adjusts the distance between the scanning sensor
ADF OFF position, and the scanning end position.
082 JAM Length 1m Selects the maximum length of the original that can
2m be scanned.
083 Not Used
084 Line As No Paper Ring (ring) Selects whether to ring, or send a busy tone to the
Busy (keep line busy) remote station when the recording paper runs out,
or the unit cannot receive because of any trouble.
085 Not Used
086 Reduction Fine Off Selects whether to set Fine Mode for the Reduction
On transmission.
087 Not Used
~
091

575
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
092 Smoothing Off Selects whether the smoothing function is available.
On
093 Not Used
~
101
102 Original -30 ~ +30 Adjustment of original registration detection timing.
Registration
103 Trail Edge Read -9 ~ 0 Adjustment of trail edge void.
Timing
104 Not Used
~
109
110 MAC Address Indicates the MAC Address.
111 Not Used
112 Insert EMAIL TXT Off Selects whether the Text Template (email message)
On is programmable, and added on all email sent in the
message body above the top line of text. (Up to 40
characters Programmed in the User Parameters.)
Note:
After enabling this feature, aside from entering the
text in the User Parameters, it also has to be
activated in each Auto Dial Number before it will
take effect. It does not work for Direct Dialed
Numbers.
113 Not Used
~
114
115 Time Zone Scroll Selects the setting method for Time Zone.
Direct Scroll : Allows using “Scroll Keys” to scroll
through the Time Zone Table.
Direct : Allows you to input the Time Zone directly,
(*) key to be used as a switch between +/-.
116 Overwrite Warning Yes Selects whether the Overwrite Warning is included
No on the Internet Fax Result Receipt when
programming the Auto Dialer via email.
117 Not Used
~
121
122 LDAP Off When LDAP is used, specialized characters may be
On displayed as different characters.
123 Not Used
~
139
140 Text Density -32 ~ +31 Adjustment of Text density.
141 T/P Density (It) -32 ~ +31 Adjustment of Text / Photo density.
142 Photo Density (It) -32 ~ +31 Adjustment of Photo density.
143 Not Used
~
145
146 T / P Density (dk) -32 ~ +31 Adjustment of Text / Photo density for dark.
147 Photo Density (dk) -32 ~ +31 Adjustment of Photo density for dark.

576
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Function Parameter Table
No. Parameter Selections Function
148 Not Used
~
174
175 Fax/Email Default Adr.Book
ModeSet
176 Not Used
~
199

Note 1: Continuous Polling (Station Mode)

This feature allows you to store, or add documents into a polled file in memory.
To enable the Continuous Polling feature set Function Parameter No. 003 to “2:Station”.
The last Program Key will be assigned with the “Store 4 Poll” Key name automatically, and cannot be
changed.
To prepare the document(s) to be polled, simply place the document(s) on the ADF or Platen, and then
press the Program Key to store, or add the document(s) into a polled file.
(Note: If a regular polled file is stored in memory, the Program Key for Continuous Polling will not be
accepted.)
Note 2:
Function Parameter No. 070 (Line Error)-Transmit condition of RTP/PIP or RTN/PIN
Setting
Signal
128 256 512 1024 2048 Off
MCF 0-31 0-63 0-127 0-255 0-511 Always
RTP 32-63 64-127 128-255 256-511 512-1023 -
RTN 64-127 128-255 256-511 512-1023 1024-2047 -
Note 3:
Function Parameter No. 071 (Total Error)-Transmit condition of RTP/PIP, or RTN/PIN
Setting
Signal
5% 10% 15% 20%
MCF 0-2 0-4 0-7 0-9
RTP 3-4 5-9 8-14 10-19
RTN 5- 10- 15- 20-
Note 4:
The default setting of parameters depends on the country’s specifications, or regulations. Print the
Function Parameter List to confirm the default settings.

577
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.4. Fax Service Mode 3 (Printout of Lists, Reports and Test Results)
From this Service Mode you can print the Function Parameter List, Page Memory Test, Printer Report, All
Document File, Protocol Trace, and the Toner Order Form.

5.2.4.1. Function Parameter List

A list of all Function Parameters can be printed by the following procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “Function Parameter List”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Function Parameter List (Sample)

************* -Function Parameter- ************* Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 12:07 ***P.01

000 Monitor/Tel Dial Monitor 050 Ring Detect Mode Normal

001 Alarm Status Timer 051
002 Stop Comm. JRNL On 052 Pulse Rate 10pps
003 Continuous Polling Off 053
004 Numeric ID Set On 054
005 Destination Code 999 055 Busy Tone Check Off
006 ID Display Chara 056 Dial Tone Check On
007 057 DC Loop Check Off
008 Monitor Off 058 Comm. JRNL + Image On
009 DC Loop Off 059 Confidential RCV Report On
010 TX Level -8dBm 060 Version FCBAAV30000_AU
011 RX Level -43dBm 061 TX/RX/PRT/CPY
012 DTMF Level -5dBm 062 Print Counter Off
013 G3 RX EQL 8dB 063
014 G3 TX EQL 0dB 064
015 065
016 066
017 TX Start 14400bps 067
018 RX Start 14400bps 068
019 ITU-T V.34 On 069
020 ITU-T ECM On 070 Line Error 128
021 EP Tone Off 071 Total Error 10
022 Signal Interval 500ms 072 Continuous Error Off
023 TCF Check Normal 073 Error Detect Rate
024 CED Frequency 2100Hz 074 RTN Receive Conti.
025 Comm. Start-Up First 075 Coding JBIG
026 Non-Standard On 076 Batch TX On
027 Short Protocol B On 077 RX JAM Length 2 m
028 Short Protocol D On 078
029 Remote Diagnostics On 079
030 CED & 300bps 75ms 080 Original Lead Edge ADF 0
031 RTC = EQL x 12 Off 081 Original Tail Edge ADF 0
032 V34 TX Start 33600bps 082 JAM Length 2 m
033 V34 RX Start 33600bps 083
034 V34 TX SR 3429sr 084 Line As No-Paper Ring
035 V34 RX SR 3429sr 085
036 086 Reduction Fine On
037 Protocol Display Off 087
038 088
039 Flash Time 300ms 089
040 090
041 Pause Time 3sec 091
042 092 Smoothing On
043 Redial Interval 3min 093
044 Redial Count 3 094
045 Ring Detect Count 1 095
046 On-Hook Time 60sec 096
047 Response Wait Interval 45sec 097
048 098
049 099
- -
***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

Note:
1. The contents of the Function Parameter List may vary depending on the country’s regulations.
2. “ * ” mark will be shown on the left side of number when setting was changed from default.

578
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.4.2. Page Memory Test
A test pattern prints out for checking the page memory, and printer mechanism using the following
procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “03 Page Memory Test”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Test pattern print (Sample)

************* Test Pattern Print **************** Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 12:07 ***P.01

SC : ALVxxxxxxx TX/RX/PRT/CPY : 0001209/0001313/00019053/00012334

SC BOOT : Cxxx Memory Size : (3 MB)
PNL : Vxxxxx Mac Address : 0800230389F5
EC : 40cpm Vxxxxx Shipment set
SCN : Vxxxxx
Finisher : xxxxxx
FCB : FCBxxxxxxxx_xx
- -

***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

5.2.4.3. Printer Report

All printer errors are logged on the Printer Report which can be printed by the following procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “04 Printer Report”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

579
 DP-C406/C306/C266

**************-Printer Report-********************* Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 19:02********

Last Print Error : dd-MMM-yyyy 15:38 J00 00-00000016
Serial Number : xxxxxxxxxxx
Customer ID : 1234567890123456
Firmware Version
SC : DP-xxxx Axxxxxxxxx
PNL : Vxxxxx
EC : 40cpm V0xxxx
SCN : Vxxxxx
FCB : FCBAxxxxxxx_xx
Transmit Counter : 1209
Receive Counter : 1313
Copy Counter : 12334
Print Counter : 19053
No.Date & Time Error Code Error Count | No.Date & Time Error Code Error Count
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
01.dd-MMM-yyyy 15:38 J00 00-00000016|
02.dd-MMM-yyyy 10:48 J02 00-00000016|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -
***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

5.2.4.4. All Document Files

Print the document files from the Flash Memory.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “05 All Document Files”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

5.2.4.5. Protocol Trace

Print a Protocol Trace Report for the previous communication.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “06 Protocol Trace”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
*********** Protocol Log Report ****************** Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 16:56 *******

Status : OK
Mode : ECM-TX (Fine)
Speed : xxxxxbps 0MS/L (3429sr)
Remote Capa. : NSF 00 00 79 00 00 00 16 00 09 13
10 18 00 1A 95 C1 D0 80 90 D1
8B 05
DIS 20 C2 FA C4 80 95 80 80 80 A0
80 80 80 01
Local Capa. : NSS 00 00 79 00 00 00 02 00 01 00
00 10 00 02 84 81 90 80 80 10
Command Log.
Remote : NSF DIS CFR MCF
Local : NSS PIX PPS-EOP DCN
------------------------------------------------------------------
Remote :
Local :
------------------------------------------------------------------
Remote :
Local :
------------------------------------------------------------------
Remote :
Local :
------------------------------------------------------------------
- -
***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** - - *********

580
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.4.6. Supply Order Form
The Supply Order Form can be printed manually by the following procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “03 Print Parameter List / Report”.
[5] Select “07 Toner Order Form”.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

*************************************
> Supply Order Form <
*************************************

**** The supplies in your machine are running low **** (1)
To order replacement Supplies
Please contact or fax this form to your authorized dealer

by Phone: 123456789012345678901234567890123456 (2)

by Fax: 012345678901234567890123456789012345 (3)

Thank you for your order.

Customer Information
=========================

Ship To: Bill To:

Attention: Attention:

Phone No.: Phone No.:

Customer ID: ABC COMPANY (4) P.O. No.(if required):

Serial No.: xxxxxxxxxxx

Description Order No. (5) Quantity Required:

Toner Cartridge (Black) : DQ-TUxxxK

Toner Cartridge (Cyan) : DQ-TUxxxC

Toner Cartridge (Magenta) : DQ-TUxxxM

Toner Cartridge (Yellow) : DQ-TUxxxY

OPC Drum Unit (Black) : DQ-UHxxx

OPC Drum Unit (Color) : DQ-UHxxx

Toner Waste Container : DQ-BFN45

/ /
Print your Name and Title Signature & Date

Explanation of Contents
(1) Low Toner Message (Fixed) “The toner supply in your machine is running low”
(2) Toner Order Tel Up to 36 digits#
(3) Toner Order Fax # Up to 36 digits
(4) Customer ID Up to 16 characters (User Identification Code)
(5) Toner Cartridge No.

581
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.5. Fax Service Mode 4 (Modem Test)

5.2.5.1. Binary Signal

This Service Mode is used to check the binary signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the
following procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “04 Modem tests”.
[5] Select “01 Binary Signal”.
[6] Select the desired parameter, and press the “Start” key.
[7] Press the “Stop” key.
[8] Select the “Close” button three times.
[9] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Binary Signal Table

Signals
V21 300bps
V27ter 2400bps
V27ter 4800bps
V29 7200bps
V29 9600bps
V17 TC7200bps
V17 TC9600bps
V17 12000bps
V17 14400bps

5.2.5.2. Tonal Signal

This Service Mode is used to check the tonal signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the
following procedure.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “04 Modem tests”.
[5] Select “02 Tonal Signal”.
[6] Select the desired parameter, and press the “Start” key.
[7] Press the “Stop” key.
[8] Select the “Close” button three times.
[9] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Tonal Signal Table

Signals
462 Hz
1080 Hz
1100 Hz
1300 Hz
1650 Hz
1850 Hz
2100 Hz

582
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.5.3. DTMF Signal
This Service Mode is used to check the DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) signal output.
The DTMF signal can be generated using the following procedure.

• DTMF Single Tone

[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “04 Modem tests”.
[5] Select “03 DTMF Single Tone”.
[6] Select the desired parameter, and press the “Start” key.
[7] Press the “Stop” key.
[8] Select the “Close” button three times.
[9] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

• DTMF Dual Tone

[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “04 Modem tests”.
[5] Select “04 DTMF Dual Tone”.
[6] Select the desired parameter, and press the “Start” key.
[7] Press the “Stop” key.
[8] Select the “Close” button three times.
[9] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

DTMF Single Tone Table DTMF Dual Tone Table

DTMF Signal Tones Number DTMF Dual Tones
697 Hz 0 941 Hz + 1336 Hz
770 Hz 1 697 Hz + 1209 Hz
852 Hz 2 697 Hz + 1336 Hz
941 Hz 3 697 Hz + 1477 Hz
1209 Hz 4 770 Hz + 1209 Hz
1336 Hz 5 770 Hz + 1336 Hz
1477 Hz 6 770 Hz + 1477 Hz
1633 Hz 7 852 Hz + 1209 Hz
8 852 Hz + 1336 Hz
9 852 Hz + 1477 Hz
* 941 Hz + 1209 Hz
# 941 Hz + 1477 Hz

583
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.5.4. Binary Signal (V.34)
This Service Mode is used to check the binary signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the
following procedure. (V.34)
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “04 Modem tests”.
[5] Select “05 V34 Modem”.
[6] Select the desired parameter, and press the “Start” key.
[7] Press the “Stop” key.
[8] Select the “Close” button three times.
[9] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Binary Signal Table

Signals Signals Signals Signals
V34 2400 sr 2400 bps V34 2800 sr 21600 bps V34 3200 sr 9600 bps V34 3429 sr 19200 bps
V34 2400 sr 4800 bps V34 2800 sr 24000 bps V34 3200 sr 12000 bps V34 3429 sr 21600 bps
V34 2400 sr 7200 bps V34 2800 sr 26400 bps V34 3200 sr 14400 bps V34 3429 sr 24000 bps
V34 2400 sr 9600 bps V34 3000 sr 4800 bps V34 3200 sr 16800 bps V34 3429 sr 26400 bps
V34 2400 sr 12000 bps V34 3000 sr 7200 bps V34 3200 sr 19200 bps V34 3429 sr 28800 bps
V34 2400 sr 14400 bps V34 3000 sr 9600 bps V34 3200 sr 21600 bps V34 3429 sr 31200 bps
V34 2400 sr 16800 bps V34 3000 sr 12000 bps V34 3200 sr 24000 bps V34 3429 sr 33600 bps
V34 2400 sr 19200 bps V34 3000 sr 14400 bps V34 3200 sr 26400 bps ANSam
V34 2400 sr 21600 bps V34 3000 sr 16800 bps V34 3200 sr 28800 bps CM
V34 2800 sr 4800 bps V34 3000 sr 19200 bps V34 3200 sr 31200 bps JM
V34 2800 sr 7200 bps V34 3000 sr 21600 bps V34 3429 sr 4800 bps INFO0c & TONEB
V34 2800 sr 9600 bps V34 3000 sr 24000 bps V34 3429 sr 7200 bps INFO0c & TONEA
V34 2800 sr 12000 bps V34 3000 sr 26400 bps V34 3429 sr 9600 bps PPh & AC & ALT
V34 2800 sr 14400 bps V34 3000 sr 28800 bps V34 3429 sr 12000 bps
V34 2800 sr 16800 bps V34 3200 sr 4800 bps V34 3000 sr 19200 bps
V34 2800 sr 19200 bps V34 3200 sr 7200 bps V34 3429 sr 16800 bps

584
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.6. Fax Service Mode 6 (RAM Initialization)
Initializes RAM, and restores the Function Parameters to their default values.
Note:
This operation should be performed when the unit is first installed.

[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
[5] Select the desired Mode, and select the “Yes” button (initialize RAM) or the “No” button (cancel).
[6] Select the “Close” button four times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

RAM Initialization Table

No. Initialize Mode Description
01 PARAMETER INITIALIZE Restores the Fax, and Function Parameters to default values.
Note:
Turn the Power Switch to the OFF, and back to the ON position to
enable the parameter settings.
02 JOURNAL CLEAR Clears the Journal contents.
03 AUTO DIAL CLEAR Phone Books.
04 PROGRAM DIAL CLEAR Clears the Program keys.
05 LOGO/ID/PSWD CLEAR Clears the Logo, ID, Polling Password.
06 LBP ERROR LOG CLEAR Clears the Printer Error Log.
07 SHIPMENT SET Deletes all setting information, except parameter number 80 and 81,
then set default values.
08 FLASH MEMORY CLEAR Deletes all information in the Flash Memory.
09 ALL JOB CLEAR Clears all Jobs stored in Flash Memory.

585
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7. Fax Service Mode 8 (Check & Call)

5.2.7.1. Overview
This feature enables the Authorized Servicing Dealers to manage, and improve the machine maintenance
to their customers by alerting them of equipment problems. It also can be used as a Supply Sales Tool by
alerting the Dealer that the unit is running Low on Toner. The function overview is as follows:
1. The machine’s printer error information is stored in the Printer Report.
2. The printer report can be manually printed when required.
3. When printer errors occurs, the unit can automatically transmit the Service Alert Report to the pre-
registered Fax number, or Email address.
4. When the unit detects Low Toner, or a PM counter has reached the maintenance timing, it can
automatically transmit the Maintenance Alert Report to the pre-registered Fax number, or Email
address.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “08 Check & Call”.
[5] Select the desired Function number.
(i.e. 01 Service Alert Fax #, input the Fax Telephone No., or to enter an Email Address, press the
“Fax” Mode key and input the Email address, then select “OK” button to register the entry.)
Note:
Use the “Fax” Mode key to toggle between the Fax No. / Email Address entry field.
[6] Select the “Close” button three times.
[7] Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

Check & Call Table

No. Check & Call Description
01 Service Alert Enter a destination Fax number (max. 36 digits) or an Email address (Max. 60
Fax # characters) for the Service Alert Report. When the field is populated, the automatic
transmission of the Service Alert Report is established.
Service Alert To change the input field from a Fax # to an Email address, press the “Fax” Mode
Mail # key before entering the destination Fax # or an Email address.
02 Maint Alert Enter a destination Fax number (max. 36 digits) or an Email address (Max. 60
Fax # characters) for the Maint Alert Report. When the field is populated, the automatic
transmission of the Maint Alert Report is established.
Maint Alert To change the input from a Fax # to an/Email address, press the “Fax” Mode key
Mail # entering enter the destination Fax # or an Email address.
03 Toner Order Enter the supply Fax number (max. 36 digits) to be printed on the Toner Order Form.
Fax # When the field is populated, the automatic printing of the Toner Order Form is
established. (Ex: 201-111-4444)
04 Toner Order Enter the supply contact's Telephone number (max. 36 digits) to be printed on the
TEL # Toner Order Form. (Ex: 201-111-5555)
05 Dealer Name Enter the Dealer’s Name (max. 25 characters) to be printed on the Toner Order Form.
(Ex: Your dealership's name)
06 Customer ID Enter a Customer ID code (max. 16 characters) to be printed on the Service Alert
Report, Maint Alert Report and Toner Order Form. (Ex: ABC Company)
07 Printer Setting : Off / On
Report XMT Set ON to activate an automatic transmission of the Service Alert Report.
After the Service Alert Report is faxed to the pre-registered Fax #, the
machine returns to the standby mode.

586
 DP-C406/C306/C266
No. Check & Call Description
08 Call Date and Setting : Monthly / Period
Time Period : Set the date, hour and minute interval for every month to activate
automatic transmission of the Maintenance Alert Report to the pre-
registered Service Alert Fax #/Email address.
Monthly : Set the date, hour and minute for every month to activate automatic
transmission of the Maintenance Alert Report to the pre-registered Service
Alert Fax #/Email address.
09 PM Count Setting : Off / On
Set ON to activate automatic transmission of the Maintenance Report when
the machine reaches the PM Count.
10 C&C Format Setting : Image (Default) / Data_RDS/XML
Select the desired file format for the Email attachment.
Image : Tiff Format
Data_RDS : RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) Format
XML : The data is described in the mail using XML Format
XML_file : Text file Format
11 Call Counter Setting : Off (Default) / On
Mode Set ON to activate automatic transmission of the Call Counter Report. This
parameter is associated with #12: Set Call Counter Number and #13: Call
Counter Report XMT.
12 Set Call Setting : 25,000 (Default) / 0 ~ 9,999,999
Counter Set ON to activate automatic transmission of the Maintenance Report to the
Number pre-registered Service Alert Fax #/Email address when the machine
reaches the Call Count Number.
13 Call Counter Setting : 0 (Default) / 0 ~ 9,999,999
Report XMT The machine counts up the printed number when #11: Call Counter Mode
is set to ON. When the printer counter reaches the pre-set number (#12: Set
Call Counter Number), the machine automatically transmit the Call
Counter Report to the pre-registered Fax #/Email address, and clears this
counter (Resets to “0”).

587
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.2. Printer Reports
• Conditions under which a report can be printed, or transmitted
1. Manual print
The Printer Report can be printed using the Service Mode “F9-00: Fax Service Mode” & “03 Print
Param List/Report” & “04 Printer Report”. (See sect. 5.2.4.3.)
2. Automatic transmission/printout
a. Service Alert Report
When the unit detects a Printer Error, the unit will immediately transmit the Service Alert Report to the
pre-registered Fax number, or Email address. However, the unit will not transmit the Service Alert
Report if the same error is registered on the same date in the Error Log.
b. Maintenance Alert Report
When the unit detects Low Toner, the unit can automatically transmit the Maintenance Alert Report to
the pre-registered Fax number, or Email address. Refer to the Error Code Table.
Note:
To activate the transmission of the Maintenance Alert Report, register both parameters “01 Service
Alert Fax #” & ”02 Maint Alert Fax #”.
c. Toner Order Form
When the unit detects Low Toner, the unit can automatically print the Toner Order Form with the pre-
registered order information.
d. Call Counter Report
When the printer counter reaches the pre-set number, the unit can automatically transmit the Call
Counter Report to the pre-registered Fax number, or Email address.
Note:
The Service and Maintenance Alert Reports are managed in the same manner as the normal memory
transmission (Retry, Incomplete, File List, Display while it is transmitting, Journal).

Error Tx
Log Remarks
Code Report
Ex-xx O S Refer to the Mechanical Error Code (E Code) Table. (Sect. 4.5.3.)
E13 O Out of Toner.
Jxx O Refer to the Jam Error Code (J Code) Table. (Sect. 4.5.2.)
Uxx Refer to the User Error Code (U Code) Table. (Sect. 4.5.1.)
U13 O M Low Toner.
Note:
Tx (Transmission) Report: S = Service Alert Report, M = Maintenance Alert Report

588
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.3. Service Alert Report Format

*************************************************** Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 03:47 *** P.01

****************************
> Servise Alert Report <
****************************
Last Print Error : dd-MMM-yyyy 20:07 E05-01 00-00000133
Serial Number :
(1)
Customer ID : 1234567890123456
(2)
Firmware Version
SC : DP-Cxxx Axxxxxxxxx
PNL : Vxxxxx
EC : 40cpm V1xxxx
SCN : Vxxxxx
FCB : FCBAxxxxxxx_xx
(3)
Counter Information:
Current PM Cycle Current
F7-02 Total Count B/W : 85 Developer Count Y : 90
Total Count 1C : 0 Developer Count M : 90
Total Count 2C : 0 Developer Count C : 90
Total Count 4C : 48 Developer Count BK : 148
Total Print Count : 133 Transfer Belt Count : 153
Toner Page Count Y : 48 Belt Life Count Down : 240608
Toner Page Count M : 48 STR Life Count : 392
Toner Page Count C : 48 Belt RotationTime Count : 174
Toner Page Count BK : 11 STR RotationTime Count : 174

TDC Recovery Count BK : 0 F7-11 Simulated PG Count 4C : 18

F7-03 Bypass Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count B/W : 98
1st Paper Tray Count : 50 Simulated PG Count Y : 24
2nd Paper Tray Count : 103 Simulated PG Count M : 4
3rd Paper Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count C : 7
4th Paper Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count BK : 37
2-Sided Count : 0 F7-12 Report Print Count B/W : 51
A4/8.5x11 Count : 128 F7-13 Simulated Coverage 4C :
A4-R/8.5x11-R Count : 5 Simulated Coverage B/W :
A3/11x17 Count : 0 Average Coverage % 4c :
B4/Legal Count : 0 Average Coverage % B/W :
(4)
Print Error:

No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count | No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
01 MMM-dd-yyyy 20:07 E04-01 00-00000013 |
02 MMM-dd-yyyy 20:04 E04-01 00-00000013 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -
***** DP-Cxxx *********************** - - ***** - -*********
- -
Total P.002

Explanation of Contents
(1) Customer ID
(2) Firmware Version
(3) Counter Information
(4) Print Error Last 30 records (Latest on top)

589
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.4. Maintenance Alert Report Format

*************************************************** Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 12:00 ********

****************************
> Maintenance Alert Report <
****************************

Last Print Error : Machine is running Out of Toner(xxxxx) (1)

Serial Number : xxxxxxxxxxx
Customer ID : ABC COMPANY (2)

Firmware Version (3)

SC : DP-Cxxx Axxxxxxxxx
PNL : Vxxxxx
EC : 40cpm Vxxxxx
SCN : V1xxxx
FCB : FCBAxxxxxxx_xx

Transmit Counter : 59 (4)

Receive Counter : 7
Copy Counter : 144
Print Counter : 639

- -

***** DP-Cxxx ********************** - - ***** -31415926535897932384-***********

Explanation of Contents
(1) Low Toner Message (Fixed) “Machine is running Out of Toner (Black) (Cyan)
(Magenta) (Yellow)”
(2) Customer ID Up to 16 characters (User Identification Code)
(3) Firmware Version
(4) Transmission / Reception / Copy / Print Counters

590
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.5. Toner Order Form

*************************************
> Supply Order Form <
*************************************

**** The supplies in your machine are running low **** (1)
To order replacement Supplies
Please contact or fax this form to your authorized dealer

by Phone: 123456789012345678901234567890123456 (2)

by Fax: 012345678901234567890123456789012345 (3)

Thank you for your order.

Customer Information
=========================

Ship To: Bill To:

Attention: Attention:

Phone No.: Phone No.:

Customer ID: ABC COMPANY (4) P.O. No.(if required):

Serial No.: xxxxxxxxxxx

Description Order No. (5) Quantity Required:

Toner Cartridge (Black) : DQ-TUxxxK

Toner Cartridge (Cyan) : DQ-TUxxxC

Toner Cartridge (Magenta) : DQ-TUxxxM

Toner Cartridge (Yellow) : DQ-TUxxxY

OPC Drum Unit (Black) : DQ-UHxxx

OPC Drum Unit (Color) : DQ-UHxxx

Toner Waste Container : DQ-BFN45

/ /
Print your Name and Title Signature & Date

Explanation of Contents
(1) Low Toner Message (Fixed) “The toner supply in your machine is running low”
(2) Toner Order Tel # Up to 36 digits
(3) Toner Order Fax # Up to 36 digits
(4) Customer ID Up to 16 characters (User Identification Code)
(5) Toner Cartridge No.

591
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.6. Scheduled Report

*************************************************** Date dd-MMM-yyyy ***** Time 03:47 *** P.01

**************************************************
>Scheduled Report - Call Counter has been reached<
**************************************************
Last Print Error : dd-MMM-yyyy 20:07 E05-01 00-00000125
Serial Number :
(1)
Customer ID : 1234567890123456
(2)
Firmware Version
SC : DP-Cxxx Axxxxxxxxx
PNL : Vxxxxx
EC : 40cpm Vxxxxx
SCN : Vxxxxx
FCB : FCBAxxxxxxx_xx

(3)
Counter Information:
Current PM Cycle Current
F7-02 Total Count B/W : 85 Developer Count Y : 90
Total Count 1C : 0 Developer Count M : 90
Total Count 2C : 0 Developer Count C : 90
Total Count 4C : 48 Developer Count BK : 148
Total Print Count : 133 Transfer Belt Count : 153
Toner Page Count Y : 48 Belt Life Count Down : 240608
Toner Page Count M : 48 STR Life Count : 392
Toner Page Count C : 48 Belt RotationTime Count : 174
Toner Page Count BK : 11 STR RotationTime Count : 174

TDC Recovery Count BK : 0 F7-11 Simulated PG Count 4C : 18

F7-03 Bypass Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count B/W : 98
1st Paper Tray Count : 50 Simulated PG Count Y : 24
2nd Paper Tray Count : 103 Simulated PG Count M : 4
3rd Paper Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count C : 7
4th Paper Tray Count : 0 Simulated PG Count BK : 37
2-Sided Count : 0 F7-12 Report Print Count B/W : 51
A4/8.5x11 Count : 128 F7-13 Simulated Coverage 4C :
A4-R/8.5x11-R Count : 5 Simulated Coverage B/W :
A3/11x17 Count : 0 Average Coverage % 4c :
B4/Legal Count : 0 Average Coverage % B/W :
(4)
Call Counter Set Number : 25000

Print Error:

No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count | No. Date & Time Error Code Error Count
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
01 dd-MMM-yyyy 20:07 E04-01 00-00000013 |
02 dd-NNN-yyyy 20:04 E04-01 00-00000013 |
|
|
|
|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -
***** DP-Cxxx *********************** - - ***** - -*********
Total P.002

Explanation of Contents
(1) Customer ID
(2) Firmware Version
(3) Counter Information
(4) Call Counter Set Number

592
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.7.7. Sample Report in XML format
<?xml version="1.0" ?>
<input_recordset>
<H2UpdateMeter>
<EquipID>Bus Prod</EquipID>
<Model> DP-Cxxx</Model>
<Serial>0123456789A</Serial>
<Counter>
<MeterDate>04182007</MeterDate>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Total Count B/W</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0028087</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Total Count 1C</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0000000</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Total Count 2C</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0000001</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Total Count 4C</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0019034</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Toner Page Count Y</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0005848</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Toner Page Count M</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0012130</MeterRead>
</Meter>
<Meter>
<MeterLabel>Toner Page Count C</MeterLabel>
<MeterRead>0002994</MeterRead>
</Meter>

etc, etc, etc

593
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5.2.8. Service Mode 9 (System Maintenance)

5.2.8.1. Overview
This Service Mode is used to maintain the machine. Use the following procedure for System Maintenance.
[1] Set the machine to Service Mode, and press the “9” key.
[2] Press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
[3] Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
[4] Select “09 System Maintenance”.
[5] Select “01 Send RCV’D File”. The display changes to the Fax Mode.
[6] Select the desired Fax number, and press the “Start” key to send the Fax.
After the transmission, the machine returns to the Stand-by Mode.
Note:
If there is NO File in the machine, this operation will not function.
Press the “Stop” key twice to exit the service mode.

System Maintenance Table

No. Maintenance Mode Description
01 Send RCV'D File Transfers documents from memory to another fax machine during a fatal
printer error.

594
 DP-C406/C306/C266

6 System Description
6.1. Mechanical Operation
6.1.1. Scanning Mechanism (Flatbed)
1. Scanning Mechanism
The Scanning Mechanism consisting of Lens, Color CCD PCB Assembly, Mirrors, Scanner Lamp, Lamp
Base Bracket, and Mirror 2 Bracket, is used to scan originals.
• The Mirror 1 and Mirrors 2 reflect image information, in the form of light, through the Lens.
• The Lens focuses the image information, and passes it to the Color CCD.
• The Color CCD, mounted on the Color CCD PC Board, converts the image information into an
electrical signal.
• The Timing Belt and Driving Wire are driven by the Stepping Motor, moving the Scanner Assembly.
Home Position Sensor
ADF (S) Glass
Scanner Lamp
Reflection Plate Platen (L) Glass
Lamp Base Bracket Driving Wire Scanning Motor Timing Belt

Mirror 2 Mirror 1 Size Sensor 1 Size Sensor 2

Scanning Lens
Mirror 2
Color CCD PC Board Assembly

2. Transmit Mechanism
a. When i-ADF is used, originals are scanned on the ADF (S) Glass. The Platen (L) Glass is used when
scanning on the Platen.
b. The Scanning point is established by the setting on the Panel, or by an Automatic Document Size
Detection Sensor.
c. Document size is manually set when the Platen is used, or is set automatically by the Document Size
Detection Sensor.
d. The Transmit Mechanism starts feeding, and scanning originals based on the above Document Size
Setting.
e. When scanning is completed, the Stepping Motor stops rotating, and the Lamp Base and Mirror 2
Brackets return to the standby position.
During scanning, the Lamp Base Bracket and Mirror 2 Bracket move in the direction of the Black arrow,
and while returning to standby position, it moves in the direction of the White arrow as shown in the
illustration. The location of these two brackets, and the scanning length are established by the setting on
the Panel. The following illustration shows the Drive system.

595
 DP-C406/C306/C266

When scanning originals Scanning Motor

When returning to Standby position
Drive Shaft Assembly

Lamp Base Bracket

Mirror 2 Bracket

596
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6.2. Inverting Automatic Document Feeder (i-ADF)
The i-ADF (Inverting Automatic Document Feeder) automatically feeds documents into the unit, one original
at a time. When duplex mode is selected, this feature enables two-sided faxing, or copying of the original(s).
Its main features are:
1. Place originals Face-Up
2. Correct Order Stacking (Collation Mode)
3. Paper Feed Mechanism with Pre-Feed Roller
The following is the i-ADF Mechanical operation description.

6.2.1. i-ADF Operation

1. Switching from the ADF Mode to the i-ADF Mode
After passing through the Read Point, the path of the original is switched over by the Selection Guide 1,
to the Exit Roller or to the Inverting Roller. For single-sided scanning, the Selection Guide 1 (815) is
rotated clockwise by the Selection Solenoid guiding the original to the Exit Roller. For 2-Sided scanning,
the Selection Guide 1 is rotated counter-clockwise by the Selection Solenoid guiding the original to the
Inverting Roller. The Selection Guide 1 moves only once, in the direction according to whether a single
or 2-Sided scanning is selected (Copier or Fax) before the Start button is pressed. It will remain in this
position until a different operation is performed (i.e. if the last operation was 2-Sided scanning, a Single-
Sided scanning is performed).

2. Scanning the Front and the Back Side of an Original

The scanning of the Front and Back side of a 2-Sided original is accomplished by means of the
Selection Guide 1, and Selection Guide 2.
After the Front side of the original is scanned, the original is transported through the Selection Guide 1,
through the Selection Guide 2 that was rotated counter-clockwise by the Selection Solenoid, and is
carried beyond the Inverting Roller and upper Pinch Rollers into the Sub Tray. The original is carried for
a specified period of time after the trailing edge of the original triggers the Selection Sensor, and stops
within 10 to 20 mm from exiting the rollers. Then, the Selection Guide 2 is rotated clockwise by the Pinch
Roller Solenoid Assembly, and the reverse rotation of the ADF Motor 1 pulls the original back around the
Registration Roller 1, and proceeds to scan the Back side of the original.

3. Eject by Reverse Rotation

After the Back is scanned, the original is transported through the Selection Guide 1, through the
Selection Guide 2, and is carried beyond the Inverting Roller and lower Pinch Rollers, into the Sub Tray,
again stopping 10 to 20 mm from exiting the rollers.
The Selection Guide 2 is rotated clockwise by the Pinch Roller Solenoid Assembly, and the reverse
rotation of the ADF Motor 1 pulls the original back around the Registration Roller 1, however, this time
the original is routed to the Exit Roller, and exits into the ADF Base.

4. Sub Tray
The Inverting ADF system includes a Sub Tray, which supports the originals during the ejection mode of
the 2-Sided scanning operation.

597
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Inverting Automatic Document Feeder (i-ADF)
8.5 in / 215.9 mm (INVOICE) 10.1 in / 257 mm (B5-R)
8.3 in / 210 mm (A5) 11.7 in / 297 mm (A4-R)
13 in / 330.2 mm (FLS1.2)
Pick Up Roller 14.3 in / 364 mm (B4)
Original Stopper Original Detection Sensor 16.5 in / 420 mm (A3)
Original Tray 17 in / 431.8 mm (Ledger)
Paper Feed Roller
Registration Sensor 1 Original Guide
Separation Roller
Inverting Guide Sheet
Anti Drive Registration Roller
(Pinch Roller) Anti Drive Exit Roller
(Pinch Roller)
Registration Roller 1
Inverting Roller Sub Tray
Registration Sensor 3
Anti Drive Exit Roller
Registration Sensor 2 (Pinch Roller)
Anti Drive Registration
Roller 2 (Pinch Roller) Exit Roller

Exit Sensor
Registration Roller 2 Selection Guide 2
Selection Sensor Selection Guide 1
Read Point Anti Drive Transport Roller (Pinch Roller)
Transport Roller

598
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6.3. Printer Mechanism
6.3.1. Paper Tray
1. Paper Tray (1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th)
< NP Sensor Operation >

Upper Limit Actuator

NP Actuator

Upper Limit Sensor

NP Sensor

Note:
Above Figure is the 2nd Paper Tray, the operation is the same for all 4 trays.

a. The NP Actuators attached to the Paper Feed Blocks No.1, 2, 3 and 4 determine if there is paper in
the paper tray.
b. The paper in the paper tray lifts up the NP Actuator, allowing the light from the LED to actuate the NP
Sensor.

599
 DP-C406/C306/C266
< Paper Tray Operation >

Clutch

Registration Roller

Registration Actuator

Registration Sensor

Pickup Solenoid

Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

Separation Roller

a. When the printing operation begins, the Main Motor starts driving the Gears.
b. After a predetermined time the Pickup Solenoid turns ON, the Pickup Roller contacts the paper, the
Clutch is energized for a specified period of time, and turns ON. This activates the Feed Roller. The
paper is separated into individual sheets by the Separation Roller, and is transported.
c. The paper is transported to the Registration Roller, activating the Registration Sensor. After a
specified period of time, the Clutch is turned ON, and the Registration Roller and the Registration
Pinch Roller start rotating. The paper is transported to the STR area.
d. The paper passes through the Registration Sensor, and after a specified period of time, the Clutch is
turned OFF. The Registration Roller and the Registration Pinch Roller stop rotating.

600
 DP-C406/C306/C266
< Paper Tray (Optional) Operation >

Clutch

Intermiidiate Roller

Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

Drive Motor

Separation Roller

a. When the printing operation begins, the Main Motor and the Drive Motor start driving the Gears.
b. The Clutch is energized for a specified period of time and turns ON. This activates the Feed Roller.
The paper is separated into individual sheets by the Separation Roller, and transported by the
Intermediate Roller.
c. The paper is transported to the Registration Roller, activating the Registration Sensor. After a
specified period of time, the Clutch is turned ON, and the Registration Roller starts rotating. The paper
is transported to the STR area.
d. The paper passes through the Registration Sensor, and after a specified period of time, the Clutch is
turned OFF. The Registration Roller, and the Registration Pinch Roller stop rotating.

601
 DP-C406/C306/C266
< Paper Tray Lift up Mechanism >

Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

Bottom Plate

Lift Plate

602
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Upper Limit Actuator

NP Actuator

Lift DC Motor
Upper Limit Sensor

NP Sensor

a. When inserting the Paper Tray into the machine, the Upper Limit Sensor activates. At the same time,
the Lift Plate is combined with the coupling which drives the Lift Plate of the machine. The Lift Plate
rotates, lifting the Bottom Plate, and the Recording Paper.
b. Once the Bottom Plate and the Recording Paper are raised, the Upper Limit Sensor is turned ON.
The Lift DC Motor stops rotating, maintaining the recording paper at the certain level.

< Paper Tray Recording Paper Size Setting >

The Recording Paper size in the Paper Feed Module is set on the Touch Panel.

603
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Sheet Bypass
< NP Sensor Operation >
a. The NP Actuator attached to the Paper Feed Unit determines if there is paper in the paper tray.
b. The paper in the paper tray lowers the NP Actuator, and the NP Sensor actuates.

< Sheet Bypass Operation >

Intermediate Roller Feed Roller

Pick Up Roller

Separating Roller NP Sensor NP Actuator

a. When the printing operation begins, the PRINT (Print Request Signal) turns On and the Main Motor
starts driving the Gears.
b. The Solenoid turns ON, and the Pick UP Roller moves downward.
c. The Clutch is energized immediately and turns ON. This activates the Paper Feed Roller and the Pick
Up Roller. The paper is transported to the Separating Roller by the Pick Up Roller. The paper is
separated into individual sheets by the Separating Roller.
d. The paper is transported to the Registration Roller, activating the Registration Sensor.
e. After a specified period of time, the Clutch is turned ON, and the Registration Roller and the
Registration Pinch Roller start rotating. After the paper is transported to the Intermediate Roller
(Main), the Clutch is turned OFF. The paper is transported to the STR area by the Intermediate Roller.
f. After the trailing edge of the paper passes the Registration Sensor, and after a specified period of
time, the Clutch is turned OFF. The Registration Roller and the Registration Pinch Roller stop rotating.

604
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6.4. Printing Process
6.4.1. Printer structure
Laser Printer creates an image on the paper using a technique called laser electrophotography. The printer
uses the electrographic process known as Discharged Area Development, or “write black”. In this process,
a digitally modulated laser scans laterally across a rotating OPC (Organic Photo Conductive) drum that has
been negatively charged. Wherever the OPC drum is exposed by laser beam, the image is written and
toner is transferred.

(Optional Paper Transport Unit)

Heat Roller
IH Coil

Toner Toner Toner Toner

Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge
Y M C BK
Heater Belt
Pressure
Intermediate Fuser Roller
Transfer Belt ADU
Roller Paper
Registration
First Bias Transfer Roller (FTR) Roller

Intermediate OPC OPC OPC OPC

Y M C Second Bias
Transfer Belt BK Transfer Roller
Cleaning Blade (STR)
Charge
Roller

Polygon Motor Pickup Roller

Laser Scanning Unit (LSU)

Pickup Roller

Reverse Roller

Paper Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

Paper Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

Paper Feed Roller

Pickup Roller

To generate a color image, the OPC drum suitably rotates to the image length, one for each of the primary
colors and for the black color. During each successive pass, the laser exposes the portions of OPC drum

605
 DP-C406/C306/C266
that corresponds to the primary color’s component of the image. Toner is attracted onto the laser-exposed
portions of the OPC drum.
As each color layer is developed on each OPC drum, they are transferred to the Intermediate Transfer Belt
until all four color layers eventually reside one on top of the other on the Intermediate Transfer Belt.
At this point, a sheet of paper is advanced under the Intermediate Transfer Belt and the toner is transferred
to the sheet of paper. The paper advances to the Fuser, where heat and pressure permanently bond
the toner to the paper. From the Fuser, the paper is driven to the Output Tray.
A cleaning blade scrapes residual toner from the OPC drum before the next primary color toner is applied to
the OPC drum. This prevents contamination of the next color layer. The cleaning blade is in constant
contact with the OPC drum.
An Intermediate Transfer Belt cleaner scrapes residual toner from the Intermediate Transfer Belt. This
prevents “ghosting” of the next print.

6.4.2. Charging

Toner Toner Toner Toner

Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge
Y M C BK
Intermediate
Transfer Belt

First Bias Transfer Roller (FTR)

OPC OPC OPC OPC

Drum Drum Drum Drum Second Bias
Y M C BK Transfer Roller
Charge (STR)
Roller
Doctor
Blade
-430V
VCH/CMY : -480V VCH/K : -480V

The charging roller, comes in contact with the OPC drum surface and charges it to approximately DC-480
volts + AC voltage, and ensures a uniform negative potential of approximately -430 volts on the OPC drum
surface by the charging roller, depending on the selected printing quality (Std: 600 dpi or Enhanced: 1,200
dpi), and ambient temperature.

6.4.3. Laser Exposure and Scanning

Toner Toner Toner Toner

Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge
Y M C BK
Intermediate
Transfer Belt

First Bias Transfer Roller (FTR)

OPC OPC OPC OPC

Drum Drum Drum Drum
Y M C BK

Laser Beam

Mirror

Laser Scanning Unit (LSU) Polygon Motor

606
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1. Laser Exposure
As the OPC drum rotates, the uniformly charged OPC drum is exposed by the modulated laser beam.
The vertically-moving OPC drum passes in front of horizontally scanning laser beam, and the negative
charge on the OPC drum surface are neutralized by the laser beam. This forms a latent image.
Laser output power is either approximately 0.075 mW (1200 dpi), 0.13 mW (600 dpi, Color) or 0.21 mW
(600 dpi, Mono) on the OPC drum surface, depending on whether the printer is printing resolution in
1200 dpi mode, or 600 dpi mode. The laser exposure, the negative potential on the OPC drum varies
from approximately -430 volts (unexposed) to -60 volts (fully exposed).

2. Laser Scanning
A laser diode generates the laser beam, and lenses and mirror in the laser scanner direct the beam to
the OPC drum. The beam is parallel to the collimator lens, and is directed at the rotating polygonal
mirror, attached with the polygon motor. The beam is parallel to the collimator lens, and is directed at the
rotating polygon mirror. The polygon mirror rotates at approximately 24,800 to 40,000 constant
revolutions per minute.
This transforms the beam into a horizontally scanning beam, which is directed through the primary and
the secondary lens, altering the beam’s angular rotation motion into a constant horizontal motion. The
cylindrical mirrors corrects the beam for any vertical mis-registration. Next, the beam reflects off of a
mirror, and passes through a window where it scans across the rotating OPC drum. At the beginning of
each horizontal sweep, the horizontal sync mirrors deflect the laser beam to the horizontal sync sensor.
This informs the engine control board that the laser beam is beginning its horizontal sweep, and that it
can begin to modulate the signal with the data to be printed on that line of the image.

6.4.4. Developing

Vp-p : 1000V AC
Developer Roller

-410V
OPC
Drum

Doctor Blade
Toner Supply Auger

As the OPC drum continues to rotate, it passes by the developer roller. The currently activated developer
roller is charged to a potential approximately DC -410 volts (AC 1,000 Vp-p). Toner is attracted to the
exposed portions of the OPC drum in reverse proportion to the negative charge. The greatest amount of
toner is transferred to the most positive potential. The developer roller rotates at 2.0 times the speed of the
OPC drum to ensure a constant supply of toner.
This supplies a layer of toner onto the developer roller. The doctor blade smooths, and evenly distributes
the toner on the developer roller.

607
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6.4.5. Toner Transfer to the Intermediate Transfer Belt

First Transfer Roller (FTR) Intermediate Transfer Belt

OPC
Drum

As the OPC drum rotates, in contact with the Intermediate Transfer Belt, which is rotating at the same
speed. Located under the Intermediate Transfer Belt at the contact point with the OPC drum, the first bias
transfer roller carries a charge approximately 8-12 μA for Color mode or 18 μA for Monochrome mode (FTR
Current).
This strong potential attracts, and holds the toner from the OPC drum to Intermediate Transfer Belt. The
four color layers are created while the Intermediate Transfer Belt makes one complete rotation.
Any toner remaining on the OPC drum after the transfer to the Intermediate Transfer Belt is scraped off by
the OPC drum cleaning blade, which is always in contact with the OPC drum. This leaves the OPC drum
clean for the next layer of toner to be transferred from the developing roller into the developer.

6.4.6. Developer Unit

Intermediate Transfer Belt

OPC
Drum
Toner Waste Paddle

Cleaning Blade
Doctor Blade
Auger A
Auger B

The developer unit consists of the Magnet Roller, Sleeve and 2 Toner Auger.
The Toner Auger A transfers the developer to the front direction, and the Auger B transfers to the rear
direction to circulate the developer for mixing. The Toner Auger A also transfers the developer to the
Sleeve. The developer on the sleeve forms a brush by the magnetic force of the Magnetic Roller, and
makes contact with the electrostatic latent image on the drum. Toner is attracted to the areas of the drum
which have been discharged by the laser. The Doctor Blade regulates the height of the magnetic brush
which is formed by the developer which is attracted to the sleeve of the Magnetic Roller.
The system uses Dry Dual Components, and Trickle developing method to mix the carrier to the Toner.
When the Toner is supplied, the Carrier is also supplied a little at the time. When the Carrier is increased
over the Constant value, the unnecessary Carrier is transferred together with the Toner by the Auger A to
the Toner Waste Container. As a result, it realizes the stable developing without maintenance, without
replacing the developer for a long time.
The TDC sensor is located near the Auger B to measure the ratio of toner to developer. The Toner Density
Control (TDC) is linked with Image Density detection, and Image dot count to stabilize the Color Image
Quality.

608
 DP-C406/C306/C266
6.4.7. Toner Transfer to Paper
To Fuser Unit

Intermediate Second
Transfer Belt Bias Roller Transfer Roller
(STR)

Intermediate
Transfer Belt
Cleaning Blade

VSTR : -1500V Registration Roller

From Standard Paper Tray, Sheet Bypass Tray, Optional Paper Tray or Automatic Duplex Unit

Once all four layers of toner reside up on the Intermediate Transfer Belt, the registration roller clutch is
energized to advance a sheet of paper (which has already been picked) to the second bias transfer roller.
The toner image on the rotating Intermediate Transfer Belt, and the paper that is being fed into the image
unit are synchronized for proper alignment. The leading edge of toner image on the Intermediate Transfer
Belt is aligned 4 mm from the leading edge of the paper. A strong negative voltage in the bias roller pushes
out the toner from the Intermediate Transfer Belt onto the paper. The bias roller voltage is approximately -
1500 volts. This voltage varies depending on the ambient temperature, humidity, print speed, and media
being printed upon. The paper (or transparency film) advances at the same speed as the Intermediate
Transfer Belt.
The Intermediate Transfer Belt Blade scrapes any remaining traces of toner from the Intermediate Transfer
Belt prior to the next image transfer. The scraped toner is discharged to the Toner Waste Container by the
spiral paddle shaft.

6.4.8. Induction Heating (IH) Fusing System Operation

Paper Exit Sensor

Thermistor

Induction Heating (IH) Coil

Pressure Roller

Heat Roller
Heater Belt
Paper Entrance Sensor
Fuser Roller

Intermediate Transfer Belt

- - - --
-
- ---
--
Second Bias Transfer Roller (STR)

609
 DP-C406/C306/C266
After the toner image has been applied to the paper, it passes through the Fuser Unit.
When the Heater Belt Motor starts to rotate, the Induction Heating (IH) Coil is turned on, heating the Heat
Roller. As a result, the Heater Belt, contacted with the Heat Roller surface, is heated by the Heat Roller. A
heated Heater Belt melts the toner and the pressure of the Pressure Roller fuses it into the paper. The
melted toner bonds to the paper. After fusing, the paper advances to the output tray. When the printer is
idle, the IH coil is turned off and the Heater Belt is not heated. This Heater Belt temperature varies with the
selected settings of 600 or 1200 dpi printing mode, thick paper printing mode, transparency printing mode,
etc. The Fuser Unit has the Paper Entrance Sensor and Paper Exit Sensor, which are used for determining
the Control timings of the paper feeding by detecting the paper entrance, exit and Jam.

6.4.9. Paper Exit and Paper Switchback

After Fusing, the paper is fed to the Inner Paper Exit Tray, the ADU or to the Optional Paper Transfer Unit.
The paper path is switched by the combination of ADU Path Switching Solenoid, Three-step 2-Way Roller
and Paper Exit Path Switching Solenoid.

6.4.9.1. Normal Printing Mode

The ADU Path Switching Solenoid keeps ON, and the Lever is switched to the Upper side, the paper is fed
through the lower path, and is transported into the Three-step 2-Way Roller.

1. Inner Exit Tray

Clutch Reverse Clutch

To Optional Paper Paper Exit Path 2-Way Roller

Transfer Unit Switching Solenoid
ADU Path Switching
OFF ON Solenoid

ADU Path

Paper Full Sensor

Inner Paper Exit Tray
From Fuser Unit

The Paper Exit path Switching Solenoid keeps OFF, and the Lever is switched to the Upper side, the
paper is fed by the 2-Way roller, and is transported through the lower path, and out to the Inner Paper
Exit Tray.
When the Inner Paper Tray is full, the Paper Full sensor detects, stops printing, and displays the Error
message on the LCD Panel.

610
 DP-C406/C306/C266
2. Outer Exit Tray / Finisher with Paper Transfer Unit

The Paper Exit path Switching Solenoid keeps ON, and the Lever is moved to the lower side, the paper
is fed by the 2-Way roller, and is transported through the Lower path, and carried to the Paper Transfer
Unit, then goes out to the outer Paper Tray, or Finisher.

6.4.9.2. Duplex Printing Mode (Paper Switchback)

The ADU Path Switching Solenoid switches OFF, and the Lever switched to the Lower side, the paper is fed
through the Upper path, and is transported into the Three-step 2-Way Roller.
Clutch Reverse Clutch

To Optional Paper Exit Path 2-Way Roller

Paper Transfer Unit Switching Solenoid
ADU Path Switching
OFF OFF
Solenoid

ADU Path

ADU Pass Sensor 0

Paper Full Sensor

From Fuser Unit

The Paper Exit path Switching Solenoid keeps OFF, and the Lever is switched to the upper side, the paper
is fed by the 2-Way roller, and is transported through the Upper path, and fed into the Paper Transfer Unit.

611
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Clutch Reverse Clutch

Paper Exit Path 2-Way Roller

Switching Solenoid
To Optional
Paper Transfer Unit ADU Path Switching
OFF ON
Solenoid

ADU Path

Paper Full Sensor

From Fuser Unit

The ADU Pass Sensor 0 detects the end of the paper, and the 2-Way Roller Reverse clutch goes OFF, and
the paper stops in the middle. The ADU Path Switching Solenoid goes ON, and the Lever switches to the
Upper side. Then the 2-Way Roller Clutch goes ON, and the Roller turns clockwise to feed the paper into
the ADU Unit.
While the single side printed paper is feeding into the ADU, the duplex printed paper is also fed out to the
Inner Exit Tray to attain higher productivity.

612
 DP-C406/C306/C266

7 Installation (For PU)

7.1. Precautions During Set Up
Before you begin the installation, read these entire instructions. You must locate an appropriate site (firm
and leveled surface) for the installation. Reading this section assists you with the decision making process.
Machine performance and copy quality is subject to, and dependant on environmental conditions.
To maintain good performance, quality, and safe operation, observe the following precautions:

1. For safe operation and to avoid trouble, do not install the system under the following conditions:
• High temperature, high humidity, low temperature or low humidity.
Ambient conditions Temperature : 50 - 86 °F (10 - 30 °C)
Relative humidity : 30 - 80 %
• Sudden changes in temperature or humidity
• Exposed to direct sunlight
• Dusty environment
• Poorly ventilated location
• Exposed to chemical gases (such as ammonia gas)
• Exposed to strong vibration
• Exposed to direct air current (ex: Air conditioner vent)

2. The weight of the machine (Scanner mounted; options not included) is as follows:
DP-C406 / C306 / C266 : Approx. 354.9 lb (161 kg)
Options:
DA-DS400 / DS401 (Paper Tray) : Approx. 58.3 lb (26.5 kg) / 60.4 lb (27.4 kg)
DA-FS402W (1 Bin Finisher) : Approx. 23.4 lb (10.6 kg)
DA-FS405W (1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher) : Approx. 81.4 lb (37 kg)
Place the machine on a level, and sturdy surface that can withstand the weight of the machine. If tilted,
the machine may tip-over, causing injuries.

3. The maximum power consumption is less than 1.5 kW. Depending on the product destination, the wall
outlet must be rated for 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC accordingly. It must also be protected for at least 15
amps for 120 VAC, or 10 amps for 220-240 VAC. If you are in doubt about a power source, ensure that
a qualified electrician checks the outlet. Do not connect any other devices to the wall outlet designated
for this machine. (Do not use an extension cord)

4. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded. (Do not ground to a gas or water pipe)

5. The machine should be installed in a well-ventilated area to minimize the ozone density in the air.

6. This machine has ventilation openings on the side and rear, which must remain unobstructed for safe
operation. The machine should be located at least 3.94 inches (100 mm) from the wall. Obstructing the
ventilation openings could present a fire hazard.
Using the space requirements shown on the following page, ensures that the machine has the
ventilation it requires, and that you have the space needed for replacing the supplies.

7. There is a remote possibility of electrocution when installing the Fax option during a Lightning Storm.
As a precaution, plug the AC Power Cord first, before connecting the Telephone Line Cable.

613
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Space Requirements:
Main Unit
3.94 in (100 mm)

37.99 in
(965 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)
47.64 in (1210 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

45.87 in (1165mm)

Main Unit + Exit Tray (Outer)

3.46 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(88 mm)
10.83 in 37.99 in
(275 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

60.15 in (1528 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Finisher

9.88 in 14.84 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(251 mm) (377 mm)
37.99 in
3.94 in (100 mm)

(965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)
55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

70.59 in (1793 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher

3.94 in (100 mm)

11.81 in 26.38 in 37.99 in

(300 mm) (670 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

84.05 in (2135 mm)

614
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.2. Unpacking
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the power plug cap and packing materials appropriately.
Caution:
Depending on your machine's model, it may weight approximately 354.9 lb (161 kg) without any options.
To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the machine.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Main Unit
2 1 Paper Size Label
3 1 AC Power Cord
4 1 Operating Instructions Basic Operations
5 1 Quick Reference Guide
6 1 Operating Instructions CD
Panasonic Document Management
7 1 Includes Operating Instructions
System CD
8 1 Installation Instructions This document
Note:
Supplies (Toner Cartridges) are not included, and are sold separately.

6 3
7
2

4
5
8

615
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.3. Installation Procedure
7.3.1. Outline
Step 1: Set up Machine (Refer to Section 7.3.2.)
Step 2: Setting and Adjustment (Refer to Section 7.4.- 7.5.)
1. Set the Date and Time on the Function mode.
2. Register the Customer’s Information on the Service Mode.
3. Adjusting the Copy Quality/Exposure if required.
Note:
1. For Option installation, refer to their pertinent Installation Instructions.
2. The following machine illustrations, depict a DP-C406 with a standard configuration.
Caution:
1. The scanner is locked in place with a Shipping Screw (Blue) to prevent damage during transit.
Do Not plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Power Switches ON before unlocking the scanner
(see steps (13)-(14)).
2. The machine is shipped from the factory with the Shipping Brackets for the Intermediate Transfer Unit
and the Fuser Unit, to avoid shipping damage.
Do Not plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Power Switches ON before removing the Shipping
Brackets (see steps (4) - (11)).

7.3.2. Installation Procedure

(1) Pull the Handles all the way out to lock them in place.

616
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
To release the Handle, push the Release Latch and
push the Handle into the machine.

(2) Lift and place the machine on a suitable Stand / Paper

Tray, aligning with a Guide-Pin, and the Front and Side
Covers.
System Console 1/2: (DA-DS400 / DS401)
Stand : (DA1D400 : USA / Canada
only)
Caution:
The machine weights approximately 354.9 lb (161 kg).
To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of
personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the machine.

<Removing the Protective Shipping Materials>

Caution:
If the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and Shipping
Brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine
may get damaged when the Power Switches are
turned ON.

(3) Open the Right Side Cover.

(4) Remove 2 Tapes.
(5) Remove 4 Blue Screws.
(6) Remove 2 Shipping Brackets.
(7) Close the Right Side Cover.
(8) Open the Sheet Bypass Tray.

617
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Open the Feed Cover.

(10) Remove 2 Blue Screws.

(11) Pull the Red Wire Strap to remove 2 Shipping
Brackets.
Caution:
If the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and Shipping
Brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine
may get damaged when the Power Switches are
turned ON.

(12) Close the Feed Cover and the Sheet Bypass Tray.

(13) Remove the Tape.

(14) Remove 1 Blue Screw to unlock the Scanner.
Caution:
If the Shipping Material (Blue Screw) is not removed as
instructed, the machine may get damaged when the
Power Switches are turned ON.
Note:
Store the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and
Shipping Brackets) in a safe place for future use.

(15) Remove the Protective Tape from the Battery.

618
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Installing the Toner Cartridge>

(16) Open the Front Cover.

(17) Shake the Toner Cartridge 10 to 15 Times to loosen

the contents.
Note:
Shake it up and down, then turn the bottom up and
repeat.

(18) Gently peel the Tape off in the direction of the arrow
as illustrated, however, do not open the Shutter, or
Toner will spill.

(19) Insert the Toner Cartridge all the way in. (Arrow label
on the top, and pointing to the Unlock Mark)

619
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(20) Turn the Toner Cartridge clockwise gently until it

stops (Arrow pointing to the Locked Mark). Repeat the
steps (17) to (20) for the remaining Toner Cartridges.
(21) Firmly close the Front Cover.

(22) Reinstall, and close all Covers.

(23) Load paper into the Paper Tray.
Note:
1. Ensure that all Tapes, Packing, and Shipping
Materials are removed.
2. To set the Paper Size for Tray 3 and 4, refer to the
System Console 1 (DA-DS400), and System Console
2 (DA-DS401) Installation Instructions.

(24) Plug the AC Power Cord.

(25) If required, connect the LAN / USB Cable
(not included).
(26) Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the
Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the
ON position.

620
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.4. Setting
7.4.1. Set the Date and the Time
1. Press the “Function” key.
2. Select “General Settings”.
3. Select “09 Key Operator Mode”.
4. Input the password, and select the “OK” button (default password is 00000000).
5. Select “20 Date Time Setting”.
6. Select “Change” of Date Time.
7. Select “Input”, and enter the Date and the Time.
8. Select the “OK” button twice.
9. Select the “Close” button.
10. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

7.4.2. Set the Customer’s Information

Register the required information when entering the Service Mode for the first time after the installation of
the machine by following the steps below. If registration is not completed, the registration screen is
displayed each time when entering the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Select the “Yes” button to Register the Installation Date.

4. Select a business category, and select the “OK” button.

The LCD displays 5 Business Categories on the screen, and there are 5 screens in total.
(i.e. 00 Agricultural, 01 Bank/Finance, 02 Communication, 03 Construction, 04 Design, 05 Distribution/
Retailer, 06 Education/Library, 07 Federal Government, 08 Fishing, 09 Forestry, 10 Manufacturing, 11
Medical, 12 Mining, 13 Non Profit, 14 Post Office, 15 Public Works, 16 Real Estate, 17 Religious/
Church, 18 Restaurant/Hotel, 19 State/Local Government, 20 Traffic/Warehouse, 21 Others)

621
 DP-C406/C306/C266
5. Select the “Yes” button to Register the information. Then exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service
Mode.

Note:
1. This Function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered.
(This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service
Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation.)
2. If you don' t want the Service History input screen to display, go to the Service Mode (F9-23-04 setting),
and then select “No”. When “No” is selected for the F9-23-04, the Service History is not registered,
and the items already registered in the Service History are turned “OFF” and cannot be checked or
altered. If “Yes” is selected for the F9-23-04 along the way, the Service History registration will be
started, and Service History items already registered are turned “ON”. For more details, refer to the
Service History List.

622
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.5. Adjustment
7.5.1. Manual Copy Quality Adjustment
1. Before starting, ensure that the unit is in standby in the Copy Mode, and it is not displaying any error
codes/messages.
2. Press the “Function” key.
3. Select “General Settings”.
4. Select “01 Manual Copy Quality Adj”.
5. Select the “On” button.
6. Select the “OK” button to begin the Manual Copy Quality adjustment.
Note:
Do not touch any keys, or turn the Power Switch Off until the adjustment cycle stops
(approximately 1-2 minutes).
7. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

7.5.2. Exposure (Standard Adjustment)

1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj.”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Black”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Mono Text/ Photo Density.
5. Make a copy of Test Chart 53/54 with gray scale (P/N FQ-SJ1011) and verify the density as shown
below.

Text/Photo Text Photo

A Not visible A Not visible A Not visible
.. . .. . ..
. . . . . 1 Hardly visible 1 Not visible 1 Clearly visible
. .
2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible
3 3 3

6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-221 Mono T/P Density (lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “-” (Negative) value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Steps 4. to 13. until proper density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-220 : Mono Text Density (lt)
F6-222 : Mono Photo Density (lt)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

623
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.5.3. Color Exposure (Special Adjustment for Customer's Requirement)
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Full Color”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Color T/ P Density.
5. Make a copy of Color Test Chart 101 (P/N PJQRC0119Z : LDR, PJQRC0120Z : A3), or the Customer’s
Document and verify the density.
6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-211 Color T/P Density (lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “-” (Negative) value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Steps 4. to 13. until desired density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-210 : Color Text Density (lt)
F6-212 : Color Photo Density (lt)
<Dark Part Adjustment>
F6-215 : Color Text Density (dk)
F6-216 : Color T/P Density (dk)
F6-217 : Color Photo Density (dk)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

624
 DP-C406/C306/C266
7.6. Service Notes
7.6.1. How to Input the Service History
A. Servicing this unit the 1st time of the day
Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously.
4. Select the appropriate Service Action and register it.
(LCD displays 5 Service Actions: 00 Changed Settings, 01 New Repair, 02 Adjustment/Cleaning,
03 Maintenance (PM), 04 Call Back)
5. Select the “Close” button to exit the Service Mode.

B. Re-visiting the customer the 2nd time on the same day

Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously, then “Is this a Call Back?” prompt
screen displays.

4. Select “Yes”, and the “OK” button to Register the Service Action. (“No” and “OK” to exit the Service
Mode.)
5. Select the appropriate Service Action and register it.
(LCD displays 5 Service Actions: 00 Changed Settings, 01 New Repair, 02 Adjustment/Cleaning, 03
Maintenance (PM), 04 Call Back)
6. Select the “Close” button to Register the information, and to exit the Service Mode.

625
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Note:
1. This Function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered.
(This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service
Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation.)
2. If you don' t want the Service History input screen to display, go to the Service Mode (F9-23-04 setting),
and then select “No”. When “No” is selected for the F9-23-04, the Service History is not registered,
and the items already registered in the Service History are turned “OFF” and cannot be checked or
altered. If “Yes” is selected for the F9-23-04 along the way, the Service History registration will be
started, and Service History items already registered are turned “ON”. For more details, refer to the
Service History List.
Caution:
All data (MCBSC, MTBF, MCBV etc.) will not be accurate since the F9-23-04 setting has been changed to
“OFF”, and the Service History was not being registered for some time.

626
 DP-C406/C306/C266

8 Installation (For PB and others)

8.1. Precautions During Set Up
Before you begin the installation, read these entire instructions. You must locate an appropriate site (firm
and leveled surface) for the installation. Reading this section assists you with the decision making process.
Machine performance and copy quality is subject to, and dependant on environmental conditions.
To maintain good performance, quality, and safe operation, observe the following precautions:

1. For safe operation and to avoid trouble, do not install the system under the following conditions:
• High temperature, high humidity, low temperature or low humidity.
Ambient conditions Temperature : 50 - 86 °F (10 - 30 °C)
Relative humidity : 30 - 80 %
• Sudden changes in temperature or humidity
• Exposed to direct sunlight
• Dusty environment
• Poorly ventilated location
• Exposed to chemical gases (such as ammonia gas)
• Exposed to strong vibration
• Exposed to direct air current (ex: Air conditioner vent)

2. The weight of the machine (Scanner mounted; options not included) is as follows:
DP-C406 / C306 / C266 : Approx. 354.9 lb (161 kg)
DP-C406 / C306 / C266 (Printer Unit) : Approx. 269 lb (122 kg)
DA-AS406 (Scanner Unit) : Approx. 86 lb (39 kg)
Options:
DA-DS400 / DS401 (Paper Tray) : Approx. 58.3 lb (26.5 kg) / 60.4 lb (27.4 kg)
DA-FS402W (1 Bin Finisher) : Approx. 23.4 lb (10.6 kg)
DA-FS405W (1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher) : Approx. 81.4 lb (37 kg)
Place the machine on a level, and sturdy surface that can withstand the weight of the machine. If tilted,
the machine may tip-over, causing injuries.

3. The maximum power consumption is less than 1.5 kW. Depending on the product destination, the wall
outlet must be rated for 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC accordingly. It must also be protected for at least 15
amps for 120 VAC, or 10 amps for 220-240 VAC. If you are in doubt about a power source, ensure that
a qualified electrician checks the outlet. Do not connect any other devices to the wall outlet designated
for this machine. (Do not use an extension cord)

4. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded. (Do not ground to a gas or water pipe)

5. The machine should be installed in a well-ventilated area to minimize the ozone density in the air.

6. This machine has ventilation openings on the side and rear, which must remain unobstructed for safe
operation. The machine should be located at least 3.94 inches (100 mm) from the wall. Obstructing the
ventilation openings could present a fire hazard.
Using the space requirements shown on the following page, ensures that the machine has the
ventilation it requires, and that you have the space needed for replacing the supplies.

7. There is a remote possibility of electrocution when installing the Fax option during a Lightning Storm.
As a precaution, plug the AC Power Cord first, before connecting the Telephone Line Cable.

627
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Space Requirements:
Main Unit
3.94 in (100 mm)

37.99 in
(965 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)
47.64 in (1210 mm)
mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

45.87 in (1165mm)

Main Unit + Exit Tray (Outer)

3.46 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(88 mm)
10.83 in 37.99 in
(275 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

60.15 in (1528 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Finisher

9.88 in 14.84 in 3.94 in (100 mm)
(251 mm) (377 mm)
37.99 in
3.94 in (100 mm)

(965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)
55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

70.59 in (1793 mm)

Main Unit + 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher

3.94 in (100 mm)

11.81 in 26.38 in 37.99 in

(300 mm) (670 mm) (965 mm)
mm)
3.94 in (100 mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

55.48 in (1410 mm)

47.64 in (1210 mm)

mm)

3.94 in (100 mm)

84.05 in (2135 mm)

628
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.2. Unpacking
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the power plug cap and packing materials appropriately.
Caution:
Depending on your machine's model, it may weight approximately 354.9 lb (161 kg) without any options.
To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the machine.

Printer Unit Packing

No. Qty. Description Remarks
1 1 Printer Unit
2 1 Model Label
3 1 Paper Size Label
4 1 AC Power Cord
5 1 Operating Instructions
6 1 Quick Reference Guide Except PM
7 1 Operating Instructions CD
Panasonic Document Management
8 1 Includes Operating Instructions
System CD
9 1 Installation Instructions This document
Note:
For PM Version, the Operating Instructions are not incorporated in the Printer Unit, which are shipped
separately. Please contact your Sales Company for details.

Scanner Unit Packing

No. Qty. Description Remarks
1 1 Scanner Unit
2 1 Scanner Base Bracket
3 1 Scanner Base Bracket Cover
4 1 Scanner Mounting Bracket
5 1 SCN Harness
6 7 Screw (M4 x 8)

7 3 Washer-head Screw

8 2 Screw (M3 x 6)
9 2 Metal Clamp
10 1 Unpacking Caution Sheet
Note:
Supplies (Toner Cartridges) are not included, and are sold separately.

629
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Printer Unit Packing> 1

9
3
8
2
7

6
4 5

<Scanner Unit Packing>

6
8
4
5
9

7
2
10
3

630
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.3. Installation Procedure
8.3.1. Outline
Step 1: Set up Machine (Refer to Section 8.3.2.)
Step 2: Setting and Adjustment (Refer to Section 8.4.- 8.5.)
1. Set the Date and Time on the Function mode.
2. Register the Customer’s Information on the Service Mode.
3. Adjusting the Copy Quality/Exposure if required.
Note:
1. For Option installation, refer to their pertinent Installation Instructions.
2. The following machine illustrations, depict a DP-C406 with a standard configuration.
Caution:
1. The scanner is locked in place with a Shipping Screw (Blue) to prevent damage during transit.
Do Not plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Power Switches ON before unlocking the scanner
(see steps (37) - (38)).
2. The machine is shipped from the factory with the Shipping Brackets for the Intermediate Transfer Unit
and the Fuser Unit, to avoid shipping damage.
Do Not plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Power Switches ON before removing the Shipping
Brackets (see steps (28) - (35)).
Caution:
Some parts, related to the Product liabilities, Safety and/or Electromagnetic interference (EMI)
regulations, are assembled under strict factory control.
If the procedures are marked with Caution, follow the instructions carefully, and making sure that all
parts are properly installed to conform the regulations.

8.3.2. Installation Procedure

(1) Pull the Handles all the way out to lock them in place.

631
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Note:
To release the Handle, push the Release Latch and
push the Handle into the machine.

(2) Lift and place the Printer Unit on a suitable Stand /

Paper Tray, aligning with a Guide-Pin, and the Front
and Side Covers.
For DP-C406 / C306 / C266
System Console 1/2: (DA-DS400 / DS401)
(Refer to the Installation Instructions)
Caution:
The Printer Unit weights approximately 269 lb (122 kg).
To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of
personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the Printer Unit.

Caution:
The Scanner Unit weights approximately 86 lb (39 kg).
To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of
personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the Scanner Unit.
Do not lift the Scanner Unit by the Control Panel, Cord/
Harness as it may cause damage, and/or bodily injury.

632
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Lift and place the Scanner Unit on the machine,

aligning it with the Rear, and Side Covers.

(4) Install the Scanner Base Bracket.

(5) Secure the Scanner Base Bracket with 5 Screws (M4
x 8).

(6) Install the Scanner Base Bracket Cover.

(7) Secure the Scanner Base Bracket Cover with 3
Washer-head Screws.

(8) Remove 2 Screws.

(9) Remove the Rear Scanner Cover.

633
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Loosen 11 Screws.

(11) Remove the Rear Cover.

(12) Connect the SCN Harness to connectors CN702 and

CN709 on the SCN PC Board.

(13) Route the Harnesses through the access slot on the

machine as illustrated.

(14) Connect the SCN Harness to the pre-installed

Harness.
(15) Connect the SCN Harness to CN51 on the SC PC
Board.
(16) Connect the USB Cable to CN65 on the SC PC
Board.
Caution:
Connect the USB Cable to the upper USB port
connector on the SC PC Board.

(17) Secure the SCN Harness, and USB Cable with 1

Harness Clamp.
Caution:
Make sure that all Harnesses are properly installed as
illustrated.

634
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(18) Secure the Harness with the Metal Clamp, and 1

Screw (M3 x 6).

(19) Connect the AFE Harness to connectors CN56 and

CN57 on the SC PC Board.
Caution:
The AFE Harness must be positioned over the SCN
Harness as illustrated.

(20) Secure the Harness with the Metal Clamp, and 1

Screw (M3 x 6).
(21) Secure the Harness with 1 Harness Clamp.
Caution:
The Tie Wrap should be located on the lower side of
the Harness Clamp as illustrated.

(22) Connect the Harness to connectors CN58 and CN59

on the SC PC Board.

(23) Install the Scanner Mounting Bracket.

(24) Secure the Scanner Mounting Bracket with 2 Screws
(M4 x 8).
(25) Reinstall the Rear Scanner Cover removed in step (9).

635
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(26) Open the Right Side Cover.

(27) Fasten the Scanner Unit with 1 Thumb Screw.

<Removing the Protective Shipping Materials>

Caution:
If the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and Shipping
Brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine
may get damaged when the Power Switches are
turned ON.

(28) Remove 2 Tapes.

(29) Remove 4 Blue Screws.
(30) Remove 2 Shipping Brackets.
(31) Close the Right Side Cover.
(32) Open the Sheet Bypass.

636
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(33) Open the Feed Cover.

(34) Remove 2 Blue Screws.

(35) Pull the Red Wire Strap to remove 2 Shipping
Brackets.
Caution:
If the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and Shipping
Brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine
may get damaged when the Power Switches are
turned ON.

(36) Close the Feed Cover and the Sheet Bypass Tray.

(37) Remove the Tape.

(38) Remove 1 Blue Screw to unlock the Scanner.
Caution:
If the Shipping Material (Blue Screw) is not removed as
instructed, the machine may get damaged when the
Power Switches are turned ON.
Note:
Store the Shipping Materials (Blue Screws, and
Shipping Brackets) in a safe place for future use.

(39) Remove the Protective Tape from the Battery.

637
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Installing the Toner Cartridge>

(40) Open the Front Cover.

(41) Shake the Toner Cartridge 10 to 15 Times to loosen

the contents.
Note:
Shake it up and down, then turn the bottom up and
repeat.

(42) Gently peel the Tape off in the direction of the arrow
as illustrated, however, do not open the Shutter, or
Toner will spill.

(43) Insert the Toner Cartridge all the way in. (Arrow label
on the top, and pointing to the Unlock Mark)

638
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(44) Turn the Toner Cartridge clockwise gently until it

stops (Arrow pointing to the Locked Mark). Repeat the
steps (41) to (44) for the remaining Toner Cartridges.
(45) Firmly close the Front Cover.

(46) Attach the Model Label to the machine as illustrated.

(47) Reinstall, and close all Covers.
(48) Load paper into the Paper Tray.
Note:
1. Ensure that all Tapes, Packing, and Shipping
Materials are removed.
2. To set the Paper Size for Tray 3 and 4, refer to the
System Console 1 (DA-DS400), and System
Console 2 (DA-DS401) Installation Instructions.

(49) Plug the AC Power Cord.

(50) If required, connect the LAN / USB Cable
(not included).
(51) Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the
Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the
ON position.

639
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.4. Setting
8.4.1. Internet Fax Function Confirmation
It is not necessary to set the parameter for the following suffix (Destinations). The Internet Fax Firmware is
automatically loaded with the Host Firmware.
PB : UK PK : China PT : Taiwan PU : USA
Note:
For other destinations below, set the Fax Service Mode 1 Function Parameter #005 (Destination Code) by
following the steps below.
000 : Austria 001 : UK 002 : Canada 003 : Denmark 004 : Taiwan
005 : Finland 006 : Germany 007 : Netherlands 008 : Italy 009 : Spain
010 : Hong Kong 011 : Australia 012 : Switzerland 013 : Norway 015 : Portugal
016 : Ireland 017 : Belgium 018 : Sweden 019 : Turkey 020 : USA
021 : France 022 : New Zealand 025 : Japan 030 : Czech 031 : Russia
032 : Greece 033 : Hungary 034 : Indonesia 035 : South Korea 038 : Malaysia
039 : China 045 : Thailand 048 : South Africa 049 : Singapore 050 : Universal
051 : East Europe
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
4. Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
5. Select “01 Function Param. Setting”.
6. Select “05 Destination Code”, and select the “Input” button.
7. Input the new Destination Code, and select the “OK”, “Close” buttons.
8. Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
9. Select “01 Parameter Initialize”, and the “Yes” button.
10. Select the “Close” button three times.
11. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
12. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF ( ), and back to the ON ( I )
position to enable the parameter settings.

8.4.2. Set the Date and the Time

1. Press the “Function” key.
2. Select “General Settings”.
3. Select “09 Key Operator Mode”.
4. Input the password, and select the “OK” button (default password is 00000000).
5. Select “20 Date Time Setting”.
6. Select “Change” of Date Time.
7. Select “Input”, and enter the Date and the Time.
8. Select the “OK” button twice.
9. Select the “Close” button.
10. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

8.4.3. Set the Customer’s Information

Register the required information when entering the Service Mode for the first time after the installation of
the machine by following the steps below. If registration is not completed, the registration screen is
displayed each time when entering the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).

640
 DP-C406/C306/C266
3. Select the “Yes” button to Register the Installation Date.

4. Select a business category, and select the “OK” button.

The LCD displays 5 Business Categories on the screen, and there are 5 screens in total. (i.e. 00
Agricultural, 01 Bank/Finance, 02 Communication, 03 Construction, 04 Design, 05 Distribution/Retailer,
06 Education/Library, 07 Federal Government, 08 Fishing, 09 Forestry, 10 Manufacturing,
11 Medical, 12 Mining, 13 Non Profit, 14 Post Office, 15 Public Works, 16 Real Estate, 17 Religious/
Church, 18 Restaurant/Hotel, 19 State/Local Government, 20 Traffic/Warehouse, 21 Others)
5. Select the “Yes” button to Register the information. Then exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service
Mode.

Note:
1. This Function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered.
(This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service
Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation.)
2. If you don' t want the Service History input screen to display, go to the Service Mode (F9-23-04 setting),
and then select “No”. When “No” is selected for the F9-23-04, the Service History is not registered,
and the items already registered in the Service History are turned “OFF” and cannot be checked or
altered. If “Yes” is selected for the F9-23-04 along the way, the Service History registration will be
started, and Service History items already registered are turned “ON”. For more details, refer to the
Service History List.

641
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.5. Adjustment
8.5.1. Manual Copy Quality Adjustment
1. Before starting, ensure that the unit is in standby in the Copy Mode, and it is not displaying any error
codes/messages.
2. Press the “Function” key.
3. Select “General Settings”.
4. Select “01 Manual Copy Quality Adj”.
5. Select the “On” button.
6. Select the “OK” button to begin the Manual Copy Quality adjustment.
Note:
Do not touch any keys, or turn the Power Switch Off until the adjustment cycle stops
(approximately 1-2 minutes).
7. Press the “Reset” key, to exit the General Settings mode.

8.5.2. Exposure (Standard Adjustment)

1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj.”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Black”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and then select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Mono Text/ Photo Density.
5. Make a copy of Test Chart 53/54 with gray scale (P/N FQ-SJ1011) and verify the density as shown
below.

Text/Photo Text Photo

A Not visible A Not visible A Not visible
.. . .. . ..
. . . . . 1 Hardly visible 1 Not visible 1 Clearly visible
. .
2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible 2 Clearly visible
3 3 3

6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-221 Mono T/P Density (lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “-” (negative) value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Steps 4. to 13. until proper density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-220: Mono Text Density (lt), F6-222: Mono Photo Density (lt)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

642
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.5.3. Color Exposure (Special Adjustment for Customer's Requirement)
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
4. Select “Quality Adj”, and set the Density to the center position.
Select “Full Color”, “Text/Photo”, “Commercial”, and select the “OK” button to set the machine to
Color T/ P Density.
5. Make a copy of Color Test Chart 101 (P/N PJQRC0119Z : LDR, PJQRC0120Z : A3), or the Customer’s
Document and verify the density.
6. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Enter F6-211 Color T/P Density (lt) Mode.
9. Select “Input”.
10. Enter the new 2-digit value.
Note:
The “Reset” key is used to enter a “-” (negative) value.
(+) : Lighter (-) : Darker
11. Select the “OK” button, and select the “Close” button.
12. Press the “2” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F2 Service Mode.
13. Make a copy to confirm the adjustment.
Note:
Repeat Steps 4. to 13. until desired density is attained.
<Light Part Adjustment>
F6-210: Color Text Density (lt), F6-212: Color Photo Density (lt)
<Dark Part Adjustment>
F6-215: Color Text Density (dk), F6-216: Color T/P Density (dk), F6-217: Color Photo Density (dk)
14. Press the “Reset” key twice to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode.
15. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.

8.5.4. User Authentication, and/or Via Fax Server Function Confirmation

(Specified Destinations only)
If your customer requires User Authentication and/or Via Fax Server, setup the feature(s) by referring to the
Operating Instructions (For User Authentication) for the PU (USA/Canada, etc.).
Note:
For other destinations below, set the Fax Service Mode 1 Function Parameter #005 (Destination Code) by
following the steps below.
000 : Austria 001 : UK 006 : Germany 009 : Spain
011 : Australia 021 : France 022 : New Zealand
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
4. Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
5. Select “01 Function Param. Setting”.
6. Select “05 Destination Code”, and select the “Input” button.
7. Input the new Destination Code, and select the “OK” button.
8. Select the “Close” button three times.
9. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
10. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF ( ), and back to the ON ( I )
position to enable the parameter settings.

643
 DP-C406/C306/C266
8.6. Service Notes
8.6.1. How to Input the Service History
A. Servicing this unit the 1st time of the day
Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously.
4. Select the appropriate Service Action and register it.
(LCD displays 5 Service Actions: 00 Changed Settings, 01 New Repair, 02 Adjustment/Cleaning,
03 Maintenance (PM), 04 Call Back)
5. Select the “Close” button to exit the Service Mode.

B. Re-visiting the customer the 2nd time on the same day

Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously, then “Is this a Call Back?” prompt
screen displays.

4. Select “Yes”, and the “OK” button to Register the Service Action. (“No” and “OK” to exit the Service
Mode.)
5. Select the appropriate Service Action and register it.
(LCD displays 5 Service Actions: 00 Changed Settings, 01 New Repair, 02 Adjustment/Cleaning,
03 Maintenance (PM), 04 Call Back)
6. Select the “Close” button to Register the information, and to exit the Service Mode.

644
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Note:
1. This Function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered.
(This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service
Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation.)
2. If you don' t want the Service History input screen to display, go to the Service Mode (F9-23-04 setting),
and then select “No”. When “No” is selected for the F9-23-04, the Service History is not registered,
and the items already registered in the Service History are turned “OFF” and cannot be checked or
altered. If “Yes” is selected for the F9-23-04 along the way, the Service History registration will be
started, and Service History items already registered are turned “ON”. For more details, refer to the
Service History List.
Caution:
All data (MCBSC, MTBF, MCBV etc.) will not be accurate since the F9-23-04 setting has been changed to
“OFF”, and the Service History was not being registered for some time.

645
 DP-C406/C306/C266

9 Options and Supplies

9.1. Installing the Fax Communication Board (DA-FG401)
9.1.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Fax Box
2 1 Speaker Assembly
3 1 USB Cable
4 1 FXB Harness
5 1 Speaker Harness
6 5 Screw (Short) [M3 x 6]

7 1 Screw (Long) [M3 x 8]

8 2 Clamp A

9 6 Clamp B

The Shape/Specification/Qty may differ

10 1 Telephone Line Cable
depending on the destination
11 1 TEL/LINE Label
12 1 Type Approval Label For Specified Destination only
13 1 Telepermit Label For New Zealand only
14 1 Stamp Solenoid
15 1 Stamp Assembly
16 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4 5 6

8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

646
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.1.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Connect the FXB Harness to the Fax Box.

(2) Connect the USB Cable to the Fax Box.

(3) Connect one end of the Speaker Harness (Black) to

the Fax Box.
(4) Secure the Speaker Harness with the Harness
Clamp.

(5) Remove 11 Screws.

(6) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.1.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

647
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Install the Fax Box as illustrated.

(8) Secure the Fax Box with 3 Screws (M3 x 6).

(9) Connect the other end of the Speaker Harness

(White) to the Speaker Assembly.

<For PU only>
Skip to step (13).
<For PB and Other Destinations only>
Follow the steps below
(10) Remove 2 Screws.
(11) Remove the Bracket.
(12) Dispose of the removed parts appropriately.

(13) Install the Speaker Assembly.

(14) Secure the Speaker Assembly with 2 Screws
(M3 x 6).

648
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(15) Install 5 Clamps B.

(16) Secure the Speaker Harness with 6 Harness Clamps,

and 1 Edge Saddle.

(17) Install 1 Clamp B.

(18) Secure the Speaker Harness with 1 Harness Clamp.

(19) Connect the FXB Harness to Connector CN64 on the

SC PC Board.
(20) Secure the FXB Harness with 2 Harness Clamps.

649
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(21) Install 2 Clamps A.

(22) Connect the USB Cable to Connector CN67 on the
SC PC Board.
(23) Secure the USB Cable with 2 Harness Clamps, and 1
Edge Saddle.

(24) Open the ADF Cover.

(25) Lift the Lower Opening and the Shutting Guide 2
Assembly.

(26) Lift the ADF Tray Assembly.

(27) Lower the Inverting Guide 4 Assembly.

650
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(28) Remove 2 Screws.

(29) Remove the Inverting Guide 3 Assembly.

(30) Remove 4 Screws.

(31) Remove the Lower Exit Guide.

(32) Connect the Stamp Harness to the Stamp Solenoid.

(33) Secure the Stamp Solenoid with 1 Screw (M3 x 8).
(34) Secure the Stamp Harness with the Harness Clamp.

651
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(35) Reinstall the Lower Exit Guide removed in Step (31).

Caution:
When installing the Lower Exit Guide, make sure that
the 2 Keys are properly inserted in the Holes, and the
Lower Exit Guide is installed Horizontally.

(36) Install the Stamp Assembly.

(37) Reinstall all the parts removed in the previous steps,
and close the ADF Covers.

(38) Proceed with the installation of other options. If

finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(39) Remove 1 Screw.
(40) Remove the Cover.

652
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(41) Remove the Protective Tab using a Nipper, or a

Cutter.

(42) ReInstall the Cover.

(43) Secure the Cover with 1 Screw.

(44) Attach the TEL/LINE Label to the Rear Cover as

illustrated.
(45) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left Side of the machine to the ON position.
(46) Connect one end of the Telephone Line Cable to the
LINE Jack on the Rear side of the machine, and the
other end to the Telephone Jack on the wall.
Reconnect the LAN Cable if disconnected.

(47) Attach the Type Approval Label (for specified

destination only) on the top of the other labels to the
Rear Cover as illustrated.

<For New Zealand only>

Attach the Telepermit Label around the LINE Jack on
the Rear Cover.

653
 DP-C406/C306/C266
(48) It is not necessary to set the parameter for the following suffix (Destinations). The Fax Firmware is
automatically loaded with the Host Firmware.
PB : UK
PK : China
PT : Taiwan
PU : USA
Note:
For other destinations below, set “00 FAX Service Mode : 01 Function Parameter Setting :
#005 Destination Code” by following the steps below.
000 : Austria 010 : Hong Kong 021 : France 038 : Malaysia
001 : UK 011 : Australia 022 : New Zealand 039 : China
002 : Canada 012 : Switzerland 025 : Japan 045 : Thailand
003 : Denmark 013 : Norway 029 : Poland 048 : South Africa
004 : Taiwan 015 : Portugal 030 : Czech 049 : Singapore
005 : Finland 016 : Ireland 031 : Russia 050 : Universal
006 : Germany 017 : Belgium 032 : Greece 051 : East Euro
007 : Netherlands 018 : Sweden 033 : Hungary
008 : Italy 019 : Turkey 034 : Indonesia
009 : Spain 020 : USA 035 : South Korea

(49) Perform Parameter Initialization by following the steps below.

1) Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2) Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3) Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
4) Select “00 FAX Service Mode”.
5) Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
6) Select “01 Parameter Initialize”.
7) Select the “Yes” button. Wait approximately 1-2 seconds, the unit beeps when initialization is
completed.
8) Select the “Close” button four times.
9) Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
10) Reboot the machine after setting the parameter(s) to activate the setting(s). (Turn the Power Switch
on the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF ( ) then back to the ON ( I ) position.)

(50) Proceed the communication test to ensure the Fax Option works properly.

654
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.2. Installing the Printer Controller Module (DA-MC401)
9.2.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Hardware Key PS KEY
Includes Operating Instructions
2 1 set Software CD (s) PU : CD x 1
PB : CD x 2
3 1 Adobe PostScript 3 Label
4 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

PU : CD x 1
PB : CD x 2

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.2.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Loosen 11 Screws.

(2) Remove the Rear Cover.

655
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.2.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

(3) Install the Hardware Key into one of the four available
connectors (CN11, CN12, CN13 or CN99) on the SC
PC Board.
Note:
The connector is keyed, to prevent damage to the SC
PC Board, install the Hardware Key as illustrated. Do
not force the Hardware Key into the connector if facing
the wrong way.

(4) Proceed with the installation of other options.

If finished, reinstall all Harnesses, and Covers.
(5) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(6) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.
(7) Update the firmware of the unit to the PS Option
firmware. Refer to the attached “Service Notes”.
(8) Install the PS Software into the PC with the Operating
Instructions by following the prompts of the Installation
Wizard.
(9) Attach the Adobe PostScript 3 Label onto the Front
Panel as illustrated.

656
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.2.3. Service Notes “Firmware Update” for PS Option Installation
To use PS (DA-MC401) option, the standard firmware must be updated, changing to Type D SC
firmware is required. The required firmware is on the CD included with the option.
Before proceeding, it is important to determine the Final Configuration of your machine in order to correctly
identify the required firmware from the table below. Carefully read, and follow the Installation Instructions for
the appropriate option.
The firmware for SC, EC, SCN, and FCB must be updated in this sequence as a set. Please update the
firmware with the latest version as a set by referring to the following table.

Firmware Version Table

Standard Firmware PostScript Firmware
(SC = Type A) (SC = Type D)
SC CMFP3_SCAxVxxxxx_xx CMFP3_SCDxVxxxxx_xx

Main Unit Firmware Code Updating Instructions

Caution:
Before proceeding with the Firmware Update, clear all Fax or Internet Fax jobs first, or the Firmware will
not update properly. Follow the steps below to perform All Job Clear.
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
4. Select “00 FAX Service Mode”.
5. Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
6. Select “09 All Job Clear”, and select the “Yes” button.
After clearing the jobs, the machine reboots automatically, and returns to the standby mode.

Updating through a LAN Port

The firmware code can be easily updated when the main unit is connected to a LAN.
If the unit is not connected to a LAN, the Network Firmware Update Tool can be used by connecting to the
machine using a Cross Cable.
1. Install the Network Firmware Update Tool to your PC
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site. Please
refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00). Make sure the unit's
Password (Service Mode F7-01: Application Password) is the same as the tool's password.
Make sure the unit is in an idle state (e.g. not making copies, not printing, etc.).

657
 DP-C406/C306/C266
4. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
Start the Network Firmware Update Tool, and select the following Parent Firmware File Folder in the
C:\Panasonic\Panasonic-FUP\Data folder. The Firmware Type window appears, and proper Firmware
Files are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware Type.
Then follow the display instructions to upgrade the Main Unit's Firmware Codes.

Parent Firmware File Folder Sub Firmware File Folder

\ DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx \ Sc_Std \ CMFP3_SCAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Sc_Ps \ CMFP3_SCDxVxxxxx_xx
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C406_C306)
\ Ec \ CMFP7_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C266)
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx
\ Scn \ CMFP3SCNAAVxxxxx
When you select the Parent Folder, the following
Firmware Type window appears. Proper Sub File Folders
are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware
Type.
The transferring order is set up automatically.

5. Confirmation
After the update is completed, the machine reboots itself and returns to standby.
Confirm the F5 & F6 parameters according to the printed lists in Step 3. if the settings are different.
Note:
1. Manual mode must be used, when updating the designated version of the firmware or changing the
type of the firmware.
Please refer to the Section 2.2, “Setting up the Network Firmware Update Tool, File Selection
Tab” of the Operating Instructions.
2. While updating the firmware code, the display may become garbled, however, it will return to normal
upon completion of the firmware update.
3. If the firmware update fails, and the unit does not boot up, the Network Firmware Update Tool will not
be able to transfer the firmware code. If this occurs, refer to Service Manual 3.12.8. “Firmware
Emergency Recovery”.
4. The suffix “_xx” for the Folder Name or File Name may not exist depending on the destination
location.

Updating through the USB Port

If the device is not connected to the LAN, upgrade the firmware code using the USB Port.
1. Install the Local Firmware Update Tool to your PC
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site. Please
refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.

658
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00).
Important: DO NOT connect the USB Cable yet.
Enter into Service Mode F9-07-01 (Update From USB) to enable the unit to accept the programming
code from the USB Port.
Now connect the USB Cable between the Unit, and PC.
4. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
Start the Local Firmware Update Tool, and select the following Parent Firmware File Folder in the
C:\Panasonic\Panasonic-FUP\Data folder. The Firmware Type window appears, and proper Firmware
Files are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware Type.
Then follow the display instructions to upgrade the Main Unit's Firmware Codes.

Parent Firmware File Folder Sub Firmware File Folder

\ DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx \ Sc_Std \ CMFP3_SCAxVxxxxx_xx
\ Sc_Ps \ CMFP3_SCDxVxxxxx_xx
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C406_C306)
\ Ec \ CMFP7_ECAAVxxxxx (DP-C266)
\ Ec \ CMFP6_ECAAVxxxxx
\ Scn \ CMFP3SCNAAVxxxxx
When you select the Parent Folder, the following
Firmware Type window appears. Proper Sub File Folders
are selected automatically by selecting the Firmware
Type.
The transferring order is set up automatically.

5. Confirmation
After the update is completed, the machine reboots itself, and returns to standby.
Confirm the F5 & F6 parameters according to the printed lists in Step 3. if the settings are different.
Note:
1. While updating the firmware code, the display may become garbled, however, it will return to normal
upon completion of the firmware update.
2. The suffix “_xx” for the Folder Name or File Name may not exist depending on the destination
location.

Updating the Firmware using the Master Firmware SD Memory Card

If the Master SD Memory Card includes all necessary firmware as a package.
(Only one SD Memory Card is required (minimum 128 MB size) to update the SC PCB with the Standard, or
with all Optional firmware configurations.)
Caution:
1. Remove the USB Memory from the USB Memory Slot in Front of the machine.
2. Install the Master Firmware SD Memory Card into the Card Slot in Front of the machine.
Do not install it into the Card Slot on the SC PCB, or the machine will automatically format the SD
Card for the Fax Image Memory.
3. Do not remove the SD Memory Card from the SD Card Slot in Front of the machine, or turn the power
OFF while Updating the Firmware.

659
 DP-C406/C306/C266
1. Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade
Before starting, print the F5/F6 Parameters List (Copy Service Mode F9-03-00).
2. Upgrading the Main Unit's Firmware Code
1. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
2. Install the appropriate Master Firmware SD Memory Card into the Card Slot in Front of the machine.
3. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
4. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
5. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
6. Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode.
7. Perform the Copy Service Mode F9-07-00 (Update From Card).
8. The firmware is copied into the machine.
If “Auto Mode” is selected, all the necessary firmware is copied all at once, and after the update is
completed, the machine reboots itself, and returns to standby.
9. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the OFF ( ) position.
10. Remove the Master Firmware SD Memory Card from the machine.
11. Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON ( I ) position.
12. Reprogram the F5 & F6 Parameters according to the lists printed in Step 1. if the settings are other
than factory default.
Caution:
If the unit does not boot up properly in Step 8., refer to Service Manual 3.12.8. “Firmware
Emergency Recovery”.

Creating a Master Firmware SD Memory Card using a PC

1. Install the “SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool” to your PC.
The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company's Web site, or the PCC Service Web site. Please
refer to the Operating Instructions of the Tool for details.
2. Preparing the Firmware Code
Double click the appropriate Destination Shortcut Batch File and copy the Firmware Code File on the
CD-ROM to the Firmware Data Folder in your PC. Note that the files in the Archive will be extracted
automatically into the designated folder when the Archived file (.exe) is Double-clicked.
Note:
If the license agreement is required, read the agreement and agree with it, then input the password
“1Panasonic!”.
Example:
From : Destination Shortcut Batch File : D : (CD-ROM Drive) \ xFirmware \ USA.bat
Firmware Code File : DP-C406_C306_C266_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.exe
To : Firmware Data Folder : C : \ Panasonic \ Panasonic-FUP \ Data
3. Preparing the Master Firmware SD Memory Card
1. Insert the SD Memory Card (128 MB to 32 GB) into the SD Memory Card Slot.
2. Perform the SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool.
3. After all firmware codes are copied, remove the SD Memory Card from the Slot.
The SD Memory Card is now ready to use for firmware update.
(Refer to the SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool Readme File.)

660
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.3. Installing the Page Memory 256MB (DA-PMV56)
9.3.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 2 Image Memory Board 128 MB (PJWPF331MPU)
2 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2

Note:
Image Memory Board is not available for Spare Parts.

9.3.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Loosen 11 Screws.

(2) Remove the Rear Cover.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.3.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

661
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Install 2 Image Memory Boards into two connectors

(CN5, and CN6) on the SC PC Board.
Note:
Make sure to align the notch first, and insert the Image
Memory Board at a 20 - 30° angle into the memory
socket, and then lock it down.

(4) Proceed with the installation of other options.

If finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(5) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left Side of the machine to the ON position.
(6) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

662
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.4. Installing the Accounting Software (DA-WA10)
9.4.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Accounting Software CD Includes Operating Instructions
2 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.4.2. Installation
1. Install the Accounting Software into the PC with the Operating Instructions by following the prompts of
the Installation Wizard.
2. Set the Key/Dept. Counter function by following the steps below.
1) Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2) Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3) Press the “5” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F5 Service Mode. (Function Parameters).
4) Select “42 KEY/DEPT Counter”.
5) Select “Dept.”, and the “OK” button to activate the Dept. Counter function.
6) Select the “Close” button.
7) Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
3. Set the Key/Dept. Code, please refer to the Operating Instructions (For Function Parameters) to
Function setting.

663
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.5. Installing the SD Memory Card (64 MB up to 32 GB)

9.5.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

Qty. Description Remarks

1 SD Memory Card (RP-SDxxx****) 64 MB - 32GB
Note:
1. The Panasonic SD Memory Cards listed above are included for your reference only.
2. The suffix (****) may differ depending on the Destination.

9.5.2. Installation
1. Ensure that the Write Protect Switch of the SD Memory Card is in the “Unlock” position.
2. Ensure that there is no Fax Jobs in memory. If there is a Fax Job in memory, clear all Jobs first by
following the steps below.
1) Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2) Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3) Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
4) Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
5) Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
6) Select “09 All Job Clear”, and select the “Yes” button.
After clearing the jobs, the machine reboots automatically and returns to the standby mode.
3. Install the SD Memory Card by following the steps below.
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.
(1) Loosen 11 Screws.
(2) Remove the Rear Cover.

664
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.5.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

(3) Gently insert the SD Memory Card into the SD Card

Slot (CN9) on the SC PCB as illustrated (Logo facing
outward).
Caution:
Forcing the card into the slot may cause damage to the
card or machine.

(4) Proceed with the installation of other options. If

finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(5) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(6) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.
Caution:
Do not remove the SD Memory Card or turn the power OFF during Formatting.
Note:
1. When a New (Blank) SD Memory Card is detected for the first time. The machine will format the SD
Card for DATA (used for G3 Fax / Internet Fax Image), and it takes approximately 3 to 12 min. to format
depending on the manufacturer, SD Memory Card Size or Data Access Speed of the SD Card.
2. If the SD Memory Card is formatted by the machine, clear all Jobs by following the steps below.
1) Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2) Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3) Press the “9” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F9 Service Mode (Unit Maintenance).
4) Select “00 Fax Service Mode”.
5) Select “06 RAM Initialize”.
6) Select “09 All Job Clear”, and select the “Yes” button.
After clearing the jobs, the machine reboots automatically and returns to the standby mode.

665
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.6. Installing the System Console 1 (DA-DS400) and
System Console 2 (DA-DS401)
9.6.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

<DA-DS400> System Console 1

No. Qty. Description Remarks
1 1 Paper Tray Unit
2 1 Paper Size Label
3 2 Bracket
4 2 Screw (M4 x 8)
5 1 Installation Instructions This document

<DA-DS401> System Console 2

No. Qty. Description Remarks
1 1 Paper Tray Unit
2 1 Paper Size Label
3 2 Bracket
4 2 Screw (M4 x 8)
5 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4 5

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

666
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.6.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Carefully unpack the System Console 1 or 2, and

remove all shipping Tesa Tapes.
(2) Remove 2 Screws.
(3) Remove the Rear Cover.

(4) Pull the Handles all the way out to lock them in place.

Note:
To release the Handle, push on the Release Latch, and
push the Handle into the machine.

667
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(5) Lift and place the machine on the Paper Tray, aligning
it with Front and Side covers.
Caution:
1. The machine weights approximately 354.9 lb (161
kg). To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number
of personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or
move the machine.
2. The Separate Printer Unit weights approximately
268.3 lb (122 kg). To prevent injuries, use the
appropriate number of personnel, and the proper
equipment to lift, or move the Printer Unit.

(6) Loosen 3 Screws.

(7) Remove the Lower Rear Cover.

(8) Connect the pre-installed Harness in the machine to

the pre-installed Harness in the Paper Tray.

668
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Install 2 Brackets as illustrated.

(10) Secure each Bracket with 1 Screw (M4 x 8).

(11) Open the Paper Tray 3.

(12) Fasten the Paper Tray with 1 Thumb Screw.

<Paper Size setting (Paper Tray 3 and 4) to your

customer's requirement>
Default Paper Size setting
For USA and Canada
Paper Tray 3: 11 x 17 (Ledger)
Paper Tray 4: 11 x 17 (Ledger)
For Europe and Other Destinations
Paper Tray 3: A3
Paper Tray 4: A3

669
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Remove 5 Screws.

(14) Adjust the Paper Guides.

Note:
1. Adjust the Front Paper Guide to lineup with the Paper
Size Marker as illustrated (Ex: Legal, Letter or FLS2,
etc.).
2. Adjust the Rear Paper Guide proportionally.
Caution:
Confirm that Paper Guides are adjusted to the correct
position.

(15) Secure the Paper Guides with 5 Screws.

(16) Load paper into the Paper Tray.
(17) Close the Paper Tray 3.
Note:
For System Console 2 (DA-DS401), repeat the same
steps for the Paper Tray 4.

(18) Attach the appropriate Paper Size Label(s) onto the

3rd/4th Paper Tray(s) as illustrated.
(19) Proceed with the installation of other options. If
finished, reinstall all Harnesses, and Covers.
(20) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back, and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(21) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.
(22) To level the machine, and to add more stability, adjust
the 2 Levelers behind the front casters as illustrated.

670
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.6.3. Paper Size Setting (System Console)
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “5” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F5 Service Mode.
4. Select “16 Paper Size Tray 3”.
5. Select a desired Paper Size, and select the “OK” button.
6. Select a Media Type, and select the “OK” button.
Note:
For System Console 1 (DA-DS400), skip to step 10.
For System Console 2 (DA-DS401), follow the steps below.
7. Select “17 Paper Size Tray 4”.
8. Select a desired Paper Size, and select the “OK” button.
9. Select a Media Type, and select the “OK” button.
10. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F5 Service Mode.
11. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
12. Confirm that System Console (Tray 3 and/or Tray 4) is displayed.

9.6.4. Adjusting the Printer Registration, LSU Image Side to Side

After installing the System Console option, the following LSU Image Side to Side adjustment must be
performed. The Printer registration is adjusted at the factory. If copy image is abnormal, adjust it by the
following procedure.

9.6.4.1. Printer Registration

1. Insert Ledger, or A3 size paper into Tray 2, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size.
Empty or pull out all the remaining trays (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Press the “8” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F8 Service Mode.
5. Perform the Service Modes F8-28 (Belt Length Control).
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F8 Service Mode.
7. Press the “1” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F1 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Modes F1-03 to F1-07 (Print Test Pattern 1 to 5).
9. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the <Figure>)
10. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
11. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
12. Perform the Service Mode F6-000 to F6-007 (F6-002, F6-003, and F6-004 are not used), to adjust the
gap to 5 mm.
13. If the gap is less than 5 mm, input a (-) value. If more than 5 mm, input a (+) value.
14. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

671
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<Figure>
Two lines are printed on the top (Lead edge).
For Ledger or A3, place as Portrait. For Letter or A4, place as Landscape.

Top (Lead edge)

5 mm
Two lines are printed

(5.8 mm) 5.8 1 mm

Two lines are printed

9.6.4.2. LSU Image Side to Side Adjustment for the Tray

1. Insert paper into Tray 1, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all the
remaining trays out (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Perform the Service Modes F1-03 to F1-07 (Print Test Pattern 1 to 5).
5. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the “9.6.4.1. <Figure>”)
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Modes F6-040 to F6-044, to adjust the gap to 5.8 mm, for all the trays.
9. If the gap is less than 5.8 mm, input a (+) value. If more than 5.8 mm, input a (-) value.
10. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

9.6.4.3. LSU Image Side to Side Adjustment for the ADU

1. Insert paper into Tray 1, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all the
remaining trays out (including the Sheet Bypass tray) to disable them.
2. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
3. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
4. Perform the Service Modes F1-14 to F1-18 (Print Test Pattern 12 to 16).
5. Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge. (Refer to the “9.6.4.1. <Figure>”)
6. Press the “Reset” key to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode.
7. Press the “6” key, and press the “Start” key to enter the F6 Service Mode.
8. Perform the Service Mode F6-045 to F6-049, to adjust the gap to 5.8 mm, for all the trays.
9. If the gap is less than 5.8 mm, input a (+) value. If more than 5.8 mm, input a (-) value.
10. Press the “Reset” key first, and press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit
the Service Mode.

672
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.7. Installing the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W)
9.7.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Paper Transport Unit
2 1 Front Cover
3 1 Bracket
4 1 Bracket Cover
5 1 Screw (Short A) [M3 x 6] 0.39 N•m (4 kgf•cm)

6 1 Screw (Long) [M3 x 16] 0.59 N•m (6 kgf•cm)

7 3 Screw (Short B) [M3 x 6] 0.79 N•m (8 kgf•cm)

8 2 Screw (Medium) [M3 x 8] 0.59 N•m (6 kgf•cm)

9 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

673
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.7.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

Note:
1. For Finisher Option (DA-FSxxx), skip to step (3).
2. For Exit Tray (Outer) (DA-XT320W), follow the steps
below.

(1) Remove 1 Screw.

(2) Remove the Gear Cover Bracket.

(3) Install the Bracket Cover over the Bracket.

(4) Do not use force to secure the Bracket Cover with 1
Screw (Short A).
Note:
Do not tighten the Screw (Short A) too tight, as it may
crack the plastic. Refer to the specified Torque in the
table above.

(5) Remove 1 Screw.

(6) Remove the Connector Cover.

(7) Remove 1 Screw.

(8) Remove the Exit Sub Guide.

674
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Install the Paper Transport Unit as illustrated.

(10) Connect the Harness into the machine's connector.

(11) Install the Bracket Assembly by Lifting up the Paper

Transport Unit.

(12) Secure the Bracket Assembly with 1 Screw (Long), 2

Screws (Medium), and 2 Screws (Short B).

675
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Install the Front Cover.

(14) Secure the Front Cover with 1 Screw (Short B) by
pushing the Flap downward as illustrated.
(15) Proceed with the installation of other options.
If finished, reinstall all Harnesses, and Covers.
(16) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(17) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

676
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.8. Installing the Exit Tray (Outer) (DA-XT320W)
9.8.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Exit Tray
2 1 Outer Cover Assembly
3 5 Screw (M3 x 6)
4 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

Note:
1. Before installing this option, make sure the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W) is installed to
machine first. Refer to the Installation Instructions of the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W).
2. The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.8.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.
(1) Insert 2 Screws (M3 x 6) first, and tighten them 1/2
way.

677
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(2) Install the Outer Cover Assembly.

(3) Secure the Outer Cover Assembly with 3 Screws
(M3 x 6).
(4) Tighten 2 Screws (M3 x 6) installed in Step (1).

(5) Install the Exit Tray onto the Outer Cover Assembly.
(6) Proceed with the installation of other options. If
finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(7) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(8) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

678
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.9. Installing the 1 Bin Finisher (DA-FS402W)
9.9.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 1 Bin Finisher
2 1 Finisher Tray Assembly
3 1 Base Bracket
4 1 Front Slide Guide Bracket
5 1 Rear Slide Guide Bracket
6 1 IPC PC Board
7 1 Optional LVPS
8 1 Optional LVPS Harness
9 2 Snap Ring
10 4 Screw (M4 x 6)

11 2 Screw (M3 x 6)
12 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

6 12
7

8 9
10 11

Note:
1. Before installing this option, make sure the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W) is installed to
machine first. Refer to the Installation Instructions of the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W).
2. Before you begin the installation of your 1 Bin Finisher (DA-FS402W), read these entire instructions.
3. The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

679
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.9.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

Note:
3.94 in (100 mm)
Make sure that there will be adequate space for
3.94 in
(100 mm) working area (Ex: Loading paper, replacing supplies,
3.94 in
(100 mm) etc.).

55.48 in
(1410 mm)

3.94 in
(100 mm)

70.59 in (1793 mm)

(1) Connect the Optional LVPS Harness to connector

CN64 on the Optional LVPS.

(2) Remove 11 Screws.

(3) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.9.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

680
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp.

(5) Remove the Dummy Plug.

Note:
The Dummy Plug is used for Safety Purposes when
removing the Optional LVPS, store it in a safe place for
future use.

(6) Release 2 Harnesses from the Harness Clamp.

(7) Connect the pre-installed Harness to the Optional

LVPS Harness.
(8) Connect the pre-installed Harnesses to connectors
CN65, and CN66 on the Optional LVPS.

681
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Install the Optional LVPS.

(10) Secure the Optional LVPS with 2 Screws (M3 x 6).

(11) Install the Finisher IPC PC Board into connector

CN535 on the EC PC Board.
Note:
Gently insert the IPC PC Board as illustrated.

(12) Hook the Base Bracket, and secure it with 2 Screws

(M4 x 6).
Note:
It is easier to align the screw holes, if you insert the
Front Screw first.

(13) Place the Finisher on the Base Bracket.

Note:
Make sure that the 2 Lock Levers hook into the Guide
Brackets properly.

682
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(14) Install the Front Slide Guide Bracket, and the Rear
Slide Guide Bracket.
(15) Secure 2 Slide Guide Brackets with 2 Screws
(M4 x 6).

(16) Install the Finisher Tray Assembly.

(17) Secure the Finisher Tray Assembly with 2 Snap
Rings.

(18) Connect the Finisher to the Host Machine with the

Interface Cable.
(19) Proceed with the installation of other options. If
finished, reinstall all Harnesses, and Covers.
(20) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back, and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(21) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

683
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.10. Installing the 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher (DA-FS405W)
9.10.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher
2 1 Stapler
3 1 Delivery Tray
4 1 Stand
5 1 Latch Plate
6 6 Screw (M3 x 6)

7 6 Screw (M4 x 7)

8 2 Screw (M4 x 30)

9 1 IPC PC Board
10 1 Optional LVPS
11 1 Optional LVPS Harness
12 1 Label
13 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

8 12
6
10
11
5
13
9
7

Note:
1. Before installing this option, make sure the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W) is installed to the
machine first. Refer to the Installation Instructions of the Paper Transport Unit (DA-FK350W).
2. Before you begin the installation of your 1 Bin Saddle-Stitch Finisher (DA-FS405W), read these entire
instructions.
3. The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

684
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.10.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

1. Selecting the Installation Site

3.94 in (100 mm)
3.94 in Make sure that there will be adequate space for work
3.94 in
(100 mm) (100 mm) (Ex: Loading paper, replacing supplies, etc.).
Make sure also that the Finisher will be placed on the
same floor surface as its host machine
55.48 in
(1410 mm) (Ex: At the same height, slope, etc.).

3.94 in
(100 mm)
84.05 in (2135 mm)

2. Unpacking
Note:
This Finisher is protected with Packing Materials such
as Tapes, and Spacers against vibration and shocks
caused during transportation. Be sure to remove them
before using the Finisher.
Caution:
The Finisher weights approximately 81.4 lb (37 kg). To
prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of
personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move
the Finisher.
Move the Finisher next to the left side of the machine,
and remove the packing materials using the following
procedure.
(1) Unpack the Stapler, Finisher, and accessories.
(2) Remove the Tapes securing the Stapler, Finisher,
Accessory Cover, etc. along with the packing
materials.
Note:
The removed Tapes, and packing materials will be
needed when transporting the Finisher for relocation or
repair; it is a good idea to store them in a safe place for
future use.

3. Preparing the Host Machine for Finisher Installation

(1) Connect the Optional LVPS Harness to connector
CN64 on the Optional LVPS.

685
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(2) Remove 11 Screws.

(3) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.10.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

(4) Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp.

(5) Remove the Dummy Plug.

Note:
The Dummy Plug is used for Safety Purposes when
removing the Optional LVPS, store it in a safe place for
future use.

686
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Release 2 Harnesses from the Harness Clamp.

(7) Connect the pre-installed Harness to the Optional

LVPS Harness.
(8) Connect the pre-installed Harnesses to connector
CN65, and CN66 on the Optional LVPS.

(9) Install the Optional LVPS.

(10) Secure the Optional LVPS with 2 Screws (M3 x 6).

(11) Install the Finisher IPC PC Board into connector

CN535 on the EC PC Board.
Note:
Gently insert the IPC PC Board as illustrated.

687
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(12) Install the Latch Plate.

(13) Secure the Latch Plate with 4 Screws (M3 x 6).
Note:
Before connecting the Finisher to its Host Machine, be
sure to attach the Latch Plate to the Host Machine.

(14) Remove the 2 Protective Tabs (Lower) using a

Phillips type Screwdriver as illustrated.
(15) Remove the 2 Protective Tabs (Upper) using a
Nipper, or a Cutter.

4. Attaching the Finisher to the Host Machine

Caution:
Be sure to install both the Finisher and Host Machine
on a level floor. A stepped, or slanted floor can result in
improper paper feed.

(1) Fit the hooks of the Stand into the mounting holes on
the side panel of the Host Machine, then secure the
Stand with 2 Screws (M4 x 30).

(2) Slide the Slider of the Stand outward, loosen the

Screws securing the Bracket, then secure the Slider
as illustrated.

688
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Place the Finisher on the Slider of the Stand, and

loosely secure it with 2 Screws (M4 x 7).

Caution:
When mounting the Finisher in place, be sure to insert
the lower tabs of the Finisher into the holes on top of
Finisher
the Slider. Ensure that there is no gap between the
No Gap Finisher, and the Stand. A gap would indicate the
Finisher is overlapping. Remove, and re-mount the
Finisher correctly.

Stand

(4) Align the positioning lines of the Finisher, and the

Stand. Keep checking the alignment by moving the
Finisher back and forth, and tighten 2 Screws when
they are aligned.

(5) Attach the Delivery Tray with 4 Screws (M4 x 7) as

illustrated.

689
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(6) Open the Front Door of the Finisher, then insert the
Stapler along the Guide Rails.
Caution:
Remove all Tapes from the Stapler before installing.
The Stapler cannot be removed from the Finisher once
installed.

(7) Close the Front Door of the Finisher.

(8) Place the Bracket in its original position, then secure it

with Screws. Slide the Finisher toward the Host
Machine, and connect it to the Host Machine.
(9) Attach the Label as illustrated.

(10) Connect the Finisher to the Host Machine with the

Interface Cable.
Caution:
Before connecting the Interface Cable, make sure to
turn the Power Switch and the Main Power Switch of
the Host Machine to the OFF position, and unplug the
AC Power Cord from the wall outlet to avoid shock
hazards.

690
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(11) Turn the Adjusters to adjust the height, or the

perpendicular position of the Finisher to the machine.
(Gaps “A” and “B” should be identical).
Note:
If the Finisher is not latched properly, loosen 2 Screws,
and adjust the height using the adjusters.

(12) Proceed with the installation of other options. If

finished, reinstall all Harnesses, and Covers.
(13) Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet, and turn
the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power
Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON
position.
(14) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

691
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.11. Installing the Punch Unit (DA-SP41)
9.11.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Punch Unit
2 1 Punch Relay Harness
3 1 Punch Relay Harness
4 1 Jam Removal Label
5 1 Punch Dust Label

6 1 Screw (M4 x 6)

7 1 Installation Instructions This Document

1 3 4 5 6

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.11.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

1. Removing the Packing Material

(1) Take the Punch Unit, and the accessories out of the
package.
(2) Remove the Tapes securing the Covers, and the Front
Door.

692
 DP-C406/C306/C266

2. Preparations for Finisher Installation

Front Door Screw
(1) Turn OFF the Host Machine, and disconnect the
Interface Cable of the Finisher from the Host
Machine.
(2) Release the Latch on the Finisher, and separate the
Finisher from the host machine.
Jam
Release (3) Open the Front Door. Holding the tab with your
Dial fingers, remove the Jam Release Dial.
(4) Remove 2 Screws.
Tab

Screw

(5) Unlock the Latch under the Release Lever, and

Release Lever Front Cover
remove the Release Lever.
(6) Remove 3 Screws, open the Jam Access Door, and
detach the Front Cover.
(7) Close the Jam Access Door.

Screws

Jam
Access
Cover

Latch
Screw

(8) Remove 2 Screws on the paper supply side of the

Finisher.

Rear Cover

Screws

693
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(9) Remove 1 Screw on the paper ejection side of the

Finisher, and detach the Rear Cover.

Rear Cover

Screw

Upper-Right Cover Assembly (10) Remove 2 Screws at the front of the Finisher.

Screws

(11) Remove 2 Screws on the back of the Finisher, and

Upper-Right Cover Assembly
detach the Upper-Right Cover Assembly.

Screws

694
 DP-C406/C306/C266

3. Attaching to the Finisher

Upper-Right Cover
(1) Unlock the Latches, and remove the Upper-Right
Cover Assembly outward, then remove the Upper-
Right Cover.

Latch

(2) Place the Punch Unit on the paper supply section of

the Finisher as shown below.
Punch Base Cover

Latch

Positioning Pin

695
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(3) Secure the Punch Unit to the Finisher with the original
2 Screws (White, M4 x 6), and the enclosed 1 Screw
(Screw with Threaded Star Washer, M4 x 6).

Screw

Screw with Threaded

Star Washer
Screw

(4) Open the Upper Cover, fit the Latches on the Upper-
Upper-Right Cover
Right Cover in the square holes in the Punch Unit, and
attach the Upper-Right Cover to the Punch Unit.
(5) Close the Upper Cover.

Upper Cover
Punch Unit

(6) Secure the Upper-Right Cover to the Finisher with the

Screws
original 2 Screws (White, M4 x 6).

Upper-Right
Cover

696
 DP-C406/C306/C266

Upper-Right Cover (7) Attach the Jam Removal Instruction Label in your
desired language to the Label Frame on the Upper-
Right Cover.
Jam
Removal
Instruction
Label

Punch
Dust
Label

(8) Connect one end of the Punch Relay Harnesses to

the Punch Controller Circuit Board as follows:
1 = J1004
Punch 2 = J003
Controller
Circuit Board

J1004

J1003

(9) Connect the other end of the Punch Relay

Harnesses to the Finisher Controller Circuit Board as
follows:
1 = CN14

CN14 2 = CN12

CN12

Finisher
Controller
Circuit Board

697
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(10) Place the Punch Relay Harnesses into the Harness

Clamps and Harness Guides.

Harness
Clamp

Finisher
Controller
Circuit
Board

Harness
Guide

(11) Attach the Front Cover, Latch Release Lever, Jam

Release Dial, and Rear Cover.
Note:
When attaching the Front Cover, attach it with the Side
Guide being on the inside of the Front Cover. See the
Side
Guide illustration on the left.
If the Front Cover is attached with the Side Guide
Front Cover being on the outside, the up and down operation of
Ejection Tray may malfunction.

(12) Loosen 2 Screws securing the Finisher, and Finisher

Frame.

Screws

698
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(13) Slowly move the Finisher back and forth, close to the
Finisher
Host Machine, and adjust the Finisher so that the
notch of the Latch Plate aligns with the protrusion of
the Punch Base Cover.
Host Machine (14) Tighten 2 Screws loosened in step (12).
(15) Attach the Finisher to the Host Machine, and connect
the Interface Cable of the Finisher to the Host
Machine.
(16) Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet, and turn
Latch Plate the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power
Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON
position.
(17) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

Align
Punch Base
Cover

699
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.12. Installing the ADF Handle for Accessibility (DA-UD321)
9.12.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 ADF Front Cover
2 1 ADF Caution Label
3 1 Operating Instructions

1
2 3

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.12.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Open the ADF Unit.

(2) Remove 2 Screws.
(3) Remove the ADF Front Cover.

(4) Install the new ADF Front Cover.

(5) Secure the ADF Front Cover with 2 Screws.
(6) Close the ADF Unit.

700
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Attach the ADF Caution Label to the ADF Front

Cover as illustrated.
(8) Proceed with the installation of other options. If
finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(9) Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet, and turn
the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power
Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON
position.
(10) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if it was
disconnected.

701
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.13. Installing the Mechanical Counter (PJWEF2170PU)
(Supplied as a Service Part for PU version (USA and Canada, etc.))

9.13.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Mechanical Counter
2 1 MC Bracket
3 1 Screw

1 2 3

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

9.13.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.
Two (2) Mechanical Counters can be installed as Counter 1 and 2.

(1) Open the Front Cover.

(2) Remove 1 Screw.

(3) Remove the Mechanical Counter Cover.

702
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(4) Release the pre-installed Harness(es) in the machine

from the Harness Clamp(s).
(5) Connect the Harness(es) to the Mechanical
Counter(s).

(6) Install the Mechanical Counter(s).

(7) Secure the Mechanical Counter(s) with 1 Screw
each.
Note:
Upper: Counter 1
Lower: Counter 2

(8) Remove the Protective Tab(s) on the Mechanical

Counter Cover using a Nipper, or a Cutter.

(9) Secure the Mechanical Counter Cover with 1 Screw,

that was removed in step (2).
(10) Close the Front Cover.
(11) Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet, and turn
the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power
Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON
position.
(12) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if it was
disconnected.

703
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.13.3. Mechanical Counter Setting
1. Press the “Function”, “Copy” and the “3” keys simultaneously.
2. Input the password, and select the “OK” button to enter the Service Mode (default password is
00000000).
3. Press the “5” key , and press the “Start” key to enter the F5 Service Mode.
4. Select “175 Mechanical Counter 1”.
5. Select a Counter Type, and select the “OK” button.
Note:
For one (1) counter, skip to step 9.
For two (2) counters, follow the steps below.
6. Select “176 Mechanical Counter 2”.
7. Select a Counter Type, and select the “OK” button.
8. Press the “Reset” key to exit the F5 Mode.
9. Press the “Function” and the “C (Clear)” keys simultaneously to exit the Service Mode.
10. Confirm that Counter(s) count properly.

704
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.14. Installing the Dehumidifier Heater Kit (PJZEF217NPU)
9.14.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Scanner Heater Assembly
2 1 Paper Tray Heater Assembly
3 1 RLB PC Board
4 2 Connector Cover
5 1 Harness Cover
6 1 Heater Switch
7 1 HT1 Harness
8 1 HT3 Harness
9 1 HT4 Harness
10 1 HT6 Harness
11 1 SW4 Harness
12 1 SW4C Harness
13 1 RLB Harness
14 1 Heater Power Label
15 1 Power Label
16 1 Caution Label
17 2 Edge Saddle
18 6 Harness Clamp Black
19 6 Harness Clamp
20 4 Harness Clamp
21 6 Harness Clamp
22 2 Spacer
23 2 Metal Spacer
24 4 Screw

25 7 Screw

26 1 Screw
27 1 Installation Instructions This document
Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

705
 DP-C406/C306/C266

10

11
2

12

13
4

5 14

15

7
16

17 22

18
8 23

19 24

20 25

26
21

27

706
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.14.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Remove 11 Screws.

(2) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.14.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

(3) Remove 2 Screws.

(4) Remove the Paper Tray's Rear Cover.

(5) Remove 5 Screws.

(6) Remove the Left Cover.

707
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(7) Disconnect 5 Harnesses on the SC PCB (CN52,

CN53) and the EC PCB (CN519, CN520) and the
intermediate connector.

(8) Release the Harnesses from 14 Harness Clamps.

(9) Release the Harnesses from 3 Harness Clamps.

(10) Remove 2 Screws.

(11) Remove the NFL 2 Bracket.

708
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(12) Disconnect the Harness on the NFL PCB (CN132).

(13) Remove 5 Screws.
(14) Remove the LVPS Unit.

(15) Disconnect the Harness on the NFL PCB (CN133).

(16) Remove 2 Screws.
(17) Remove the NFL PCB Assembly.

(18) Release the Harnesses from the Edge Saddle.

(19) Remove 2 Screws.

(20) Remove the LVPS Duct Cover.

709
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(21) Release the Harnesses from 5 Harness Clamps.

(22) Remove 6 Screws.

(23) Remove 3 Screws.
(24) Remove the LVPS Bracket.
(25) Disconnect the Fan Harness.

(26) Install 2 Spacers [22].

(27) Install 2 Metal Spacers [23].
(28) Secure the Metal Spacer with 1 Screw [24].

(29) Install the RLB PC Board [3] into the spacers.

(30) Secure the RLB PC Board with 2 Screws [24].

710
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(31) Reinstall the NFL PCB Assembly.

Caution:
When reinstalling the LVPS Bracket, secure the side
Screws first.

(32) Connect one end of the RLB Harness [13] (Red) to

connector CN171 on the RLB PC Board.
(33) Connect the other end of the RLB Harness (White) to
connector CN134 on the NFL PC Board.

(34) Remove 1 Screw.

(35) Remove the Ground Harness.
(36) Remove 1 Screw.
(37) Remove the LSU Fan.

(38) Pull out the 1st Paper Tray.

711
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(39) Remove 2 Screws.

(40) Remove the Front Left Cover.

(41) Remove the Protective Tab using a Nipper or a

Cutter.
(42) Attach the Heater Power Label [14] to the Front Left
Cover as illustrated.

(43) Remove 2 Screws.

(44) Remove the Front Left Cover Bracket.

(45) Install the Heater Switch [6] as illustrated.

712
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(46) Connect one end (with 2 connectors) of the SW4

Harness [11] to the Heater Switch.

(47) Route the SW4 Harness through the hole in the frame
as illustrated.

(48) Install the Front Left Cover Bracket Assembly.

(49) Secure the Front Left Cover Bracket Assembly with
2 Screws.

(50) Install 2 Harness Clamps [21].

(51) Secure the SW4 Harness with 2 Harness Clamps.

713
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(52) Route the SW4C Harness [12] through the hole in the
frame as illustrated.

(53) Connect one end of the SW4C Harness to the SW4

Harness.
(54) Install 2 Harness Clamps [21].
(55) Secure the SW4C Harness with 2 Harness Clamps.

(56) Install 2 Harness Clamps [21].

(57) Secure the SW4C Harness with 2 Harness Clamps.

(58) Connect one end of the HT1 Harness [7] (Black) to

connector CN173 on the RLB PC Board.
(59) Secure the HT1 Harness with 4 Harness Clamps.

714
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(60) Connect the SW4C Harness to connector CN176 on

the RLB PC Board.
(61) Reinstall the LVPS Assembly.

(62) Release the Fan Harness from 2 Clamps and 1 Edge

Saddle.
(63) Disconnect the Fan Harness.

(64) Remove 2 Screws.

(65) Remove the Fan Assembly.

(66) Install 3 Harness Clamps [20].

715
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(67) Install 6 Harness Clamps [19].

(68) Secure the HT1 Harness with 3 Harness Clamps.

(69) Route the HT1 Harness through the hole in the frame
as illustrated.

(70) Secure the HT1 Harness with 6 Harness Clamps.

(71) Remove 2 Screws.

(72) Remove the Rear Scanner Cover.

716
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(73) Connect the HT1 Harness to the connector.

(74) Open the ADF.

(75) Remove 2 Screws.

(76) Remove the Right Platen Cover.

(77) Remove the Glass Assembly.

717
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(78) Move the Scanning Lamp to the right side.

(79) Remove 4 Black Screws.

Note:
This allows the removal of the Control Panel Unit in the
following steps.

(80) Adjust the Control Panel to the 4th position.

(81) Loosen 1 Screw.

(82) Loosen 1 Screw.

(83) Remove the Back Panel Cover.

718
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(84) Adjust the Control Panel to the 2nd position.

(85) Unhook and remove the Damper Spring.

(86) Remove the Control Panel Unit by pulling it in the

illustrated direction.

(87) Disconnect the Harnesses on the PNL1 PC Board.

(88) Remove the Scanner Front Cover Assembly.

719
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(89) Install 5 Harness Clamps [18].

(90) Connect one end (with 1 connector) of the HT3
Harness [8] to the Connector.

(91) Install 2 Edge Saddles [17].

(92) Route one end of the HT3 Harness (Short) through

the left side hole in the frame as illustrated.
(93) Route the other end of the HT3 Harness (Long)
through the right side hole in the frame as illustrated.

(94) Install 2 Connector Covers [4] to end of the HT3

Harnesses.

720
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(95) Install 2 Connector Cover Assembly as illustrated.

(96) Secure the Connector Cover Assembly with 1 Screw
[25].

(97) Secure the HT3 Harness with 5 Harness Clamps and

2 Edge Saddles.

(98) Install 1 Harness Clamp [18].

(99) Install the Scanner Heater Assembly [1].

(100) Secure the Scanner Heater Assembly with 1 Screw
[25].
(101) Connect the Heater Harness to the Connector.
(102) Secure the Heater Harness with the Harness Clamp.

721
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(103) Install the Harness Clamp [20].

(104) Connect one end of the HT4 Harness [9] (Black) to

connector CN172 on the RLB PC Board.
(105) Hook the HT4 Harness with 2 Latch Hooks.
(106) Secure the HT4 Harness with 2 Harness Clamps.

(107) Secure the Ground Harness with 1 Screw [25].

(108) Pull out the 3rd/4th Paper Tray.

722
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(109) Insert the Paper Tray Heater Assembly Harness [2]

through the hole in the frame as illustrated.

(110) Install the Paper Tray Heater Assembly.

(111) Secure the Paper Tray Heater Assembly with 2
Screws [25].
(112) Secure the Ground Harness with 1 Screw [26].

(113) Install the Harness Cover [5].

(114) Secure the Harness Cover with 1 Screw [25].

(115) Connect one end of the HT6 Harness [10] to the

Connector.
(116) Secure the HT6 Harness with 5 Harness Clamps.

723
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(117) Connect the other end of the HT6 Harness to the HT4
Harness.

(118) Attach the Caution Label [16] to the Bottom Plate as

illustrated.

(119) Attach the Power Label [15] to the Rear Cover

Assembly as illustrated.
(120) Proceed with the installation of other options. If
finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(121) Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet, and turn
the Main Power Switch on the Back, and the Power
Switch on the Upper Left of the machine to the ON
position.
(122) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

724
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.15. Installing the Coin Vendor Harness Kit (PJZEF3310PB)
9.15.1. Contents
Visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before
starting with the installation.
Remove all Tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the Units during shipment.
After unpacking the product, dispose of the packing materials appropriately.

No. Qty. Description Remarks

1 1 Coin Vendor PC Board Assy
For DP-C406 / C405 Series :
1 Relay Harness (A)
White & Red Combination, 32 Pin Connectors (Small)
2
For DP-C354 / C322 Series :
1 Relay Harness (A)
All White, 36 Pin Connectors (Large)
3 1 Harness (B)
4 1 Coin Vendor Harness (C) With D-SUB Connector
5 2 PCB Spacer
6 2 Screw
7 2 Harness Clamp (Large)
8 1 Counter Relay Harness
9 1 Coin Relay Harness
For DP-C406 / C405 / C354 Series
10 1 D-SUB Relay Harness
11 1 Harness Clamp (Large)
12 1 Installation Instructions This document

1 2 3 4

White & Red All White

5 Combination 6 7 12

8 9 10
11

Note:
The specifications may differ depending on the destination, refer to the Parts Manual for Part
Number(s), Packing, and Accessories in details.

725
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.15.2. Installation
CAUTION!
Turn the Power Switch on the Upper Left, and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the
machine to the OFF position, and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation.

(1) Loosen 11 Screws.

(2) Remove the Rear Cover.

Caution:
If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit (ON), the Power to
the machine is still ON.
Please read “9.15.2. Installation : CAUTION!” once
again.

(3) Bend the Protective Tab on the Rear Cover approx.

180° towards the inside of the machine as illustrated.

(4) Remove 11 Screws.

(5) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

726
 DP-C406/C306/C266

<For DP-C406 / C405 / C354 Series>

Follow the steps below
<For DP-C322 Series> Skip to step (30)
(6) Install 2 PCB Spacers.
(7) Install the Coin Vendor PC Board as illustrated.
(8) Secure the PC Board with 2 Screws.

(9) Disconnect the Original Harness from CN504 on the

EC PC Board.

Note: Relay Harness (A)

<For DP-C406 / C405 Series>
White & Red Combination Harness with 32 Pin
Connectors (Small).
<For DP-C354 / C322 Series>
All White Harness with 36 Pin Connectors (Large).

(10) Connect the Relay Harness (A) to CN504.

(11) Connect the Original Harness and the Relay Harness
(A).

727
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(12) Replace 1 Harness Clamp (from Small to Large).

(13) Replace 1 Harness Clamp (from Medium to Large).
(14) Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps.

(15) Connect the Counter Relay Harness to CN902 on

the Coin Vendor PC Board.
(16) Connect the Counter Relay Harness and Relay
Harness (A).

(17) Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps.

(18) Connect the Harness (B) to CN530 and CN531 on the

EC PC Board.

728
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(19) Connect the Coin Relay Harness to CN901 on the

Coin Vendor PC Board.
(20) Connect the Harness (B) and Coin Relay Harness.
(21) Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps.

(22) Connect the D-SUB Relay Harness to CN903 on the

Coin Vendor PC Board.

(23) Replace 1 Harness Clamp (from Medium to Large).

(24) Connect the D-SUB Relay Harness and Coin
Vendor Harness (C).

(25) Secure the Harnesses with 7 Harness Clamps.

729
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(26) Proceed with the installation of other options.

If finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(27) If necessary, connect the Coin Vendor Harness to the
Coin Vendor.
(28) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the
Upper Left of the machine to the ON position.
(29) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

<For DP-C322 Series>

(30) Install 2 PCB Spacers.
(31) Install the Coin Vendor PC Board as illustrated.
(32) Secure the PC Board with 2 Screws.

(33) Disconnect the Original Harness from CN504 on the

EC PC Board.
(34) Connect the Relay Harness (A) to CN504.
(35) Connect the Original Harness and the Relay Harness
(A).
(36) Connect the Relay Harness (A) to CN902 on the Coin
Vendor PC Board.

730
 DP-C406/C306/C266

(37) Connect the Harness (B) to CN530, and CN531 on

the EC PC Board, and CN901 on the Coin Vendor PC
Board.
(38) Connect the Coin Vendor Harness (C) to CN903 on
the Coin Vendor PC Board.
(39) Replace the Harness Clamp (from Medium to Large),
and secure the Harness (B) and the Coin Vendor
Harness (C).
(40) Replace the Harness Clamp (from Small to Large),
and secure the Coin Vendor Harness (C).

(41) Proceed with the installation of other options.

If finished, reinstall all Harnesses and Covers.
(42) If necessary, connect the Coin Vendor Harness to the
Coin Vendor.
(43) Plug the AC Power Cord, and turn the Main Power
Switch on the Back, and the Power Switch on the Left
Side of the machine to the ON position.
(44) Reconnect the Telephone Line / LAN Cable if
disconnected.

731
 DP-C406/C306/C266
9.16. Replacing the OPC Drum
Refer to the Operating Instructions (For Basic Operations, Problem Solving Section).

9.17. Replacing the Toner Waste Container

Refer to the Operating Instructions (For Basic Operations, Problem Solving Section).
Note:
The U14 “Replace The Toner Waste Container” User Code indicator operates as follows:
A. Blinking Maintenance and Toner Waste Container Indicators
The machine will complete the current job, and stop operating. To continue using the machine
temporarily while waiting for a replacement container, press any key (approximately 300 additional
copies can be made).
B. Steady Maintenance and Toner Waste Container Indicators
Upon reaching approximately 300 copies, the machine stops and will not allow further operation until
the Toner Waste Container is replaced.

732
 DP-C406/C306/C266

10 Network Information
10.1. Remote Entry
10.1.1. Remote Entry Overview
Remote entry is a feature enabling remote computers to send email to this machine and edit its settings,
such as its Internet parameters and the address book.
Email sent from remote computers to this machine edits Internet parameters as its local station information,
the address book, transaction journals and so on.
Note:
This feature works when “158 PC Remote Update” has been set to “Valid” in the Function Settings
(Fax/Email Settings). The factory setting of “158 PC Remote Update” is “Invalid”. For instructions on how
to modify the factory setting, refer to Fax/Email Settings of the Operating Instructions (For Function
Settings) on provided CDROM.

Command + Password
parameters
get abbr
jnl

PC Internet Internet Fax

-Internet Parameters
-Edit -Auto Dialer (Phone Book Dialer)
Command + Password -Back up -Transaction Journal
parameters
set
abbr

Update or Restore

-Internet Parameters
-Auto Dialer (Phone Book Dialer)

PC Internet Internet Fax

10.1.2. Commands That Can Be Used

The “Subject” field of an email message can be used as a command line field.

Enter a command here

733
 DP-C406/C306/C266
The following commands can be used with this machine:

Command entered in the “Subject” field Explanation

1 #set parameters (password)# Enter Internet parameters
2 #get parameters (password)# Retrieve Internet parameters
3 #set abbr (password)# Program an address book
4 #get abbr (password)# Retrieve the address book
5 #get jnl (password)# Retrieve the current transaction journal

set : Entry
get : Retrieval
parameters : Internet parameters
addr : Address book
jnl : Transaction journal
password : Remote password predefined as an entry item of local station information about this
machine. (Example: 123456789) (This Password is registered in Internet Parameters.)
Enter the password enclosed with parentheses “()”.
Enter the command in single-byte characters, enclosed with # the sharp sign (#).

10.1.3. Internet Parameters That Can Be Entered and Retrieved

1. FROM selection (user name: up to 20 characters)
2. Default domain
3. Selected domain (up to 10 domains)
4. Relay domain (up to 10 domains can be programmed for relayed transmission)
5. Administrator email address
6. Relay password
7. Domain name (name of a relay domain, up to 30 characters)
8. Community name
9. Device name
10. Device location
Note:
1. All other parameters need to be programmed as local station information in the Function Settings.
2. The remote password that has been defined as an Internet parameter (local station information) for
this machine is used to enter and retrieve Internet parameters. (Ex: 1234567879)
3. Execution of this command will overwrite the existing settings of Internet parameters. As a
precaution, you should retrieve the Internet parameters first as instructed later and back them up.

10.1.4. Retrieving Information

Remote entry enables you to retrieve Internet parameters, the address book and the transaction journal.
To retrieve such information, send an email message (text mail) from a remote computer to this machine
with one of the commands specified below being entered in the “Subject” field of the email.

Command Information that can be retrieved

#get parameters (password)# Internet parameters (Local station information)
#get abbr (password)# Address book
#get jnl (password)# Transaction journal

Note:
1. The password that is entered here is the remote password that has been programmed as local
station information about this machine. Set the remote password for security assurance at all times.
2. Leave other fields, such as CC and Bcc, blank.

734
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Internet Parameter Email Example

(1)

(1) Destination (To) : Email address of this machine

Sender (From) : This field is normally not displayed when a new email message is created, but it
contains the default email address. This field is used to receive Internet
parameters and post error messages.
Subject (Subject) : Write #get parameters (password)#, #get addr (password)# or #get jnl
(password)# to retrieve data.

10.1.5. Handling the Transaction Journal

1. When the transaction journal is retrieved, convert it into a fixed-width font (for example, Terminal or
Courier) and align its data on the computer.
2. Another email message (“Internet Fax Return Receipt”) is sent to the email address of the
administrator preprogrammed as own information of this machine, to report the transmission of the
transaction journal.

10.1.6. Backing Up Internet Parameters and the Address Book Retrieved or Edited
Edit the Internet parameters or the address book that has been retrieved. Save the edited versions of data
as text (.txt) files as backup copies.
To edit information, follow the steps below:
1. Create a new message and fill out the To, From and Subject fields as follows:
Destination (To) : Email address of this machine
Sender (From) : This field is normally not displayed when a new email message is created, but it
contains the default email address. This field is used to receive Internet parameters
and post error messages.
Subject (Subject): Write one of the following for data entry:
#set parameters (password)#
#set abbr (password)#
2. Open the backup Internet Parameter text file. Copy the body text and paste it on the body of the newly
created email message.
3. If there is header information in the message text, delete it to prevent possible errors.
The information that follows the “#” symbol may be deleted or retained, it will be ignored by this
machine anyway.
4. Edit a parameter and/or add additional Sender Name(s) or Domain Name(s).
5. When the editing is completed, select “Save As” from the “File” menu and save the file as an updated
file with “txt” extension as a backup.
6. Email the edited version of information to this machine.

735
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Internet Parameter Email Example

(1)

From: "Your Machine" <[email protected]> (8)

Subject: Your Machine’s SYSTEM PARAMETER List
To: [email protected]
[Delete this header before sending the email.]
#---------------------------------------------
# Your Machine’s SYSTEM PARAMETER List
#
# STATION : PANASONIC
# EMAIL : [email protected]
# DATE/TIME : MMM-dd-yyyy 12:34
#---------------------------------------------
#---------------------------------------------
# Internet parameters
#
# IP ADDRESS :192.168.3.21
# SUBNET MASK :255.255.255.0
# SMTP SERVER :es1.panasonic.com
# DEF.ROUTER :192.168.3.22
# DNS SERVER :192.168.3.1
# 2’ND DNS SERVER :0.0.0.0
# POP SERVER :es1.panasonic.com
# POP USER NAME :ifax2
#---------------------------------------------
@sender (b) (c)
(a) 01;PANASONIC;[email protected]
02;PCC;[email protected] (2)
@end
@select-domain
01;pcc.panasonic.com
02;panasonic.com (3)
@end
@relay-domain
panasonic.com
pcc.panasonic.com
sales.panasonic.com (4)
panasonic.com
@end
@system
domain;panasonic.com (a)
manager;[email protected] (b)
relay;"rlypass" (c) (5)
remote;"1234567890" (d)
@end
@ldap
server;ldapsvr (a)
login;sonic777 (b)
password;"sbste7" (c) (6)
base;psonic789 (d)
@end
@mib
com_name1;commu1 (a)
com_name2;commu2 (b) (7)
device;Panasonic DP-XXXX (c)
location;devloca (d)
@end

(1) Destination (To) : Email address of this machine.

Sender (From) : This field is normally not displayed when a new email message is
created, but it contains the default email address.
This field is used to receive Internet parameters and post error
messages.
Write #set parameters (password)# for data entry.
Subject : To Store data, type: #set Parameters(password)#
(2) @sender to @end : @sender and @end: Enter sender (From) information between
@sender and @end in (2).
Enter up to 24 user names and email addresses for sender selection.

736
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Enter a semicolon (;) to delimit each block of data. If the subsequent
fields are blank, insert a semicolon (;) to delimit each blank field.
Each set of sender selection entry data must be complete within a
single line.
The syntax is <Sender selection number>; <User name>; <email
address>.
(a) 01 to 24 : Sender selection number indication
(b) User name : (up to 25 alphanumeric characters)
(c) Email address : (up to 60 characters)
(3) @select-domain to @end : @select-domain to @end: Enter selected domain names between
@select-domain and @end in (3). Up to 10 selected domain names
can be programmed
(4) @relay-domain to @end : @relay-domain to @end: Enter domain names between
@relaydomain and @end in (4).
Enter the names of up to 10 domains authorized to relay transmissions
on a LAN from Internet Fax to general Fax.
(5) @system to @end : @system to @end: Enter Internet parameters in place of @system to
@end in (5).
The following Internet parameters need to be programmed:
(a) Default domain (up to 50 characters)
The syntax is domain; <Default domain>
(b) Administrator email address (up to 60 characters)
The syntax is manager; <administrator email address>
(c) Relay password (up to 10 characters)
The syntax is relay; “<relay password>”
The relay password must be enclosed with a double quote (") as in
the example.
(d) Remote password (up to 10 characters)
The syntax is remote; “<remote password>”
The remote password must be enclosed with a double quote (") as
in the example.
(6) @ldap to@end : Defines the LDAP Parameters to be set in section (6) between @ldap
to @endblock. Register the following Internet Parameters.
(a) LDAP Server Name (up to 60 characters).
The syntax is: server; <LDAP Server Name>
(b) LDAP Login Name (up to 40 characters).
The syntax is: login; <LDAP Login Name>
(c) LDAP Password (up to 30 characters : DP-C406 Series Only / up to
10 characters : DP-C405/C354/C322 Series Only).
The syntax is: password; “<LDAP Password>”. Quotation marks “ ”
enclosing the password, is required, as shown in the example
(d) LDAP Search Base (up to 60 characters).
The syntax is: base; <LDAP Search Base>
(7) @mib to @end :
(a) Community name (1) (up to 15 characters)
The syntax is com_name1; < community name>.
(b) Community name (2) (up to 15 characters)
The syntax is com_name2; < community name>.
(c) device name (up to 31 characters)
The syntax is device; < device name>.
(d) Device location (up to 31 characters)
The syntax is location; <device location>.

737
 DP-C406/C306/C266
(8) The header needs to be deleted before email can be transmitted to this machine to reprogram the
Internet parameters.
The information that follows the “#” symbol may be deleted or retained; it will be ignored by this
machine anyway.

Address Book Email Example

(1)

From: "Your Machine" <[email protected]>

Subject: Your Machine's SYSTEM PARAMETER List
To: [email protected]
(4)
[Delete this header before sending the email.]
#---------------------------------------------
# Your Machine's ADDRESS BOOK List
#
# Station : PANASONIC
# Email : [email protected]
# Date / Time : MMM-dd-yyyy 17:45
#---------------------------------------------
(a) @begin (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
001;SALES DEPT;SALES DEPT;[email protected];1111;5551234;FAVORITE;;
002;SP-200;SP-200;#0003;;;;;
003;SP-200IFAX;SP-200IFAX;[email protected];;;;;
004;LONDON;LONDON;[email protected];;;;; (2)
005;ROME;ROME;#396111234;;;;;
006;abe_compaq;abe_compaq;[email protected];;;FAVORITE;SCAN;
007;test01;test01;[email protected];;;FAVORITE;; (g)
@end (a) (b) (c)
@program P01 "POP3" POP
user;POP3 (d)
password;"*****" (e)
delete;on (f)
@end (g) (h) (i) (3)
@program P02 "Group1;Group1" GROUP
001-002 (j)
@end

(1) To : Your machine's email address.

From : This field is normally not visible when creating new email message(s).
It is your default email address (email application), for retrieving the
Auto Dialer (Address Book Dialing) data and for error message
notification.
(Can be programmed with the configuration tool of your email
program.)
Subject : To Store data, type: #set abbr(password)#
(2) @begin @end : Defines the Auto Dialer (Address Book Dialing) to be set in section (2)
@begin to @end block.
Edit, Delete or Register the information.
Separate each data field with a semicolon (;). (If the remaining fields
are to remain blank, insert a semi-colon (;) for each blank field)
The syntax is: <Entry-number>;<Station-name>;<Keyname>; <Station-
address>;<Routing-subaddress>;<Routing-idnumber>;
<Favorite>;<Address-kind>
(a) Entry-number : Address Book No. or Program Keys to be
programmed 000 to 999: Indicates Address

738
 DP-C406/C306/C266
Book entries 000 to 999 (up to 1000 stations)
(b) Station-name : Name of the station being programmed (up to
15 alpha-numeric characters)
(c) Key-name : Name of the key being programmed (up to 15
alpha-numeric characters)
(d) Station-address : email address (up to 60 digits) or telephone
number (up to 36 digits) of the station being
programmed
(e) Routing-subaddress: sub-address to be used for routing (up to 20-
digit)
(f) Routing-id-number : TSI to be used for routing (up to 20-digit)
(g) Favorite : Favorite email address to be used.
(3) @select-domain to @end : Defines the Program Keys stored as a Group Key or POP Access Key
to be set in section (3) between @program to @end block.
Edit, Delete or Register the information.
(a) Program Key : P01 - P15
(b) Station-name : Name of the station as a POP key.
(c) POP : The syntax used to set the Program Key as a
POP Access Key.
(d) POP User-name : Name of the POP user account (up to 40 alpha-
numeric characters)
(e) POP Password : POP Password (up to 10 alpha-numeric
characters)
(f) Set whether the emails on the POP Server are deleted after
retrieving the emails.
(g) Station-name as a Group Key: Name of the station being
programmed (up to 15 alpha-numeric characters).
(h) Key-name : Name of the key being programmed (up to 15
alpha-numeric characters).
(i) GROUP : The syntax used to set the Program Key as a
Group Key
(j) Entry-number : Address Book entries 000 to 999 (up to 200
stations)
(4) This header must be deleted before the email is sent to your machine for reprogramming of Auto
Dialer (Address Book Dialing).
The information following the “#” sign is ignored by your machine, therefore, you can leave it as is or
delete it if you wish.
Note:
1. If a POP user account is programmed into the P1 to P15 program keys, the data programmed for this
key cannot be deleted, even when the delete command is specified.
2. The email address and the telephone number cannot be programmed via email when:
a. Address book (Auto Dialer) Number has been used for communication reservation.
b. Received documents are stored in the image data memory of the machine.
c. While the machine is communicating or printing.
3. When the email address and telephone number are programmed via email, a program result email is
sent back.
4. Some email applications automatically insert a line feed in the middle of a line when the number of
characters in a line exceed a specific number. Turn “Off” the automatic line feed, or define the
number of characters per line to prevent a line feed, or the data will be ignored.

739
 DP-C406/C306/C266
10.1.7. Deleting the Entire Address Book and Program Key
Enter the following command as email text to clear the address book and Program Key on this machine
completely:
@command
delete
@end
This command can be inserted before the @begin to @end block to clear the address book and Program
Key entirety and then reconfigure it with new data.
If this method is used, the message “The Overwrite Warning” message is not displayed in the email that is
returned from this machine.
To delete the entire data in the address book, enter the following command on the line in the “Subject” field
in the email.

#set abbr (password)# : This password is a remote password preprogrammed as local station
information about this machine. Before transmitting this command, receive
data on your computer and back it up as instructed in the earlier sections of
this chapter

Note:
Executing the “delete” command will clear the address book, resetting it to its factory setting.

740
 DP-C406/C306/C266
10.2. Error Messages Generated during Remote Entry
If errors occur during remote entry in the address book or program dialing, error messages are Emailed
from this machine to the sending station.

10.2.1. Error Messages

If errors occur during remote entry in the address book or program dialing, the following error messages are
Emailed from this machine to the sending station:

No. Error message Probable cause and recommended action

Process was aborted due to an error occurring while
1 554 Data transfer error (broken header)
encoding the header or sub-header. Resend.
Process was aborted due to an error occurring while
2 554 Data transfer error (broken data)
encoding data. Resend.
A data transfer error occurred on the Fax module while
3 554 Data transfer error (Fax module)
communicating with the LAN module. Resend.
554 MIME attachment not supported An unsupported MIME file attachment was transmitted.
4
(message/file) Resend the document with text data alone.
An unsupported MIME type was transmitted. Resend the
5 554 MIME format not supported
document with text data alone.
The name of the domain requesting relay is not
6 554 Fax relay permission denied
preprogrammed.
The telephone number of the final receiving station
7 554 Relay address unknown
requesting relay is unknown.
8 554 Memory fully (Fax module) Fax memory is full. Resend later.
9 554 Data transfer error This error is not on the list. Resend later.

10.2.2. Error Messages on Remote Entry Failure

If errors occur during remote entry in the address book or program dialing, the following error messages are
Emailed from this machine to the sending station:

No. Error message Probable cause and recommended action

The block end command “@end” is missing in the
There is an error in the @command
1 “@command” block. Resend with the addition of an
block.
“@end” command.
The block start command “@begin” is missing in the
2 The @begin command is missing. “@begin” block. Resend with the addition of an “@begin”
command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
3 There is an error in the @begin block. “@begin” block. Resend with the addition of an “@end”
command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
4 There is an error in the @system block. “@system” block. Resend with the addition of an “@end”
command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
5 There is an error in the @sender block. “@sender” block. Resend with the addition of an “@end”
command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
6 There is an error in the @domain block. “@domain” block. Resend with the addition of an “@end”
command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
7 There is an error in the @program block. “@program” block. Resend with the addition of an
“@end” command.

741
 DP-C406/C306/C266
No. Error message Probable cause and recommended action
The system block start command “@system” is missing
8 The “@system” command is missing. in the “@system” block. Resend with the addition of an
“@system” command.
If a Fax reservation session has been reserved, let the
Remote retry is disabled because Fax is Fax operation finish before resending the document.
9
in operation. Check the reservation report and resend in a reservation-
free condition.
10 Remote entry password check error Correct the password and resend.
Set “158PC Remote Update” to “VALID” in the Function
11 Remote entry is not permitted.
Settings (Fax/Email Settings> Fax Parameters).
The input format is invalid, or it is incomplete because
12 Format Error:< error line> each set of destination selection entry data is not
complete within a single line.
The input format is invalid, or the input character string
13 Warning: <error line> exceeds the maximum allowable character length. Fix
and resend.
The character length of the station name, domain name,
14 Data is too long. sender name, program name or the like is too long. Fix
the character length and resend.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the “@list”
15 There is an error in the @List block.
block. Resend with the addition of an “@end” command.
The block end command “@end” is missing in the
There is an error in the @select-domain
16 “@selectdomain” block. Resend with the addition of an
block.
“@end” command.
The following data has been overwritten: This error message is sent to alert you that the data has
17
<overwritten data) > been overwritten.
The dialing number corresponding to the modem direct
Direct incoming dialing data is not
18 inward dialing failed to preprogram.
preprogrammed:< error line) >
Verify the dialing setting of the station.

742
 DP-C406/C306/C266

11 Schematic Diagram
11.1. General Circuit Diagram (DP-C406 Series)
Paper Transport
DCB

APFHT1

APFHT2

APFHT3
LPHT1

LPHT2
Unit Motor

TRU
(6604)
TRFMOT_A nSTRM_B
(6602) 1 (7208) 6 1 6
+24VM nSTRM_AB

CN552
4 5

CN141 CN142
(6503)
2 5
TRFMOT_A* +24VM
HDD
5
M 4

CN663
+24VM_2 3 4
3 15 8 6
nPEWSN4
1
Paper Tray
TRFMOT_B
3
16 1 +24VM
M STR Motor

Power Cord
4 3

CNHD1
+5V GND_2 +24VM_1 (3706)

CN613
CN143
+24VM

CNHT10
5 2 Sensor 2
(4018) 4 5 15 2

CN608
2 nSTRM_BB

CN550
2

CNHT9
CNHT4

CNHT5

CNHT8
GND +5V(LDPEWSN4) PGND_2 5 2
1 3 8 1 4 3 (Tray4) TRFMOT_B* 14 3 nSTRM_A

ADF

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
2
1
2
GND
10 2
6
GND_3
7 3
nCST4
1 13
PGND_1
4
6 1 0.9A

Option Finisher
12V 3 IPTXD GND_1 Paper Tray +5V_1
1 13 5 4 2 2 Sensor 1 +5V_1 12 5

MOT Driver (6504) CN553

+5V nHNSDOSN 1 13 13 GND_1 FTRM_B
1 6 GND_2 +5V(LDCST4) Paper 1 14

CNHT2
4
Original ORGSN
1 4 3 1 3 (Tray4) Transport GND 2 12
GND_1
12
11 6 1 6
MOTLT FTRM_AB

1
2
IPRXD

CN653
2 5 2 13

CNHT7
5 +24VM_2 10 7 2 5
Sensor 3 2 Cover Open

Connector
CN529
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GND LDHNSDO 3 11 11 MOTSICLK +24VM

1
2
3

CN509
3 4 +5V nFIN_SNS Sensor 3 12 +24VM_1 9 8 3 4 FTR and LSU Shutter Motor
1
+5V
3
9
ARR3SN
1
Registration
7 10
1
nLEFTOUTSN
11
4 10 10 nRSTMO +24VM
M (3706)

nSARX
pSARX
PGND_2 8 9 4 3

pSATX
nSATX
8 2 8 Outer

+5VD
5 9 9

+24V
Registration ARRSN1 FTRM_BB

GND

GND

GND
nMOTENB

GND
GND

CN66

CN65
GND Sensor 3 GND_1 GND 18 GND

CN508
CNHT1
2 2 Exit 2 10 PGND_1 5 2

CN611
2 2 2 5 7 10

CNHT6
Sensor 1 7 3 6 8 8

CN612
GND 17 Sensor LDLEFTOUT MOTSIOUT FTRM_A

CN654
pFINI_POW +24V

1
2

1
2
3
3 1 +5V 3 9 TRUSIDO 6 11 6 1
1 1 1 1
0.9A

5
6
7

1
2
3
4
6 1

1
2
3
4
16 HNSUCL 7 7 7 nFUMCLK
ARR2SN Registration 6 nCSTU4 Paper Transport 1 8 TRUSICLK 5 12
5 2
CN102 CN55 15 14 Unit Roller Clutch +24VM 8 6 6 nFTRMCLK

C
GND Sensor 2 +3.3VP_PU TRUSIDI 4 13 nFUM_BB
5V GND_3 2 7 7 3
ADF 1 10 4 3 +3.4VP_PB 14 13 3 (7213) 9 5 5 nSTRMCLK +24VM

N
11 1 nSOLCNT1

L
E
+5V nPESN4 1 6 TRULT 3 14
Cover OPDSN NP Sensor 10 4 4 8 2
2 9 3 1 +5V
LVS2 13 12 2 +24VM nRESEVCLK nFUM_B

L
Open Inverting 10 2 (Tray4) TRULD 2 15

2
GND DXPSN +5V_3 2 5 9 6
Paper Exit
GND 11 3 3 FUMREF
M

S
3 8 2 2 5 12 11 1 Fuser Motor

GREEN
Sensor

G1
L nSOLCNT2 nFUM_AB

BLACK

WHITE
Sensor 9 3 TRUMCLK 1 16
Paper Feed Clutch
GND GND (6605) CN173 CN172 GND_2 Guide 3 4 12 2 2 10 1
(6116)

CN176
1 3

CN655
7 8 8 4 ACLRLB 2 CNN 11 10 3 +24VM
SWN2 Upper Limit Solenoid nHNSPPSN nTRUENB

CN171

SW4
(910) PFCL 1 GND_1 1 3 13 1 1 11 5

CN606
+24V

CN52
1 6 7
RLB 6 4 2 10 9 2 Sensor (7115) Paper nFUM_A

CN6
7 5
24VO1 CN64 (6607) SWN1 GND 12 4
0.9A
C

nLBSN4 Path

LAN I/F
2 2

N
E
+24V
1 (Tray4)

L
INLET
2 5 +5V 6 4 3 1

CN131
9 8

CN69
12 1 6 6 ACNRLB Sensor LDHNSPP
RRCL1 Original SWL2 3 1
Registration PGND 2 nCPPSN4

3
2
1
1 4 ORSSN4 5 3 2 2
Clutch 1 24VO1 11 2 Size 5 7
N CN175 SWL1
8 7 3
Paper Path

N
E
L
C

2 3 GND Sensor 4 PGND +5V_2

N
4 4 8 1 1 1 2 Sensor

L
(824) 10 3 7 6

2
1
RRCL2 nLPOW24V +5V_1
Registration 1 2 9
+5V
1
3 3 9 CNL 6 5 1 (Tray4)
24VO1 Original nLPOW5V
C

Clutch 2 2 1 ORSSN3 2 2 10 nPUSOL4 Pickup Roller

1
CN652
8 2 Size 5 4 2

JW1
JW2
nLPOW3V Solenoid (Tray4)

L
(801) GND 1 nPFCL4

S
Sensor 3 1 11 4 3 1

CN532
7 3 (1917) +5V 12
DXSL2 +5V 2 +24VM 1 8 GND_4
ADF Inverting 3 7 6 1 3 2 2 Registration 2 nRESSN2 22 1

N
Paper Feed

L
Original

ACN
1 GND_3

ACL
+24VM 7

C
24VO1 ORSSN2 1 8
L

Roller Solenoid Sensor

CN412
2 6 5 2 Size PGND 2 1 1 Roller Clutch GND 21 2
S

CN660

*1
(621) DXSL1 GND 8 2 7 3 6 BTMDIR
1 5 4 3 Sensor 2 1 (Tray4) (1947) 20 3 Belt Motor

1
PGND 37 nBTMRDY
7 5

BLACK

WHITE
3 6
+5V (5904)

CN604
CN7
4 5 RED 19 4
3 1 24V
CN2 36 LUM4-2 GND_2
M

COIL
Original 6 4 5 4 BTMGAIN
2

CN702
3 ORSSN1 13 24 18 5

CN8
4 +5V
ADF Pinch 2
PPSOL
2
2
GND
2 Size
3 Sensor 1
5
24V
5 4
3 +5V_HOME
35
1
LUM4-1 M Lift Motor
(Tray4) (2001) Paper Path
1
nPPSNCST1
3
14
+24VF_1
23 17
BTMCLK
6
1 GND
L 1 19
L

nBTMENB

JW1
JW2
Solenoid 24VO1 4 6 3 Intermediate WHITE 2 2
S

nHOMESN Sensor 15 22

CN134
1 1 GND 2 GND 16 7
(615) 3 1 Transfer 2 18 3 1 PGND_4
7 2 GND_6 16 21 15 8
5V 1 Belt Initial 3 17
2 8 1 PGND_3
G6 G5 Point Sensor Optional Paper 17 20 14 9

(4116)
5VP
1
N 2 4 16 38
Feed Motor 11
18
nRESSN2 +24VM_4 24

CN133
ACN +24VM 19 13 10 GND_4
+5V 17 34 STR Solenoid
28 GND
N nPPSNCST2

CN1
1 5 3 3 (6808) 2 1 10 +24VM_3 23 1

CN511
4 4 1.5A

L
19 18
CN658

(2533) 12 11 GND_3

CN53
Exit PFOSN nSTRKPSOL

S
GND 18 33 nPPSNCST1

CN4
2 4 4 2 14 1 1 2 9 22 2

NFL
3 3

CN92
Sensor GND 24VO1 ACL +5V_1 20 17 OPC2DIR
9 19 1 +3.3V 19 32 13 2 ADUCL2 nADUENB
3 3 3 2 2 1 1 ADU Roller 1 8 21 16 GND_2 21 3
24VO1 nOPC2RDY
L GND_1 11 1

CN406
STPSL 31 24VM

C
8 20 2 2 +3.3V 20 12 3 Clutch 2 2 7 GND_1 20 4
2 2
L

Switch 2 (4209)
Stamp 1 1 22 15 Drum Motor 2

Cover Interlock
PGND

LVPS (4117)
OPC2GAIN

CN132
nOQMLK 10 2
L

24VO1 (2731)
S

7 21 3 1 ACL 21 30 11 4 nADUDRSN pPRESSN 19 5

Solenoid 1 1 (5901)
CN662

CN708
1 1A 1 6 23 14

CN522
PGND TH1B OPC2CLK

Right Lower
6 22 4 2 22 28 GAIN Right Cover GND pOHPSN
9 3
(725) 100V_200V 10 5 DEV1RDY 18 6
Therm1 Open 2 5
M

JW3
JW4

JW5
JW6
+5V 2A TH1A 24 13
1 7 OQMCLK
M 8 4 nOPC2ENB

CN602
5 23 5 GND_1 ACN 1 23 27 9 6 Sensor +5V +5V_1 DEV1GAIN 17 7
Inverting Roller 8 +5V 2 1B 3 4 1 12

CN67
2 6 TH2B nOQMCT PGND_4
USB 7 5
M

CN353

CN520

CN400
4 24 6 3 24 30
Clutch 1 (1010) 7 5VP GND
4 4 GND_2
N 2B Therm2
8 7
1
nADUPP2
3 2
GND_1
11 DEV1CLK 16 8

CN5
1 15 3 3 3 5 TH2A PGND Paper Path 6 6 PGND_3
SBCL2 3 25 7 +5V_1 1 25 29 7 8 GND +24VM_1 nDEV1ENB 15 9
CN659

1 6 AORGSN GND 2 2 Sensor 2 2 3 10

2 14 1 1 4 4 PGND 5 7 +24VM_4
24VO1
C

2 26 8 +5V_2 26 25 6 9 +5V +24VM_2 PGND_2 14 10

2 5 SCNTXD (ADU2)

BLACK

BLACK
WHITE

WHITE
GND 5 3 +24VM_4 3 1 4 9 4 8 +24VM_3
3 13

CN507
Inverting Roller SBCL1 1 27 9 +5VLSU 27 24 5 10 PGND_1 PGND_1 13 11
1 4 SCNRXD PGND 6 2 TH4B +24VM_3 5 8 3 9
Clutch 2 4 12 1 6 ADU Roller

FXB (6603)
24VO1 2 28 34 4 11 PGND_2
1.4A 12
C

+5VP +24VM_2
(1010) 2 3
18 18 5
SCPCLK
11 2
+24NV
5
7 1 Therm4 TH4A Clutch 1 1
ADUCL1
5 6 7 2 10 1.5A

CN352
1 29 33 ADUSIOUT 12
CN64
SDCL

CN404
nOQRRCL +24VM_1
SCPDATA GND Optional (2313) 24VM 7 6

C
Slow Down 1 2 3 2 1 11 2A

JW3
2 4

JW4
6 10

JW5
JW6
24VO1 17 11 3 4 30 21 ADUSICLK
CN709

+24VM_2
C

Intermediate

CST (6601)

C
Clutch nPRGDWN GND_2
CN51

2 1 GND +3.3V PGND_2 2 1 nADUPP1SN 8 5

CN519
16 1 1 7 9 4 3 4 4 20 Roller Clutch 1 3 ADUSIIN 11 1
(802) nPRST GND Paper Path Developer GND_1

CN3
ADFMMCLK +24NV_1 nPRSN2 1 GND 9 4
8 8 (6813) Sensor 10 2

CN502
15 2 2 5 2 3 3 3 1 15 2 2 ADULATCH
ADFPMCLK nSREQ +5V +24NV_2 Fuser Pressure GND_5 (ADU1) LDADUPP1 10 3 Motor 1 (5905)
MMBB 3 9 7 3 1 9 3

CN603
14 3 6 1 2 2 Release 2 2 14 ADULD
6 12 pSENTIM +24NV_1 RED 11 2 nDEV2RDY
SW1
MMBCOM ADFRVCL1 10 6 Sensor 2 LDPR2 LUM3-2
13 4 4 1 1 1 3 13 2 Right Cover Fan nPF1UPERSN 8 4
5 11 Lift Motor (Tray3)
ADFRVCL2 nVEN WHITE CNSPC FUROTSN2 M PGND 12 1 DEV2GAIN

CN356
MMB 11 5 LUM3-1 (4801)

CN405 CN403
12 5 5 (2001) 7 5 Developer Motor 2
ADF Feed
Motor MM 4
3
MMAB
MMACOM
10
9
11
ADFRRCNT
ADFRRSN2
6 6 12
13
nSACK
nVREQ
4
3
2
1
2
1
GND
SPK
2
1
Fuser Roller
Rotating
3
2
4
5
GND_4
LDFURT2
12
11
1
WHITE
FM nMEXFRDY
nMEXFAN
1
2 6
5
DEV2CLK
nDEV2ENB
6
7
M (5902)
(926) 2 8
10 7 7 Encoder 2 1 6 10 3
ADFDXSN SHIN PGND_2
CN661

MMA 14 2 CNSP
CN650

9 8 8 FUROTSN1 4 4 8
1 7 nORGSEN 3 7 9 PGND_1

CN512
ADFRRSN1 BLACK +24VSW Fuser Roller
8 9 9 15 1 GND_3 +5V 3 9
2 Rotating 2 8 8 11 LDFUEX 1 3 Sheet +24VM_2
ADFFIFORST
DRSW1 DRSW2 DRSW3
CN707

PMBB 7 10 10 LDFURT1 nOQDOSN_1 3 1 GND 2 10

6 6 Encoder 1 1 9 7 10 1 3 Fuser GND 2 2 Bypass +24VM_1
ADFFIFOOUT Option Feed Entrance 2 2
+24VPON 1 11

(6402)
PMBCOM 6 11 12 GND_3 nHFPESN
1 nPRSN1 9 2 2 Cover Open nFUEXSN 3 1 NP Sensor Paper Feed 2A

CN410
Switch 2 (4209)
5 5 ADFFIFOENB 3 10 6 Sensor

Cover Interlock
5 12 13 Fuser Pressure LDOQDOSAN 1 3 Roller Clutch
ADF Paper PMB ACN GND_2 8 3 1 Sensor HFSOL

PM 4 4 ADFFIFOLTH GND 2A Release 2 11 5 4 2 (Sheet Bypass) 1

Right Upper
Feed Motor PMAB 4 13 14 20 3 Platen ACL +24VM

C
LDPR1 nPEWSN3 nSTFULSN

CN607
3 3 Sensor 1 5 1 (3021)
(925) 3
ADFFIFOCLK
14 15 PCSSN
AC(N)
1A 1 12 4 7 1
Paper Tray 2-Way Inverting 17 2
PMACOM Cover

CN1
19 2 nFUINSN GND_2 +24VM GND_4

EC
2 2 ADFFIFOLD 2 2B 6 2 Sensor 2 Roller Clutch 16 3 1
2 15 16 +5V
Sensor 3 13 3 ADUREVERSCL 6 2 Pickup Roller

L
PMA 18 1 LDPEWSN3 1 10 HFCL LDSTFLSN Inner Upper
GND_1 3 (Tray3)

S
1 1 ADFFIFOIN 14 12 1 1B Fuser Enter 2 14 2 5 (2731) +24VM 7 1 Solenoid (Sheet 15 4 3

C
1 16 17 GND Sensor 2 9 Limit Sensor
17 3 Platen AC(L) LDFUIN nCST3 Bypass) (3018)
15 11 1 15 1 4 1 ADUTRUECL 14 5 2
16
PANSN
2 Angle nZCROS GND_1 Paper Tray 2-Way Roller 1 8

CN2 CN4
+5V 16 10 LCOIL 16 3 2 Sensor 1 Clutch +24VM 13 6

C
COIL
Sensor 1 5
SCN (6502)

CN407
15 1 ENCDR 2 7

CN6
LDCST3_2
(1325)

3 (Tray3) (2731)
RR/OHPSN

CN401
GND
INV 14
GND
3
17
nABNML
9 2
1
nPUSSOL 2
6
2 4 12

TS1 TS2
Home 18 8 ADU Paper pOHPSN GND_2

Sensor (3820)

Sensor (3821)

Sensor (3820)

Sensor (3819)

CN506
1

Tenperature &
(2110)

L
HPSN COM S +24VM 3 3 11 1
CN508

(1324) 13 2 Position nIDATA Guide 2 5 pRESSN GND_1

S
19 7 nPUSSOL 1 4 2 10 2
+5V Solenoid
Sensor

Density &

Density &
CN710

nVDATA

Deviation

Deviation

Deviation
12 1 L 3 4 OHP Film Sensor
Touch

Humidity
+5V OPC1DIR
CN2
Panel

2 20 6 THSTT2 5 1
(23212)
LCD (1326) GND 4 nADUPP0SN 9 3
pIHENB

SN
17 1 3 nOPC1RDY

Color

Color

Color
11 3 Paper 21 5 Paper Path

CN7
1 +5V 3 GND 8 4
nIHPWR 16 OPC1GAIN
10 2 Size 22 4 Sensor 2 2
CN1 ORSIZ5
Sensor 3 +5V_2
IH (4020) 2 nCSTU3 (ADU0) +5V 7 5
Drum Motor 1

CN411
9 1 23 3 16 1 15 14 3 1 OPC1CLK
THSTT1 LDPCR

3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
+24VM_2 GND_3 6 6
GND GND_2 1 14 13 3 1 3
M (5903)
1
2
3

8 3 24 2 15 1 2 nOPC1ENB
Paper GND_3 +24VM_1 nPESN3 NP Sensor +5V 2
GND
2
Feed Cover 2 5 7

11
10

12
11
10
+5V 13 12 2 3 1 PGND_2

3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

CN402
7 2 Size 25 1 14 2 3 (Tray3) nPCRSN Open Sensor
PGND_1 +5V_3 Inner Exit 2 GND 4 8
F 3 1
+24V

GND

ORSIZ4 12 11 1
Vcnt

Sensor 2 13 3 4 2 PGND_1

CREG_OT_M
26

CREG_LD_M
CREG_OT_R
6 1

CREG_LD_R

CREG_OT_L
Sensor

CREG_LD_L
X1
Y1
X2
Y2

PGND_2 GND_2 nINRSN 3 9

nSHTSOL
+24VM_2

+24VM_1
GND 12 4 5 11 10 3 1 3

TEMPSN

CN605
VOUT2C
nSHTSN

HUMISN
5 5 Upper Limit 2 10

DCS_M
APFSIOUT

GND_1

GND_2

GND_3

GND_4

GND_5
LDSHT
GND_1
17
18
19
20

+5V_1

+5V_2

+5V_3

+5V_4
1
2
3
4

1
2
3

1
2
3
4

11 5 6 2 Sensor 4 +24VM_1

CN601
+5V 10 9 Paper Feed

mCT
4 4 Paper 1 11

CN525
nAPFENB nLBSN3 +24VM
CN1 CN7 CN2 ORSIZ3 10 6 7 9 8 1 (Tray3) 1 2 Roller Clutch 1.5A
3 3 Size APFLT nPFCL1 12

C
nCPPSN3 nHFSSN3 (Tray1) (1947)

27
28

10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
2 1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ORSIZ2 9 7 8 1 12
20
nDISPOFF
20 2 2 Sensor 1 APFSICLK 8
+5V_2
7 3
Paper Path Sheet Bypass GND nPFSOL1
GND 1
ORSIZ1
1 CN521 8 8 9 7 6 2 Sensor Size Sensor 3
2 11 3 2 Pickup Roller

L
19 19 APFLD +5V_1 LDHFS3 +24VM

S
GND 7
APFSIIN
9 10 6 5 1 (Tray3) 3 10 4 1 Solenoid GND_2
GND_PNL3 18 18 Pickup Roller nHFLSN +5V (Tray1) (1917) 10 1
GND 6 10 11 nPUSOL3 1 9 5 1 Paper GND_1
1 18 LMA APFMCLK 5 4 2 Sheet Bypass
Solenoid (Tray3)

CN409
17 17 9 2

L
BZCLK 1 4 5 11 12 nPFCL3 GND nPPSN1 Path

S
2 17 TXCLK+ 24VS (1917) Size Length 2 8 6 2

CN536
4 3 1 Sensor
CN703

16 16 2 2 LDHFL GND 3
BZ+
CN510 CN530 CN531 Sensor

CN408
4 +24VM_3 3 7 7 3 (Tray1) nPFMRDY

FRM PCB
3 16 TXCLK- LMAB Paper Feed Roller
M
15 15 3 1 +5V 3 2 2 8 4
nSLPKY_PNL3 3 12 13 +5V
..... 120/220-240 VAC Line

+24VM_2 nHFSSN2 PFMGAIN

C
15
14
13
12
11
10

10
11
4 15 GND LMB Clutch (Tray3) Upper

1
8 1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
14 14 GND_1 2 1 1 1 6 7 5 Paper Feed Motor
4 6
nLEDSLP
M

CN505
2 13 14 (1947) Sheet Bypass GND nULSN1 Limit PFMCLK
5 14 GND 24VS (6126)
nIHDFCNT
9 2
nIHDFRDY

2 5
pUDOPSN

pLDOPSN

nCCTCNT
pPRFCNT 1
nPRFRDY
6 6

nFEEDCT
nTBFCNT

13 13
nTBFRDY

Size Sensor 2 Sensor

nMCRUN
5 5
+24VF_2

+24VF_1

+24VF_1
+5VP_PNL3
PGND_3

PGND_2

PGND_1

nKCCNT
1 15 LDHFS2 GND nPFMENB

nBWCT
nMCCT
TXOUT2+
GND_2

GND_1

GND_1

nSIZE0
nSIZE1
nSIZE2
nSIZE3

GND_1
6 13 LMBB

nFCCT
3 4 10 3 (Tray1)

nBAL0
+5V_1
..... +3.3 VDC Line

12 12 5 7

nKCS
CN59

6 3
..... +24 VDC Line
..... +12 VDC Line

LED2
CN8

G6

nHFSSN1 +5V PGND_2

..... +5 VDC Line

7 12 TXOUT2-

Paper Feed Roller

11 11 1 3 11 1 4 8
+5V_PNL3 Scanning Motor 88 1 nPESN1 NP PGND_1
CN280

8 11 GND Sheet Bypass GND

10 10 2 2 12 2 Sensor 3 9
1
2
1
2

(1713)
CN3

Clutch (Tray2)
LED3 87 2 Size Sensor 1

Pickup Roller
GND LDFHS1 GND (Tray1) +24VM_2

10
11
9 10

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9 9 3 1 13 3 2 10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Cover Detection

Cover Detection

KIN0 86 3
CN704

FINISHER IPC
(1332)

10 9 TXOUT1+ +24VM_1
Switch (4202)

Switch (4202)

8 8 A B 1 11 2.2A

Solenoid
Right Upper

Right Lower

LED4 85 4

CN535
TXOUT1-
11 8
F6

(Tray2)

ADU
(1947)

(1917)
SCN4_PNL3 7 7 84 5
FM

FM

FM

(6501)
CN501

12 7 GND
CN61

6 6 40
13
LED5
6 GND COIN VENDER Bottle Motor BK
PNL3

SCN3_PNL3 5 5 39
INVERTER

14 5
4
TXOUT0+
4 38 (5302)
C S
Fan (4008)

LED1

Paper Tray

Paper Tray
nBTM_K
Roller Fan

WHITE
Bottle Fan

Presssure

15 4 TXOUT0-

Sensor 1

2 Sensor 2
IH Driver

3 3 4 37 1

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor
M

(Tray2)

(Tray2)

(Tray2)
LED8 5 84
CN1

G5

Upper
+24VM_4 RED

Paper

(Tray2)

3 (Tray2)
CN2
(1612)

L
(4008)

(4801)

16 3 +3.3V

Limit
Toner

Path
2 2 3 36 2
SCN2_PNL3 EXP LAMP 4 85

NP
17 2 +3.3V pIHFCNT
SCN1_PNL3 1 1 (1615) 2 3 86 35 1
*1: Europe Specification Only

18 1 nIHRDY
1 C C C FM IH Fan

1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3

1
2
3
1
2
3
2 87 34 2

1
2
3
1
SUBSW

Paper Tray

Paper Tray
1 15 PGND

LSU (4303)

2 Sensor 1

Sensor 2
1
2
1
2
1 88 33 3
pFAXRING (4804)

1 (Tray1)

(Tray1)
2 14 nSTRSN2
3
nWAKE
13 CN2 CN1 CN5 32
GND_8
1
STR Cam
GND_PNL2 nVCNTON 31 2
10
11
12

22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

1 15 Sensor 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5

14

10
11
12
13
4 12
PG Memory

PG Memory

LDSTR2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

6
5
4
3
2
1
KIN3 nLPOW1 30 3

3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
2 14 5 11
nHSYNC_YM
nHSYNC_CK

2
1
2
1
2
1
CN99

CN12

LED0 nSTRSN1
DF11-8P

DF11-8P

LSUDAOUT

nSLPKY 29 1
+5VLSU_1
+5VLSU_2

nCSTSN1a

nCSTSN1b

nCSTSN2a

nCSTSN2b
LSUDACK

3 13
LSUDALD
CN5

CN6

6 10
nDATA_M

nDATA_C
nDATA_Y

nDATA_K

nPFSOL2

LDCST1a

LDCST1b

LDCST2a

LDCST2b
nPMCNT
nPMRDY

+24VM_1

+24VM_2

+24VM_3
PGND_1
SPEED1
SPEED0

GND_7
nLDENB

STR Cam

+24VF_1

+24VF_2
DATA_M

nPCRCL
nJAMSN
DATA_C

pJDRSN
KIN4
DATA_Y

DATA_K

nPPSN2

nPESN2
nMO_M

pULSN2
nMO_C

PMCLK

nPFCL2
CN58

nLPOW2
nMO_K

nMO_Y
GND_4

GND_3

GND_2

GND_1

GND_1
GND_2

nSH_M

GND_3
GND_4
nSH_C

RRCR3
28 2

+24VM
nSH_K

nSH_Y

GND_1
GND_2

GND_3

GND_1

GND_2

GND_1

GND_2

GND_3

GND_4
nRRCL
LDJAM
LDJDR
4 12
CN5

+5V_1
+5V_2

+5V_3
7 9 Sensor 1
KEY

KEY

72P

72P

KIN5 nPNLRST LDSTR1

5 11 8 8 27 3
KIN6 nFTRSN2
2

PNLTXD 26 1
6 10
12
11
10

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

14

10
11
12
13

10
11
12

10
11
12
13
9 7
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN250

SCN5_PNL2 GND_6 FTR Cam

(1331)

PNLRXD
CN4

7 9 10 6 25 2
SCN4_PNL2 +5V CN517 CN516 CN515 CN526 CN527 CN524 LDFTR2 Sensor 2
CN13

CN11

8 8 24 3
DF11-8P

DF11-8P

11 5
SCN3_PNL2 GND nFTRSN1
9 7 12 4 23 1
LED7
KEY

KEY

+5VP GND_5 FTR Cam

MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED PARTS ARE USED FOR

10 6 13 3
PNL2

22 2
(6505)

SCN2_PNL2 GND LDFTR1 Sensor 1

11 5 14 2
CN513 CN514 CN504 CN523 CN528 CN518 21 3
MARK IN THE SCHEMATIC.

SCN1_PNL2 +24V
12 4
WHEN SERVICING, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ONLY

15 1 20
10

20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11

12
11
10

10
11
12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
13
14

10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
SCN0_PNL2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9

1
2

1
2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

CN503
MARK ON THIS SCHEMATIC

13 3
SD Memory

19
DIAGRAM INCORPORATE SPECIAL FEATURES

nOPCNEW_M
SCLKHV_YM
THE CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN THE PARTS

LED6 nOPCNEW_C
SCLKHV_CK

nERSLED_M
nOPCNEW_Y

nOPCNEW_K
D_CLK_nYM

LD_ERS_M1
LD_ERS_M2

nERSLED_C
PNL1

BLSN_K
nERSLED_Y

nERSLED_K
D_CLK_nCK

LD_ERS_C1
LD_ERS_C2
LD_ERS_Y1
LD_ERS_Y2

LD_ERS_K1
LD_ERS_K2
nHVEN_YM
C_CLK_YM

D_CLK_YM

nHVEN_CK

14 2

nLSUTFCNT
nLSUTFRDY
C_CLK_CK

D_CLK_CK

SCLKHV_T

STRMONO

nTCT_COL
18 1
CN9

TDCREF_M
SDHV_YM

LDOPC_M

TDCREF_C
LDHV_YM

SDHV_CK

LDOPC_C

pFDOPSN

TDCREF_Y

TDCREF_K
LDOPC_Y

LDOPC_K
LDHV_CK

Bottle Lock
nHVEN_T

nTCT_BK
+24VM_1

+24VM_2

+24VM_2

TDCDT_M
+5V_PNL2

TDCDT_C
+24VF_1

TDCDT_Y

TDCDT_K
GND_4
PGND_1

PGND_2

SDHV_T
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

LDHV_T

nSTRLK

nLUM1
+24VM

nLUM2

nWTBSN
+24VM

TDCS_M
+24VF_1

+24VF_2

+24VF_3

+24VF_4
TDCS_C
15 1

TDCS_Y

TDCS_K
GND_1

GND_2

GND_4

GND_5

GND_3
2 Detection
+24VM

17
CN57 CN56

LDWTB
PGND

GND_1

GND_2

GND_3

GND_4

GND_5

GND_6

GND_7

GND_8

GND_9
CN851

nTFSN
CN853

CN854

PGND
Card

LDBL_K
3 Sensor_K

LDTF
9P
CCD (1631)

(1630)

SATA

SATA

16
SHD

SHD
20

BLSN_C
15 1
10

10

10
11
12

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
2
Counter 2 (4423) 1
2
Counter 1 (4423) 1
2
1

GRAY

GRAY
Bottle Lock
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

RED

RED
GND_3

6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
(1333)

14 2 Detection
CN110 CN110 CN120 HVPS 2 (4015) LDBL_C
AFE

nLEDDAT 3 Sensor_C
1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

FDOPSNC
1 6 (Y)(M) (C)(K) 13
CN850

FM
CN852

CN855

BLSN_M

Mechanical

Mechanical
nLEDALM2-2
M_LED

C_LED
Y_LED

K_LED
DF13

DF13

(4502)

(4502)

(4502)

(4502)
mCT

mCT
12

19

2 5 12 1
CN11

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1
CN CN CN CN Bottle Lock
CN1

nLEDALM1 GND_2
IMPORTANT FOR SAFETY.

FTR FTR FTR FTR CN

3 4
HVPS 1 (4014) HVPS 1(4014) 11 2 Detection
PNL4

M
(6401)

CN6 (K) (C) (M) (Y) STR

Sensor (4406)
nLEDALM2-1 LDBL_M
10 3 Sensor_M
4 3
TDC_Y TDC_M TDC_C TDC_K

Toner Waste
PS
PS

PS

PS

PS

PS

LSU Fan
1

nLEDACT BLSN_Y
5 2

(4302)
9 1
IDENTIFIED WITH A

Container
+5V_PNL4 Control Panel Power (5414) (5414) (5414) (5414) GND_1 Bottle Lock
1
2
Sensor_Y 1 OPCNEWY 3

1
2
Sensor_M 1 OPCNEWM 3

1
2
Sensor_C 1 OPCNEWC 3

1
2
Sensor_K 1 OPCNEWK 3

6 1 8 2 Detection

Lift Motor

Lift Motor
Switch (1412) LDBL_Y
DCG
SC

3 Sensor_Y
USB
PARTS WITH A

(Tray1)

(Tray2)
CN65

(2001)

(2001)
CN9

GND Gray 4 4 nBTM_C

2
SUBSW
1
Red SW3 3 3
SDI (1217) 6 1
WHITE
M
Bottle Motor
GND

GND

GND

GND

2 2 +24VM_3
+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

C (5302)
1
Switch (4202) 2

2
Switch (4202) 1
1 2 5 2
1 1
nBTM_M RED
4 1
Front Cover

Front Cover Bottle Motor

3
Detection 2

3
Detection 2

3
Detection 2

3
Detection 2

+24VM_2 WHITE
M
BTR

Detection

GND Detection 3 2 M (5302)

CN12
(1343)

LVPS Fan (4103)

FTR(M)
CN1

1 3
FTR(C)
FTR(K)

FTR(Y)

SD USB nBTM_Y RED

2 1
Memory Memory M
DCG

2 2 Bottle Motor
CN1

1 1 WHITE
Drum

Drum

Drum

Drum

+24VM_1
STR

+3V_BTR
3 1
FM 2
3
PGND
2
3
Card 1 2
RED
Y (5302)

743
 DP-C406/C306/C266
11.2. General Circuit Diagram (DP-C405 Series)
DCB

APFHT1

APFHT2

APFHT3
LPHT1

LPHT2

TRU
TRFMOT_A

(6604)
nSTRM_B

CN552
(6602) Paper
6 1 6
+24VM
5 nSTRM_AB

CN141 CN142
1 Transport 2

(6503)
5
15 TRFMOT_A* +24VM
HDD Unit Motor
M 4 +24VM_2

CN663
4 6 nPEWSN4 1 Paper Tray (7208) TRFMOT_B 1
3 4
M STR

CN143
3 3 16 +24VM_1 +24VM
5

Power Cord
CNHD1
+5V 4 3 Motor

CN613
5 5 GND_2 2 Sensor 2 2

CNHT10
(4018)

CN608
2 4 +24VM 15 nSTRM_BB

CNHT9
2 (3706)

CNHT4

CNHT5

CNHT8
8 PGND_2
3 (Tray4)
GND 8 +5V(LDPEWSN4) 5 2
1 3 4 TRFMOT_B* 3 nSTRM_A

ADF
14

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
2

1
2
GND
10 1 6
GND_3
7 3 nCST4 1 Paper Tray
1 PGND_1
4
6 1 0.9A
2 13

(6504)
Option Finisher
12V 2 IPTXD +5V_1 +5V_1
+5V 1 13 5 4 2 GND_1 2 Sensor 1 nHNSDOSN 1 12 5
1 6 3 Paper 1 13 13 GND_1 FTRM_B

CNHT2
GND_2
Original ORGSN 1 4 4 3 1 +5V(LDCST4) 3 (Tray4) Transport
14
2
GND_1
11 6 1 6
2 GND 12 12

1
2
FTRM_AB

CN653
5

CNHT7
2 5 IPRXD Cover Open 13 +24VM_2 MOTLT 2 5
Sensor 3 2 7

CN529
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
LDHNSDO 3

MOT Driver
GND 3 11 11 10 +24VM

Connector

1
2
3

CN509
3 4 +5V nFIN_SNS Sensor 12 3 4
+24VM_1 9 MOTSICLK FTR and LSU
1
+5V
3
9
ARR3SN
1
Registration
7 10
1
nLEFTOUTSN 4 10 10
8
4
+24VM
M Shutter

nSARX
pSARX
Outer 11 nRSTMO 3

pSATX
nSATX
Registration 8 2 PGND_2 9

+5VD
18

+24V
ARRSN1 8 8

GND

GND

GND

GND
GND
GND Sensor 3 Exit 2 GND 5 9 9 FTRM_BB Motor

CN508
CNHT1
2 2 5 2

CN611
CN66
10 nMOTENB

CNHT6
Sensor 1 7 3 17 PGND_1 (3706)

CN612
GND GND_1 Sensor LDLEFTOUT 7 10

CN65
FTRM_A

1
2

1
2
3
8

CN654
3 1 +5V 2 2 GND 3 9 6 8 6 1
6 1 2 5 TRUSIDO MOTSIOUT
16
0.9A

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
pFINI_POW HNSUCL 7 6 11
ARR2SN Registration 1 1 +24V Paper Transport 1 8 7 7
5 2
CN10 CN55 1 1 15 nCSTU4 14
Unit Roller +24VM TRUSICLK 5
nFUMCLK
12

C
GND Sensor 2 2 7 8 6 6 nFUM_BB
5V 4 3 GND_3 nFTRMCLK 7 3
ADF 6 13 3 Clutch (7213) TRUSIDI 4

CN550
1 10 14 nSOLCNT1 5 13

N
9 5 +24VM

L
E
+5V +5VP

CN553
6
2 NP Sensor
Cover OPDSN nPESN4 1 nSTRMCLK 8 2
2 9 3 1 10 1
LVS2 13 12 Paper Exit +24VM TRULT 3

L
Open DXPSN +5V (Tray4) 10 4 4 14 nFUM_B

2
GND Inverting +5V_3 2 5 nRESEVCLK 9 6
Guide Solenoid
M

S
2 2 9 2 11 TRULD
12 1 Fuser

GREEN
Sensor 3 8 L 5 2 15

BLACK

WHITE
Sensor nSOLCNT2 4 11 3 3 nFUM_AB
GND GND 3 (6605) CN173 CN172 GND_2 (7115) 3 FUMREF 1

CN655
Paper Feed 1 3 8 TRUMCLK 10 Motor

CN176
7 8 ACLRLB 2 CNN 11 10 3 1 16
GND Upper Limit nHNSPPSN 12 2 2 +24VM

CN171
G1
SWN2 3 (6116)

SW4
Clutch PFCL 1 GND_1 1 5

CN606
7 4 2 Sensor Paper nTRUENB 11

RLB (6607)
1 6 7 6 4 2 10 9
(910) 24VO1
+24V
CN64 SWN1 nLBSN4 Path 2 GND 2 13 1 1 nFUM_A

N
4

E
CN6
C

1 (Tray4)

L
5

INLET
+5V

CN52
12 0.9A

LAN I/F
6 4 1 8

CN131
2 5 12 1 6 ACNRLB 3 9 Sensor LDHNSPP
+24V

CN69
Registration RRCL1 ORSSN4 Original 2 SWL2 nCPPSN4 3 1

3
2
1
5 6 3 2 2 8 7
Clutch 1
1 4 11 2 Size 5 PGND N CN175 3
Paper Path

N
E
L
24VO1 GND SWL1 +5V_2
C

Sensor 4 7

N
2 3 4 4 1 1 1 7 6 2 Sensor

L
(824) 10 3 PGND

2
1
CN652
RRCL2 +5V 3 8 +5V_1 (Tray4)
Registration 1 2 9 1 3 CNL 6 5 1
24VO1 Original pLPOW1 nPUSOL4 Pickup Roller
C

Clutch 2 ORSSN3 2 9 5

1
2 1 8 2 Size 2 4 2

JW1
JW2
Solenoid

L
(801) GND Sensor 3 nLPOW2 nPFCL4

S
1 10

CN532
7 3 1 4 3 1 (Tray4) (1917) +5V 12
2 +24VM 1 8
DXSL2 +5V 2 2 GND_4
3 7 6 1 1 8 3 Registration 2 nRESSN2 7 22 1

N
Original

L
ACN
1

ACL
24VO1 +24VM

C
ORSSN2 GND_3
L

ADF 1 Sensor

CN412
2 6 5 2 Size PGND 2 7 2 1 GND 21 2
6
S

*1
Inverting DXSL1 8
CN660
GND Sensor 2 BTMDIR
1 5 4 3 6 1 20 Belt

1
PGND 3 37 Paper Feed Roller 3

CN7
Roller 7 5

BLACK

WHITE
+5V CN2 nBTMRDY Motor

CN604
Solenoid (621) 4 3 1 24V 4 5 5 36 RED Clutch (Tray4) 19 4
Original LUM4-2 4
M

COIL
ORSSN1 6 2 (1947) 13 GND_2 24 BTMGAIN (5904)
2 Size 4
M

CN702
3 2 5 4 35 +5V 18 5

CN8
24V LUM4-1 1 3 +24VF_1
ADF Pinch PPSOL GND Sensor 1 5 +5V_HOME 1 14 23 BTMCLK
nPPSNCST1
2 2 1 3 6 3 3
L 1 19 Paper Path 17 6

JW1
JW2
Solenoid GND Intermediate WHITE 2 2
L

24VO1 4 nHOMESN nBTMENB

CN134
Lift Motor Sensor
S

1 1 2 2 Transfer 2 GND 15 22 7
(615) GND 7 1 18 3 1 16
3 Belt Initial GND_6 (Tray4) (2001) 16 21 PGND_4
5V 8 1 1 3 17 15 8
2 Point Sensor PGND_3

NFL (4116)
G6 G5 4 17 20
1 5VP GND N 2 16 38 Optional Paper +24VM 11 14 9 24

CN133
+24VM_4
+5V 4 4 ACN STR Solenoid 2 1 18 nRESSN2 19 GND_4

CN96
1 3
N Feed Motor (6808) 10

CN1
5 10 23

CN53
28 3 17 13 1

L
34

CN511
1.5A

CN4
GND (2533) 2 nSTRKPSOL

S
Exit PFOSN 3 3 1 nPPSNCST2 +24VM_3 11 GND_3
19 18
CN658

2 4 4 2 18 33 1 9 12 22 2
14

CN92
Sensor GND 24VO1 +3.3V ACL ADUCL2 nPPSNCST1
2 2 +5V_1 OPC2DIR

FROM8
3 3 9 19 1 3 1 1 19 32 2 ADU Roller 1 8 20 17 GND_2 21 3
24VO1 +3.3V 13 11 1
L 24VM nADUENB

C
STPSL nOPC2RDY

CN406
Clutch 2

60P
8 20 2 1 1 20 31 GND_1 2 7 21 16 GND_1
2 2 2 3
CN708 L 4

Switch 2 (4209)
Stamp 12 10 2 20 Drum

Cover Interlock
LVPS (4117)
L

(2731)

CN132
24VO1 PGND 100V_200V nADUDRSN 22 15 OPC2GAIN
S

1 1 7 21 3 ACL 21 nOQMLK
Solenoid 1 1 7 1 30 4 1 6 9 3 19 5 Motor 2
M
1A 11

CN522
Right Lower
PGND Right Cover 23 pPRESSN 14
CN662

(725) 6 22 4 GND_1 2A TH1B GAIN 2 GND DEV1RDY OPC2CLK (5901)

2 6 2 22 5 Open 6

JW3
JW4
JW5
JW6
28 10 5 pOHPSN 8 4 18
ACN Therm1
+5V GND GND_2 TH1A
M Sensor 24 13 nOPC2ENB

CN602
+5V DEV1GAIN

CN520
Inverting Roller 8 5 23 5 5 2 1 9 OQMCLK 3 7

CN67
1 3 1B 23 27 6 4 7 5 17

CN5
15 4
USB +5V_1
M

CN353
+5V

CN400
4 PGND_4
Clutch 1 (1010)
1
SBCL2
7
6
4
5VP
24 6 2
GND
SCNTXD
14 3
2
3
2
4
+5V_1
+5V_2
4 N 2B
Therm2
3
1
24
TH2B
TH2A
30 8
nOQMCT
PGND
7
Paper Path 1
nADUPP2
GND
3
1
2
GND_1
12
11
6
DEV1CLK
nDEV1ENB
6 16
15
PGND_3
8
9
3 25 7 3 13 1 5 3 25 29 7 8 Sensor 2 2 +24VM_1 5 7
24VO1 1
C

CN659

2 5 AORGSN SCNRXD +5VLSU (ADU2) +5V 3 10 PGND_2 +24VM_4

PGND 6 PGND

BLACK

BLACK
3

WHITE

WHITE
Inverting 2 26 8 4 12 6 2 26 25 9 1 +24VM_2 4 8 14 10

CN507
SBCL1 GND 1 6 4 9 PGND_1 +24VM_3
Roller 1 27 9 SCPCLK +24NV +5VP 1 27 24 +24VM_4
1 4 5 11 7 5 10 PGND_1 3 9 13 11
24VO1 2 5 TH4B
C

Clutch 2 SCPDATA PGND_3 5 8 +24VM_2

1.5A
CN51
+24VM_3 ADUCL1
CN64 1.4A
2 3

FXB (6603)
12

CN352
6 GND 6 6 2 28 34 11 1 5 2
(1010) 18 18 10 3 4 4 ADU Roller PGND_2 10

CN404
SDCL nPRGDWN PGND_2 Therm4 TH4A nOQRRCL 24VM 6 7 +24VM_1

C
1 2 7 +3.3V 5 1 29 2 Clutch 1 2 1 2A

JW3
9 5 4 12

JW4
11
CN709

33 3

JW5
JW6
CN519
17 11 4 3 ADUSIOUT

CN3
Slow Down

CST (6601)
24VO1 PGND_1 (2313) 7 6 GND_2
C

GND nPRST +24VM_2 nADUPP1SN

C
2 1 8 8 GND 4 4 30 21 2 1
Clutch 16 1 1 5 2 Paper Path 1 3 ADUSICLK 11 1
(802) 15
ADFMMCLK
2 2 nSREQ +5V
+24NV_3
20 2 GND 8 5 Developer GND_1
9 7 2

CN502
3 3 1 Optional Intermediate Sensor 2 ADUSIIN 10
ADFPMCLK 6 1 +24NV_2 LDADUPP1 9 4 Motor 1 (5905)
MMBB 14 3 3 pSENTIM
6 3 1 nPRSN2 15 Roller Clutch (6813) (ADU1) 3 1

CN603
10 2 2 Fuser Pressure RED ADULATCH 9 3
6 12 +24NV_1 GND_5 10 3
5
MMBCOM
11
13
ADFRVCL1
ADFRVCL2
4 4 11
nVEN
5 WHITE CNSPC 1 1
SW1 Release
Sensor 2
2 2
LDPR2
14 2
LUM3-2
M 11
ADULD
2
8
nDEV2RDY
DEV2GAIN
4

CN356
nSACK 1 LUM3-1 PGND
MMB 4 GND 3 13 nPF1UPERSN Developer
12 5 5 1 7 5
M

CN405 CN403
4 10 12 2 2 2 1
ADF Feed 12 1
4 FUROTSN2 Right Cover DEV2CLK Motor 2
Motor MM 3
MMAB
9 11
ADFRRCNT
6 6 13
nVREQ
3 1 1
SPK
1 Fuser Roller
3 12
WHITE
Lift Motor Fan (4801) FM nMEXFRDY
2 6 6
(5902)
CN661

ADFRRSN2 SHIN 2 GND_4 nMEXFAN nDEV2ENB

(926) MMACOM 10 7 7 14 2 Rotating 5 11 (Tray3) (2001) 3 5 7
2 8 CNSP Encoder 2 6 LDFURT2 PGND_2
CN650

ADFDXSN nORGSEN 1 BLACK 1 4 4

MMA 9 8 8 15 10 8
1 7 +5VSW

CN512
ADFRRSN1 3 3 7 FUROTSN1 9 11 +5V
3 Sheet 3
PGND_1
9
8 9 9 Fuser Roller 1
DRSW1 DRSW2 DRSW3
CN707

ADFFIFORST GND_3 nOQDOSN_1 LDFUEX GND +24VM_2

2 Rotating 2 8 8 10 1 3 3 1 2 2 Bypass 2 10
PMBB
7 10 10
+5VSW Option Feed Fuser GND

(6402)
ADFFIFOOUT Encoder 1 9 LDFURT1 GND_3 nHFPESN Paper Feed +24VM_1
6 6 1 1 7 2 2 Cover Open Entrance 2 2 1 NP Sensor 1

CN410
Switch 2 (4209)
6 11 12 9 3 11
2A

Cover Interlock
5
PMBCOM
5 ADFFIFOENB ACN
3 10
nPRSN1
6 LDOQDOSAN 3 1 Sensor
Sensor 1 nFUEXSN
3
HFSOL Roller Clutch
5 12 13 GND 2A 8 4 2 1
(Sheet Bypass)

Right Upper
ADF Paper PMB 3 Fuser Pressure
20 Platen GND_2 nSTFULSN

C
ADFFIFOLTH ACL nPEWSN3 +24VM

CN607
4 4 Release 2 11 5 7 5 1 (3021) 2
Feed Motor
PM PMAB
4 13 14 PCSSN
2 Cover AC(N)
1A 1
Paper Tray 2-Way Inverting
17

CN1
ADFFIFOCLK 19 Sensor 1 LDPR1 GND_2 ADUREVERSCL +24VM GND_4
(925) 3 3

EC
3 14 15 2 2B 1 12 4 6 2 Sensor 2 1 10 6 2 Pickup Roller 16 3 1
PMACOM +5V Sensor Roller Clutch

L
1

C
ADFFIFOLD 18 nFUINSN LDPEWSN3 +24VM LDSTFLSN Inner Upper
3 (Tray3) HFCL

S
2 2 2 15 16 GND 12 1 1B 3 13 3 5 (2731) 2 9 7 1 Solenoid (Sheet 15 4 3
PMA ADFFIFOIN 17 3 14
AC(L) Fuser Enter GND_1 Limit Sensor
1 1 1 16 17 Platen 2 14 2 4
nCST3
1
ADUTRUECL
8
Bypass) (3018) 5 2
PANSN 15 11 Sensor 1 Paper Tray 2-Way Roller 14
Angle +24VM

C
2 LDFUIN

CN2 CN4
16 nZCROS GND_1
+5V LCOIL 1 15 1 3 2 Sensor 1 Clutch (2731) 2 7 5 6

COIL
16 10 1 13

CN401
Sensor
SCN (6502)

CN407
1 nPUSSOL 2

CN6
LDCST3_2
(1325)

15 GND
3 (Tray3)
INV GND
3 Home
17
ENCDR
9 16 2 1
+24VM
6 2 4 RR/OHPSN 12

L
TS1 TS2
14 nABNML pOHPSN GND_2

Sensor (3820)

Sensor (3821)

Sensor (3820)

Sensor (3819)
2

CN506
(2110)

Tenperature &
HPSN 18 8 COM S 1 5 3 3 1
ADU Paper 11

S
CN508

(1327) 13 2 Position nIDATA 3 nPUSSOL 1 pRESSN GND_1

+5V Sensor 19 7 Guide Solenoid 4 4 2 2

Density &

Density &
10

Deviation

Deviation

Deviation
1 L OHP Film Sensor
CN710
Touch

Humidity
nADUPP0SN +5V
CN2

12
Panel

20 nVDATA THSTT2 (23212) 9 OPC1DIR

LCD
2 6 1 3 5 1 3
GND 4 17

SN
Paper Path

Color

Color

Color
GND
(1326) 11 3 Paper pIHENB 8 nOPC1RDY

CN7
1 21 5 3 Sensor 2 2 4
10 +5V 2 Size nIHPWR
16 1 16
nCSTU3 (ADU0) +5V OPC1GAIN
CN1 +24VM_2 3 1

(4020)
22 4 2 14 7 5 Drum

CN411
9 ORSIZ5 15 1 15
1 Sensor 3 THSTT1 2 GND_3 LDPCR OPC1CLK

3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1

6
5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1

4
3
2
1

2
1
+5V_2
23 3 1 +24VM_1 14 13 3 1 3 6 6
M Motor 1
1
2
3

8 GND 14 2 3 +5V
2 Feed Cover 2
3 Paper GND_2 nPESN3 GND nOPC1ENB (5903)

CN402
PGND_1 13 12 2 NP Sensor 3 2 5 7

11
10

12
11
10
24 2 1

3
2
1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 +5V 13 3 4 Open Sensor
2 Size GND_3
12 +5V_3
(Tray3) Inner Exit 2 GND nPCRSN PGND_2
IH
F 1
+24V

PGND_2 2 3 4 8
GND

25 1
Vcnt

11 1 Sensor
6 ORSIZ4

CREG_OT_M
Sensor 2 12 4 nINRSN

CREG_LD_M
CREG_OT_R
CREG_LD_R

CREG_OT_L
5

19 CREG_LD_L
1
X1
Y1
X2
Y2

26 GND_2 1 3 PGND_1 9
3

25 nSHTSOL
26 +24VM_1
11 APFSIOUT 5 10 3

TEMPSN
11

CN605
5 GND

VOUT2C
nSHTSN

HUMISN
6 Upper Limit

DCS_M
5 +24VM_2

GND_1

GND_2

GND_3

GND_4

GND_5
LDSHT
GND_1
17
18
19
20

+5V_1

+5V_2

+5V_3

+5V_4
2
1
2
3
4

1
2
3

1
2
3
4

9 2 Sensor

CN601
10 nAPFENB 6 10 Paper Feed 10
4 +5V

mCT
+24VM

CN525
4 Paper 7 nLBSN3 (Tray3) +24VM_1
9 8 1 1 2 Roller Clutch 1 11
CN1 CN7 CN2 3 ORSIZ3 3 Size 9
APFLT
7 nHFSSN3 nPFCL1

C
8
8 nCPPSN3 (Tray1) (1947)

27
28

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

20
21
22
23
24
2 1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 12 12
20
nDISPOFF
20 2 ORSIZ2 2 Sensor 1 8
APFSICLK 8
9
7 3
Paper Path Sheet Bypass GND nPFSOL1 1.5A
GND
1 ORSIZ1 CN521 APFLD 7 +5V_2 6 2 Sensor 2 11 3 2 Pickup Roller

L
19 19 1 7 9 Size Sensor 3 LDHFS3 +24VM

S
GND 10 +5V_1 (Tray3) 3 10 4 1 Solenoid
APFSIIN 6 5 1 GND_2
18 18 6 10 11 Pickup Roller nHFLSN +5V (Tray1) (1917) 10 1
GND LMA 5 nPUSOL3 2 9 5 1 Paper
4 Solenoid 1 9 GND_1

CN409
GND_PNL3 17 1 APFMCLK 11 Sheet Bypass 2

L
17 4 5 12 GND nPPSN1 Path
4 nPFCL3 2

S
1 18 TXCLK+ 24VS (Tray3) (1917) 2 8 6

CN536
BZCLK 2 2 3 1 Size Length Sensor 3
16 LDHFL
CN510 CN531 GND
CN703

16
CN530

CN408
4 3
2 3 +24VM_3 Sensor 3 (Tray1)

FRM PCB
17 TXCLK- LMAB 2 7 7 nPFMRDY
Paper Feed
M
BZ+ 15 3 1 +5V 12 2 nHFSSN2 8 4
15 3 13 +5V
..... 120/220-240 VAC Line

C
2 +24VM_2
15
14
13
12
11
10

10
11
3 Roller Clutch 6 8 Upper

1
CN280

1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16 GND LMB GND_1 1 1 1 PFMGAIN Paper
4 7 5
nSLPKY_PNL3 14 6 GND nULSN1 Limit
M

CN505
14 2 13 14 (Tray3) (1947) Sheet Bypass
4 GND 1 2 9 2 Feed
nIHDFCNT
24VS nIHDFRDY 5
pUDOPSN

PFMCLK
pLDOPSN

nCCTCNT
pPRFCNT
nPRFRDY

nFEEDCT
15
nTBFCNT
nTBFRDY

Sensor

nMCRUN
5 Size Sensor 2
+24VF_2

+24VF_1

+24VF_1
13 5 6
PGND_3

PGND_2

PGND_1

nKCCNT
nLEDSLP 13 1 15 LDHFS2 GND 6 Motor

nBWCT
nMCCT
3
GND_2

GND_1

GND_1

nSIZE0
nSIZE1
nSIZE2
nSIZE3

GND_1
nFCCT
5 3 (Tray1)

nBAL0
TXOUT2+

+5V_1
4
6 LMBB nPFMENB
..... +3.3 VDC Line

14 10

nKCS
3
..... +24 VDC Line
..... +12 VDC Line

+5VP_PNL3 12 5 7 (6126)
G6

12 nHFSSN1 +5V
..... +5 VDC Line

6 TXOUT2- 1 3 11 1 PGND_2
CN8

13
CN59

11 88 1 NP 4 8
7
LED2 11 Scanning Sheet Bypass GND
2
nPESN1
Sensor
12 GND 2 12 2 PGND_1
1
2

1
2

(Tray2) (1947)

(Tray2) (1917)
+5V_PNL3 10 Motor (1713) 87 2 Size Sensor 1 3 9

Pickup Roller
LDFHS1 GND (Tray1)

Roller Clutch
10
11
10

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8 3 1 3 +24VM_2

Paper Feed
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
GND 3 13
Cover Detection

Cover Detection

11
CN704

86 3
CN3

FINISHER IPC
LED3 9 9 2 10
Switch (4202)

Switch (4202)

9 A B

Solenoid
10 TXOUT1+ +24VM_1
Right Upper

Right Lower

85 4 1

CN535
KIN0 8 8 11
2.2A
F6

ADU
PNL3 (1332)

10 9 TXOUT1- 5
FM

FM

FM
7 7 84

(6501)
LED4
CN501

8
11 GND
COIN VENDER 40
CN61

SCN4_PNL3 6 6
7 GND 39 Bottle Motor
INVERTER

12 5 5
LED5 BK (5302)
6
C S 38
Fan (4008)

TXOUT0+

Paper Tray

Paper Tray
13
Roller Fan
Bottle Fan

Presssure

SCN3_PNL3 4 4 nBTM_K WHITE

Sensor 1

2 Sensor 2
IH Driver

4 37

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor

Sensor
(Tray2)

(Tray2)

(Tray2)
84 1
CN1

5
M
G5

TXOUT0-

Upper
14 L

Paper

(Tray2)

(Tray2)
CN2
(1612)

+24VM_4
(4008)

(4801)

LED1 3 3 5 RED

Limit
Toner

Path
4 EXP LAMP 3 85 36 2

NP
15 +3.3V 4 pIHFCNT
LED8 2 2
3 +3.3V (1615) 2
86 35 1
*1: Europe Specification Only

16 3
SCN2_PNL3 1 1 1
C C C nIHRDY
FM IH Fan

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3

1
2
3
2

1
2
3

3
17 2 SUBSW 34

Paper Tray

Paper Tray
1 2 87 PGND

LSU (4303)

Sensor 1

Sensor 2
SCN1_PNL3